
Glass JHLB_Lll 

Book , JV &1_ 

CopyrigM 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT. 



ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 



♦The 



o. 



ELEMENTS 



OF 



POLITICAL ECONOMY 



BY 



J. SHIELD NICHOLSON, M.A., D.Sc. 

PROFESSOR OF POLITICAL ECONOMY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF EDINBURGH; SOMETIME 
EXAMINER IN THE UNIVERSITIES OF CAMBRIDGE, LONDON, AND VICTORIA 



Nefo ff orfc 
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY 

LONDON: MACMILLAN & CO., Ltd. 
1903 

All rights reserved 






H-ME LIBRARY OF 
CONGRESS, 

TWO COficB Removed 

nm 1% torn 

OflPVWWWT WtTWf 

CLA8&4T XX«v 

' o6nr b. 



No, 



Copyright, 1903, 
By THE MACMILLAN COMPANY. 



Set up, electrotyped, and published November, 1903. 



Nartooofi ^ress 

J. S. Cushing & Co. — Berwick & Smith Co. 
Norwood, Mass., U.S.A. 



PREFACE 

This work is intended primarily for the use of students. 
The leading principles are stated, as far as possible, with- 
out the introduction of controversial matter. At the 
same time, throughout the work indications are given of 
the points still in dispute and of the difficulties involved 
in the further development of the principles and theories 
of which an elementary exposition is given. The work is 
based on the "Principles of Political Economy" (3 vols.) 
by the same author. It is, however, not simply an ab- 
stract. In the first four books the material used has 
been almost entirely recast. In the last book it was 
thought better to omit certain topics altogether rather 
than attempt any further condensation of the argument. 

In order to keep the volume within reasonable limits 
the greater part of the historical matter which forms a 
characteristic feature of the larger work has been ex- 
cluded, though the results of the application of the his- 
torical method have been retained. Little space also was 
available for the history of economic thought and doc- 
trines. In the text, however, the importance of these 
and other omitted topics has been emphasised, and the 
student is recommended throughout to supplement his 
reading by reference to special works. At the end of 
each chapter references are given to books which the 



VI PEEFACE 

author has found useful and suggestive, and it is hoped 
that the selection as far as it goes is representative and 
impartial. 

I am more than usually indebted to Mr. A. B. Clark, 
M.A., my assistant in the University, not only for his 
supervision and correction of the proofs, but also for the 
very full index. 

J. SHIELD NICHOLSON. 

University of Edinburgh, 
October, 1903. 



CONTENTS 

INTRODUCTORY 
SCOPE AND METHODS 

§ 1. The Magnitude of Economic Literature . 

2. Of the Relation of Political Economy to Other Sciences 

3. The Scope and Definition of Political Economy 

4. The Uses of Definitions in Economics 

5. Rules for Definitions 

6. The Methods of Political Economy 

7. The Laws of Political Economy 

8. The Difficulties of Economic Studies 



PX6K 
1 

3 

5 
8 
10 
13 
15 
17 



BOOK I 

CONSUMPTION AND PRODUCTION 

Chapter I. — Wealth, Utility, and Con sumption 

§ 1. The Popular Conception of Wealth 21 

2. The Economic Analysis of Wealth 21 

3. Utility and Disutility 22 

4. The Relativity of Utility 23 

5. Economic Meaning of Consumption 23 

6. Total and Marginal Utility . . . ... . .24 

7. Transition from the Individual to the Nation .... 26 

8. The Measurement of Utility by Money — Consumers' Surplus 20 
Note on the Use of Curves in Economics — Utility Curves . 29 

Chapter II. — Production and the Agents of Production 

§ 1. Meaning of Production 32 

2. The Agents of Material Production 34 

3. Nature 35 

4. Labour 37 

vii 



Viii CONTENTS 

PAGE 

5. Capital 41 

6. The Connection between Consumption and Production . . 45 
Note on the Curve representing the Quantity of Labour and 

the Utility of the Product 45 

Chapter III. — Division of Labour 

§ 1. Meaning of Division of Labour 47 

2. Advantages of Division of Labour 48 

3. Division of Labour is limited by the Extent of the Market . 50 

4. The Localisation of Industry 51 

5. Disadvantages of Division of Labour 52 

Chapter IV. — Production on a Large and Small 
Scale 

§ 1. Production on a Large Scale in Manufactures ... 56 

2. Other Cases 57 

3. Counteracting Causes 57 

4. Joint-stock Companies 59 

Chapter V. — Production on a Large and Small 
Scale in Agriculture 

§ 1. Complexity of the Question 62 

2. Large and Small Farming compared 64 

3. Historical and Social Influences 65 

Chapter VI. — Tlie Laws of Diminishing and Increas- 
ing Return 

§ 1. Plan of the Argument . . . . . . . .68 

2. The Law of Diminishing Return to Land .... 68 

3. Counteracting Causes 71 

4. Other Applications of the Law 73 

5. The Law of Increasing Return 74 

Chapter VII. — The Principle of Popidation 

§ 1. The Theory of Malthus 78 

2. The Three Propositions of Malthus . . . . .79 



CONTENTS IX 



Chapter VIII. — TJie Growth of Capital 

PACK 

1. Meaning of the Growth of Capital 83 

2. The Limits to the Growth of Capital during any Period . 85 

3. The Power to save 86 

4. The Will to save 87 

5. The Growth of the Different Species of Capital ... 89 

6. The Limits to the Production of Wealth . . . .91 



BOOK II 

DISTRIBUTION 

Chapter I. — Distribution and Property 

1. Meaning of Distribution 95 

2. On the Nature of the Laws of Distribution .... 97 

3. The Conception of Sovereignty and its Application to Distri- 

bution 98 

4. Economic Definition of Private Property .... 99 

5. The Economic Bases of Private Property .... 100 

Chapter II. — Inheritance and Bequest 

1. Economic to be distinguished from Legal and Ethical Ideas . 106 

2. General View of Bequest and Inheritance .... 106 

3. Inheritance 108 

4. Bequest 109 

Chapter III. — Property in Land — Expropriation — 
Compensation 

1. Property in Land 112 

2. Expropriation 114 

3. Compensation 116 

Chapter IV. — Socialism 

1. Historical Variations in the Institution of Property . .120 

2. Definition of Socialism 122 

3. Classification of Socialistic Schemes 123 



CONTENTS 

PAGE 

4. State Socialism or Collectivism 125 

5. The Socialist Critique of Individualism 128 

6. Difficulties of Socialism . . . 130 

7. The Benefits of Socialist Ideals 134 



Chapter V. — Quantitative Distribittion 

§ 1. Of the Quantitative Distribution of Property .... 136 

2. The Distribution of the Agents of Production as determined 

by Law and Custom 137 

3. The Quantitative Distribution of Incomes .... 139 

4. Money Incomes and Eeal Incomes 142 



Chapter VI. — Wages and the General Rate of 
Wages 

§ 1. Wages as the Real Reward of a Quantity of Labour . . 145 

2. Real as compared with Nominal Wages 146 

3. Wages as Payment for Work done 147 

4. The General Rate of Wages 149 

5. The Wages Fund Theory 154 

6. The Produce Theory of Wages 160 

7. General Relations of Wages to Profits and Rents . . . 164 

Chapter VII. — Relative Wages 

§ 1. Differences of Wages 166 

2. Particular Cases ......... 169 

3. Wages of Individuals 171 

4. The Effects of Machinery on Wages 172 

6. Conclusion 173 

Chapter VIII. — Profits 

§ 1. Analysis of Profits ......... 174 

2. Loan-interest and Profit-interest 175 

3. Insurance against Risk 178 

4. Wages of Management 180 

5. The Reward of Enterprise and Good Fortune . . . 181 

6. The Tendency of Profits to Equality 182 

7. The General Rate of Profits 183 



CONTENTS xi 

Chapter IX. — Harmonies and Conflicts of Labour 
and Capital 

PAGE 

§ 1. Relations of Labour and Capital in General .... 185 

2. Conflicts of Interest ; Origin of Trade Unions . . . 186 

3. Functions of Trade Unions 187 

4. Wages and the Consumer 188 

5. Wages and Profits 191 

6. Evils of Conflicts of Labour and Capital .... 195 

7. The Harmonies of Labour and Capital 196 

Chapter X. — Economic Rent 

§ 1. Different Meanings of the Term Rent 199 

2. Economic Rent from Extensive Cultivation .... 201 

3. Economic Rent from Situation 202 

4. Economic Rent from Intensive Cultivation .... 203 

5. Economic Rent from Scarcity 204 

6. Combination of the Different Forms of Economic Rent . . 204 

7. Rent of Non-agricultural Land 206 

8. Quasi-rent 208 



BOOK III 

EXCHANGE 
Chapter I. — Value and Markets 

§ 1. Exchange 211 

2. Value 211 

3. Value in Exchange 212 

4. Relative Prices must be adjusted to Relative Values . . 215 

5. A General Rise of Values is impossible 215 

6. Other General Propositions on Value 216 

7. Markets 217 

Chapter II. — On Demand and Sujyly 

§ 1. The Law of Demand 220 

2. Changes in Demand — Rise and Fall in Demand . . . 222 

3. The Law of Supply 224 



Xii CONTENTS 

PAGE 

4. The Equation between Demand and Supply — the Temporary 

Equilibrium Price 225 

5. The Immediate Effects of Changes in Demand and Supply . 227 

6. Ulterior Effects of Changes in Demand and Supply . . 228 
Motes on Curves illustrating Demand and Supply and the 

Immediate Effects of Changes in Demand and Supply on 

Price 229 

Chapter III. — Normal Value and Cost of Production 

§ 1. Meaning of Normal Value 231 

2. Eeal Cost and Money Cost 232 

3. The Analysis of Cost of Production '. 234 

4. Case of Joint Products 239 

Note on Expenses of Production 240 



Chapter IV. — Rent and Value — Monopoly Value 

§ 1. Economic Rent as a Eactor in Price 

2. Quasi-rent 

3. Monopoly Value 

4. Competition and Monopoly Prices compared 

5. Conditions requisite to a Seller's Monopoly 

6. Buyer's Monopoly 



241 
243 
245 
248 
249 
250 



Chapter V. — Functions and Systems of Money 



§ 1. What is Money ? 252 

2. The Primary Functions of Money 253 

3. The Qualities of Good Metallic Money 258 

4. Systems of Metallic Money 259 

Chapter VI. — The Quantity Theory of Money 

§ 1. A Hypothetical Market 261 

2. Influences modifying that of Quantity 263 

3. Cost of Production of Gold in Relation to its Value . . 265 

Chapter VII. — Gresham's Law — Token Coins — 
Inconvertible Notes 

§ 1. Gresham's Law 269 

2. Token Coins 271 

3. Inconvertible Notes 273 

4. The Evils of Depreciation of Notes 276 



CONTENTS Xlll 



Chapter VIII. — Credit and General Prices 



PAG! 



§ 1. Credit and the Quantity Theory of Money . 2"! 

2. Gold Reserves as a Limit to Credit Prices .... 279 

3. The Limits imposed by Foreign Trade 281 

4. Conclusion of the Quantity Theory of Money . . . 282 



Chapter IX. — Bimetallism 



1. Meaning of Bimetallism 

2. Instability of Bimetallism in One Country 

3. International Bimetallism 

4. Difficulties of International Bimetallism . 

5. The Advantages claimed for International Bimetallism 



284 
284 
285 
288 
290 



Chapter X. — Banks of Issice 

1. Development of Banking 292 

2. Origin and Uses of Bank-notes 293 

3. The Limitation of the Issues of Notes 296 

4. The Denomination of Notes 298 



Chapter XI. — Banks of Dejiosit and Commercial 
Crises 

§ 1. Progress of Deposit Banking 304 

2. Limits to the Creation of Bank Money 305 

3. The Management of Banking Reserves 306 

4. Commercial Crises 309 



Chapter XII. — TJie Rate of Interest and the Rate 
of Discount 

§ 1. Interest on Capital and Interest on Money . . . .311 

2. Interest on Loanable Capital 312 

3. Interest on Loanable Money — the Rate of Discount . . 316 

4. Causes of Difference in the Rates for Long and Short Periods 320 

5. The Relative Stability of the Rate for Long Periods . . 322 

6. The Exchange Value of Money and the Rate of Interest . 324 



XIV CONTENTS 



Chapter XIII. — TJie Theory of Foreign Trade 

PAGE 

§ 1. The Problems of Foreign Trade 327 

2. Meaning of Foreign Trade 328 

3. The Pure Theory of Foreign Trade 329 

4. The Theory of Comparative Cost in Terms of Barter . . 332 

6. The Theory of International Values 336 

6. Money in International Trade 338 

Chapter XIV. — The Foreign Exchanges 

§ 1. International Debts ........ 340 

2. International Debts are payable in Money .... 343 

3. The Mint (or Nominal) Par of Exchange . . . . 345 

4. Gold Points 346 

5. Favourable and Unfavourable Exchange .... 347 

6. Effects of Depreciation of the Currency 350 

7. Indirect Effects of a Depreciation of the Currency on the 

Foreign Trade of a Country 351 

8. On the Distribution of Gold throughout the Commercial 

World 354 

Chapter XV. — Advantages and Disadvantages of 
Foreign Trade 

§ 1. The Eeal Advantages of Foreign Trade 356 

2. Possible Disadvantages of Foreign Trade to a Particular 

Country .......... 358 



BOOK IV 

ECONOMIC PEOGEESS 

Chapter I. — The Nature and Measurement of Eco- 
nomic Progress 

§ 1. Connection of Economic Progress with General Progress . 367 

2. The Nature of Economic Progress 369 

3. Progress and Utility 372 

4. Progress in Production, Exchange, and Distribution . . 374 



CONTENTS XV 



Chapter II. — Progress in Money and Prices 

PAGE 

§ 1. Progress and Money 378 

2. Progress and General Prices 380 

3. Progress and Relative Prices 383 



Chapter III. — Pent and Progress 

§ 1. Rent as a Measure of Progress 387 

2. Progress and Urban Rents . 388 

3. Progress and Agricultural Rents 389 

4. The Effects of Improvements on Agricultural Rents . . 391 



Chapter IV. — Progress and Profits 

§ 1. General View 395 

2. Progress and Loan-interest 396 

3. Progress and General Profits 398 

4. The Tendency of Profits to a Minimum 401 



Chapter V. — Progress and Wages 

§ 1 . Progress and the Price of Labour ...... 405 

2. The Relations of Labour and Capital 410 



BOOK V 

THE ECONOMIC FUNCTIONS OF GOVERNMENT 

Chapter I. — Economic Functions of Government 

§ 1. The Principle of Natural Liberty, Laisser-faire, or " Mini- 
mum Interference " 415 

2. The Principle of Maximum Utility 416 

3. Summary of the Benefits and Defects of Individualism . . 418 

4. The Methods of Legal Interference 420 

5. The Methods of Governmental Action 423 

6. General Limitations to Governmental Interference . . . 425 



xvi CONTENTS 

Chapter II. — Character and Definition of Taxation 

PAOK 

§ 1. The General Characteristics of Taxation 429 

Chapter III. — The Canons of Taxation 

§ 1. Adam Smith's Canons of Taxation : First Equality . . 434 

2. Equality of Sacrifice 437 

3. The Faculty Theory of Taxation 440 

4. Taxation of Unearned Increments 442 

5. The Benefit or Social Dividend Theory of Taxation . . 444 

6. The Social Function of Taxation 445 

7. The Principle of Formal Justice 447 

8. Adam Smith's Other Canons of Taxation .... 447 

9. Other Rules of Taxation 449 

Chapter IV. — Incidence of Taxation 

§ 1. Direct and Indirect Taxes 452 

2. The Incidence of Taxation as determined by Law and Custom 454 

3. Incidence of Taxation as determined by Contract and 

Exchange 455 

4. The Immediate Effects on Price of a Tax .... 456 

5. Ulterior Effects of Taxation on Prices 458 

Note on Curve illustrating the Immediate Effects on Price of 

a Tax 459 

Chapter V. — Taxes on Bent and Land 

§ 1. Taxes on Pure Economic Rent : Agricultural Land . . 461 

2. Taxes on Economic Rent : Building Land . . . . 463 

3. Taxation of Land Values : Practical Conclusions . . . 465 

Chapter VI. — Taxes on Consumable Commodities 

§ 1. Methods of taxing Commodities 471 

2. The Incidence of Taxes on Commodities .... 474 

3. Rules for Taxes on Consumable Commodities . . . 480 

4. Direct and Indirect Taxes compared 481 

Chapter VII. — Free Trade and Protection 

§ 1. Meaning of Free Trade 484 

2. Free Trade and the Consumer 485 



CONTENTS XV11 

PAGE 

3. The Protection of Home Industries : General View . . 486 

4. The Assumptions of the General Argument for Free Trade . 487 

5. Theoretical Exceptions to Free Trade 490 

6. The Negative Argument for Free Trade 494 

Chapter VIII. — Principles of Public Expenditure 

§ 1. Nature of Public Expenditure 497 

2. Classification of Public Expenditure 499 

3. Analogies from Taxation 601 

4. The Principles of Expenditure 502 

Chapter IX. — Colonies and Dependencies 

§ 1. Early History of British Colonies and Dependencies . . 511 

2. The Profit and Loss to the Mother Country of Colonies and 

Dependencies 515 

3. Trade and the Flag 516 

4. Imperial Federation 518 



ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 



INTRODUCTORY 

SCOPE AND METHODS 

1. The Magnitude of Economic Literature. — In 1845 there 
was published a book which now has a considerable scarcity 
value ; namely, the Literature of Political Economy, by J. R. 
McCulloch. This work is described as a classified cata- 
logue of select publications in the different departments of 
that science. It begins with the general treatises and the 
fundamental principles, occupying some thirty pages ; the 
second chapter, on commerce and commercial policy, is 
divided into ten sections and covers more than a hundred 
pages ; and there follow eighteen more chapters on various 
topics, e.g. money, banks, prices, roads, canals, railways, 
statistics, fisheries, insurance, interest, population, wages, 
poor laws, property, successions, revenue, and finance, con- 
cluding with a chapter entitled miscellaneous. The index 
of authors gives about eight hundred names, and the index 
of books about double that number. Even in 1845 the 
work only professed to give a selection, and since that time 
attention has been directed to many works not noticed by 
McCulloch, of high value in economic literature. The 
number of works that have been written since 1845 is 
enormous, and of recent years the rate has been increasing 
b l 



2 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

rapidly. Some idea of the present range of economic 
studies may be formed by a glance at Palgrave's Diction- 
ary of Political Economy, in the compilation of which he 
had the assistance of nearly two hundred experts. It is 
not only in England, or even principally in England, 
that this growth of economic literature is observed. In 
Germany, Austria, the United States, in France, Italy, 
Switzerland, and Holland, many books have been written 
in every department, and in addition there are a number 
of special journals devoted to the subject. Such and so 
great is the literature of economics. It follows at once 
that it is quite impossible to give any adequate idea of 
this literature in an elementary treatment of principles. 

At the same time it may be observed that the study of 
economic literature is probably of more importance than 
the study of the literature of almost any other science. In 
most sciences the latest authority may be expected to have 
digested or at least to have congested the best results 
of his predecessors. But in economics we cannot fully 
appreciate the real meaning of fundamental conceptions 
and leading principles without tracing their gradual devel- 
opment. And especially if we wish to understand the 
industrial and commercial or more generally the economic 
history of a people, we must understand the ideas by which 
it was dominated at various periods ; and in his standard 
work on the economic history of England Dr. Cunningham 
has done well to introduce chapters on opinions, ideas, and 
theories, although economic history is concerned with the 
positive treatment of facts and institutions. 

There are also great advantages to the student in 
reading at first hand the works of the principal writers. 



SCOPE AND METHODS 3 

Adam Smith's Wealth of Nations cannot be reduced to 
an abstract, and the attempt to frame a short and simple 
creed of economic doctrine out of this elaborate work was 
not only a failure, but caused very great mischief. And 
even as regards many forgotten writers and obscure 
pamphlets, it is surprising what may be gained. The 
great writers, notably Adam Smith himself, fed largely 
on the little writers. 

The history of the development of economic theories is 
an important study for which there is ample material. In 
the present survey of principles, however, it can only be 
introduced occasionally by way of illustration. 

2. Of the Relation of Political Economy to Other Sciences. 
— The progress of all the sciences has been associated with 
ever increasing specialisation. When Adam Smith was 
Professor of Moral Philosophy in the University of Glas- 
gow, his course of lectures was divided into four parts. 
The first embraced Natural Theology ; the second, Ethics 
in the narrow sense of the term ; the third examined more 
at length " that branch of morality which relates to jus- 
tice," and it is noteworthy that in dealing with this sub- 
ject he adopted largely the historical method ; and in the 
fourth part he gave the lectures which were afterwards 
expanded into the Wealth of Nations. His course on 
Ethics was the foundation of the essay on the theory of 
Moral Sentiments which was in its day as famous as his 
economic work; and he had intended to develop his course 
on jurisprudence in a similar way, but was overtaken by 
old age and siekness. The separation of economics from 
ethics and jurisprudence was an example of the necessity 
of specialisation after a certain point had been attained ; 



4 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

and it also explains the emphasis laid in the Wealth of 
Nations on one part of social and political life to the 
apparent exclusion of interests of at least equal impor- 
tance. So far from underestimating the principles of 
morality, law, and religion, he supposed that they were of 
such importance that they required special investigation. 
The object of the course on economics is recorded by one 
of his students in these words : " In the last part of his lec- 
tures he examined those political regulations which are 
founded, not on the principle of justice, but on that of ex- 
pediency, and which are calculated to increase the riches, 
the power, and the prosperity of a state. Under this view 
he considered the political institutions relating to com- 
merce, finance, and to ecclesiastical establishments," and 
there may be added to this account, the expense of the 
administration of justice and of the provision of national 
education in the broadest sense of the term. 

This specialisation of economics was continued by the 
English successors of Adam Smith with few exceptions, 
and indeed by the systematic writers it was carried far- 
ther, that is to say, the field of inquiry was contracted 
and stress was laid on the scientific character of Political 
Economy as distinct from its practical applications. 
Recently however, in the reaction against this excessive 
specialisation, there has been a tendency to bring in on 
the one side moral and political considerations, and on 
the other to give the science a more practical character 
in relation to business in the narrow sense of the term. 
Without expressing any opinion on the controversy 
involved, regarding this change of attitude, it is sufficient 
in this place to state that the scientific treatment of eco- 



SCOPE AND METHODS 5 

nomic principles and methods, to the exclusion of these 
various moral and social influences and of various prac- 
tical applications, is a subject of sufficient importance 
and difficulty for specialisation, and forms the best intro- 
duction to these wider and more practical applications. 
To take one or two examples : the theory of money is 
a necessary preliminary to banking ; that of monopoly 
values, to trusts ; that of wages and profits, to trade unions ; 
that of the incidence of taxation, to finance, — and the 
list might be extended indefinitely. It is not too much 
to say that every day the newspapers offer problems that 
involve, for their adequate understanding and an appre- 
ciation of their bearings, the use of economic methods 
and principles, but it would be impossible to anticipate 
the actual problems that will arise. The social reformer, 
the legislator, and the man of business (whose name is 
legion) will all benefit from the preliminary study of 
scientific economics, although the special problems in 
which they are interested are not treated in the text- 
books. In precisely the same way the engineer may 
benefit from mathematics, the miner from geology, and 
the navigator from astronomy, although the industrial arts 
are not directly treated of in the corresponding sciences. 

At the same time it is, no doubt, often desirable to 
illustrate the theory by reference to actual or historical 
examples that in themselves are interesting and impor- 
tant; although, on the other hand, in certain parts it is 
better to show the abstract nature of the treatment by 
making an avowed use of hypothetical examples. 

3. The Scope and Definition of Political Economy. — The 
scope of Political Economy may be indicated by show- 



6 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

ing its relation to other sciences. It must be classed 
with the group of moral or mental sciences because it 
deals primarily with human beings as possessing certain 
moral or mental characteristics. Its fundamental con- 
ceptions always have reference to qualities of mind. It 
is true that sometimes physical facts are of great im- 
portance. Thus, it is often said that the laws of pro- 
duction partake of the character of physical laws, e.g. 
the law of diminishing return ; and often definite appeals 
are made to physical facts and conditions, e.g. in treat- 
ing of the causes affecting the efficiency or the degradation 
of labour, or the influence of natural resources and cli- 
matic conditions on the production and accumulation of 
wealth. But the end in view is not the mere statement 
of physical facts, but their relations to human beings. 
Wealth itself is treated as giving pleasure and involv- 
ing effort, and not as possessing weight, extension, or 
other physical characters ; that is to say, it is considered 
from the human standpoint. During the first half of 
the nineteenth century great social evils arose from the 
materialisation of wealth, or forgetting the end in the 
means. 

Of the moral sciences some treat mainly of the indi- 
vidual, e.g. psychology, some of the social relations of 
human beings, e.g. jurisprudence. The term political, 
taken in its original sense, implies that in the main 
economic science deals with man in his social relations. 
Sometimes, no doubt, in the preliminary explication of 
conceptions, it is useful to isolate the individual, e.g. in 
treating of utility we may begin with the direct con- 
sumption of the individual. Also in the stud}*- of the 



SCOPE AND METHODS 7 

motives to action we may begin with the individual 
and in general before considering the probable effects 
of legal regulations, it is best to show the probable re- 
sults, if individuals are left to their own devices. But 
the object in view is always to discover the effect on 
the whole society or some group, and not merely on the 
individual. 

Again, in its mode of dealing with social phenomena, 
political economy must be classed with the positive 
sciences. In the main, it deals with facts and not with 
ideals ; it observes certain kinds of social facts in order 
to make classifications, and to discover uniformities and 
causal connections. It describes what has happened in 
the past, or is actually occurring in the present, and will 
probably occur in the future under similar conditions. 
But strictly speaking from this positive standpoint, it 
does not lay down moral precepts or deliver moral judg- 
ments. And the reason is not that moral and religious 
elements are not of importance in practical problems, 
but simply that they are outside the sphere of economics. 
If Adam Smith found it desirable in the eighteenth cen- 
tury to separate economics from morality and religion, 
that is to say, for scientific treatment, the presumption 
is that in the twentieth century this specialisation must 
be retained. And it is observed in the study of eco- 
nomic history, that, as a matter of fact, the economic 
elements can be considered apart. No doubt the moral 
and the religious ideas of people often have indirectly 
an economic influence, but again, as throughout, it is a 
question of emphasis. We may, for example, consider 
the economic aspects of the mediaeval church apart from 



8 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

its moral or religious teaching. And similarly, in investi- 
gating present conditions, we can distinguish between 
the positive examination of facts, and the suggestion of 
reforms with the view of promoting certain ideals. We 
may, indeed, in some cases go bej^ond the actual facts 
and pass from the past and the present, to the future, 
and consider the probable effects of various proposed 
economic reforms. But even here we are in the domain 
of facts in so far as these proposals are such as to modify 
human action and are not purely imaginary. Thus we 
may discuss socialism, and consider the meaning, the 
advantages and disadvantages, etc., on the ground that 
socialistic ideas influence present legislation and eco- 
nomic action — in other words, the socialistic tendency 
of much modern governmental action is an economic fac- 
tor that must be taken account of. But in considering 
any social reform or proposed remedy, we must remem- 
ber that, in general, there are more than the economic 
elements to be considered. Wealth, the subject-matter 
of economic inquiry, even in the most extended mean- 
ing and having regard to its remote influences, is only 
one element of civilisation, and often not the most 
important. 

Political economy, then, may be defined as the science 
which investigates the nature and the causes of the 
wealth of nations ; it seeks to discover the laws affecting 
the production and the consumption, the distribution and 
the exchange, of wealth. All of these terms, it will appear 
in the sequel, require careful analysis. 

4. The Uses of Definitions in Economics. — Most words 
used in economics are used also in ordinary language or at 



SCOPE AND METHODS 9 

any rate in the language of the market-place, and there are 
relatively few technical terms. The question then natu- 
rally arises, Why should we waste time over definitions and 
explanations when the words are already familiar ? The 
answer is that this very familiarity is deceptive and 
sometimes conceals real difficulties, and sometimes leads 
to positive errors. If we search carefully into the mean- 
ing of these familiar terms, we shall often be led to notice 
important facts instead of stopping at a verbal explana- 
tion. For a long time people were accustomed to say that 
wages were high because capital provided a large wages 
fund, which in most cases had no more meaning than the 
assertion that the labourers receive much, when the employ- 
ers pay much, in wages. But the inquiry into the meaning 
of this familiar expression led to the discovery of the true 
relations between labour and capital. Again, people were 
accustomed to say that the fall in prices that set in in gold- 
using countries after 1874 was caused by the appreciation 
of gold, and in most cases this had no more meaning 
than the statement that the fall in prices was caused 
by the fall in prices. But the inquiries that were made 
as to the meaning of these expressions were again, to say 
the least, fruitful in their results. Real difficulties were 
exposed and some advances were made towards their 
solution. 

But very often this familiar use of economic terms led 
people into positive errors, and even governments into 
mistaken lines of action. Most of the crude fallacies 
of protection can be exposed by the careful analysis of 
the terms employed. The idea, formerly so prevalent and 
still not extinct, that the advantage of foreign trade can 



10 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

be measured by the excess of exports over imports is 
shown to be fallacious by analysing the terms. Similarly 
also, many of the popular fallacies regarding the connec- 
tion between labour and prices, consumption and pro- 
duction, low wages and cheap labour, may be got rid of 
by a consideration of what ideas the words stand for. 
It is true that in all these cases much more than verbal 
analysis is required, but in all cases also it is a necessary 
preliminary. 

Some of the definitions of terms in constant use prove 
on inquiry to involve such difficulties that a simple defi- 
nition is impossible, e.g. capital, money, etc. Accordingly 
it is found desirable to lay down certain rules for defi- 
nitions in economics. The rules now generally accepted 
are as follows : — 

5. Rules for Definitions. — (1) As far as possible our 
definition should coincide with the best popular usage. 
Otherwise, if a writer gives a different meaning in the 
course of his argument, he may be led by association to 
use the term in its popular sense, and thus be involved 
in error ; or even if he himself escapes the confusion, his 
argument may be misunderstood and misquoted. This 
difference between the popular and the quasi-technical 
usage is the source of many of the popular delusions re- 
garding the teachings of economists. Thus, for example, 
in the pure theory of economic rent, the term is used in 
a sense far more narrow than the popular meaning. 
The proposition that with the progress of society rents 
tend to rise was only held in reference to these economic 
rents, but when used in popular arguments in reference 
to unearned increments the wider meaning was given. 



SCOPE AND METHODS 11 

Similarly, the economic use of the terms labour and 
wages is much wider than in popular discourse; and 
propositions which economists have framed with regard 
to labour in the wide sense are repeated with the 
narrower meaning. In the economic sense all wealth 
may be said to be the result of labour, if we include the 
highest professional skill, the labour of "first occupancy," 
and an endless number of forms of human activity be- 
sides mere manual labour. But too often, in popular 
discussions, what is attributed by the economists to labour 
in general is confined to manual labour in particular. 

The only safeguard seems to be to make a liberal use of 
qualifying adjectives, so as to indicate the precise meaning 
intended. Thus the money of the money market consists 
only to a small extent of actual coin or even notes, whilst 
on the other hand a large part of gross profits in economic 
analysis appears as a form of wages. It is often of the 
highest practical importance to distinguish between the 
different forms of money and the different forms of wages, 
and the distinctions are best indicated by the use of 
appropriate qualifying terms, e.g. standard money, wages 
of management, etc. 

(2) The second rule, closely connected with the first 
is that definitions should not be made too rigid or precise. 
The nature of the subject does not admit of the accuracy 
that is possible in some parts of mathematics. Conceptions 
and ideas which are very different in extreme cases often 
overlap or admit of debatable margins. The recognition 
of continuity, and of resemblance in difference, is much 
insisted on by recent writers. It is usual to say that there 
are three great agents of production of wealth : namely, 



12 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

land, labour, and capital. And in simple cases nothing can 
be more clear than the differences implied. In north- 
west Canada we distinguish readily and clearly between 
the land, the labour of the immigrants, and the ploughs 
and other implements which they have to purchase. Land, 
capital, and labour seem quite different in kind. But on 
analysis in a complex industrial society, the distinctions 
are often by no means clear. Thus labour and capital are 
in many respects so much alike that Adam Smith includes 
the natural and acquired abilities of a people under the 
fixed capital; similarly also, for many purposes, land is 
placed under capital. 

(3) In different parts of the subject, stress is laid on 
different characteristics of a complex conception ; and 
it is advisable to begin with provisional definitions of a 
general character and later on to frame special definitions 
for special purposes. Thus, we may begin with a defini- 
tion of money which calls attention to its function as a 
general medium of exchange, and later the special function 
of legal tender may be made prominent. 

(4) After all, it must be remembered that " words are 
the servants of things " and in some cases it may be desir- 
able to make a new technical term or to give to an old 
term a special meaning. Some writers have maintained 
that in scientific language we ought only to use scientific 
terms. " In each particular science we are never concerned 
to know what are the meanings attached to the term 
either in vulgar parlance or in any other science " (Pan- 
taleoni). But it may be objected that economic science 
draws much of its materials from facts expressed in com- 
mon language, and to understand the facts we must exam- 



SCOPE AND METHODS 13 

iue the language ; and even pure economics, to be of any 
value, must not be so abstract as not to be capable of 
application to the actual world. And again, political 
economy also draws largely from other sciences, and it 
would cause endless confusion if the words are to be 
employed in totally different senses. The better opinion, 
then, seems to be that technical terms ought not to be 
multiplied beyond necessity. The use of a new word is a 
very different thing from the discovery of a new idea. 

(5) It is sometimes useful to supplement the positive 
definition by considering the opposite — to state not only 
what is included, but also what is excluded. Thus, the 
meaning of equality of taxation may be clarified by refer- 
ence to the marks of inequality. In the same way, when 
we test our definitions by instances — in logical phrase 
the connotation by the denotation — it is well to take 
examples of the negative as well as of the positive. 

(6) Finally, it may be added that just as it is well not 
to diverge from the popular meaning without cause, so 
also, if a quasi-technical meaning has been generally 
adopted by economic writers, that meaning should not be 
altered without sufficient reason. If every writer is to 
give his own shade of meaning to every term, a vast amount 
of unnecessary labour will be required. 

6. The Methods of Political Economy. — Economists have 
used two distinct methods, or rather groups of methods, 
to which different significant names are applied accord- 
ing to the stress laid on different characteristics. 

In the first place, we have the methods known accord- 
ing to their special uses as deductive, a priori, abstract, 
hypothetical, mathematical, analytical, etc. ; and secondly, 



14 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

we have the methods styled inductive, positive, a pos- 
teriori, historical, comparative, etc. 

In the typical deductive method we start with cer- 
tain broad facts, obvious from observation, or with prin- 
ciples supposed to be already established. From these 
general propositions we deduce some particular conclu- 
sion. We then refer to experience to test or verify this 
deduction. Then if we discover that there is not an 
exact coincidence, we try to discover the disturbing 
causes. 

In the typical inductive method we start with the 
observation and classification of concrete facts and ascend 
to general principles. We may conversely test our in- 
ductions by using them as the basis of new deductions. 

In its extreme form the deductive method starts with 
hypotheses, and proceeds to draw conclusions by the 
aid of mathematics. It is possible that the hypotheses 
may be so remote from facts that the only use of the 
method in this form is didactic. Similarly also, in its 
extreme form the inductive method may never advance 
beyond the first stage, namely, the collection or observa- 
tion of facts. Masses of facts have been recorded by 
various royal commissions in England, which are stored 
away in blue books. Again, in the works of Anderson, 
Macpherson, Eden, Tooke, Newmarch, Rogers, Vicomte 
d'Avenel, and many other economic historians, only a 
relatively small part of the material has been used for 
scientific purposes. 

On the other hand, however, even the most extreme 
forms of the deductive method have often led to a more 
adequate and true interpretation of facts ; and again, the 



SCOPE AND METHODS 15 

collections of facts and figures which had been set aside 
as useless have come to be of the highest importance. 

It is now generally admitted that all these various 
methods, or these various forms of the deductive and 
inductive methods, are applicable in various cases. In 
certain parts of the subject, e.g. in the theory of value 
and of money and prices, it is necessary in the first 
place to begin with the deductive method and to use 
hypotheses. In other parts, e.g. in considering the causes 
of the efficiency of labour, or the effects of climate on 
production, induction is necessary from the outset. In 
the present survey numerous examples will occur of 
these various methods, so that further illustration is 
unnecessary. 

7. The Laws of Political Economy. — The conclusions 
arrived at by the use of these various methods are in 
some cases styled the laws of political economy. This 
phrase has been much misunderstood, and requires care- 
ful analysis. The meaning of the expression may be con- 
sidered with advantage both positively and negatively. 

(1) Positively, the laws of political economy may be 
divided into two classes, according as the conclusions on 
which they are based are obtained from the use of the 
deductive or the inductive methods respectively. 

The laws due to the deductive method are in general 
abstract or hypothetical, and so long as the conditions 
laid down hold good they are necessarily true. That is 
to say, if the premises are admitted, the conclusion 
depends simply on correct reasoning. Take, for example, 
Gresham's law, which in its popular form states that bad 
money drives good money from circulation. So long as 



16 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

the conditions are fulfilled, the result follows. But in 
practice it rarely happens that the conditions answer the 
strict requirements of the theory. Even in this relatively 
simple case we often find bad and good money circulat- 
ing side by side. Generally it may be said that these 
abstract or hypothetical laws are only true in the absence 
of disturbing causes. 

The laws due to the inductive method are in general 
empirical, and cannot be far extended in time or space. 
That is to say, the probability is that in different times 
and places there will be an essential change in the con- 
ditions. Thus, the law of population laid down by Mal- 
thus was based on an inductive inquiry, and was carefully 
worded. But as popularly expressed in a summary form, 
it is supposed to state that population will always increase 
if food increases. In certain cases this generalisation is 
adequate and correct; the recent experience, however, 
of several great countries, notably France, shows that the 
law in this summary form does not hold good. Simi- 
larly, all arguments that are based on appeals to history 
or to the experience of other countries, or in other words, 
all the so-called laws due to the historical and compara- 
tive methods, can only be safely applied to. new cases if 
we are assured that the essential conditions are similar. 
It follows, generally, that the laws of political economy 
when applied to the explanation of facts, or the advo- 
cacy (or condemnation) of proposed reforms, have vary- 
ing degrees of force. In the classical phrase they express 
tendencies only, and are liable to be counteracted. 

(2) Negatively, economic laws are to be distinguished 
both from legal enactments and from moral rules; they 



SCOPE AND METHODS 17 

are not commands or imperatives. It is one thing to 
point out the meaning, causes, and effects of certain lines 
of conduct, and quite another to assert that therefore 
certain rules ought to be obeyed. When the authority of 
the classical economy was at its height in popular estima- 
tion, no phrase was more in vogue in political discussions 
than " contrary to the laws of political economy." In par- 
ticular any interference with freedom of contract was sup- 
posed to offend against these laws. All, however, that 
economic science does with regard to freedom of contract 
is to explain what will happen if people are left free ; and 
in some cases the obvious conclusion from the inquiry is, 
that in the interests of justice or morality or public ex- 
pediency such freedom ought to be restrained. 

Sometimes, it is true, this scientific attitude of econo- 
mists is overstrained. In certain cases the only elements 
of importance are economic. Indeed, one principal mean- 
ing of economy is the least wasteful or most effective 
means to attain any given end, as, for example, when we 
speak of the economic employment of time, labour, or 
money. And yet, even in these cases it may sometimes be 
desirable on moral or social grounds to adopt the more 
expensive or less economical methods. 

8. The Difficulties of Economic Studies. — The student 
must be prepared to meet with different kinds of difficul- 
ties in economics. Sometimes the object is to ascertain 
by a kind of Socratic induction the meanings of popular 
terms and the content of popular conceptions; or the 
difficulty may consist in a complete or adequate enumera- 
tion of details with a reasoned classification, e.g. in esti- 
mating the relative advantages of cultivation on a large 



18 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

and on a small scale in agriculture ; or, again, the strain 
of attention may be diverted to abstract principles which 
require for their development mathematical methods, as in 
most parts of the theory of value ; sometimes the appeal 
to history is the main difficulty, as in considering the 
effects of the navigation acts or the origin of trade 
unions — and here the labour is increased if the historical 
is supported by the comparative method, as in tracing the 
development and decay of village communities ; in cer- 
tain parts of the subject we come in contact with the 
principles of jurisprudence and ethics, as in discussing 
the economic bases of private property or the laws of 
bequest and inheritance; and, finally, in the pursuit of 
descriptive and realistic economics, the student may have 
to contend on the one side with the facts of commercial 
geography, and on the other with the methods of statistics 
by which he will again be brought back to mathematical 
abstractions. 1 

1 Cf. Principles of Political Economy, by H. Sidgwick, "Introduction" ; 
The Scope and Method of Political Economy, by J. N. Keynes ; Intro- 
duction to the Study of Political Economy, by Luigi Cossa (translated 
by L. Dyer) ; The Elements of Statistics, by A. L. Bowley ; Cours d" 1 Eco- 
nomic Politique (Tome 1), by V. Pareto. 



BOOK I 
CONSUMPTION AND PKODUCTION 



CHAPTER I 

WEALTH, UTILITY, AND CONSUMPTION 

1. The Popular Conception of Wealth. — Political Economy- 
is the science of wealth, and logically the first problem is 
to give a definition of wealth. Referring to the rules of 
definition, we may first take the definition of wealth which 
is the best known and most popular. " Wealth consists 
of all useful or agreeable things which possess exchange 
value ; or in other words, all useful or agreeable things 
except those which can be obtained in the quantity desired 
without labour or sacrifice" (Mill). At first sight this 
seemed simple enough, but as soon as the definition came 
to be tested by particular cases all sorts of difficulties 
were discovered. Must the things be material? Is the 
wealth of a nation simply the aggregate of that of its 
individual members? Is the wealth of the nation to be 
measured by its exchange value? Is exchange value 
essential to national wealth ? A vast amount of ingenuity 
was exercised in the discussion of these questions, and it 
became clear that wealth is a complex conception which 
demands a careful analysis. 

2. The Economic Analysis of Wealth. — In the popular 
definition there are implied several distinct ideas each of 
which requires careful exposition ; namely, utility, value, 
labour, and appropriation. That is to say, the things that 
are included under wealth are in general the result of 

21 



22 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

labour ; they possess exchange value ; they are appropri- 
ated ; and in all cases they must possess utility. It is found, 
also, that in different departments and in different prob- 
lems the emphasis is laid with varying force on these 
fundamental ideas. Thus, in consumption the stress is on 
utility, in production on labour, in distribution on appro- 
priation, in exchange on value ; whilst in dealing with 
economic progress and with the economic functions of 
government, the relative importance of these ideas varies 
at different points. It is not implied, however, that the 
attention is exclusively directed in production, only to 
labour ; or in distribution, only to appropriation ; and that 
in exchange, value alone is considered. Some writers 
make value fundamental in distribution, and in any 
account of value reference must be made to the agents 
of production, e.g. labour. In fact, it is only for scien- 
tific purposes that this logical separation of departments 
can be made. But logical separation of some kind is nec- 
essary for the scientific treatment of any complex phe- 
nomena. We may consider first utility and consumption, 
to which, since Mill, the attention of economists has been 
largely directed. It is now possible to present the main 
results in a simple form, though some of the deductions 
and applications are still open to controversy. 

3. Utility and Disutility. — By the utility of a thing we 
mean its power to satisfy a desire or serve a purpose. To 
what extent this satisfaction is accompanied by pleasure 
or happiness, or is really beneficial to the individual or to 
society, are matters for special inquiry ; but to begin with 
we need a term that is neutral or colourless. Utility in 
this wide sense lies at the root of demand, and there is no 



WEALTH, UTILITY, AND CONSUMPTION 23 

doubt that, whether we consider individuals, or social 
classes, or a whole nation, there are extensive demands for 
things that are productive of misery and degradation. 
But these things to these people possess utility in the 
sense that they satisfy their desires. Disutility is simply 
negative utility. It thwarts the satisfaction of desires. 
Where utility causes pleasure disutility causes pain ; 
where utility is beneficial disutility is injurious ; in a 
wide or a narrow sense the one is the opposite of the 
other. It may be observed that throughout the whole 
range of economics this opposition is of importance. 

4. The Relativity of Utility. — Although we speak of 
the utility being in the things, a little reflection shows 
that the term utility has no meaning except in reference 
to human beings. This is implied in the expression, 
the satisfaction of desire. It might be thought that prac- 
tically the point is not of much importance. In the same 
way it may be said colours and other qualities of material 
things have only a meaning in reference to sentient beings, 
but for all practical purposes we may say the rose is red, 
and so on, without descending into the mysteries of psy- 
chology or metaphysics. 

In the case of utility, however, this relativity is often 
of the greatest importance. The utility assigned to 
things is subject to all kinds of variations, and it is 
to the scientific examination of these causes of variation 
that much of the change in the statement of economic 
theory since Mill is to be ascribed. In particular, there 
is the distinction between marginal (or final) and total 
utility. 

5. Economic Meaning of Consumption. — The object of 



24 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

consumption is to satisfy desire. This simple statement 
needs no illustration; but, as is generally the case in 
economic conceptions, we easily pass from the obvious to 
the paradoxical. And the reason is the continuity of 
economic conceptions. Logically, we may class as con- 
sumable commodities all things that possess utility. Thus 
sunshine is a consumable commodity. It is true that it 
has none of the other marks of wealth; but, fortunately 
for human beings, many even of the necessaries which 
they consume are not wealth, though according to the 
old term they are riches. 

The example of sunshine introduces another point. 
In some cases the consumption of things destroys wholly 
or partially their utility. But this is not always the case. 
Pictures may be gradually destroyed by time, etc., but 
not by being looked at, which is their real consumption. 
Houses are consumable commodities, and so are the lands 
on which they are built. The houses are gradually de- 
stroyed by consumption, but their sites remain. 

6. Total and Marginal Utility. — As already stated, the 
utility assigned to or derived from things is subject to 
variation. Even when we consider the same individual 
and the simplest case of consumption, the utility is found 
to vary. To begin with, we may suppose that as con- 
sumption is increased desire is satiated, and in conse- 
quence less satisfaction is derived from further portions 
of the thing. 

The utility derived from the last portion consumed is 
called the marginal (or final) utility. The aggregate of 
the utilities of all the portions is the total utility. 

It is important to notice that the marginal utility is 



WEALTH, UTILITY, AND CONSUMPTION 25 

not necessarily or even generally zero. On the one side, 
it may well happen that the consumer would gladly con- 
sume more if he could get it, and on the other, he may 
by excess pass through the zero point to disutility. As 
regards direct consumption (as distinct from the acqui- 
sition of commodities), the general rule is that, to begin 
with, for small amounts, the utility of the successive 
portions increases; then, after a certain point is reached, it 
continuously diminishes to zero, and then passes into 
disutility that also continuously increases. Consider, for 
example, the consumption of water — from a few drops to 
the torture of the Inquisition. 

If disutility is involved, we must deduct the amount in 
estimating the total utility. Thus it is possible that the 
total utility may be negative. The fall in utility (after 
a certain point is reached) is often referred to as the law 
of diminishing utility and is best illustrated by a graph. 1 

The fall in utility refers to the successive portions and 
not to the aggregate utility. So long as the utility re- 
mains positive, the total utility increases, though at a 
lessening rate till the zero point is reached, after which 
the total utility diminishes as the disutility increases. 

Even in this simplest case, that is to say, the direct 
consumption of an individual, there are certain questions 
to be answered (e.g. so long as any consumption is volun- 
tary, can it be said to cause disutility in the sense defined?), 
but the real difficulties begin when we pass from the in- 
dividual to the social group or the nation. And it may 
be noted that many fallacies have arisen in all parts of 
economics from supposing that what is true of an indi- 
1 See note appended to this chapter. 



26 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

vidual in isolation is true of any number taken together. 
In general the transition cannot be made so easily. 

7. Transition from the Individual to the Nation. — We 
may pass from the individual to the class and the nation 
in two modes. (1) The individual may be taken as a 
representative type. (2) By the aid of statistics we may 
construct an average. The value of the former plan 
depends on how far the case taken is fairly representative ; 
that of the latter, on the way the average is obtained. 
In the first plan, if we simply assert that what is true 
of A is true of all people exactly similar, the statement is 
only formal. In the second plan we may, if the figures 
are given, estimate the consumption per head of the 
whole nation of all kinds of things ; and, indeed, this is 
one of the most popular methods of estimating material 
progress. In England, for example, during the last fifty 
years there has been a great increase per head in the con- 
sumption of tea, sugar, etc. But we cannot say that any 
law of diminishing utility applies to this general (or per 
head) consumer. And in this connection it may be 
observed that the utility of the same things will depend 
on the way in which they are distributed, as well as on 
variations in the capacities of the recipients. 

When we consider the variety of individuals of which 
a nation is made up, of all sorts of ages and capacities, it 
seems probable that the variations in the utility of con- 
sumption can only be estimated in the roughest and most 
indirect methods. These points, however, are best taken 
up in Book IV, which deals with economic progress. 

8. The Measurement of Utility by Money — Consumer's 
Surplus. — In modern societies people make few things for 



WEALTH, UTILITY, AND CONSUMPTION 27 

their own personal consumption, and in general must 
obtain their goods by purchase. Thus the utility of con- 
sumption is closely associated with the trouble or dis- 
utility of acquisition. We may suppose that any person 
regards the spending of money as involving in itself 
disutility, as in any case it deprives him of the pleasure 
of possession, etc. Thus we may say that a prudent con- 
sumer will try so to adjust his expenditure that in return 
for this disutility of expenditure he may obtain a maxi- 
mum of utility. 

It is easy to show theoretically (especially with the 
aid of graphs) that the expenditure should be so con- 
ducted that the marginal utility in each case is equal. If 
it is less in some case, too much has been spent on that 
thing ; if it is more, too little. 

It may also be shown that this final utility should at 
least balance the final disutility of expenditure. 

As regards most incomes it may be supposed that the 
spender has a surplus of utility, and in some cases a very 
great surplus. Thus when we take into account the law 
of diminishing utility we see that the utility derived from 
the first portions of necessaries may be indefinitely great. 
But owing to the equality of prices the same price is paid 
per unit for each portion — for the first as for the last. 
Accordingly, if the last purchase just balances the loss of 
the money, all the former purchases must give a surplus. 
If we add together these gains, or these savings from what 
the man would have been willing to give, they constitute 
for that thing: to that consumer what is called the con- 
sumer's surplus (or rent, on an analogy to be explained 
later). 



28 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

Considering the limitation of incomes, it is possible that 
the last penny spent may yield a surplus. It is only when 
there is some money left over that the loss by the last 
penny will just balance the gain. 

In any case, " We cannot speak of price measuring 
marginal utility in general, but only with reference to 
some individual purchaser" (Marshall). 

It would seem, then, that the measurement of utility 
by money is something like measuring the heights of 
creatures in terms of their own feet. But then it may 
be replied that the standard foot is actually derived from 
this mode of measurement, and similarly of most measures 
they are connected with variable natural objects. 

I have dealt with these difficulties elsewhere, and here 
I will only suggest that the advantages supposed to be 
measured by consumer's surplus, or rent, may be expressed 
in more general terms without any loss in precision. 

Every person has a limited income, and in consequence, 
since the modes of expenditure and his desires may be 
considered as unlimited, he could always gain in utility 
by an increase of income. If, then, owing to any cause, 
some of the things which he ordinarily consumes fall in 
price (his income and other things remaining the same), 
he has more money to spend, and, just as by an increase 
of income, he can gain in utility. He may buy more of 
the old things, or better qualities, or new things. Or he 
may save the money for future needs. The real gains of 
increasing cheapness and plenty can only be estimated 
in a variety of ways ; the nominal gain is the saving of 
money on the things formerly bought. It is sometimes 
useful, from the national standpoint, to compare the cost 



WEALTH, UTILITY, AND CONSUMPTION 



29 



of things at present prices (say the total imports) with 
the cost if prices had been unchanged. 1 

Note on the Use of Curves in Economics — Utility Curves 

In the pure theory of economics the nature and relations of some of 
the fundamental conceptions can be most clearly shown by the use of 
curves. Curves of this kind intended for the illustration of abstract 
theories are always drawn with the proviso of hypotheses carefully 
laid down. They are not supposed to represent the results of statis- 
tical inquiries. For abstract purposes curves may be of great use 
when it is quite impossible to obtain the corresponding statistics. 
The principal use of curves of a simple kind is to illustrate in a 
graphical form the continuous variations in the quantity of one thing 
in response to changes in the quantity of another (or the connection 
between changes in the independent and in the dependent variable). 
Thus, as regards utility, the leading ideas and their interconnections 
may be represented by the following curves : — 




Successive portions of the commodity are measured along OX and 
the corresponding degrees of utility along OY. In Fig. 1 for a time 
there is an increase of utility, but after a point is reached the utility 
begins to diminish and passes through zero into disutility — below 
the axis of X. This curve would illustrate the direct consumption of 

1 See Jevons' Theory of Political Economy ; "Wieser's Natural Value; 
Marshall's Principles, Book III. 



30 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

a necessary, e.g. water by an individual. The utility of the first very 
small portions would be inappreciable to allay thirst or support life. 
In this curve it is of no importance how the utility is measured ; the 
sole object is to show how the utility varies in response to successive 
units consumed. If P is a point on the curve, and a perpendicular 
PM is let fall on OX, then, if the consumption stops at M, PM repre- 
sents the marginal utility; where the curve cuts OX the marginal 
utility is zero, and beyond this point it becomes negative, as in P X M V 
The total utility is represented by the area bounded by PM, OM, 
and the curve ; if PM becomes negative, the aggregate disutility must 
be deducted from the positive utility. 

In Fig. 2 we may suppose, as before, that units of the commodity 
are measured along OX and the corresponding utilities are measured 
along OF by the prices that would be given for successive portions. 
To a single consumer the utility may be supposed to be measured in 
this way. Any price higher than OP Y is to him a prohibitive price, 
and after this point he will give less and less as his desire decreases. 
We may suppose that he will cease his purchases of the commodity 
in question at the ilfth portion, when the market price as determined 
by outside agencies is PM. If the market price were to rise, he would 
buy less, and if it fell he would buy more. But in any case his 
marginal purchase would depend partly on what he could do with the 
money if not spent on this thing. The only advantage of bringing 
in money at all is as a measure that can be applied to other things. 
If for every portion he is only obliged to give PM, the market price, 
while he would be willing to give more for each portion up to the 
ilfth, he makes a gain or saving on these portions, and the aggregate 
may be called consumer's surplus. This would be represented by the 
area P X CP. 

PJM 2 , considered as a negative price, would mean that he would pay 
something to get rid of the thing. 

The abstract nature of the reasoning is seen when we consider that 
the continuity of the curve implies that both quantities and prices 
move by infinitesimal gradations. An approximation is made to 
reality by Professor Marshall in taking the consumption of a large 
market and adopting the device, to begin with, of thin parallelograms 
passing into thick straight lines (Principles, 4th ed., p. 203 n.). The 
assumptions given by Professor Marshall must be carefully noted. 



WEALTH, UTILITY, AND CONSUMPTION 31 

[On the use of curves the student may consult Wicksteed, Alpha- 
bet of Economic Science; Pantaleoni (translated), Pure Economics ; 
Jevons, Theory of Political Economy; Pareto, Cours d'lZconomie 
Politique (Tome 1, Iutrod.). Most English readers will probably find 
the footnotes in Marshall's Principles the most satisfactory introduc- 
tion, and for advanced treatment the Appendix of Mathematical Notes ; 
Edgeworth's Mathematical Psychics is a work full of ideas.] 



CHAPTER II 

PRODUCTION AND THE AGENTS OF PRODUCTION 

1. Meaning of Production. — The definition of the 
terms productive and unproductive, as applied to labour 
and consumption, was the occasion of one of the most 
prolonged controversies in economics, a part in which was 
taken by all the leading economists from Quesnay and 
the Physiocrats to Mill. And even now traces of the 
difficulties which were so hotly discussed are found to 
survive. It would be most instructive to trace the devel- 
opment of the controversy, which is one of the best in- 
stances of the necessity of examining carefully the 
meanings of terms in popular use. For the reasons 
already given, however, the history of economic thought 
must be passed over. 

Eventually, it became clear, as was pointed out by Mill, 
that the terms productive and unproductive can only 
have a meaning in reference to some correlative. Pro- 
ductive must mean productive of something. What is 
that something? The appeal to popular usage gives a 
vacillating answer ; so also does the appeal to the author- 
ity of economists. Mill thought the correlative ought 
to be wealth; but this answer only leads up to all the 
difficulties involved in the definition of wealth itself. 
The only plan, then, seems to be to give the meaning that 
is best adapted to the exposition of economic conceptions. 

Production, then, may be denned as the production of 



PRODUCTION AND THE AGENTS OF PRODUCTION 33 

economic utilities ; those, namely, which in general are the 
result of labour, possess exchange value, and are appro- 
priated (which may be taken as the definition of wealth 
so far as that is possible). 

If we substitute for wealth the expression economic 
utilities, we get rid of many vague and inconsistent ideas 
popularly associated with the term. 

In any case it is convenient to consider separately 
what, for brevity, may be called material and immaterial 
production. 

Material production simply puts utilities into material 
things or adapts them for consumption. The principal 
point to notice is that the corresponding utilities may be 
of the most varied kinds. Thus transport puts in the 
things the utility of being in the place where they are 
wanted; so also do wholesale and retail trade. "The 
act of production is not complete till the commodity is 
in the hands of the consumer." 

Similarly, it may be argued that the mere appropriation 
of land or other agents is, in a sense, economic production. 
History shows very clearly that production in the narrow 
sense cannot go very far until the utility of being appro- 
priated is planted in the things. Thus it is often argued 
that the appropriation of land was essential to the disap- 
pearance of slavery, which is the most wasteful of all 
forms of labour, and any economy of labour is equivalent 
to an increase of productive power. 

In immaterial production we have, first, the utilities 
fixed and embodied in persons, e.g. forms of technical 
skill ; secondly, the ideas that find expression in art, 
science, and literature ; and lastly, personal services. 



34 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

Even in the earliest societies it is observed that some 
utilities are only possible with associations of individuals, 
and the varied utilities of organisation become of more 
and more importance with the progress of society. The 
building up of a system of banking and credit, which in 
the last resort must be reduced mainly to mental elements, 
is as necessary to economic production in general as the 
development of the material means of transport. Simi- 
larly education, both of individuals and of groups, is as 
essential as the exploitation of natural resources. The 
importance of the immaterial factors of production was 
admirably brought out by List, whose work on the 
National System of Political Economy may be taken as a 
corrective to the popular system derived from Adam 
Smith, though his critique of the real Adam Smith is 
often unfair or exaggerated. 

2. The Agents of Material Production. — It is commonly 
said that there are three great agents of production : 
namely, land (which is taken as representative of nature 
and natural resources generally, and thus includes water), 
labour, and capital. Some have denied original rank to 
capital on the ground that it is derived from the other 
two. But this objection seems to carry the analysis too 
far. In the same way nature might be held to include 
human nature. In the earliest times we find that all the 
essential forms of capital are of importance in production. 
In prehistoric times many of the most important aids 
to production were discovered: e.g. taming of animals, 
working in metals, boat-building, weaving, ploughing, etc. 
That is to say, we find examples of capital in the sense of 
wealth, auxiliary to labour. We also find examples of 



PRODUCTION AND THE AGENTS OF PRODUCTION 35 

sustaining capital which enabled primitive man to " wait " 
for distant returns, and of those relatively permanent 
sources of utility that modern analysis classes as consump- 
tion-capital. Through the whole range of economic 
history we find that the possessors of production-capital 
were able to obtain some revenue for its use. In the 
village community those who provided the various parts 
of the great plough and the oxen had shares of the pro- 
duce in return, just as the driver of the oxen had for his 
labour. 

Some writers have added to the three agents another 
under the title of organisation. And unless the term 
capital is extended so as to cover this agent, the addition 
seems to be justified. 

3. Nature. — Nature provides materials and powers. 
In all forms of material production there is only the 
adaptation for man's use or consumption of what is given 
by nature. 

The question was much discussed, in connection with 
the controversy on the meaning of the terms produc- 
tive and unproductive, whether nature assists more 
in some things than in others ; but it is now only of 
historical interest, especially in connection with the 
development of the theory of rent. It illustrates forci- 
bly the difficulty of attaining clear ideas in economics, 
and the necessity of examining the terms already familiar. 
With us it is difficult to enter into the real meaning of 
these old controversies, but that they were real is shown 
by the practical proposals to which they gave rise, e.g. the 
single tax. Here all that can be noted is that the study 
of the development and decay of the Physiocratic doc- 



36 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

trine and of its influence on thought is well worthy of 
attention. Any short summary, however, is apt to be 
misleading. 

Of the gifts of nature some are practically unlimited, 
others limited. The division is relative to the numbers 
of the people and to the degree of civilisation they have 
attained, both as regards the desires for consumption and 
the arts of production. 

In considering the productive powers of different 
nations, or of any one nation at different stages of its 
development, the influence of natural conditions is always 
of importance in several ways. This is a topic in which 
the details must be filled in by reference to economic 
history and to commercial geography. Here little more 
than the basis of classification can be given. 

The chief points for consideration and inquiry may be 
classed under the following headings : climatic condi- 
tions, including the mean temperature and the extremes 
and variations of heat and cold, force and direction of the 
winds, healthiness or the reverse. The great trades of 
the world depend largely on these differences, as also do 
variations in the efficiency of labour. 

The geological character of the country must be taken 
in various aspects, e.g. as regards coast line and natural 
harbours, mountains and plains, fertility of the soil, and 
supply of minerals and raw materials. The discovery of 
gold or coal may in a few years transform a country. 
The water supplies are of importance : as regards the 
means of communication, the necessity of elaborate 
drainage, or providing motive power. 

The situation of a country relatively to others may 



PRODUCTION AND THE AGENTS OF PRODUCTION 37 

under different conditions be the dominant factor in the 
supply of its wealth, — as is shown in the history of the 
transference of commercial supremacy. 

When we put all these influences together, we see that 
even the most highly civilised nations under present con- 
ditions depend largely on these natural conditions. To 
take one example, the present industrial prosperity of 
Great Britain depends to a great extent on its moist and 
temperate climate, its coast line (no place being far from 
the sea and natural harbours), the suitability of its soil 
for various agricultural products, its coal and iron, its 
navigable rivers, and, finally, its geographical position. 

At the same time, natural conditions are not always of 
predominant importance, as is shown both by history and 
by the present state of nations. 

4. Labour. — The importance of labour is so great that 
it appears through the whole range of economic inquiry. 
At this stage only the meaning will be investigated. 
Labour must always be considered from two points of 
view, which, for brevity, may be called subjective and 
objective, — more popularly, from the point of view of the 
feeling of the worker, and from that of the work done. 

As regards the subjective meaning, most economists 
have assumed that labour is essentially painful, or, more 
generally, involves an element of disutility. This view 
is often too narrow, and the socialists have done good 
service in pointing out that, with a proper distribution 
of work, and under good conditions, labour may well be 
directly productive of enjoyment. Most people in full 
health need regular exertion, and the fact that they earn 
money by it, as in their regular work, need not destroy 



38 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

the pleasure of the work itself. At the same time, it may- 
be admitted that the continuous steady work which is 
necessary to keep the national production at full pressure 
involves a strain and a sacrifice of freedom which will 
only be submitted to in the hope of an adequate reward. 

In a general view of economic labour it is best to begin 
with a survey of the elements involved in a "quantity 
of labour" from the subjective side. The expression is 
to be taken in the sense given to it by Adam Smith in 
a celebrated passage. 

Under this term are included all those influences which 
affect the minds and the lives of the workers in doing 
the work. Such are : — 

The time involved. At first, time may be taken as 
uniform, e.g. five times as much labour in five hours as 
in one, but after a point there is a rapid increase in the 
quantity of labour, e.g. the twentieth hour of the man 
in the signal box. 

The next point is the intensity of the labour. " There 
may be more labour in an hour's hard work than in two 
hours' easy business." 

Logically we ought to include in the real cost of the 
labour (which is another name for this subjective quan- 
tity), not only the prime cost, but also the supplementary 
cost in the way of education or preparation. " There 
may be more labour in an hour's application to a trade 
which it cost ten years to learn, than in a month's in- 
dustry at an ordinary and obvious employment." We 
must also take account of the environment of the worker : 
the physical and sanitary, as well as the mental and moral 
conditions under which the labour is performed. 



PRODUCTION AND THE AGENTS OF PRODUCTION 39 

Finally, it may be said that the unit of time ought to 
be the whole life. Statistics of the different employments 
show that the conditions of work have an effect on the 
duration of the power to labour, and anything that 
shortens life must be held to intensify the labour, though 
it may not be perceived at the time. 

When we regard labour from the objective point of view 
we are mainly concerned with the causes affecting the 
efficiency of labour. These may be divided into two 
groups : those affecting the individual, and those affect- 
ing combinations of labour. At this point only the 
former need be considered. 

Such are qualities of race and the influences of heredity, 
of great importance, but liable to be exaggerated. The 
supply of food, or more generally of necessaries, is some- 
times an essential factor, as in the "economy of high 
wages." On this point, the change of opinion is remark- 
able ; it used to be accepted doctrine, that, the less peo- 
ple had, so much the harder they would be compelled 
to work, e.g. that they would work harder in dear years. 
Lately the exaggeration has been toward the other 
side in many cases. To revive an old term, all consump- 
tion is not productive, or, in other words, does not add 
to efficiency. The full treatment of this topic would 
involve an elaborate inductive inquiry. 

The environment affects, not only the feelings of the 
worker, but also his efficiency — and in many ways. 

The intellectual ability, natural and acquired, involves, 
for adequate treatment, an examination of systems of 
education. The opinion may be hazarded that, at present, 
too much stress is laid on direct technical training. 



40 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

Similarly, the moral capacities and activities operate 
on the effectiveness of the worker in a great variety of 
ways. As an illustration on a large scale, we may take 
the gradual transition from slavery through all degrees 
of serfdom up to free labour. There is no doubt that 
one of the principal agencies in this transformation was 
the increasing efficiency of labour with increasing free- 
dom. In conclusion, it must be laid down with the 
greatest emphasis, that labour, as an agent of production, 
must be held to include the very highest professional 
skill of all kinds, as well as the labour of unskilled 
workers and artisans; we must include, not only the 
labour of those engaged in business in the ordinary 
sense of the term, but that of those employed in educa- 
tion, in the fine arts, in literature, in science, in the 
administration of justice, and in government in all its 
branches ; and we must include also, not only the labour 
that results in a permanent form, but also that which 
renders services that perish in the act. 

Since the time of Adam Smith (who took a very wide 
view) there has been a tendency to narrow unduly the 
interpretation of the term labour, and in that way to take 
a limited view of the range of economic inquiry. At pres- 
ent there are problems connected with the expenses of 
education, and the expenses of defence, which, to say the 
least, are as important as the actions of trusts and trade 
unions; and one essential part of these problems is the 
training of the individuals. Even under modern con- 
ditions, with our large-scale methods, in the last resort 
the economic unit is not a corporation or an army, but 
a man. 



PRODUCTION AND THE AGENTS OF PRODUCTION 41 

5. Capital. — Capital, like labour, is dominant in every 
department and has also an endless variety of forms. On 
the meaning and the functions of capital, volumes have 
been written, and, to judge by the economic journals, vol- 
umes are still being written and no doubt will continue 
to be written. Properly viewed, this is not a matter for 
regret, as it simply indicates that capital is one of the 
most far-reaching conceptions, and that with changing con- 
ditions its content is subject to change (as soon as we 
leave generalities). The present section must be regarded 
as an introduction only, to the study of these generalities 
and this brief treatment must of necessity be selective 
and dogmatic. In its origins (or one of them) capital 
means the principal in a loan of money (capitalis pars 
debiti) as distinct from the interest. Gradually, though 
many chapters of economic history are required to trace the 
details of the process, it became clear that not only money, 
but anything that yields interest, ought to be placed 
under capital. Money itself only yielded interest by 
being employed, and the interest was earned by other 
things. 

Thus the conclusion is reached that it is of the essence 
of capital to yield a revenue. This is the root idea with 
Adam Smith and still may be considered as prominent 
in popular discourse. 

This idea of yielding revenue is generally the most 
important from the point of view of the individual. A 
person will class as capital the loan advanced to an un- 
productive landlord or an extravagant government, so 
long as his fund is secure. If the revenue is forthcoming, 
the capital from his point of view is always there ; and if 



42 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

the revenue ceases with no chance of renewal, the corre- 
sponding capital disappears as a bad debt. 

But especially when we look at capital from the national 
standpoint, we have to consider how the revenue is ob- 
tained. A nation considered as self-dependent cannot 
make a revenue unless its resources are employed pro- 
ductively; a nation of money-lenders would soon realise 
the barrenness of money. Seeing, then, that the revenue 
of capital must be produced, some writers have found the 
essential character of capital is its productiveness. And 
if a nation begins to consume its capital without replacing 
it by production, it must sink into poverty. As its capital 
disappears so also will its income. This is self-evident, 
if capital is one of the fundamental agents of production, 
and in one sense at least it must be so regarded. It 
seems best, however, to emphasise the idea of revenue 
from the individual standpoint. But in some respects 
this idea also needs modification or supplement. If, to 
begin with an example, a dwelling-house is to rank as 
capital when let to a tenant for a rent, then it must also 
so rank when occupied by the owner (and by the severe 
logic of the British income-tax gatherers, even when not 
occupied). This leads up to what may be called cort- 
sumption-c&pitsil in the specific sense of the term. This 
form of capital (or capital from this point of view) con- 
sists of things which yield utility, not in the shape of 
money revenue, but in some form of direct enjoyment 
or satisfaction. Take, for example, the movables in the 
houses of individuals, and the forms of public property, 
such as picture galleries, museums, etc. This class of 
wealth, by whatever name it is called, is of great impor- 



PRODUCTION AND THE AGENTS OF PRODUCTION 43 

tance. Sir R. Giffen, in his calculations of the capital of 
the United Kingdom, reckoned the movables in the 
houses as of about half the value of the houses. 

Thus, on this line of treatment, there are three great 
species of capital; namely, production-capital, revenue- 
capital, and consumption-capital. 

If now it is asked : Is there any root idea common to 
these three species ? it may be said to be found in the sat- 
isfaction of future needs, as contrasted with present and 
immediate consumption. Even in the last species named, 
i.e. consumption-capital, things are not included unless 
they are designed for future as well as immediate use. 
Thus, in this view, the relative permanence of capital is 
contrasted with the relatively immediate consumption of 
income. " Prospectiveness," not productiveness, is in this 
way the most general characteristic of capital, if only 
one term is to be employed. 

There can be no question that one of the best signs of 
national progress is the growth of this power of looking 
to the future, and either directly by the creation of con- 
sumption-capital, or indirectly by that of means of pro- 
duction, giving effect to this idea of "prospectiveness." 

For some purposes, however, we have to specialise, and 
besides the species of capital already considered there are 
others. 

Recently some economists have insisted on a general 
view of capital that at first sight seems directly opposed to 
that just presented. It is said that the distinction between 
capital and income is simply a difference in the modes of 
measuring wealth, whether of individuals or of nations. 
The capital of an individual or a community is an amount 



44 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

of wealth in existence at a particular moment, while the 
income is wealth obtained during a certain period. To 
the present writer this view of capital seems rather adapted 
to accounting than to economics. The mere valuation of 
a nation's wealth at any particular moment, if it could be 
effected, would be of no interest except as the basis of 
comparison with a similar estimate at some other date; 
and the comparison for economic purposes would be of no 
use without analysis, and such analysis would bring out 
the ideas already examined. 

When production-co^itdl is examined, several species are 
discovered. Circulating capital "fulfils the whole of its 
functions in a single use, e.g. raw materials or necessaries 
for labour " (Mill) ; fixed capital can be used in produc- 
tion more than once without losing its form. Adam 
Smith defined circulating capital as that which yields a 
revenue by circulating or changing hands. Perhaps the 
most interesting point in Adam Smith's treatment is that, 
in spite of his realism and popular style, he is led by the 
stress of his argument to use the term immediate as possi- 
bly covering generations and to rank buildings as capital 
only when they yield a revenue, not only to the owner, but 
to the occupier, — another striking instance of the difficulty 
of adapting popular ideas and language to scientific pur- 
poses. 

Mill's four propositions on capital (in his sense of pro- 
duction-capital) are of interest in the development of 
economic thought. With the exception of the unfortu- 
nate fourth, — demand for commodities is not demand for 
labour, — they are taken from Adam Smith. So far as 
true they simply assert that capital (in Mill's sense) is 



PRODUCTION AND THE AGENTS OF PRODUCTION 45 

a necessary agent of production and that it is being con- 
tinually destroyed (Mill says consumed) and reproduced. 
These propositions are of interest in connection with the 
wages fund theory, and of use in disposing of certain 
crude fallacies on the nature of saving and the powers of 
governments. 

6. The Connection between Consumption and Production. 
— At this point attention may be called to the old dis- 
tinction between productive and unproductive consump- 
tion. Only that consumption was classed as productive 
which was necessary to the efficiency of labour and keep- 
ing up the supply of labour for productive purposes. 
Thus not all the consumption even of the most poorly 
paid labourers was productive. Carried to this extreme, 
the distinction proved to be of little value, and the point 
involved is better treated under the causes affecting the 
efficiency of labour. 

Generally, it may be said that consumption means using 
things, and production means adapting them for use ; and 
logically the two ideas are better kept distinct. 1 

Note on the Curve representing the Quantity of Labour 
and the Utility of the Product 2 

Along OX measure units of time devoted to labour. At first there 
may be some disutility OL ; this gradually decreases and passes 
through the zero of indifference R to positive utility corresponding 
to the moderate pleasure of active work RSR V After a point T"on axis 

1 See Higgs, Physiocrats; Mill, Principles, Book I; Marshall, Princi- 
ples, Book IT ; Boehm-Bawerk, Capital arid Interest and Positive Theory 
of Capital; Cannan, Theories of Production and Disti'ibntion ; Smith, 
Wealth of Nations, Book IV, Chap. IX. 

2 See Jevons, Theory, p. 108. 



46 



ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 



the utility diminishes and passes through zero R x to disutility, which 
rapidly increases; this corresponds to the excessive fatigue of over- 
work. 




QP is the utility curve which represents the utility obtained from 
the product of the successive units of time devoted to labour. The 
first portions may be supposed to provide for necessaries, and the 
utility is indefinitely great, but after a point the utility diminishes. 
It will pay the worker to continue up to the point at which the 
utility PM obtained in return for the last unit of labour time is just 
equal to the disutility P Y M involved. Up to that point there is a gain 
of utility, but after this point there is increasing disutility. It will 
be noted that the curves are only intended to illustrate the general 
relations between labour (subjective) and the utility of the result. 



CHAPTER III 

DIVISION OF LABOUR 

1. Meaning of Division of Labour. — Like other economic 
terms of popular derivation, division of labour embraces 
several distinct but allied conceptions. Briefly stated, it 
includes the division or specialisation of employments 
within a nation, and of processes within an employment. 
This division again involves combination and organisation, 
including exchange. The expression division of labour 
was used by Adam Smith in the widest sense, although 
to begin with he takes the simple case of pin-making, and 
in consequence is often supposed to use the term only in 
the most special and narrow sense. 

As showing the importance of both aspects, it may 
be recalled that Mill entitles the corresponding chapter 
combination of labour. 

In any case it is found that division of labour involves 
a corresponding division and combination of capital — 
both material and immaterial. 

The separation of employments is of very early origin, 
and is well illustrated by the industrial offices of the 
village communities. But in these self-sufficing com- 
munities only a very limited division of employments was 
possible. To get the benefits of this separation to its full 
extent, a large nation and even the whole commercial 
world is required. Thus it is sometimes said that free 

47 



48 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

trade is an example of the advantages of division of 
labour : the productive powers of each country are devoted 
to what it can best produce. 

Division of labour in the narrowest sense refers to the 
separation of processes within any particular industry or 
employment. 

2. Advantages of Division of Labour. — The advantages 
commonly enumerated, following Adam Smith, are : The 
increased dexterity of the workers through constant prac- 
tice of the same thing. This may be illustrated from 
primitive times in the skill shown in making the serrated 
edges of the flint arrows. But the full power is only seen 
when taken with the appropriate auxiliary capital. In all 
the higher forms of labour such specialisation seems neces- 
sary to success. This advantage appears most in improve- 
ments of quality rather than in economy of productive 
power. In both respects labour has to compete with 
machinery. On the whole, however, contrary to popular 
opinion, the development of mechanical appliances since 
the industrial revolution has increased the skill of the 
individual workers, or, what is the same thing, this 
increased division of labour demands greater skill. 

Under a system of minute division of labour the various 
workers can be classified according to their several capaci- 
ties, and full employment can be given to the auxiliary 
capital. This can be illustrated indefinitely by reference 
to the employment of men, women, and children, in each 
case with great varieties of skill. 

There is an economy of time ; e.g. no waste in passing 
from one form of work to another and in starting different 
operations, in early times a point of much importance. 



DIVISION OF LABOUR 49 

Under present conditions the time element is chiefly of 
importance in cases in which the work could not be done 
in the time required without division of labour. 

The continuous specialisation promotes the discovery of 
inventions. No doubt, as is shown by history, the original 
creative idea may often be due to outsiders ; but the full 
development for practical purposes is only possible by 
little increments of invention. In material production it 
seems that progress is more continuous than in other 
departments of human activity, e.g. literature and 
especially poetry. It is rarely that improved processes 
of production are lost and the beginnings of most of 
the industrial arts can be carried back to prehistoric 
times : the dug-out canoe is the forerunner of the steel 
iron-clad. 

In any of its varied meanings division of labour in- 
volves a corresponding specialisation of auxiliary capital. 
And for this purpose capital must be taken in the most 
extensive sense. Thus we must include the mental 
capital of the nation and of the world as exemplified in 
the various practical sciences, such as chemistry, engi- 
neering, etc. 

The combination of labour is of two kinds : simple and 
complex. In simple combination the advantage lies in 
numbers doing the same thing at the same time ; e.g. in 
the harvesting of primitive communities or the naviga- 
tion of a great ship in modern times. The latter example 
also serves to illustrate complex cooperation, which is still 
better shown in the building of the ship. Here the idea 
is that numbers of different operations are combined to 
produce a complex result. In some cases we have a com- 



50 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

bination of labour extending over generations, as in the 
construction of vast systems of drainage. 

The advantages of division of labour have, up to the 
present, been realised to a greater extent in material than 
in immaterial production ; and the progress of the specu- 
lative, as distinct from the practical, sciences would be 
greatly promoted by more systematic organisation. 

3. Division of Labor is limited by the Extent of the 
Market. — Division of labour involves, as a rule, produc- 
tion on a large scale, and this again depends on the extent 
of the market. Thus an increase of foreign trade by 
rendering possible production on a larger scale may 
cheapen the commodity in the home market. At present, 
aided by protective tariffs and trusts, this advantage is 
often transferred to the foreigner. The course of English 
economic history shows very clearly the influence of the 
growth of foreign trade on the development of industry, 
e.g. at first in woollen manufactures and later in cotton. 

Theoretically it might be advantageous to give bounties 
on production if the economies of division of labour could 
be introduced to such an extent that they would more 
than compensate for the payment of the tax. 

In immaterial production also the division of labour is 
limited by the extent of the market ; e.g. in law, medicine, 
education, and the various professions the greater the 
demand (or the market for the corresponding services) 
so much greater is the specialisation. A good example is 
found in banking. It is thus clear that division of labour 
is closely connected with exchange, and this forcibly 
illustrates the interconnection of the great departments 
in economics. Exchange, again, involves the protection of 



DIVISION OF LABOUR 51 

property and the enforcement of contracts and generally 
security. In this way division of labour is also connected 
with distribution and governmental control. Finally, it 
may be said that economic progress is to a great extent 
dependent on the development of division of labour, and 
there was good reason why Adam Smith should make 
this principle the starting-point of his inquiry. 

4. The Localisation of Industry. — The localisation of 
industry depends partly on the specialisation due to 
division of labour. It is one of the most interesting 
problems in economic history to trace the reasons why 
certain industries have become settled in certain localities. 
To begin with, there may be some natural advantage, e.g. 
proximity to the source of materials or powers provided 
by nature ; political or social influences may create a local 
demand; and in certain notable cases in English history 
there have been settlements of foreign artisans, sometimes 
attracted to this country by the hope of gain, sometimes 
driven from their own by political or religious persecu- 
tion. Again, protection may stimulate production in cer- 
tain places, and in the mediaeval period the towns adopted 
a protectionist policy against one another. 

At this stage, however, it is more important to observe 
that, if for any reason an industry has once been estab- 
lished in any locality, there are strong reasons why it 
should continue to flourish there and not be transported 
to other places. Both labour and capital become special- 
ised and there is a continuity of improvements ; industries 
grow up that are subsidiary to the main industry; the 
means of communication are adapted both to the acquisi- 
tion of raw materials and to the marketing of the products ; 



52 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

in short, there are all the internal and external economies 
of which Professor Marshall has given so full and lucid an 
account. 

Too much stress, however, ought not to be laid on these 
initial advantages, and in general any attempt at monopoly 
has been defeated. The restrictive policy of the old gilds 
and corporations was a failure. Just at the very time 
when, owing to a variety of causes, the economic system 
of the Middle Ages was giving place to the modern, and 
England was entering on a period of prosperity, we find 
constant complaints of the decay of the towns and of their 
staple industries. The chief reason was that the industries 
were migrating to the county districts, where they were 
free from these monopolistic restraints. In the same 
way, in modern times, protection has often failed to 
neutralise foreign competition. 

The principles and the progress of localisation are also 
exemplified in the case of immaterial production. Uni- 
versities and law courts remain settled in certain places, 
and banks and credit institutions once established may 
retain their position, though it would seem that other 
places have greater advantages. Here also, however, the 
initial advantages cannot be maintained unless there is 
continuous adaptation to the progress of society. 

5. Disadvantages of Division of Labour. — When the dis- 
advantages of division of labour are spoken of, it is not 
meant that they are such as are necessarily inherent in the 
system, but only such as experience has shown are likely 
to occur and ought to be guarded against. Such disad- 
vantages arise from the excessive specialisation of the 
individual, from the concentration of labour in large facto- 



DIVISION OF LABOUR 53 

ries and in cities, and from the delicacy of the industrial 
organisation. In a general survey these disadvantages 
may be classed in three groups ; namely, physical, mental, 
and social. It was observed by an Italian writer, early in 
the eighteenth century, that particular physical diseases 
are associated with certain employments. Under modern 
conditions this liability might be indefinitely illustrated, 
and a large part of the factory legislation is intended to 
provide a remedy for these abuses. In fact, it may be said 
that there is hardly any great industry which is not sub- 
jected by law to certain compulsory sanitary regulations. 
It is, however, a curious fact that the workers themselves 
often place obstacles in the way of efficient inspection and 
of the discovery of the infringement of the acts. In the 
matter of the relative healthiness of employments the only 
safe rule is to appeal to experience. Thus coal-mining, 
apart from the liability to accidents, is a healthy employ- 
ment, whilst very often out-of-door occupations, owing to 
special circumstances, are relatively unhealthy. 

More stress has been laid on the mental evils that spring 
from excessive specialisation than seems to be warranted 
by facts. Here the principal evil alleged is the monotony 
of the work, which is supposed to have a cramping effect on 
the mind. This has been forcibly brought out by Adam 
Smith. In an eloquent passage he contrasts the driving 
of horses with the driving of machinery. So much was 
he impressed by the evil of monotony that it was one of 
the chief grounds why he thought the education of the 
common people demanded the special attention of the 
state. In modern times the evil has been denounced with 
still greater eloquence by Ruskin, though the eloquence 



54 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

is marred in his case by ignorance of economic facts and 
principles. Perhaps the difficulty is most forcibly put by 
the French writer who asks what can be expected of the 
mind of a man whose activities are constantly devoted to 
making the eighteenth part of a pin. 

In this argument, however, it is assumed too readily 
that the minds and characters of men are moulded entirely 
by their occupations. But it should be remembered that 
the very monotony of the work saves the energies of the 
individual, and in his leisure he can do something better 
than merely satisfy his physical wants. Thus the opera- 
tives of Lancashire are devoted to music. Many cases are 
recorded in which a factory hand has come to the front 
through educating himself in his spare time; but spare 
time without spare energy is worthless. It is remarkable 
also, in the highest branches of labour, how often the 
workers find relaxation in different pursuits. At present 
it may be said that the sports and the habits of the masses 
of the people have more to do with mental narrowness 
than any monotony connected with their work. 

The monotony itself is also liable to be exaggerated The 
more monotonous the work, so much the more probable is 
it that there will be a substitution of machinery for labour. 

Again, as regards the evils attributed to the cities 
compared with the country they are liable to be exag- 
gerated. In the past freedom began with the towns, and 
in one of his best chapters Adam Smith has described 
how the commerce of the towns led to the improvement 
of the country. In modern times it is too readily assumed 
that the immigration from the country to the towns is in 
every case due to a want of correct judgment on the part 



DIVISION OF LABOUR 55 

of the immigrants. But the cities offer their gains as well 
as their losses, and class for class the workers in the town 
will compare favourably with those in the country. When 
we look at the broad facts of progress, we find that, on the 
whole, the modern system, with its complicated machinery 
and its use of scientific methods, involves a much higher 
development of the race than was possible under simpler 
conditions. In the Middle Ages there were artists and 
men of genius, and some of the most wonderful personali- 
ties the world has ever seen. But the mediaeval serfs who 
formed the bulk of the population were under less favour- 
able conditions for development than the lowest labourers 
of the present. But for the progress of cities and manufac- 
tures England would have remained as backward as Russia. 

At present, also, it is in the employments in which there 
is least division of labour and the greatest survival of 
older and simpler methods that there is as a rule most 
misery, e.g. the workers on canal barges, the nailers in 
Staffordshire, and generally those engaged in what are 
called the domestic industries. 

The social disadvantages that arise from the delicacy of 
the industrial organisation, the interdependence of indus- 
tries, the oscillations between periods of inflation and 
depression, excessive competition, and the sudden action 
of the " law of substitution," are to be ascribed, not only 
to division of labour, but to other forces and conditions that 
fall to be considered in other departments of economics. 1 

1 On special topics in this chapter, for fuller treatment, see Nicholson, 
Effects of Machinery on Wages; Hobson, Evolution of Capitalism; 
Cunningham, Alien Immigrants into England; Marshall, Principles of 
Economics, Book IV, Chaps. VIII-X. 



CHAPTER IV 

PRODUCTION OK A LARGE AND SMALL SCALE 

1. Production on a Large Scale in Manufactures. — The 
tendency to production on a large scale consequent on the 
extension of division of labour and the associated auxiliary- 
capital (material and immaterial) is best treated by taking 
different typical cases separately — and first, manufactures. 
Here the concentration of labour and capital and the amal- 
gamation of small industries has been most noticeable since 
the industrial revolution, and quite recently a further 
development has taken place by the creation of trusts. 
The process of concentration can only be explained ade- 
quately by an inductive inquiry, and here it is only possi- 
ble to give an outline of the lines to be followed. 

The efficiency of the productive agents is greater in 
many ways in large production, e.g. there can be a better 
classification of labour according to its capacity; applied 
machinery can be so adjusted as to give full employment 
to the motive power ; improvements can be more readily 
adopted ; small inventions can be encouraged ; expert skill 
can be called in to a greater extent ; better agents can be 
employed in the selection of materials and of processes; 
and the control of departments and subdepartments can 
be put in the hands of competent managers while the 
energies of the head of the firm are devoted to general 
superintendence and organisation. 

56 



PRODUCTION ON A LARGE AND SMALL SCALE 57 

A variety of internal and external economies (Marshall) 
can be adopted in large scale production, the details of 
which vary in different cases and can only be enumerated 
in special works. 

2. Other Cases. — The tendency to large production is 
also shown in a pronounced manner in the means of com- 
munication and transport. The history of railways, of 
shipping, and of telegraphs is the history of amalgamations. 

Similarly the distribution by the wholesale and retail 
merchants, which logically is part of production, has fol- 
lowed the same lines. 

Mines are worked by larger capitals, so are gas and 
water companies. 

The same tendency also appears in various forms of 
immaterial production. Thus joint-stock banks have 
swallowed up the private banks to a great extent, and 
the larger insurance companies have displaced the smaller. 

In fact, when we take a rapid survey of the history of 
the nineteenth century, the tendency to large scale produc- 
tion becomes so prominent that it seems to give a basis 
to a universal law or generalisation. 

Of late, in particular, the spread of the trust system has 
induced the fear that in the course of time there will be 
no small industries left, and that the industries of all the 
great nations will be concentrated in the hands of a num- 
ber of gigantic trusts. Thus it is important to consider 
the counteracting causes. 

3. Counteracting Causes. — The localisation of indus- 
tries renders it possible in some cases for a number of rela- 
tively small businesses, that specialise in certain branches, 
to succeed as well as if the processes were carried on by 



58 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

the same firm. The loss incurred in small economies may- 
be made good by the greater specialised skill on the whole. 

Again, to all large industries there are subsidiary indus- 
tries which provide certain things only required to a small 
extent or occasionally. Thus there may be a variety of 
trades in the hands of small masters. 

In the course of progress new wants arise that are met 
by new luxuries. Very often these are of such a kind 
and of such variety as to be best produced on a small 
scale, e.g. photographs, scientific instruments, etc. 

The force to be attributed to these and other counter- 
acting causes can only be properly estimated by an induc- 
tive and historical inquiry beyond the limits of these 
pages. But as the point is at present of much interest, 
a few significant figures may be quoted from a recent 
investigation by Leroy Beaulieu. He shows that in the 
British textile industries there were in 1896 as many as 
9891 factories belonging to 7900 firms compared with 
5961 factories in 1870. In France the patentes or taxes 
on businesses have grown steadily from 1,163,255 in 1830 
to 1,752,345 in 1900, and the population is far from having 
grown in the same proportion. This growth of small 
industries is explained by a variety of causes: industrial 
operations formerly done at home are now specialised, 
and give rise to small industries, e.g. laundry work and 
baking ; brokers and middlemen, though displaced in some 
directions, have been more than proportionately increased 
in others; and many of the recent inventions have fa- 
voured the growth of medium businesses — such as 
those connected with electricity and the manufacture of 
bicycles, and even of motors. Wealth and luxury, being 



PRODUCTION ON A LARGE AND SMALL SCALE 59 

more general, have called into existence numerous small 
industries for the production of articles de luxe. " There 
has been quite a swarm of new small and medium indus- 
tries " — is the general conclusion. 

Much attention has been recently directed to the fact 
that in the United Kingdom there are registered every 
year a large number of joint-stock companies with rela- 
tively small capitals. This is the more noticeable be- 
cause it is generally supposed that the chief inducement 
to joint-stock enterprise is the magnitude of the capital 
required. 

4. Joint-stock Companies. — The economic history of 
companies is of the highest interest, and for the origins 
we must go back to the mediaeval period. Joint-stock 
companies proper were preceded by various forms of 
organisation, notably regulated companies, but the joint- 
stock principle proper was well established in the seven- 
teenth century. 

The speculative manias that arose in France in connec- 
tion with the schemes of John Law, and in England with 
the South Sea Bubble, and the little success that at- 
tended the foreign trade companies, gave rise to a general 
distrust of the principle, as is shown by the increasing 
stringency of legislation. Adam Smith himself was so 
much impressed by the facts of history, that he main- 
tained no company could hope to succeed unless it had a 
monopoly, or was such that its business was of a purely 
routine character. In support of this narrow view, he 
emphasised the want of self-interest on the part of the 
managers and the tendency to the neglect of small sav- 
ings. These difficulties, however, have been obviated to 



60 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

a great extent by the encouragement of professional 
skill, by gradual promotion to valuable appointments, 
and by giving a certain interest in the business to the 
employees. Profit-sharing, however, has not succeeded 
to the extent that might have been expected. 

The advantages of joint-stock companies are : they 
can undertake operations too large for private enter- 
prises, e.g. railroads; in some cases they can offer the 
security of a larger reserve fund, as in banks, in which, 
even if the liability is limited, there is generally a large 
uncalled capital; in companies generally there is greater 
publicity as regards the accounts, and thus so far greater 
security in credit transactions ; they serve for the invest- 
ment of small savings, and thus provide also for the 
distribution of risks; they can afford to work for lower 
gross profit as the shareholders only expect a fair return 
in the shape of interest, and not profits of management ; 
conversely, where the risks are great, but the chances of 
gains are also great, a company may be floated where 
private enterprise would be repelled. The adoption of 
the principle of limited liability has given a great stimu- 
lus to companies. 

The resultant effect of these and of other influences 
of a more special character in different circumstances, 
has been that companies have displaced to a great extent 
private enterprise in many important industries. As 
already observed, however, many of these companies are 
relatively small, in fact, in some cases, so small that it 
may be supposed that the principal inducement has been 
the limited liability. From a recent return (1902), to 
the income tax assessments in the United Kingdom it 



PRODUCTION OX A LARGE AXD SMALL SCALE Gl 

appears that, of over 25,000 public companies, less than 
5000 earn more than £5000 per annum, whilst more than 
half of the total number earn less than £1000 per 
annum. 1 

1 See Marshall, Principles, Book IV, Chaps. XI and XII, Book VI, 
Chap. VII ; Macrosty, Trusts and the State ; S. and B. Webb, Industrial 
Democracy ; Hobson, Evolution of Modem Capitalism. 



CHAPTER V 

PRODUCTION ON A LARGE AND SMALL SCALE IN 
AGRICULTURE 

1. Complexity of the Question. — In comparing the 
relative advantages of large and small farming, there are 
several distinct questions involved. Besides the question 
of production pure and simple, there are various social 
and moral factors, which it is difficult to keep separate 
in any particular case. 

If we confine the attention only to production, the ques- 
tion becomes: under which system will the efficiency of 
labour and capital, when applied to land, be the greater? 

This implies that equal amounts of the productive 
agents are compared. One favourite argument, however, 
in support of the small system is the greater ardour of 
work, the long hours, the devotion to the land, etc ; and 
on analysis this surely implies that more labour is applied, 
and so far there should be a greater return. And then 
the further inquiry should be made : what might be done 
with this labour if devoted to other pursuits ? Thus, in 
the Highlands of Scotland, an amount of labour is often 
spent on the small crofts which would give a far greater 
return if employed in fishing, or in work on the larger 
farms. More generally, the growth of towns and the 
advance of civilisation has been only possible by the trans- 
fer of labour from the land. 

62 



PRODUCTION IN AGRICULTURE 63 

Again, when dealing as far as possible with production 
merely, there is still the difficulty of the measure to be 
adopted. 

We can only compare different kinds of produce by 
estimating the money value of the returns. And then 
from the national point of view the question arises 
whether we ought to take simply the net return, or the 
gross yield. In practice the net return would be the 
rent. It is clear, however, that the maximum rent in 
some cases might be yielded with an insignificant amount 
of gross produce, as when a large tract of country, for- 
merly cultivated, is thrown under deer. The rental 
may rise ; indeed, that will be the motive for the change, 
but to the nation at large the value of the product is 
far less. 

To a less extent the substitution of sheep farms for 
arable has similar effects, as in the enclosures in the fif- 
teenth and sixteenth centuries. 

Again, in making the comparison, it is not just to 
place on one side peasant properties, which are supposed 
to be free from mortgages (their greatest danger) and on 
the other tenancies with imperfect leases. The much- 
quoted aphorisms of Arthur Young are only half-truths : 
"The magic of property turns sands into gold." "Give 
a man the secure possession of a bleak rock, and 
he will turn it into a garden ; give him a nine years' 
lease of a garden, and he will turn it into a desert." 
As will appear later on, equitable leases may be pref- 
erable to occupying ownership. Generally, it may be 
said that the effects of different systems of land tenure 
have been the subject of a vast amount of economic 



64 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

research, and no simple or summary answer on their 
relative merits is possible. 

2. Large and Small Farming Compared. — If we take 
farming in the common sense, of arable and stock mixed 
in varying proportions, we may conveniently compare the 
advantages under three headings — according to the three 
great agents of production. 

As regards land, a large surface can be better split up 
into the necessary enclosure, it can be better provided with 
drains and roads, better adapted for the different kinds of 
produce required, and many of the operations can be 
more economically performed on relatively large fields. 

As regards capital, the large farms usually have an 
advantage in buildings, implements, machinery, kinds of 
stock, insurance against risk, etc. 

As regards labour on the large farms, there can be a 
better adjustment according to capacity, a greater com- 
mand of scientific skill, etc. On the other hand, we have 
the greater interest in the work of the small holder who 
works for himself. 

It was maintained by Mill that in farming not much 
division of labour was required, and that in the operations 
where combination of labour was needed cooperation 
might be adopted. For a time, both in France and the 
United Kingdom, this remained a counsel of perfection ; 
but it is noteworthy that recently the, cooperative princi- 
ple has been applied with much success in agriculture, 
notably in Ireland and also in France. 

The ardour of work, which used to be so much praised 
as the great virtue of the peasant proprietor, has of late 
years been painted in more sombre colours — the expe- 



PRODUCTION IN AGRICULTURE 65 

rience of France shows that the toil may be carried to the 
extent of the utter degradation of life. In the United 
States, however, three-fourths of the farms are cultivated 
by the owners ; but as a rule they are of a class superior 
to the peasants of Europe, and do not suffer from the 
same drawbacks. 

Comparisons are sometimes made of the average yield 
per acre of different countries with the implication that 
the highest yield has the best system. The question, 
however, does not admit of such an easy test, because the 
intensity of cultivation varies with the stage of develop- 
ment, the demand, etc. (cf. the law of diminishing return 
to land — Chap. VI below). 

3. Historical and Social Influences. — As a matter of fact 
the actual distribution of the land of a country in large 
and small holdings depends on a variety of causes apart 
from the mere efficiency of the productive agents in the 
two schemes. 

Among such influences to be considered are the con- 
ditions affecting the capital available for agriculture. 
Large farms involve as a rule large capitals, which may 
not be forthcoming, e.g. in new countries. In former times 
the want of large capitals was made good on the great 
manorial estates by forced labour and the forced loan of 
the oxen and ploughs of the serfs. 

Conversely, economic conditions generally might be 
favourable to small farms, but there are not small capitals. 

The rate of profit is often the determining factor. 
With high farming profits the large system is encour- 
aged, while with falling profits the small system tends 
to take its place. Thus after the Black Death (1349- 



66 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

1350) the rise in the cost of labour and materials 
dissipated the profits of farming by the lords of manors 
on a large scale. Through the land and stock lease 
(Rogers) and other modes of tenancy, the lands were 
let to small holders, many of whom eventually bought 
their holdings and became yeomen. 

The small holder looks rather to a good return to his 
own labour and that of his family than to a profit in the 
strict sense on his capital. 

In Scotland at present the conditions are favourable 
to the creation of small farms, but the difficulty is to 
find small tenants with sufficient capital. 

Next to the influence of the conditions of capital we 
may notice the effects of the kind of produce for which 
the country or district may be adapted. Some of the 
products of the soil require minute care and supervision, 
others are naturally adapted to production on a large 
scale. Vines and wool may be taken as typical. 

Closely connected with the kind of produce are the 
climatic conditions and the fertility of the soil. Thus 
in France itself, which is generally referred to as the 
country par excellence of the small system, nearly half 
of the total area is in farms of over one hundred acres, 
and only about a quarter of the total area is in holdings 
of twenty-five acres and under. 

The demand, the proximity of towns, facilities of trans- 
port and marketing, are sometimes the most important 
factors to be considered. 

The influence of the land laws is liable to be ex- 
aggerated, and seems to have more effect on the amount 
of the produce than on the size of the holdings. 



PRODUCTION IN AGRICULTURE 67 

Under modern conditions the relative rates of wages 
to be obtained in the towns and in the country have 
great influence. The small farmer, like the small shop- 
keeper, is a wage-earner, and does not subsist on his 
profit mainly. 

From these considerations it is clear that we cannot 
argue from the success of one system in a certain time 
and place that it ought to succeed in times and places 
in which the essential conditions may be different — e.g. 
the Channel Islands and the Hebrides — Westmoreland in 
the eighteenth century and the twentieth, etc. 1 

1 On the subject of this chapter there is a vast literature. For the 
general principles Passy's Systemes de Culture is still the best ; Lady 
Verney's Peasant Properties may be used as a corrective to Mill, and to 
such •works as Kay's Free Trade in Land. See also Marshall, Princi- 
ples, Book VI, Chap. X ; Nicholson, Tenant's Gain not Landlord's Loss. 



CHAPTER VI 

THE LAWS OF DIMINISHING AND INCREASING RETURN 

1. Plan of the Argument. — As already explained, in any 
exposition of economic principles it is impossible to isolate 
entirely one department or even the particular problems 
in that department. But we may use hypotheses and pre- 
sume the absence of disturbing causes, and we may alter 
the emphasis in dealing with the same subject-matter in 
the different connections in which it appears. So far 
in the present book the attention has been mainly directed 
to the nature of economic consumption and production, 
and to the modes of operation of the three great agents of 
production. We have now to consider the limits imposed 
on the productive capacities of a nation at any time by 
the limitations in the powers of these agents. In the 
concrete the question becomes: What are the limits to 
the increase of national wealth (or produce) imposed by 
land (or nature), labour, and capital, respectively? 

2. The Law of Diminishing Return to Land. — It seems 
best to begin with the abstract or hypothetical method, 
introducing afterwards the various counteracting or dis- 
turbing causes. And even with the abstract method the 
law of diminishing return to land seems to require two 
statements; first, as applied to one portion of land, and 
secondly, as applied to the territory of a whole country, 
with great varieties in the qualities and advantages of 

68 



LAWS OF DIMINISHING AND INCREASING RETURN 69 

different portions of land. Mill said of this law that it 
is the most important in political economy, and with its 
deductions it has been perhaps the most subject to popular 
misunderstandings. The difficulties, however, will dis- 
appear to a great extent if we gradually advance from 
the simple to the more complex conditions under which 
the law may be supposed to operate. 

As applied to a portion of land (say an acre) the law 
states that after a certain point is reached, other things 
remaining the same, the returns to successive applications 
or " doses " of labour and capital (or units of productive 
power) will continuously diminish. 

The law is thus the exact counterpart of the law of 
diminishing utility, which was indeed so named on the 
analogy of this older law. Up to a certain point, as in 
the application of chemical manure, the return per unit 
may increase, but after a point is reached it will diminish 
and if the applications are persisted in, they may even 
become injurious. 

Any change in the conditions affecting the environment 
of the piece of land or any change in the methods of pro- 
duction may alter the yield to successive " doses," just as 
in the same way the utility may change, although the 
thing considered itself remains the same. 

It is plain, however, that, as stated, a similar law applies 
to any productive agent ; e.g. coal and a steam engine, a 
factory and the number of workers, and so on. The 
peculiar importance in the case of land arises from the 
fact that land is limited, and the better qualities of land 
are still more limited ; or otherwise, while capital and 
labour may increase indefinitely, land, as such, cannot so 



70 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

increase, and any increase of the produce must be at an 
increasing cost, which is another way of saying that the 
return per unit diminishes. 

This leads to the second form of the law in the case of 
land; namely, beyond a certain point every additional 
quality of land taken into cultivation gives a diminishing 
return per unit of productive power. 

We may suppose that, to begin with, having regard to 
the state of the arts of agriculture, only the best quality 
of land is cultivated. In the shifting agriculture of primi- 
tive tribes they change their fields per annos and always 
superest ager, and whatever else these disputed words may 
mean, they describe a state of things to which this second 
form of the law does not apply. There is plenty of good 
land. 

But in long-settled old countries that are self-support- 
ing, after a certain density of population has been reached, 
the food supplies can only be increased either by the in- 
tensive application of capital to the land already in use, 
in which case the law in its first form comes into play, or 
resort must be had to inferior land, when the second or 
extensive form of the law operates. 

As regards this second statement, it seems best to refer 
to different qualities of land, the quantities or areas being 
adjusted to the capital expended. 

In the case of the produce being consumed at a distance 
from the place of origin, distance may be held to have the 
same effects as inferior quality. The cost of transport 
acts both on the materials and on the product. The prin- 
ciple may be applied that the act of production is not com- 
plete till the commodity is in the hands of the consumer. 



LAWS OF DIMINISHING AND INCREASING RETURN 71 

In general the law will operate simultaneously in the 
intensive and the extensive forms ; that is to say, the old 
settlements will be more highly farmed, and at the same 
time less fertile and more distant or less advantageously 
situated lands will be taken into cultivation. 

The most economical application of the productive 
powers of the nation will be made when the marginal 
return in every case is just equal. (The analogy of the 
equality of marginal utility in the expenditure of a sum 
of money on different things may be noted.) 

3. Counteracting Causes. — So long as the conditions 
laid down remain the same, the law in this combined 
form is like a law of nature in the physical sense (Mill). 
But the main interest of its application is in regard to 
the food supplies of any nation. Thus the question 
arises : As population increases, will the additional 
food always involve an increasing cost? And it is in 
the answer to this question that the counteracting causes 
are of such importance. As soon as we introduce the 
element of time, we have the probability in progressive 
nations of essential changes in the conditions. And the 
longer the period taken, the greater the chance of change. 

Amongst the counteracting causes may be noticed : 
improvements in agricultural methods, e.g. rotation of 
crops, use of machinery, and scientific processes ; improve- 
ments in the means of communication, which Adam Smith 
called the greatest of all agricultural improvements, — 
the introduction of new forms of produce, e.g. the potato 
and roots for feeding cattle. This topic might be indefi- 
nitely illustrated both from earlier and from modern 
times. Quite recently the cross fertilisation of grain 



72 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

seems to have enormously increased the return to the 
capital expended. 

It may be noted, also, that land which is inferior under 
certain conditions may become the best land under a 
different regime. Thus in new countries, even in modern 
times, the lands are first cultivated that are most acces- 
sible, and do not require much expenditure in clearing, 
just as for the same reasons the primitive tribes culti- 
vated the hill-tops, which were near their rude forts 
and villages, and were also less covered with luxuriant 
vegetation. As Mill observes, there is scarcely any im- 
provement in the arts of production generally which 
may not serve to counteract this law. Thus, improve- 
ments in machinery, and in transport, or in the manu- 
facture of food products, or in the avoidance or the 
utilisation of waste — may add to the productive power 
of the society as regards its food supplies. Thus, the law 
does not state, that in the course of time, with the in- 
crease of population, the absolute marginal cost will 
increase, or that the last " dose " of labour (and capital) 
applied, will yield less and less as the years pass. Even 
when we take an isolated country, or one dependent on 
its own food supplies, this cannot be predicated. And 
still less when we take account of foreign supplies. 

Thus the conclusion is reached that the law is only 
true under statical conditions, and that it cannot be 
formulated under dynamical or changing conditions, 
except under hypotheses which really reduce this case 
to the former. There are other theoretical difficulties 
that can only be indicated. Except in the simplest 
hypothetical cases, it will generally be necessary to meas- 



LAWS OF DIMINISHING AND INCREASING RETURN 73 

ure both the applications of the doses of capital, and also 
the returns in terms of money. Otherwise it is not pos- 
sible to take account of different modes of cultivating 
and of different kinds of produce. 

But this again introduces the difficulty, that the price 
of the produce must always depend as much on demand 
as supply, and the influence of increasing population can 
only operate through demand. The growth of wealth 
may lead to food products being given to animals not 
themselves designed for meat. 

4. Other Applications of the Law. — The law may be 
applied, mutatis mutandis, to fisheries, mines, and other 
products from land in the extended sense. A similar law 
may also be framed as regards building sites. Suppose 
that the main business of a town is carried on at the 
centre, or that for any reason the centre is preferable 
for residence. Then, as the margin of building extends, 
there will be diminishing convenience. At the same 
time, the buildings near the centre will be raised in 
height, and we may suppose the top story will cost more, 
and also that it will be less convenient. 

Again, we may trace the growth of towns and cities, 
and discover counteracting causes similar to those in 
agriculture. Under different conditions, the attractive- 
ness of the centre may be less, the means of transit to 
the outskirts, or again to the top stories, may be improved, 
and so on ; so that we cannot say that with the increase 
of population, it will cost more and more to provide the 
marginal accommodation including under that term the 
access to employment. Some of these points will again 
come up for discussion under the theory of rent, and 



74 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

also in the treatment of economic progress. In con- 
clusion, it may be pointed out, that this law of diminish- 
ing return is deserving of close study, not only on account 
of its importance as applied to other parts of economic 
theory, e.g. rent, population, value, etc., but also as an 
example of method. In the abstract form, it is the best 
illustration of the working of marginal increments, whilst 
on the inductive and historical side, it gives rise to many 
fruitful lines of inquiry. 

5. The Law of Increasing Return. — The law of increas- 
ing return in its formal statement is the exact analogue 
of the law of diminishing return : under certain conditions 
every additional unit of productive power gives a more 
than proportionate return. 

As thus stated, the law may be observed under certain 
conditions even in agriculture. In fact, it is only after 
a certain point is reached that diminishing return sets 
in, and up to that point there may be increasing return. 
This is constantly observed in new countries. And there 
the law may be said to apply to the whole productive 
powers of the community; that is to say, in new and 
undeveloped countries every increase of capital and of 
labour may give a more than proportionate return. This 
is the theoretical justification of large borrowings for 
productive purposes and of bounties direct or indirect on 
immigration. 

In a sense the law may be said to express in a sum- 
mary form the advantages of division of labour and 
of production on a large scale which render possible 
the adoption of various internal and external economies 
(Marshall). 



LAWS OF DIMINISHING AND INCREASING RETURN 75 

It is a matter of common observation that with many 
things an increasing quantity can be produced at a les- 
sened cost per unit on the average, e.g. books, etc. Again, 
in most manufactures, up to a certain point, every increase 
of the scale of production seems in general to give increas- 
ing return. English writers under the influence of the 
industrial conditions that prevailed after the industrial 
revolution were inclined to suppose that in the course 
of progress diminishing return always came into play in 
agriculture and increasing return in manufactures. 

But once we leave static conditions, no such tendency 
can be proved to prevail. It has already been shown that 
in the case of land diminishing return may be counter- 
acted in a variety of ways, and as regards manufactures 
generally the most potent causes of improved production 
are to be found, not in the economies introduced by 
extending the scale of the business, but in all kinds of 
scientific discoveries. But from this point of view it 
is possible that over any long period there may be greater 
discoveries in the production of raw materials of all kinds, 
including food supplies, than in the corresponding manu- 
factures. 

It may also be pointed out that as regards particular 
businesses there must be a limit to the advantage to 
be gained by an increase in size, or in each industry 
there would soon be only one firm left. A reference to 
facts of modern industry show that the same result may 
be achieved in very different ways. The law of increasing 
return does not state that every increase of the size of 
manufacturing concerns is associated with an increase 
of productive power. 



76 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

Again, if we refer to the localisation of industries, no 
doubt the growth of towns and cities is often accompanied 
by an increase of facilities of transport and of various 
other economies of production in the extended sense ; 
but it cannot be said that there is any necessary con- 
nection between the growth of cities and the growth 
of their manufacturing industries. It is quite possible 
that with the great improvements in transport we are 
on the eve of centrifugal distribution of industrial 
power. 

These questions will call for further consideration in 
considering economic progress. (See below, Book IV.) 
One of the principal applications of these laws of increas- 
ing and diminishing return is in the theory of normal 
value, especially in dealing with the effect of an increase 
of demand for certain things. In this connection the law 
of constant return is also of importance ; so far as produc- 
tion is concerned it may be said to indicate the balancing 
of diminishing and increasing return. As a rule in every 
case we have a conflict of opposing tendencies, and accord- 
ing to the result we have constant, diminishing, or in- 
creasing return. And as regards the same commodity 
at different times under different conditions, we find 
that it may be produced according to each of these laws 
in turn — that is to say, it is not the kind of commodity, 
but the conditions of production that determine which 
law operates. 1 

1 See Marshall, Principles, Book IV, Chaps. Ill and XIII ; Sidgwick, 
Principles, Book I, Chap. VI ; Hadley, Economics, Chap. VI ; Cannan, 
Production and Distribution. 



LAWS OF DIMINISHING AND INCREASING RETURN 77 



Illustrative Curves 






Along OX measure units of productive power and along OY 
the corresponding products to the successive portions. Fig. 1 repre- 
sents diminishing return ; Fig. 2 increasing, and Fig. 3 constant 
return. For different purposes the units of power and the returns 
may be measured in different ways. Later, in the theory of rent,it is 
convenient to separate produce and money rents. In general it is 
simplest to consider money expended and the money return. In the 
figures as given no more is intended than an illustration of the 
variations in the returns. The mode of measurement is a matter of 
indifference. 



CHAPTER VII 

THE PRINCIPLE OF POPULATION 

1. The Theory of Malthus. — The limits of this work do 
not admit of any history of the development of theories. 
If an exception were to be made, some account might well 
be given of the Essay on the Principle of Population, by 
Malthus, and its influence on subsequent thought. Here it 
must suffice simply to warn the student that his work has 
been much misunderstood, and that J. S. Mill is to blame 
for much of the misunderstanding. Mill's morbid dread of 
the increase of population was pushed to such an extreme 
that it vitiated his whole treatment of the wages question. 
It led him also to disfigure his work with irrelevant reflec- 
tions on the immorality of large families, and generally 
on what may be called the immorality of imprudence ; and 
for these extreme opinions there is no support in the 
Essay of Malthus or in the history of peoples, or it may 
be said in the common-sense of mankind. Indeed, Mill's 
morbid dread of the increase of population is one of the 
curiosities of economic literature, and is especially cu- 
rious under present conditions. In France, of recent years, 
there seems to have been not only a falling off in the 
rate of increase, but actually a fall in population itself; 
and Leroy Beaulieu has maintained that the natural 
tendency of the democratic principle is to lead to a check 

78 



THE PRINCIPLE OF POPULATION 79 

in the growth of population. Recent publications have 
also shown that the opinions of Mill, at the time, called 
forth an answer which showed that, even in savage com- 
munities, in spite of the abundance of the means of sub- 
sistence, the population might dwindle. 

The connection of the work of Malthus with that of 
Darwin has also been misrepresented, and a critical study- 
shows that the leading ideas of the Darwinian theory are 
not applicable to human beings, at any rate in historical 
times. The growth of population depends on a multitude 
of social and moral factors, as well as on physical condi- 
tions. One of these causes — or it would be better to say 
one group of causes — is found in the demand for labour, 
an aspect of the question to which much attention is 
being given at present (though it also was emphasised by 
Adam Smith). Another cause, it is true, is always found 
in the conditions affecting the food supplies or necessa- 
ries generally. It is to this latter cause that the work of 
Malthus was mainly directed, though indirectly, owing to 
the necessary connection of economic forces, other con- 
siderations are introduced. 

2. The Three Propositions of Malthus. — The theory of 
Malthus as summarised by himself may be stated in three 
propositions and a qualification. 

The first proposition states that population is necessarily 
limited by the means of subsistence. This proposition 
is obviously true, and the only point to notice is that the 
phrase means of subsistence must include more than food, 
e.g. fuel and the means of providing clothing and shelter ; 
and as civilisation advances a still more extended mean- 
ing must be given. But taking food alone, it is plain 



80 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

that the supply of food itself is one of the necessary- 
limits to any possible increase of population. 

The second proposition may be given in Malthus's own 
words, "Population invariably increases when the means 
of subsistence increase, unless prevented by powerful and 
obvious checks." This proposition is itself given with 
an important qualification, namely, that the increase in 
the means of subsistence must be such as the masses of 
the people can command ; that is to say, the actual system 
of the distribution of wealth must be taken into account. 
It is plain that this second proposition, even with the 
qualification appended, needs an inductive proof. And 
such a proof is attempted by Malthus in an elaborate 
investigation. 

This proposition has also been most liable to misunder- 
standing. The point is not that population must increase 
if subsistence increases, but only that it will so increase 
unless the tendency is counteracted by certain checks. 
As a matter of history, taking the population of any nation 
as a whole, there has very seldom been any pressure on 
the means of subsistence, though there has nearly always 
been a certain class of the society which, having regard to 
its command of purchasing power, has not sufficient food 
to rear the children that are born. 

The question then arises, What are these checks? and 
the answer is given in the third proposition. "These 
checks and the checks which keep the population down 
to the level with the means of subsistence are moral re- 
straint, vice, and misery." The ultimate check is the 
want of food, but this ultimate check is never the imme- 
diate check except in cases of actual famine. Famine is, 



THE PRINCIPLE OF POPULATION 81 

however, comparatively rare, and consequently the imme- 
diate checks must be sought for in other conditions. 

These checks may be divided into two great classes, 
namely, those which tend to diminish the birth-rate and 
those which increase the death-rate ; the former are 
styled preventive and the latter positive. The preven- 
tive checks are, speaking broadly, either of the nature of 
moral restraint or of vice. By Malthus, the expression 
moral restraint is used in a narrow sense as equivalent 
to abstinence from marriage not accompanied by irregular 
gratifications. The preventive checks that come under 
the head of vice are found to exist in the lowest stages of 
barbarism and in the highest stages of civilisation. 

Of the positive checks some arise unavoidably from the 
laws of nature, e.g. the inclemency of the seasons or the 
exhaustion of natural resources. To these the name of 
misery is specially applied. Other positive checks, how- 
ever, are wholly or partially the results of vice (in a large 
sense), such as wars and excesses of various kinds. For 
the illustration and the inductive proof of the operation 
of these checks, the student must refer to the essay itself. 
He will find incidentally many correctives to popular 
opinions. Thus the permission of infanticide, as in China, 
is said to be a cause of increase, not of diminution of 
population ; for the permission removes the fear of the 
consequences of early marriages, but when the children 
are born, the natural instincts override the permission 
except in cases of extreme necessity. Again, slavery is 
unfavourable to an increase of numbers, while with great 
and continuous emigration population may increase. 

To resume the main argument; the sum of all these 



82 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

preventive and positive checks taken together forms the 
immediate check to population ; and in every country- 
some of them are in constant operation with more or less 
force. In general, also, there is a part of the population 
that tends to multiply to such an extent as to press on 
the means of subsistence — always, that is to say, having 
regard to its command of purchasing power. It is quite 
possible, however, that apart from this lowest class the 
increase of population may be less rapid than is advanta- 
geous to the community at large. Accordingly, in deal- 
ing with questions of population, it is necessary to consider 
the various classes as well as the aggregate. 1 

1 See Bonar, Malthus and his Work; also Philosophy and Political 
Economy, Bk. Ill, Chap. I ; Cannan, Theories of Production and Distri- 
bution; Nicholson, Historical Progress and Ideal /Socialism. 



CHAPTER VIII 

THE GROWTH OF CAPITAL 

1. Meaning of the Growth of Capital. — There is a 
popular idea that the greater part of the capital of a 
nation has been accumulated in the distant past, and that 
each year only produces the increase. The principal 
object of Mill's third proposition on capital was to call 
attention to the erroneous nature of this idea ; he points 
out that all capital is consumed (meaning destroyed as 
such), and is being continually reproduced. In modern 
societies it may be said that it is only the value that 
remains constant, the things that possess the value being 
subject to change. From this point of view any differ- 
ence in value constitutes profit (or loss) ; and if there is 
a surplus profit, it may be added to capital or immediately 
consumed as income. 

The root idea of the various forms of capital is, as 
already explained, " prospectiveness " ; in other words, 
the characteristic utility of capital is the satisfaction, 
directly or indirectly, of future needs and desires. The 
constituents of real income satisfy present needs. It 
follows that the simplest form of creating capital is put- 
ting aside directly a stock of consumable goods for future 
use, e.g. the corn buried by the ancient Germans in the 
ground, and similar primitive hoards. This is saving in 
the most elementary sense. Even in this case it may well 

83 



84 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

happen that the saving is made from a stock that is for 
the time being superfluous; but in general the provision 
of the surplus will involve a certain amount of labour or 
effort, or there may be a conflict between present and 
future needs. Thus, generally it may be said that the 
creation of capital involves in some way the sacrifice of 
present to future utility. This, however, is only true in 
the broad meaning of the terms, and it cannot be said that 
in modern industrial societies the sacrifice on the part of 
the great capitalist involves any personal abstinence from 
present consumption. As regards smaller incomes, how- 
ever, this choice between the present and the future must 
often be made. 

In modern societies, however, even in these cases, the sav- 
ing is not of the character of hoarding. It depends rather 
on the direction that is given to industry by the demand, 
or on the distribution of purchasing power. The process 
is at the same time facilitated and concealed by the inter- 
vention of money. A person with a certain money income 
has so far a certain command of the national wealth. His 
money demand or expenditure will set in motion certain 
industrial forces. He may elect to buy things for direct 
immediate use of such a kind that they are destroyed 
without leaving anything of utility for the future. Or 
he may demand quasi-permanent forms of consumption- 
capital ; or directly by purchase for his own business or 
indirectly by investment in the businesses of other people 
he may demand various forms of productive capital. The 
most effective criticism of Mill's fourth proposition on 
capital (that demand for commodities is not demand for 
labour), is afforded by regarding the real national income 



THE GROWTH OF CAPITAL 85 

as a flow or stream of commodities that is continuously 
resulting from the use of the national productive agents. 
According to the orders of consumers or of those possess- 
ing the money incomes, more or less of this stream is 
directed to the satisfaction of future wants, and thus to 
the future employment of labour. 

2. The Limits to the Growth of Capital during any Period. 
— In modern industrial societies, in measuring the growth 
of capital it is necessary to use money. We cannot, like 
the ancient patriarchs, enumerate the details of our posses- 
sions, the oxen, the camels, the asses. It is only by 
using money as the measure that we can allow for 
substitutes, and the increasing variety of the forms of 
capital. 

With this proviso it may be said that the maximum 
that can be added to the material capital of any society 
during any period, say a year, is the total net product, — 
that is to say the excess of the annual produce above 
what is needed to provide for the efficiency-necessaries of 
the workers, the supply of raw material, etc., the repair of 
the auxiliary capital, etc., and keeping up the consumption- 
capital (e.g. the dwelling-houses). The forms of capital, 
and also the net product must be, as explained above, 
measured in money. This real net product, measured in 
this way, obviously includes more than the profits on 
capital (in the widest sense of the term profits), as sav- 
ings (in the economic sense) may be made from wages, 
especially if the term is used so as to cover the highest 
forms of labour, e.g. professional skill. 

The amount of the net product will depend in the 
first place on the total annual dividend or real national 



86 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

income. The larger the gross income, so much larger, 
other things remaining the same, is the net product. 

The net product will be increased by anything that 
increases the efficiency of the productive agents or econo- 
mises their use. Thus, in considering the possible in- 
crease of the net product, we are concerned with the 
limits of the power to save; in considering the causes 
that induce people to save rather than to consume their 
wealth immediately, we are concerned with the will to 
save. The actual saving affected during any period will 
depend on these two groups of causes. 

3. The Power to Save. — In considering the causes that 
affect the power to save, and changes in that power, we 
must take account of all the factors of national produc- 
tion. Here it will suffice to enumerate simply the princi- 
pal headings under which the inquiry must be made as 
regards the aggregate production and its cost — including, 
under the term cost, the various elements noticed above 
requisite to keep the forms of capital in statu quo. 

Such are the natural resources and powers (see Chap. II) ; 
the efficiency of labour and capital (see Chaps. II- V) ; 
and the amounts taken by government for public purposes. 
In this last case the indirect expenses (e.g. restraints on 
trade), and burdens (e.g. conscription), as well as the 
taxes, must be taken account of ; and per contra the nature 
of the expenditure of the public revenue must be consid- 
ered. Other elements to notice are the extent of foreign 
trade, the means of transport and communication, and the 
credit system of the country. Whether credit itself should 
be included under capital is a question of definition, but 
there can be no doubt that credit increases the efficiency 



THE GROWTH OF CAPITAL 87 

of the productive agents in the same way as improvements 
in auxiliary capital, and it also effects economies that are 
equivalent to the saving of capital. 

4. The Will to Save. — The will to save, in the economic 
sense of turning wealth to capital uses, depends on and 
varies with a number of factors. 

One of the most far-reaching and varied in its modes of 
working is security. If there is to be any saving at all, 
there must be security that what is saved will be pre- 
served to or enjoyed by the owner, at any rate to such 
an extent as to balance the sacrifice and effort required 
to create the capital. Even slaves, it has been found, will 
save out of their small peculium if sure of their savings. 
Security includes the security afforded by the state against 
violence or fraud or breach of contract on the part of 
individuals, and also protection against the arbitrary exac- 
tions of the government itself. Arbitrary and oppressive 
taxation is one of the greatest hindrances to the accumu- 
lation or investment of capital. Compare the provinces 
under Turkish misrule with Egypt under British adminis- 
tration. There must also be security against the violence 
and uncertainty of the powers of nature. If a country is 
liable to frequent earthquakes or other physical disasters, 
or has an unhealthy climate, life and property are uncer- 
tain and little store is set by the future. 

What is spoken of as the effective desire of accumula- 
tion really consists of a group of motives. It may be 
weak from intellectual deficiency or lack of the telescopic 
faculty (Marshall), as in the case of the Indians men- 
tioned by Mill, and indeed of primitive peoples gen- 
erally ; or there may be moral deficiencies, e.g. no strong 



88 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

interest in others, no sufficient family affection, no desire 
to avoid dependence in old age. The hope of rising in 
the social scale and the importance attached to the mere 
possession of wealth as such, apart from its uses, have 
always been factors of importance, and were perhaps never 
stronger than at present. 

The way in which the aggregate of the national wealth 
is distributed amongst the different classes of the com- 
munity often makes considerable difference. Thus, as 
wealth was transferred from the landed aristocracy to 
the mercantile and industrial classes the growth of capital 
increased. Facilities for investment promote saving ; the 
savings of the working classes have been greatly stimu- 
lated by the extension of savings-banks, building societies, 
etc., while the development of joint-stock enterprise has 
promoted saving generally. In the latest returns to 
Schedule D of the British Income Tax the gross assess- 
ments on the incomes of public companies exceeds the 
amount on the profits of private persons and firms. 

The effect of the rate of interest depends on a balancing 
of opposing influences. If the rate is high, or rises, so far 
there is a greater reward for saving, and thus a direct 
encouragement to save. This high rate may, however, 
react on labour. For, other things remaining the same, 
if more goes by way of interest to capital, there is so 
much less for the wages of labour ; thus, so far there is 
less stimulus to exertion, less efficiency, and on the whole 
a smaller fund or "flow" from which savings can be 
made. Thus a very high rate may check accumulation by 
lessening production. Adam Smith argued that the high 
rate of profit due to the monopoly of the colonial trade 



THE GROWTH OF CAPITAL 89 

bad, on the whole, an adverse influence on accumulation 
partly because it increased the extravagance of merchants 
and checked "parsimony." 

Agaiu, a high rate may be a sign of insecurity generally. 

Thus, on the whole, we cannot say that if the rate of 
interest rises there will be an increase in the rate of 
accumulation. 

If the rate is low, or falls, people must save more for an 
annuity of a certain amount, and thus more is devoted to 
the forms of insurance. Labour also obtains a greater 
reward, and the industrial machine works so far at higher 
pressure. A low rate of interest also gives a stimulus to 
new undertakings that give promise of a better return. 
" Johu Bull can stand most things but he cannot stand 
two per cent." 

A low rate of interest may be a sign of good security. 

5. The Growth of the Different Species of Capital. — So 
far the question of the growth of capital has been treated 
as if the national capital were homogeneous in character 
and as if the various causes examined operated uniformly ; 
it is necessary, however, to distinguish different cases. 

As regards circulating capital, including raw materials, 
labourers' necessaries, etc., the better the industrial organ- 
isation so much the less need is there for an accumula- 
tion of stocks. The forms of capital are continuously 
replaced as they are required. In place of the storing 
up of a fund we have the direction or control of a stream 
or flow. The idea of public granaries is a case of rever- 
sion to a primitive type. 

On the other hand, the forms of consumption-capital 
(in the sense defined), e.g. houses and their furnishings 



90 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

of all kinds, tend to increase greatly, both in quantity 
and in value (as indicating quality). This is especially 
the case with a low rate of interest, because it becomes 
cheaper to build new, than to rent old, houses. In the 
course of industrial progress, the forms of fixed and 
auxiliary capital tend to increase greatly. The law of 
substitution (Marshall), that is to say the substitution of 
less expensive for more expensive agents or factors 
of production, is exemplified by the displacement of costly 
labour by machinery. The application of new scientific 
ideas to industry also generally involves the creation of 
new forms of capital. 

Land and natural agents are not as a rule included 
under capital in the department of production, and strictly 
they are incapable as such of increase. But they may be 
indefinitely improved by the capital that is sunk in 
them. Adam Smith regarded agricultural improvements 
of a permanent character as the most advantageous of 
all the forms of national accumulation. But the amount 
of capital in this form depends largely on the competition 
of foreign supplies with home produce. Recently in the 
United Kingdom, in contrast with the great 'growth of 
capital, generally there has been a falling off in many 
districts in the amount of the capital sunk in the land. 
And capital in this form, like other forms of capital, 
needs constant renewal. 

Similar reasonings may be applied, mutatis mutandis, to 
the various forms of immaterial capital, e.g. the develop- 
ment of banking and credit generally, and of systems of 
education. Some of these forms are more fully treated 
at a later stage (Book III). 



THE GROWTH OF CAPITAL 91 

6. The Limits to the Production of Wealth. — As illus- 
trating the course of the argument of the last three chap- 
ters, attention may be directed to the statement by Mill, 
that the limited quantity of land and its limited produc- 
tiveness form the real limits to the production of wealth. 
This position appears to be due partly to Mill's exag- 
gerated idea of the operation of the law of diminishing 
return, and its consequences on population and the food 
supplies, and partly it seems to be a survival of the 
Physiocratic analysis of production, namely, that only 
labour devoted to the land could increase the aggregate 
of national wealth. But even if we take an isolated 
country, and suppose that for a long period the same 
amount of raw materials of all kinds are taken from the 
earth by the same methods, there may still be a contin- 
uous increase in the quantity of wealth. The labour 
may become indefinitely more efficient and skilful, and 
the raw materials may be worked up into more and more 
complex and artistic forms of wealth. In fact, as Malthus, 
himself pointed out, wealth may increase indefinitely 
long after agriculture has become stationary. 

But notably in the modern world, and specially as 
regards the United Kingdom, any one country is not 
isolated as regards its food and raw materials. In any 
country, the production of manufactures can be increased 
indefinitely so long as the labour and capital are forth- 
coming; and the whole world is open for the provision 
of materials and food supplies. So long then as this 
country can find markets for its manufactures, the limita- 
tion of its land cannot check the growth of its wealth. 
It is sometimes argued that the food-supplying countries 



92 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

themselves, increase in population, and will in time re- 
quire all that they produce. But, as will appear more 
clearly under foreign trade, a nation must not be regarded 
as an individual ; it consists of a number of classes with 
divergent interests ; it is to the interest of the farmers 
to sell to the highest bidder, and a rich manufacturing 
nation would always furnish a richer set of customers 
than the poorest classes in the food-producing country. 
Of course theoretically there might be some danger of 
prohibition of the export of food, but this could hardly 
arise in all countries at once, and the blow to the agricul- 
tural interest would be so severe that the case is of little 
practical concern. 1 

1 See Giffen, Growth of Capital ; Marshall, Principles, Book IV, 
Chap. VII j Boehm-Bawerk, Capital and Interest (translated by Smart). 



BOOK II 
DISTRIBUTION 



CHAPTER I 

DISTRIBUTION AND PROPERTY 

1. Meaning of Distribution. — In popular discourse, the 
term distribution often refers to the transference of com- 
modities from place to place or from person to person ; 
or, in other words, the term refers to the operations of 
wholesale and retail trade as contrasted with production 
in the narrow sense of manufacture, etc. But as already- 
explained, logically distribution in this sense is part of 
production: there is a continuity of processes until the com- 
modity is in the hands of the consumer. There is no 
doubt one aspect of trade that calls for special treatment, 
namely, the causes that determine the rates of exchange. 
This is the problem of the third great department of 
economics. 

Distribution in the economic sense (here adopted) refers 
to the division of the wealth of a nation amongst the 
different classes. The leading conception is appropriation. 

The first problem of distribution in this sense is to 
examine the meaning and the economic foundations of 
the institution of property, and the limitations that are 
imposed on the right of property under different condi- 
tions. It is found that the idea varies between two 
extremes : in the one the power of the individual is as 
large as possible ; in the other, the power of the state, as 
expressed by the central or local authorities, is dominant. 

95 



96 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

Thus, on the one side, we have the various forms of private 
property ; and on the other the various forms of property 
in common (e.g. village communities) that have existed 
or still exist, and the various forms of socialism that for 
the most part must be regarded as ideal. 

The second great problem is to determine the economic 
laws that govern the quantitative distribution: first, of 
the agents or means of production, that is, the land, the 
capital, and the labour (when labour, as in slavery, is the 
subject of appropriation) ; in this connection it may be 
remarked that the economic characters and the effects of 
the laws of bequest and inheritance are of fundamental 
importance. And secondly, this part of distribution 
treats of the incomes derived from these agents ; that is, 
the rents, profits, and wages. Here, in modern societies, 
exchange is in many respects fundamental, and the dis- 
tribution of incomes may be said to depend on contracts 
made for the exchange of the services of the productive 
agents. But exchange has not always been predominant 
in this way; on the contrary, here also the movement of 
progressive societies has been from status to contract; 
incomes were formerly determined largely by law, and 
custom with the force of law, external to the individuals 
concerned, and independently of their particular bargains. 
Even under modern conditions the forces included under 
law and custom affect distribution to a considerable 
extent. Lately in Ireland and the Highlands of Scot- 
land, there has been a reversion to the method of judicial 
rents, and in some of the colonies attempts have been 
made at judicial wages. 

It is plain from this brief survey that the problems of 



DISTRIBUTION AND PROPERTY 97 

distribution in the sense denned cannot be brought logi- 
cally under exchange. In the department of exchange, as 
a rule, nothing is said of the institution of property or the 
laws of bequest and inheritance ; similarly, there is little 
scope for the discussion of the economic effects of laws 
affecting certain forms of property (e.g. the land laws), or 
of laws affecting certain contracts for wages, especially 
real wages. 

At the same time it may be admitted that many of the 
problems of distribution, especially as regards incomes, 
depend on value. But, as already observed, all the eco- 
nomic departments are closely interconnected. 

2. On the Nature of the Laws of Distribution. — It was 
shown at an earlier stage that the expression economic 
laivs admits of very different interpretations as regards 
cogency. Mill tried to show that there was a sharp dis- 
tinction between the laws of the production and those of 
the distribution of wealth. The former, he declared, par- 
take of the character of physical laws — there is nothing 
optional or arbitrary about them ; whilst the latter are of 
human institution only. I have examined this distinction 
(which Mill regarded as his most important contribution 
to political economy) in detail in the larger work ; for the 
present purpose it may suffice to say that the distinction 
is one of degree only : the laws of production are not 
purely physical nor are the laws of distribution purely 
arbitrary ; though, in certain cases in the latter, human 
wishes have greater influence than in the former. The 
reason why Mill attached so much importance to his dis- 
covery was that in it he found a theoretical justification 
for socialism, even in its most extreme forms. On this 



98 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

view, " once the things are there " (as determined by the 
conditions of production), the state or society may do as 
it pleases with the distribution — or in Mill's phrase, none 
of these ideal schemes are truly impracticable, that is to 
say, not in the sense in which an indefinite increase from 
a limited portion of land is physically impossible. It 
may be replied that the practicability of socialistic schemes, 
with any real meaning of the term, cannot be decided in 
this abstract manner. In reality, Mill's argument relies 
on a legal or political conception that requires careful 
qualification in jurisprudence or political science, and in 
economics is of doubtful value in any sense. I refer to 
the conception of sovereignty. 

3. The Conception of Sovereignty and its Application to 
Distribution. — The idea of sovereignty as expounded in 
analytical jurisprudence (e.g. by Austin, who had great 
influence on Mill) is that in every independent political 
society there is, so to speak, a centre of power which, rela- 
tively to the members of the society, is absolutely supreme. 
In the theory of jurisprudence this idea is sometimes 
useful, and it must be assumed, generally, that any 
positive law enacted by the supreme political power can 
be enforced. But as used by Mill it was associated with 
another idea which may be expressed in the form of the 
"indefinite pliability of public opinion." This was the 
great motive power on which the old radicals such as 
Godwin relied. Since, at any rate, in any democratic 
society, public opinion is the ultimate source of political 
power, we have only to get any scheme approved of and 
it may be put into operation; and if enforced by the 
sovereign power it must succeed (theoretically). 



DISTRIBUTION AND PROPERTY 99 

It may be objected to this line of argument that it is 
exactly opposed to the leading idea of the traditional 
economic doctrine that begins with Adam Smith and 
culminates in Mill himself (in the last chapter of his 
work). The fundamental assumption of laissez faire is 
that the economic power of government is extremely 
limited, especially for the achievement of beneficial objects. 
At this point it is impossible to do more than state the 
fundamental opposition between these ideas of the un- 
limited, and the extremely limited, powers of government. 1 

4. Economic Definition of Private Property. — In modern 
industrial societies the institution of private property is 
generally prevalent as contrasted with primitive societies, 
in which land in particular was held in common. The 
extent to which private property has prevailed at different 
stages of progress is a subject to which great attention 
has been devoted recently, and a certain reaction has set 
in against the extreme views that were current on the 
communistic character of all forms of primitive property. 

It is a case in which it is absolutely necessary to apply 
the historical method. Nothing can be more fallacious 
than the attempts to construct the social arrangements of 
primitive societies by the simple plan of divesting human 
beings of their civilised surroundings and supposing that 
otherwise there would be no change in their thoughts or 
ideas ; to suppose, for example, that primitive man actu- 
ally did act just as civilised man might be supposed to act, 
if thrown by shipwreck on a desert island. In truth, as 
Sir Henry Maine (the great populariser of the historical 

1 The economic functions and powers of governments are examined at 
length in Book V of this work. 

LoPC. 



100 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

method in this country) observes, in general, it would be 
safer to suppose that in primitive times men would act 
in quite a different manner. Recent researches on 
comparative superstitions have shown in a striking way- 
how widely different are the ancient and the modern ideas 
of what is natural in social arrangements. And in primi- 
tive times religion had great influence on economic ideas 
and practices. With this brief indication of the diffi- 
culties involved in tracing the actual development of 
private property, we may pass at once to the definition as 
applicable in modern industrial societies. And for this 
purpose the statement of Sidgwick (Elements of Politics, 
Chap. V) may be taken as the basis. " The right of prop- 
erty, when used without qualification, involves the com- 
plete right of exclusive and quasi-permanent use, the right 
to destroy, and the right to alienate (i.e. to dispose of 
to another by gift or sale) but not necessarily or logically 
the right of bequest." It may be remarked, as showing 
the difficulty of the subject even when we are dealing 
with abstract conceptions, that Mill is of opinion that the 
right of bequest is logically included. Leaving for the 
present the discussion of this point, we have next to con- 
sider what are the economic foundations of this right. 

5. The Economic Bases of Private Property. —"The 
foundation of the whole institution," says Mill, " is the right 
of producers to what they have themselves produced." 

This first basis may be called briefly the labour basis of 
property. It may be traced through Adam Smith to John 
Locke, and in a less definite form to older writers. It is 
often associated with the right to freedom of labour, i.e. 
the right to exercise one's powers and faculties in any 



DISTRIBUTION AND PROPERTY 101 

way that may seem good to the individual. Sometimes 
also it is associated with the right to labour, in the sense 
that the state ought in case of need to provide its mem- 
bers with work. Mill, who in this part of the subject 
avowedly introduces ethical reasonings, argues that this 
right to the results of one's own labour is a natural right 
of mankind; but, without entering into the difficulties 
involved in the conception of natural right, the expediency 
of this basis may be justified on purely economic grounds ; 
namely, unless we allow freedom of labour and the right 
to enjoy the fruits of labour, the labour will not be forth- 
coming, or at any rate not to the same extent. Stated in 
this general form, the principle may be illustrated abun- 
dantly from economic history. As already pointed out in 
another connection, slave labour is of all forms of labour 
the least efficient, and as freedom is granted and the share 
in the proceeds is increased, the quantity produced also 
increases. The principle is also seen in modern times in 
profit-sharing, and it is well illustrated by the greater zeal 
displayed in piece-work in which the extra reward is 
directly associated with the extra effort. 

A closer examination, however, shows that this basis, 
simple and obvious as it may appear at first sight, is beset 
with difficulties. In the first place, as soon as we intro- 
duce division of labour and a complex result due to the 
combination of many different forms of labour, there is 
the difficulty of separating the shares, e.g. in building a 
great ship, and, indeed, in any form of manufacture. 

Again, in the economic justification given, it will be 
observed that the right (or the expediency of it) is stated 
with a qualification, namely, "to the same extent." In 



102 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

the mathematical language that is now so much used in 
economics, the work done is a function of the reward. 
But, as shown in the very examples just cited, a moderate 
reward may suffice to call forth considerable energy on 
the part of labour, and thus a large amount of the produce 
may be left over for other claimants — the state itself or 
various privileged classes. In fact the economic justifica- 
tion is little more than the principle that is involved in 
the economy of high wages ; and it would be absurd to 
say that the masters should in the pursuit of this economy 
surrender all their profits. 

This illustration naturally leads to the statement of a 
second basis of property also admitted by Mill. People, it 
may be said, have a natural right to the results of their 
capital. On Mill's view the capital is itself the result of 
saving or sacrifice, and ought as such to be rewarded. 
But again, without introducing the ethical "ought," an 
economic justification may be given as in the correspond- 
ing case of labour. In fact, as already shown, a large 
part of capital in modern industrial societies is the result, 
not of saving or sacrifice in the narrow sense, but of that 
high form of labour called enterprise. It may also be said 
that, if a man has a right to the work of his head, he has 
a derivative right to any results from that work. But, 
apart from any right, the economic principle is that, unless 
capital receives at least a share in the product, it will not 
be forthcoming, or at any rate not to the same extent; 
and thus it is to the interest of even manual labour to pay 
something for the use of capital. The difficulty, however, 
again emerges as to the amount of the reward that is 
necessary or expedient. 



DISTRIBUTION AND PROPERTY 103 

The reference to the distribution of shares in a complex 
product for which many forms of labour and capital are 
combined leads up to a third basis of property which also 
is admitted by Mill, on moral grounds, namely, the con- 
tract basis. On this view, people have a right to the 
results of their contracts and bargains. Under this head- 
ing may also be brought the right to receive gifts from 
others — which at first sight would seem to cover the right 
to give and receive by bequest. (See the next chapter.) 

This contract basis may also be justified on economic 
grounds. Freedom of contract is the very breath of 
industry in modern societies, as is forcibly illustrated by 
the fact that, according to the Constitution of the United 
States no infringement of this right is admitted. And it 
may be argued also that such a right is necessary to give a 
real meaning to the other two bases — that rest, namely, 
on labour and capital. On this view, freedom of labour 
means freedom to make a bargain for wages, which again 
means (when there is a product) a certain share in the 
product. And similarly of capital. The first and most 
natural meaning to give to these rights of labour and 
capital is that the shares of the various parties concerned 
should be adjusted by freedom of contract, especially in 
the form of freedom of competition. 

And again, it may be pointed out that competition is the 
greatest stimulus to production, and that any check on 
competition lessens the aggregate produced. 

This contract basis also at first sight seems natural and 
obvious, but it may easily be shown that there are great 
difficulties involved. In fact, it is to get rid of the abuses 
that are alleged to arise in connection with freedom of 



104 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

contract and competition that all the efforts of socialism 
are directed. Socialists maintain that the terms of the 
endless series of industrial contracts in modern industry 
will only be equitably adjusted if all the parties are on an 
equal footing as regards opportunity, knowledge, and 
generally the power of making and understanding a bar- 
gain. And it is urged that capital as a whole has greater 
power than labour, and that some forms of labour have 
greater power than others ; and besides, there are all the 
complications introduced by the existence through genera- 
tions of inheritance and bequest. 

There is still a fourth basis to consider, namely, the 
right founded on prescription, which may be defined 
for the present purpose as resting on undisturbed posses- 
sion for a time. The period necessary to give such a 
prescriptive right varies in different cases and is different 
in different systems of law. This basis obviously depends 
rather on expediency than on moral right, and may be 
justified by such arguments as the necessity of a finis 
litium and of giving certainty to the interpretation of 
contracts. And again, it may be said that security is 
essential to the prosperity of industrial societies, and that 
the general reason for allowing a title by prescription is 
the necessity of avoiding the disturbance of security. 
At the same time it is equally clear that there is no 
prescriptive right in institutions. The mere antiquity 
of an institution does not even give a presumption that 
it ought not to be disturbed. In fact, with modern ideas of 
evolution, the presumption may be said to lean the other 
way; what was suited to the ancient or the mediaeval 
man it may be thought will probably not be suited to 



DISTRIBUTION AND PROPERTY 105 

the modern with the great change in social conditions. 
And it would be absurd to suppose that no change in 
the institutions of a country is to be made simply because 
in the period of transition there must be some shock to 
security and some disappointment of even reasonable 
expectations. In making changes of this kind the princi- 
pal question that arises is : have the interests adversely 
affected any claim to compensation ? — a question which 
demands separate consideration at a later stage. 1 

1 This chapter corresponds to Book II, Chaps. I and II of the 
Principles. As a general introduction see Maine, Ancient Law; and 
on special points Menger, Right to the Whole Produce of Labour (trans- 
lated) with Foxwell's Introduction ; Sidgwick's Political Economy, 
Book III, Chaps. VI and VII ; and Elements of Politics, Chap. V ; 
Wagner, Volkswirthschaftslehre, Part I, Chap. IV ; De Laveleye, Privii- 
tive Property. 



CHAPTER II 

INHERITANCE AND BEQUEST 

1. Economic to be distinguished from Legal and Ethical 

Ideas. — In treating of the laws of inheritance and bequest, 
it is necessary to separate, as far as possible, the economic, 
from the purely legal and moral aspects. The actual 
positive laws that prevail in countries of the same degree 
of civilisation, e.g. England, France, Scotland, present 
considerable differences, which can only be explained by 
an examination of the historical development of the sys- 
tems of law in these countries. Again, these laws, such 
as they are, might be criticised from the moral stand- 
point, and various reforms might be suggested in order 
to promote moral ideals. It is beyond the range of 
economic inquiry to consider, except indirectly, these legal 
and moral questions. 

The economic effects of inheritance and bequest are, 
however, always of great importance. The actual dis- 
tribution of wealth at any time (especially of land) 
depends largely on the cumulative effects of these laws ; 
they also indirectly have an influence on production, and 
they must be considered in dealing with the tax system 
of any country. 

2. General View of Bequest and Inheritance. — It is 
obvious on simple inspection that bequest and inheritance 
are logically opposed. If absolute freedom of bequest 
is allowed, there can be no compulsory rules of inheritance, 

106 



INHERITANCE AND BEQUEST 107 

and, conversely, so far as such rules prevail they must 
limit the right of bequest. 

Some writers {e.g. Mill) consider that freedom of 
bequest is part of the right of property. The idea is 
that a person can do as he pleases with the results of his 
labour and capital and contracts, and that logically death 
makes no difference to this right. Other writers, how- 
ever, maintain that freedom of gift inter vivos is on quite 
a different footing from freedom of bequest. It is ad- 
mitted on both sides that the modern idea of property 
implies exclusive use and power of alienation ; but those 
who approve of special limitations on bequest argue that 
as soon as a person dies his individual power ceases, and 
the state must decide what is to become of his property, — 
the state may respect his expressed or presumed wishes, 
or it may act on other principles of distribution. And it 
is the fact that, both in the past and the present, freedom 
of bequest has been and is more limited than gift inter vivos. 

It seems clear that the right of inheritance as such can- 
not be deduced from the right of property economically 
considered; it does not follow from any of the funda- 
mental bases, and there is no prescription of institutions. 

In ancient law (Maine) the unit of society was the 
family, and the property was, so to speak, held by the 
head in trust for the other members ; in the case of death 
another took his place. So long as this was the ruling 
idea inheritance altogether overrode bequest. But one of 
the characteristic features of economic progress has been 
the disintegration of the family, and freedom of the indi- 
vidual has displaced the bonds of blood relationship to 
a considerable extent. 



108 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

The development of freedom of bequest is of interest 
in showing the influence of other social factors on eco- 
nomic distribution. The mediaeval church, for example, 
taught that every person ought to leave a part, at least, 
of his wealth to the church, for the benefit of the poor 
and the good of his soul. In time, on account of this 
teaching, death without making a will and fulfilling this 
duty was looked on with the greatest horror, and it 
became sinful to put off too long making a will. One of 
the horrors of sudden death was intestacy, and the greatest 
calumny to the dead was to say that he died intestate. 
An old chronicler records of an enemy of his convent that 
he was found poisoned, — and the climax is striking — 
"dead, black, stinking, and intestate." The origin and 
results of the rules of inheritance and bequest under the 
feudal system are also indirectly of economic interest, and 
their influence survives to the present day. 

In the present survey it must suffice to say that the 
right of inheritance cannot be supported merely on the 
ground of long-established custom. The custom was partly 
due to social ideas and conditions no longer prevalent, and 
the custom itself had long since begun to be modified in 
favour of bequest. 

3. Inheritance. — The grounds on which inheritance (as 
distinct from bequest) is at present supported may now be 
briefly noted. First, it is said that, in case the right of 
bequest is not exercised, the state should endeavour to do 
as the deceased presumably would have done. Intestacy 
is regarded as a mere accident. It is true that the state 
cannot look into the supposed wishes in every particular 
case, it must act on general rules. The question then 



INHERITANCE AND BEQUEST 109 

arises, What ought to be the basis of these rules? The 
usual answer is that the state should found its rules on 
the prevalent customs of bequest. So far it is implied 
that inheritance is to be considered as supplementary to 
bequest. Thus, if, as a rule, when people are left to 
themselves, they leave their wealth equally amongst their 
children (Adam Smith speaks of this distribution as 
natural), then in case of intestacy the state should make 
a similar distribution. If, on the other hand, as regards 
property in general or some form, e.g. land, primogeniture 
is the custom of bequest, then it ought also to be the 
rule of this supplementary inheritance. Mill, however, 
argues in effect that the state should consider, not the 
prevalent custom, but what the owner ought to have done 
according to some ideal of moral duty. Logically, this 
argument seems only applicable to the limitation of 
bequest in general in favour of this ideal. And even 
in modern times limitations are imposed on bequest. 

4. Bequest. — In considering the limitations on the 
freedom of bequest, it may be observed, first of all, that, 
even if the right of bequest is supposed to be part of the 
right of property, we may still appeal to more fundamental 
principles. The economic bases of property (with which 
alone we are now concerned) only justify the institution 
in so far as it is necessary or expedient as a stimulus to 
the exertions of labour and to the efforts and enterprises 
of capital. No doubt the institution of property may be 
and is justified on other grounds, — ethical, jural, and 
political, — but with these we are not concerned. From 
the economic standpoint (as here understood) the ground 
for allowing the right of bequest is that to a considerable 



110 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

extent the wishes of the deceased must be carried out as 
regards the disposal of his wealth, or a check is placed 
on enterprise and accumulation. But, leaving this prin- 
ciple intact, there are several obvious limitations that are 
generally accepted. Thus, admitting for the present that 
property in land is expedient on economic grounds (see 
next chapter), still, the right to lay down the order of 
descent of property in land for an indefinite period — 
entails in the strict sense of the term — is certainly not 
necessary to stimulate the owner to keep up and improve 
the property, and on economic grounds, indeed, may be 
shown to be the reverse of beneficial. The tendency of all 
recent legislation has been to diminish the power of tying 
up land. Again, as regards endowments, e.g. for relief of 
the poor, education, or religion, it is generally admitted 
that after a certain time (that varies according to cir- 
cumstances) the state may change the rules and regula- 
tions laid down. Thus it has often happened that 
endowments for the relief of the poor of a certain locality 
have, in the course of time, by attracting worthless people 
from other places, done more harm than good. Similarly, 
endowments for some particular forms of education, owing 
to changed conditions, may be actually injurious to the 
educational interests of a locality or a whole country. 
Obviously, also, any bequest that is against the public 
interests should be restrained, and sometimes these inter- 
ests are mainly economic. 

In most countries, however, bequest is chiefly limited 
in favour of the children — that is to say, certain rules 
of inheritance are compulsory. If these rules are prac- 
tically such as would be followed if freedom of bequest 



INHERITANCE AND BEQUEST 111 

were allowed, the restraint might seem to be only formal. 
And in the majority of cases this would be so, but some 
exceptions may be noticed. Compulsory inheritance may 
weaken parental control and lead to idleness on the part 
of the children. The advantage of primogeniture, said 
Dr. Johnson, is that it makes only one fool in the family. 
Again, it may well happen that an unequal division would 
be more advantageous to the children as a whole — some 
might need more than others to enable them to carry 
on their business or profession. And, especially in the 
case of very large fortunes, the testator might with ad- 
vantage bequeath more to public objects than the law 
of inheritance would admit. Any hardship of this kind 
could, however, generally be surmounted by the simple 
expedient of gift inter vivos, which, besides, in most cases, 
is preferable to death-bed charity (Gladstone). 

This last consideration leads up to the position that 
it is useless to attempt to limit too severely the right of 
bequest in the supposed interests of the public. Mill's 
idea that no one should be allowed to obtain by bequest 
or inheritance more than a certain minimum (not very 
high even in the case of children) is plainly impracticable. 
It would be defeated either by open gifts during life or 
by secret trusts — a device that has often been resorted 
to in order to evade unpopular laws. Here again we 
have an illustration of the effectiveness of the limitations 
imposed on the theoretical sovereign power by the actual 
will of the subject. 1 

1 Compare Mill, Principles, Book II, Chap. II, sees. 3 and 4 ; Sidg- 
wick, Politics, Chap. VII ; Maine, Ancient Lava, Chap. VI ; Pollock 
and Maitland, History of English Law, Vol. II, Book II, Chap. VI. 



CHAPTER III 

PROPERTY IN LAND — EXPROPRIATION— COMPENSATION 

1. Property in Land. — The question has been much 
discussed whether private property in land ought to be 
allowed. On the matter of right, it is said, that, since land 
as such is not the result of labour or of saving, it is on a 
different footing from other forms of wealth. For the 
time being it may be necessary or expedient to give ex- 
clusive use, but this need not involve the other incidents 
and privileges of private property. Under primitive con- 
ditions there was a periodical or possibly an annual divi- 
sion, and in Russia and in India a large part of the land 
is held by village communities. Even in the most ad- 
vanced societies, it is maintained that the state or local 
authorities might fulfil the functions of landlord and 
take the rents. But, although agricultural land in its 
original state is not the result of labour and capital, 
most of its valuable qualities are (Mill). 

It is best to consider first agricultural land, reserving, 
in the meantime, the case of building land. It is prob- 
able that the land of England, as it exists at present, owes 
most of its valuable qualities to the cumulative effects of 
labour and capital, e.g. as expended on drainage, en- 
closures, roads, and good tillage. Thus, so far as these 
qualities are concerned, land (agricultural) is the result 
of labour — it is saved, it is even manufactured. 

112 



PROPERTY IN LAND 113 

Logically, then, land may be said to consist of two 
parts, namely, natural qualities (incapable of improve- 
ment or change), and capital of an ordinary kind mixed 
up with them. Mill argues that so far as these primary 
qualities are concerned, there ought not to be private 
property, but there might be in the case of the secondary 
qualities due to labour and capital. Thus he says : 
" Property in land is only justifiable so long as the owner 
is the improver ; " and " Whenever the proprietor ceases 
to be the improver political economy has nothing to say 
in defence of landed property as there established." And 
again, "In no sound theory should the landlord be 
merely a sinecurist quartered upon the land." No doubt 
Mill's views were influenced by the condition of Ireland 
when he wrote, and by its history ; and no one at present 
would defend the system, the evils of which were so gross 
and palpable. It is, however, always dangerous to argue 
from a particular case, and the general question must be 
considered on its merits. And here it seems enough to 
state that on all forms of capital interest is received, and 
for the interest, as such, the owner does nothing ; take 
for example, the interest on consols or railway deben- 
tures, or any shares from which the element of risk is 
eliminated, and in which the shareholder takes no part 
in the management. Why, then, should the owner of 
land incur particular censure because he ceases to be the 
improver ? 

There are certain advantages of the landlord and tenant 
system as it prevails in England. As a rule competition 
will insure that the best use is made of the land ; a good 
farmer can extend his holdings by renting more land as 



114 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

a trader may borrow more capital; the farmer's capital 
may be used on the land instead of being sunk in pur- 
chase ; the landlord may undertake the permanent im- 
provements which are hardly possible without ownership ; 
and the landowner is satisfied with a small return in the 
way of interest on the value of the land as a whole, on 
account of the social and other amenities incident on 
property in land, and thus the farmer gets the improve- 
ments cheap. 

No doubt, if the full advantages of this system are to 
be obtained, there must be security for the investment of 
the capital of the tenant, and there must be bona fide 
competition and not monopoly. In the case of very small 
holdings it is possible (as Mill forcibly argues) that 
special legislation may be desirable ; but tenant farmers, 
farming for profit on a relatively large scale under equit- 
able leases, are, as a rule, quite as competent as any land 
court to secure fair rents, leases of suitable length, and 
compensation for their improvements. If the state were 
to become the universal landlord, it would be compelled 
to resort to routine methods, or else to leave the powers 
at present exercised by the private owners in the hands 
of officials, with all the risks of caprice or jobbery. 

It is, however, hardly seriously maintained that there 
would be any gain by the substitution of state for private 
management of land ; as a rule, those who advocate what 
is called the nationalisation of land think the advantage 
is to be found in the financial gain that would accrue to 
the state. And this naturally leads to the consideration of 
the principles of expropriation and compensation in general. 

2. Expropriation. — The right of expropriation on the 



PROPERTY IN LAND 115 

part of the state simply means that any government can 
directly or indirectly take away, limit, restrict, or destroy 
any proprietary rights of individuals. As, for example, 
it may abolish some forms of property formerly allowed, 
e.g. slaves ; restrictions may be imposed that lessen the 
value, as in the case of the three F's in Ireland (fair rents, 
fixity of tenure, and free sale of tenant right) ; the state 
may make any changes in taxation, which changes 
directly and indirectly deprive people of their property ; 
it may abolish debts under certain conditions, e.g. arrears 
of rents and more generally the debts of a bankrupt ; and 
finally, the state may transfer any form of property from 
one set of persons to another, as in giving compulsory 
powers of purchase to a railway or to some local authority. 
Furthermore, it may be easily shown that in the course of 
progress frequent occasions are sure to arise when it will 
be necessary or expedient to exercise this right in one or 
other of its forms. 

At first sight it might appear that the right of expro- 
priation is part of the idea of sovereignty, and thus is 
subject to no limitations. As already explained, how- 
ever, sovereignty in this sense is a purely abstract con- 
ception and has a very limited range in economics. As 
regards expropriation, governments have been and are 
limited in many ways, e.g. in the United States by the 
Constitution (as shown in the case of the proposed in- 
come tax) ; and, in particular, public opinion and moral 
ideas of what is just or fair render it necessary for the 
state to give compensation. This right to compensation 
is the most effective limit to the arbitrary action of the 
state and is of the greatest economic importance. 



116 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

3. Compensation. — It is found, however, that when 
expropriation takes place (of any of the kinds indicated) 
the compensation given varies indefinitely. It may exceed 
the market value (as in the pretium affectionis approved 
of by Mill in the case of land) ; it may aim at being just 
the market value, as in goods purchased for the public 
service (though the old practice of preemption on the part 
of the crown was only gradually annulled) ; sometimes 
much less than the market value is held to be sufficient, 
e.g. insanitary dwellings ; and sometimes no compensation 
is given, as when arrears of rents are cancelled ; and some- 
times not only is there no compensation, but a further loss 
is involved as in changes of taxation. 

The degree of compensation to be awarded cannot be 
decided on economic grounds only, but so far as such 
grounds are valid they seem to be reducible to two general 
principles. First, the state must avoid any shock to 
security; and secondly, it must be prepared to recognise 
expectations sanctioned by public opinion in the interpre- 
tation of contracts. 

Neither of these principles is to be taken as implying an 
absolute command or imperative. In economies there are 
no imperatives. Bentham's dread of insecurity was as 
intense as Mill's of over-population, but even Bentham 
recognised and stated that sometimes security must give 
place to security — a shock to security in one part of the 
body economic may establish more firmly the security of 
the whole system. Endless examples could be given from 
economic history. One of the best instances is found in 
the gradual mitigation of penalties for debt and in the 
development of the law of bankruptcy. In the same way 



PROPERTY IN LAND 117 

the limitations imposed on proprietary rights in land and 
capital of various kinds, which have been found necessary 
in the course of progress to prevent or remedy certain 
abuses, have in reality strengthened the institution of 
private property. Private property itself, economically 
regarded, is only a means to an end, namely, the provi- 
sion of economic utilities to the community as a whole. 

Thus it is quite possible that the compensation given on 
the purely economic principle of security might be less 
than would be given according to prevalent custom or 
actual law, and the question arises whether the actual 
practice rests on some deeper moral principle, or if it per- 
sists merely through the unreasoning force of habit, in 
which latter case it must in time give way to economic 
considerations. 

Similarly, as regards the reasonable expectations implied 
in certain contracts, no hard and fast rule can be laid 
down. The important object from the economic stand- 
point is that the reality and efficiency of freedom of 
contract should be preserved. And again, greater free- 
dom on the whole may be obtained by restrictions in 
certain directions, and the reasonable expectations of the 
community may be set against the particular and inter- 
ested expectations of individuals. In case of conflict the 
best means of reconciliation often consist in giving a 
long notice that certain practices will no longer be per- 
mitted. We constantly find that a change in public 
opinion foreshadows -legislation which will restrict pro- 
prietary rights; and contracts entered into with the 
reasonable prospect of such reforms being made ought to 
provide for their own insurance. 



118 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

The question of the recognition of the right of compen- 
sation would, as Mill says, in many cases turn on what in 
the circumstances was sufficient to constitute prescription, 
that is to say, not on strictly legal, but on moral grounds. 
It is clear that, as the circumstances change, so also 
does the moral prescriptive right or, what for the present 
purpose is the same thing, the reasonable economic 
expectation. 

At the same time a change in public opinion in itself 
does not justify the immediate abolition of proprietary 
rights without compensation. Action of this kind might 
not only injure innocent third parties (for all monetary 
contracts are far-reaching), but it might affect adversely 
security and contract in the society as a whole, and thus 
the state would lose far more indirectly by refusing com- 
pensation than it would gain directly. 

Similar reasoning may be applied to the proposals that 
involve arbitrary confiscation of property in the disguise 
of taxation. 

The case of land will serve to illustrate in the concrete 
the general principles involved. 

Suppose that the state were suddenly to destroy private 
property in land without compensation to the present 
owners. The land itself would remain ; and also its pro- 
ductive power in agriculture and its amenities and advan- 
tages for building would be unimpaired. But when once 
it is remembered that contracts based on the private 
ownership of land affect every part of the industrial 
system (e.g. through banking and insurance companies), 
it is plain that the shock to security and to freedom of 
contract would involve losses to the community far in 



PROPERTY IN LAND 119 

excess of any gain to the state through the confiscation. 
And the loss on balance would be still greater if an 
attempt were made to separate what were called above 
the primary and the secondary qualities, and to restrict 
the confiscation to the former. 

Nor would there be the slightest difference in the real 
effects if the confiscation took the form of taxation to the 
full extent of the rental. Taxation, as will appear later 
(see Book V), 1 must be imposed on certain principles, e.g. 
equality, certainty, etc., and as proved by history in cases 
of the first magnitude, excessive and arbitrary taxation 
may suffice to destroy the economic activities of a nation. 2 

1 The taxation of the unearned increments of building land is ex- 
amined in this book. 

2 See Sidgwick, Politics, Chap. XII ; also Political Economy, Book III, 
Chap. IV, §§ 13, 14 ; Mill, Principles, Book II, Chap. II ; Burke, Reflec- 
tions on the French Revolution. 



CHAPTER IV 

SOCIALISM 

1. Historical Variations in the Institution of Property. — 

People who have become accustomed to particular laws 
and institutions are apt to suppose that they are essential 
to the well-being, if not to the very existence, of society. 
Mill, as already observed, attempted to get rid of this idea 
by appealing to the conceptions of sovereignty and the 
indefinite pliability of public opinion. A more effec- 
tive way is found in the substitution of the historical for 
the analytical method. The appeal to history shows that 
in the past societies have attained a high degree of civili- 
sation under laws, customs, and institutions, affecting prop- 
erty and the distribution of wealth, very different from 
those that prevail at present in England. We find, for 
example, the various forms of village communities and of 
feudalism appearing all the world over, as if they were nec- 
essary stages in the development of nations. Each of these 
systems, no doubt, had its abuses, and each was inimical 
to certain kinds of progress ; but in idea, apart from the 
abuses, there was much that was attractive in both systems, 
and, so far as the idea was realised, security and the essen- 
tial elements of social order were attained. History also 
shows that, as these systems decayed, the parts that sur- 
vived were often those that were most beneficial, not to 
the nation as a whole, but to the ruling class ; thus in the 

120 



SOCIALISM 121 

great enclosures in England in the fifteenth and sixteenth 
centuries the ill-defined customary rights of the villagers 
were sacrificed to the technical legal rights of the lords 
of the manors. 

Again, the feudal privileges enjoyed by the so-called 
owners of land survived the obligations incident on feudal 
tenures, and to this day dealings in land are hampered by 
survivals of feudal law. 

The results of the appeal to history are confirmed by 
the survey of existing conditions and recent changes. 
The elements of economic well-being may be secured under 
very different systems, and when a revolution of system 
is effected, it may benefit a class more than a people. 

In England, and generally in the industrial nations of 
the West, the course of reform as regards property con- 
sisted mainly in the abolition of useless or harmful sur- 
vivals which had been retained partly through the vis 
inertice of mere habit and partly through the active sup- 
port, when threatened, of interested classes. At the same 
time there were always reformers who wished to go much 
further, and to introduce revolutionary changes in the 
laws affecting property and the distribution of wealth. 
Some of these reformers seemed to think that their object 
would be best achieved by adapting the old ideas to the 
new conditions. Thus some looked to modernised and 
purified communities as the ideal, others to a modernised 
feudalism in which the king, for example, would be the 
first industrial, and the captains of industry take the 
place of the feudal barons. The phalansteries of Fourier 
and the chefs industriels of St. Simon are the best-known 
types respectively of these ideas. 



122 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

Besides these, however, all sorts of schemes were pro- 
posed which involved revolutionary changes in the exist- 
ing systems of property and distribution. And at the 
present time new schemes are constantly being put for- 
ward with the immediate or ultimate object of effecting 
a social revolution. All these schemes may be embraced 
under the comprehensive name of Socialism, though each 
of them is apt to arrogate to itself alone the pleasing but 
exclusive attribute — " the true." 

Whether we apply the analytical or the historical 
method, it may be admitted of all these schemes that 
they are theoretically possible ; there is nothing immutable 
about the present laws of distribution ; whether socialism 
in any of its forms would be desirable or practicable is 
a different thing. 

2. Definition of Socialism. — In a recent work on social- 
ism, it is said that "no definition of socialism, at once 
true and precise, has ever been given or ever will be 
given" (Flint). The opinion is supported in the con- 
crete by the critique of many attempts at definition, and 
in the abstract by the argument that "socialism is essen- 
tially indefinite and indeterminate; it is a tendency or 
movement towards an extreme; it may be very great or 
very small; it may manifest itself in the most divers 
social and historical connections; it may assume and it 
has assumed a multitude of forms." Economists, how- 
ever, are constantly beset with similar difficulties of 
definition ; they are always dealing with tendencies, con- 
tinuities, and debatable margins, and economic ideas 
assume an indefinite variety of forms in particular in- 
stances, e.g. capital, labour, etc. 



SOCIALISM 123 

The following definition seems to cover most of the 
forms of socialism, omits none of importance, and effec- 
tively contrasts socialism with the present system of 
individualism : " Socialism in the generic sense of the 
term, embraces all such schemes as are intended to further 
the claims of society for social purposes as against the 
present system of individualism ; or to promote the in- 
terests of the whole as against those of particular classes 
and individuals; the object of all such schemes being 
directly or indirectly revolutionary as distinct from mere 
reforms of the present system." In brief, the essence of 
socialism is, positively to promote the good of the whole 
society ; and negatively, to destroy the present system 
(individualism) which generates or permits the injurious 
privileges of classes and individuals. Accordingly, just 
as socialists are critics of individualists, so they in turn 
are critics of socialists as regards wages, capital, property, 
interest, etc. And in a sense, the whole of political 
economy, when treated from the standpoint of the present 
system, is a critique of socialism. In this wide meaning, 
socialism has a vast literature, and the first requisite is to 
give some kind of classification of the varied schemes. 

3. Classification of Socialistic Schemes. — In classifying 
the different schemes, we may take as the guiding prin- 
ciple the amount and degree of state interference that 
would be required as compared with the present system. 
With this leading idea we have : — 

(1) Schemes that would involve less state control 
than at present. Of this kind were the schemes that 
sprang from the ideal of liberty of the French Revolution. 
It was supposed that social evils were, for the most part, 



124 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

the results of the interferences of governments with the 
course of nature. Hence, in the extreme form, these 
schemes seek to destroy governments and restore natural 
conditions. Modern instances of this idea are found in 
anarchism and nihilism. It is not necessary, however, 
that, in order to promote this idea, resort should be made 
to violence; in England, for example, Godwin relied 
entirely on education and the power of opinion, though 
he hoped for the perfectibility of man with a minimum 
of legislative control. 

(2) Next, there are the schemes that propose to estab- 
lish within the existing state a number of separate socialistic 
bodies or communities. These would only require suffer- 
ance from the existing authorities. A number of experi- 
ments of this kind were made in America (e.g. Brook 
Farm). The names of Fourier and Robert Owen are 
best known in connection with this idea of socialism. 

Schemes of profit-sharing, cooperation, and industrial 
partnership do not come under the definition, as they 
are essentially only modifications of the present system. 
Strictly speaking, these socialistic communities within the 
state might also be excluded on the ground that they do 
not promote the good of the whole society, but only that 
of their members. But in intention, at any rate, they are 
designed to leaven the whole lump. 

(3) There are the schemes that involve a greater degree 
of state control both in legislation and in administration. 
In the extreme form we have collectivism or state social- 
ism. The writer most referred to in this connection is 
Karl Marx, though he has derived many of his leading 
ideas from the early English socialists (Foxwell's Intro- 



SOCIALISM 125 

duction to Menger). Some collectivists approve of effect- 
ing the revolution by force ; others seek within the limits 
of the present law to permeate society with socialistic 
ideas and gradually to socialise our institutions. To begin 
with, no doubt, writers of this school are only advanced 
reformers, but they are properly classed as socialists 
because their ultimate object is a social revolution. 

It is sometimes said that the poor laws, factory acts, 
free education, etc., are socialistic in tendency, and the 
old phrase has been revived : " We are all, then, social- 
ists." But such a large use of the term would take away 
all definiteness from the meaning, as the writers who are 
recognised as the strongest supporters of individualism 
may also approve of the legislation just cited. All econ- 
omists, from Adam Smith, have admitted that abuses 
might arise under the present system which would call 
for governmental intervention, and also that certain indus- 
trial functions ought to be performed by the state. (See 
below, Book V.) 

4. State Socialism or Collectivism. — The form of social- 
ism that at present is most in favour is state socialism or 
collectivism, and a more detailed account may be attempted 
of the features, or rather tendencies, of this system. It is, 
however, difficult to form an adequate notion even of the 
tendencies involved, on account of the very different pro- 
posals that have been described under the expression 
state socialism. For the present purpose it seems best 
to take the system in an extreme or ideal form, so as to 
bring out the leading ideas in sharp contrast to the present 
system. From this standpoint the ideal aimed at may 
be described as the substitution of collective for private 



126 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

ownership and management of the means of production 
(land and capital), and the displacement of competition 
by organisation under state control. 

Under the present system, indeed, capital is often col- 
lected in large masses, and there is also, to a great extent, 
organisation of labour. But aggregation and organisation 
of this kind are the effects of the voluntary actions of 
individuals, — voluntary, that is to say, in the sense that 
they are not due to the initiative or direction of the state. 

If, now, we seek to carry to its logical conclusions the 
proposal that the state should control and organise pro- 
duction, the first result is that there would be involved a 
similar control of distribution. If the state assigns the 
tasks, the state also must assign the corresponding rewards. 
Accordingly, obedience to authority must take the place 
of freedom of contract. The next logical result would 
seem to be that the state (through its official statisticians) 
must estimate the needs or the deserts of consumers. 
That is to say, instead of demand being estimated by 
retail and wholesale traders it must be estimated by 
authority in some form. This again would naturally lead 
to the abolition of trade and exchange. And, finally, with 
the abolition of exchange, the mechanism of exchange 
would no longer be required, and thus money, also, would 
disappear. 

Extravagant as this conclusion may seem to be, it is 
only the logical sequence of the fundamental idea of col- 
lectivism. And it is worthy of attention on two grounds. 
In the first place, the supporters of the present system 
maintain that it is the result of a long process of evolu- 
tion in which the substitution of a money economy for a 



SOCIALISM 127 

natural economy has played the most important part. 
The extension of the use of money is, in this view, the 
economic form of progress from status to contract. Of 
course under the use of money must be included the use 
of what is called representative money, or generally the 
development of banking and credit. 

Secondly, it may be observed that many socialists 
(notably Marx) ascribe a large part of the abuses of 
the present system to the use of money; it is money 
that conceals the exploitation of labour by capital. And 
actually in the nineteenth century several crude attempts 
were made to substitute for money some kind of labour 
exchanges. Thus at any rate it may be said that the 
individualist emphasises the advantages of a money 
economy; the socialist, its disadvantages and abuses. 

Some of the abuses and unjust inequalities of the 
present system are ascribed to the cumulative effects 
of the institutions of inheritance and bequest, which per- 
petuate the injustice of the past. And accordingly the 
abolition or serious modification of the laws of succession 
is generally part of the extreme socialist programme. But 
altogether apart from this historical source of injustice it 
is maintained that the system of capitalistic production 
under present conditions is productive of a continuous 
exploitation or robbery of labour. A redistribution of 
wealth would effect no radical or permanent cure of the 
social disorder — it is the system that is at fault. It was 
supposed that this conclusion (the continuous robbery 
of labour by capital) was the logical deduction from the 
analysis, by Ricardo and the so-called orthodox economists, 
of the system of production under the control of private 



128 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

capitals. The natural tendency of wages (owing partly 
to the imprudent increase of population and partly to the 
greater bargaining power of capital) was to fall to a 
bare subsistence minimum — the celebrated iron (eherne, lit. 
brazen) law of wages ; whilst surplus profits necessarily 
tended to increase indefinitely, and in particular the rents 
of lands tended to rise through the very causes that 
depressed the wages of labour. It was further supposed 
that in the course of the natural development of this 
capitalistic system the larger capitals would in time 
swallow up the smaller. Ultimately, then, the result 
of this evolution would be the division of society into 
two classes, a very small class of very rich and an 
enormous class of very poor — the millionaires on one 
side and the proletariat on the other. The evolutionary 
socialists, as they call themselves (though, curiously 
enough, Herbert Spencer is an extreme individualist), 
think that when this stage has been reached or is in sight 
the state must intervene and take over the large capitals, 
and that, owing to their magnitude and methods, the task 
will be easy. 

Such, then, being the origins, the leading ideas, and 
logical consequences of state socialism in its extreme 
form, they may now be examined from different points of 
view. And, first, is this indictment of the present system 
justified ? 

5. The Socialist Critique of Individualism. — In the 
first place, it must be pointed out that every economist 
admits that in the present system there are very great 
social evils, e.g. pauperism, overcrowding, insanitary 
dwellings, and generally amongst the poorest such con- 



90CIALISM 129 

ditions of livelihood and living as are destructive of all 
that is good in human life. And at the other end of the 
social scale (as measured by the possession of wealth) 
there are the evils connected with monopolies, the pro- 
motion of unsound companies, speculation, gigantic frauds, 
commercial crises, etc., and also all the evils that arise 
from misdirected or extravagant or immoral expenditure 
on the part of the very rich. These abuses are admitted 
by all observers. The conflict of opinion arises, first, on 
the extent and the degree of the evils, and secondly, on 
the causes. And it may be said at once that the questions 
involved can only be fully answered by inquiries that 
imply a reference to every part of economic science. In 
this place it must suffice to bring forward a few salient 
points for consideration. 

The " iron " law of wages is not now accepted by any 
economist, even as a first approximation to the theory of 
wages. The larger part of gross profits is not mere interest 
obtained through the otiose ownership of capital, but is 
the result of enterprise and ability which, by the econo- 
mies and improvements introduced, benefit society to a 
still greater extent, e.g. the profits obtained from the 
development of the means of transport and communication 
in the last century were small relatively to the advantages 
obtained by the nation or the world. Pauperism has many 
causes, and it is doubtful if the system of large capitals 
can be considered in itself as one of them (small hold- 
ings of land and the so-called domestic manufactures, as 
experience shows, may be at least associated with pau- 
perism). There are counteracting causes to the amalgama- 
tion of capital (as already explained). The professional 



130 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

classes, whose only capital is their skill, in many cases 
obtain higher " wages " than the employers of labour ; 
manual labour is only one form of labour, and between 
the lowest and the highest forms of labour (in the ex- 
tended economic sense) there are endless gradations. 
Production on a large scale can only exist with large 
markets, which implies large demand, which again means 
a multitude of consumers — this applies to every kind of 
production in the widest sense of the term ; railways and 
ships can only grow by an increase of traffic, and as 
regards passengers it is the masses that pay best. There 
has been during the nineteenth century in the great 
industrial countries a rise in money wages and a still 
greater rise in real wages, and a fall in interest as such ; 
and on the whole the condition of the masses of the 
people, in whatever way tested, has immensely improved. 
Thus it appears that the socialist critique of the present 
system, in the extreme form which regards the rich as the 
parasites of the poor and large (private) capitals as 
the root of all evil, is not supported by the first siftings 
of economic inquiry. 

It remains to notice briefly the difficulties of the remedy 
proposed, namely, the collective ownership of capital. 

6. Difficulties of Socialism. — Certain difficulties that 
are common to all forms of socialism may be noticed very 
briefly, as they are part of the common thought of the day. 
As regards the demand for commodities (in the broad 
sense) there would be a difficulty in the distribution of 
the things that are limited in quantity and of varying 
degrees of quality, e.g. the best sites for houses, the most 
pleasing parts of the country for occupations, etc. In 



SOCIALISM 131 

general, however, the difficulties of consumption might 
be met partly through the extension of the public means 
of enjoyment, e.g. gardens, theatres, etc., and partly by 
official estimates of the natural demand for various things, 
and the adoption of some scale of relative utilities that 
would command general acceptance; in the ancient 
village communities the appeal to chance {e.g. lots) was 
often resorted to, and in all times the judgments of chance 
have been popular. There was also the method of peri- 
odical division. An official average estimate might easily 
be made of the things that can be produced in practically 
unlimited quantities, freedom of choice in the ratios of 
the public utility scale being left to individuals. The 
real difficulty of consumption arises in connection with 
distribution. (See below.) 

Given the estimated demand, or what the state in its 
wisdom considers a fair allowance of all sorts of things, 
the next question is : how are these things to be pro- 
duced? Here the difficulties are more serious. Such 
are : as regards the choice of employment or occupation, 
and the apportionment of work, the alternatives would be 
authority with quasi-military power or a system of extra 
rewards in proportion to the hardship etc., of the work, 
or it may be the ability of the worker. In any case it 
would be difficult to give equal opportunities to each, and 
to exact equal quantities of labour. Other difficulties in 
connection with production are found in the motives that 
will induce the people to work in the new order of things. 
Self-interest would not operate to the same extent; but 
on the other hand it might be expected that there would 
be an increase of public spirit and esprit de corjys (Mill). 



132 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

The conditions of labour would also be much improved, 
and the idea that labour was something to be shirked 
would, it might be hoped, disappear. On this point it 
may be noted that, under the present system, the self- 
interest of the workers is only remotely aroused in the 
case of time wages, and also that a good workman all the 
world over takes a pride in good work. The disutility 
of work in itself has been ridiculously exaggerated. 
Given reasonable hours, healthy conditions, and above all 
contentment with the reward, and in most cases the work 
itself ought to rank as a pleasure. 

The word contentment naturally leads to the difficul- 
ties of distribution. 

On what principles^ are the various forms of wealth — ■ 
material and immaterial — to be distributed ? Apart from 
the forms of public or social wealth open to all, how 
much of general purchasing or controlling power is to be 
given to each? If money is retained in the socialist 
state, how are the rates of money wages to be deter- 
mined when competition is excluded ? As Mill observes, 
absolute equality (communism in his sense) might be 
accepted, so might chance (the spirit of gambling is uni- 
versal), but not authority. The really weak point of 
most socialist schemes is in the excessive wisdom they 
require on the part of the necessary officials, and the 
excessive appreciation of the wisdom of the controlling 
powers on the part of those controlled. To all these 
familiar objections (and others might be added, e.g. the 
dangers of overpopulation, the difficulties of foreign 
trade, etc.) it is replied that the socialist state would 
only be gradually evolved, and that in the meantime, the 



SOCIALISM 133 

object ought to be to socialise our institutions. Ap- 
parently it is thought that the process might be stayed as 
soon as signs of failure appear. The difficulty of dealing 
with socialism in this form is that in the earlier stages 
there is nothing to distinguish it from reform of the 
present system. The only real distinction seems to be 
that the socialists would approve of the extension of gov- 
ernmental functions (central or municipal) partly on 
account of the educative effect on public opinion, or with 
the very idea of inducing people to rely on the state, 
instead of relying on themselves. The opposition of 
ideas is thus marked even when the same immediate 
object is approved, both by the individualist and the 
socialist. 

The conflict between the two ideals from this point of 
view involves a consideration of the advantages and the 
limitations of governmental action in general — a topic 
that is so large as to require separate treatment (see 
below, Book V). Here it may suffice to say that in deal- 
ing with any case for governmental action (under present 
conditions) we have to answer two questions. First, Is 
the evil or defect complained of incapable of remedy by 
the free action of individuals? Is there a. prima facie 
case for the interference, or at least for the deliberation, of 
government? And secondly, Can the government pro- 
vide a remedy? Economic history is full of examples in 
which the remedy attempted by the state has only aggra- 
vated the disease, although at the same time there are 
examples, also on the largest scale, which show that the 
intervention of the state was too long deferred, and in 
the end was most beneficial (e.g. the factory legislation). 



134 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

7. The Benefits of Socialist Ideals. — It is only fair, in 
conclusion, to notice briefly some of the benefits that may 
be fairly ascribed to the writings and the practical efforts 
of socialists. And first, as regards the development of 
economic theory, they may claim to have contributed 
greatly to the analysis of capital and labour. In some 
directions they pushed their conclusions too far, but they 
did much to restore to its proper place the human element 
in the production and the distribution of wealth. They 
realised that in production, against the cheapness of the 
product we must set the real cost in labour. It is impos- 
sible to exaggerate the horrible degradation of labour, in 
many industries on a large scale, after the industrial revo- 
lution. There is a foolish idea that examples that are 
notorious lose efficacy in proportion to the familiarity. 
The lessons of the horrors of child labour in the early 
part of the nineteenth century ought never to be for- 
gotten or be dulled by familiarity. The socialists through 
their ideas promoted the legislation that remedied this 
and other evil conditions of labour. There were no doubt 
other influences (religious and moral), but the socialist 
analysis played an important part. Secondly, the social- 
ists may claim a share in restoring to its proper place, in 
the national economy, the industrial functions of the 
state. Adam Smith, himself, it is true, had assigned to 
governments tasks enough to occupy all their energies ; 
but his attacks on the abuses of state management had 
been so strong and so successful, that a species of laissez 
/aire had become popular, which, if carried to its logical 
conclusion, would have reduced society to a state of 
nature (in the modern and historical sense of a state of 



SOCIALISM 135 

savagedom). The socialists did much to get rid of the 
excesses of laissez faire, both in theory and in practice. 
Finally, the socialists emphasised the importance of pub- 
lic spirit and of solidarity, which had been underestimated 
in the stress laid on the benefits of individual freedom. 1 

1 The corresponding chapter in the Principles, Book II, Chap. XV, 
is written from a different standpoint. The literature of socialism and 
the allied topics is so vast, that a short selection of works is difficult. 
Kirkup, History of Socialism; Graham, Socialism New and Old; 
Rae, Contemporary Socialism ; Gonner, The Socialist State ; Ely, French 
and German Socialisin ; Karl Marx, Capital; Seligman, Economic 
Interpretation of History ; Schaffle, Quintessence of Socialism ; Holyoake, 
History of Cooperation (Vol. I) ; Flint, Socialism; Nicholson, His- 
torical Progress and Ideal Socialism; Menger, Bight to the Whole 
Produce of Labour (especially Foxwell's Introduction on the Early Eng- 
lish Socialists); and the publications of the Fabian Society; Macrosty's 
Trusts a7id the State, and Webb's Industrial Democracy have an in- 
direct bearing on socialism. 



CHAPTER V 

QUANTITATIVE DISTKIBUTION 

1. Of the Quantitative Distribution of Property. — In the 

preceding chapters of this book we have been occupied 
mainly with qualitative distinctions. We have com- 
pared the general characteristics of production and dis- 
tribution ; we have considered the economic bases of 
private property; we have examined the nature of the 
laws of inheritance and bequest, or the modes in which 
property is allowed to pass from the dead to the living ; 
and by way of interlude we have looked at the features 
of some of the ideals which have been set up in the 
hope of revolutionising these proprietary ideas and 
institutions. 

Resuming now the main argument, the next problem 
or set of problems is to determine the causes that affect 
the quantitative distribution: first, of the agents of 
production themselves, and secondly, of the produce of 
those agents. 

In both cases when we make a general survey we may 
distinguish between two sets of causes : first, those 
that are embraced under law and custom in the widest 
sense of the terms, and secondly, those that come under 
freedom of contract and competition, these terms also 
being taken in a large sense. 

136 



QUANTITATIVE DISTRIBUTION 137 

2. The Distribution of the Agents of Production as deter- 
mined by Law and Custom. — The actual distribution 
of land, even at the present time, in old countries 
depends largely on law and custom. According to a 
recent calculation two-thirds of the whole of England 
and Wales are owned by 10,207 persons, two-thirds of 
Ireland by 1942 persons, and two-thirds of Scotland by 
330 persons. Twelve owners have a quarter of Scot- 
land, and nine-tenths of the whole of Scotland belongs 
to fewer than 1700 people. 

In France, on the other hand, 50,000 proprietors 
possess each an average of 750 acres, 500,000 an average 
of 75 acres ; and 5,000,000 an average of 7^ acres. 
There are in France 1,000,000 self-sufficing freeholds 
supporting 1,000,000 families without the need of earn- 
ing wages. In Great Britain, so late as the nineteenth 
century, the large estates swallowed up a large number 
of the small properties of " statesmen " and yeomen. 
There can be little doubt that this great difference in 
the distribution of property in land is to be ascribed 
principally to differences in the laws and customs that 
have prevailed and still prevail in the two countries. 
In England, strictly speaking, the customs have had 
greater influence than the laws ; in other words, the 
laws that have prevented the splitting up of the large 
estates in Britain are in the main permissive ; the prac- 
tice of family settlements has probably had most in- 
fluence. In France, on the other hand, the rule of 
compulsory and equal inheritance has had considerable 
effect. 

The actual quantitative distribution of capital depends 



138 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

to a much less extent than land on law and custom. 
Their influence, however, is still great even in those 
countries in which freedom of contract is developed to 
the greatest degree, e.g. inequalities of fortunes are at 
any rate continued by the laws and customs affecting 
successions. But, in origin, the accumulation of capital 
in the hands of individuals is for the most part the effect 
of a series of contracts. It is doubtful if the direct 
operation of law could even restrict this concentration 
of capital so long as the principle of freedom of contract 
is left as the basis of the industrial system. More and 
more, with the progress of society, capital is distributed 
by monetary influences. And money is essentially mobile. 
The growth of the money power is best seen in the case 
of capital. As the history of the usury laws shows, the 
money economy, even in its most rudimentary forms, 
eluded the edicts of law and the dictates of religion ; and 
with the development of banking and credit the freedom 
of money has increased. In economic analysis it is, no 
doubt, still important for many purposes to distinguish 
between the actual forms of material capital, and their 
money measures ; but as regards both revenue-capital and 
production-capital, it may be said that the money value 
is essential to their existence. Machinery that loses its 
money value can no longer be ranked as fixed capital; 
similarly, if the revenue, reckoned in money, from any 
source ceases, the source is no longer capital. Even the 
quasi-permanent forms of consumption-capital (in the 
sense defined) are generally allowed to decay if their 
comparative money value dwindles. 

In the case of labour, that is to say as regards owner- 



QUANTITATIVE DISTRIBUTION 139 

ship, the direct influence of law is least of all under 
present conditions in the great industrial countries. 
Slavery in all forms has been abolished. Man, from 
being the chief form of property (Aristotle), has ceased 
to be property. Thus the laws of succession have here 
no place. So long as slavery existed, the distribution of 
slaves was of the utmost importance, and the various 
degrees of serfdom were only modifications of slavery. 
The abolition of proprietary rights in man is the most 
important strand in economic history. The owners of 
land and capital have, no doubt, still in many cases great 
powers over labour, analogous in some respects to the 
former powers of the owners of slaves and serfs, but they 
are better considered under the quantitative distribution 
of incomes (especially real wages, and on analogy, real 
rents). 

3. The Quantitative Distribution of Incomes. — The great 
flow or stream of wealth, or produce (Sidgwick), or eco- 
nomic utilities (as here defined) finds its way ultimately 
through minute capillaries to the millions of individual 
consumers. But, to begin with, we may say that it is 
distributed in three main channels. Or, without further 
metaphor, there are three great species of income that 
correspond to the three great agents of production. The 
owners of land, capital, and labour obtain rents, profits, 
and wages respectively. Taking a broad view, and with 
simple or hypothetical illustrations, these incomes seem 
quite distinct. But economic analysis soon reveals that 
in reality they overlap or are blended in varying propor- 
tions. Economic rent, the share of the natural qualities 
of the land, is, in practice, inextricably blended with 



140 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

profit rent, the share of the acquired qualities of the 
land ; the largest part of gross profits is a form of wages. 
Even in the eighteenth century Adam Smith reduced a 
part of wages to profits of capital sunk in the production 
of the finished labourer ; while at the end of the nine- 
teenth Professor Marshall has reduced a part of the earn- 
ings of labour and capital to quasi-rents. It follows that 
all these kinds of income will require careful analysis to 
discover their real meaning and the real nature of their 
claims to rank as distinct species. The quantitative dis- 
tribution of these incomes, or the discovery of the laws 
(economic) that govern the amounts of rents, profits, and 
wages, is a matter of still greater difficulty. It is to this 
group of problems that the attention of economists has 
recently been most directed. 

It will be found that in each case law and custom still 
exercise considerable influence, but in the course of 
progress their influence has been more and more sub- 
ordinated to that of contract. For a long period in 
England rents were paid in labour and produce, and real 
wages were paid in rights of occupancy of land, while the 
relations of the lord of the manor to his serfs were deter- 
mined by custom with the power of law. And during 
this period most of the labour of the country was more 
or less bound to the soil. Even in trades, until the repeal 
of the Statute of Apprenticeship (finally in 1814), the 
justices of the peace were supposed to fix the rates of 
wages, though the law had long before fallen into disuse. 
At present, it is true, in many industries the distribution 
of earnings between wages and profits is determined by 
what is called collective bargaining, and though the direct 



QUANTITATIVE DISTRIBUTION 141 

influence of law is small, that of custom is large. The 
direct effect of law is best seen in real wages, in which we 
take account of the conditions of work, etc. 

The influence of custom is also still greatly felt in the 
department of consumption. It is astounding how little 
regard is paid to real utility, and how ill the means are 
adapted to the attainment of what is supposed to be the 
end of all consumption. But it is consumption that 
governs demand, and demand guides production, and pro- 
duction is intertwined with exchange and distribution. 

To resume, a full inquiry into the quantitative distri- 
bution of incomes ought to explain : — 

(1) How the three great species of incomes arise, and 
what are the causes that determine the relative amounts 
of each. Take, for example, the national income of the 
United Kingdom as measured in terms of money. Given 
the necessary statistics, it could be divided into three parts 
that are assigned respectively to the owners of land, capital, 
and labour. It is found also that the proportions as- 
signed vary. What, then, are the causes and conditions 
that determine the relative amounts of these three great 
incomes at any time, and the changes from time to time ? 
We are here concerned with general wages, general 
profits, and (by analogy) general rents. 

(2) It should explain also the reasons of the differ- 
ences in the subspecies of these great incomes, the 
causes of variations in the return to different kinds of 
labour, capital, and land. Here we are still dealing with 
comparatively large classes and aggregates. Taking 
labour in the extended economic sense, we pass by insen- 
sible steps from the simplest form of spade work to the 



142 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

most complex form of brain work ; the continuity is 
illustrated by the fact that the efficiency of the navvy 
varies with his skill, and the greatest engineer must learn 
with his hands (Nasmyth). 

Similarly, profits may vary from the no-profit margin 
(Walker) up to the enormous profits of successful trusts. 

In rents, the continuity in the gradations and the dif- 
ferences in the extremes are still more striking. Land 
(also taken in the extended economic sense) is used for 
very different purposes, and the aggregate rental of land 
will be distributed in different ways under different 
conditions. Even when we take economic rent in the 
strict sense as arising solely from natural qualities, 
there are different kinds with different origins. 

(3) To some extent an explanation must be given 
why incomes vary from individual to individual in the 
same class. In all the highest forms of labour, e.g. in 
the professions, there are great differences between indi- 
viduals, and it is most important to distinguish between 
the aggregate remuneration of the class and individual 
gains and losses (taking account of the expense of train- 
ing, etc.). Similarly, there are immense differences in the 
profits of individuals, and the reasons of these divergences 
from the average must be examined. 

4. Money Incomes and Real Incomes. — The real income 
of a nation consists of economic utilities, including con- 
sumable commodities and services that perish in the act. 
The largest class of labour is that of domestic servants 
of all kinds, and their services ought to be reckoned as 
equal in value to the amount of their wages, including 
the value of their food, lodging, etc. By analogy, also, 



QUANTITATIVE DISTRIBUTION 143 

we ought to include iu the real national income similar 
services for which no money is paid, and which are not 
estimated in terms of money; such are the services per- 
formed by the members of a family for one another. 

In considering the share in the real national income that 
is consumed by any class or individual, this is often far less 
than is indicated by the money income. Any one who 
invests part of his income in any form in reality transfers 
to that extent his consuming power to other people. The 
millionaire himself may not consume for his own personal 
wants a hundredth part of his income ; in his case a large 
part of his real income must be considered to be in the 
form of accumulated rights of property. And in estimat- 
ing the value of this property the same things must not be 
reckoned twice over. Thus we ought not to include both 
the income of the railways and also the aggregate of the 
incomes of the shareholders. In dealing with wages in 
the narrow sense of the term it is usual to assume, in dis- 
tinguishing between real and money wages, that all the 
money is spent for direct consumption. It is often con- 
venient to distinguish between money rents and produce 
rents. In this case also it is usually assumed that the 
actual produce rent is all turned into money. But in the 
one case money wages may be saved and in the other prod- 
uce may be directly consumed. 

In conclusion, it may be observed that the distinction 
between nominal and real incomes, whether national or 
particular, is always of importance, and a transition must 
never be made from one meaning to the other without 
considering the essential differences. 

It seems hardly necessary to point out that the distinc- 



144 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

tion between the classes of income is only logical. The 
same person may have an income composed of every species 
of revenue to which economists have given names. 1 

1 It has been found necessary to omit the subject-matter of Principles, 
Book II, Chaps. VI-IX on "Village Communities," "Feudalism," "Con- 
tracts for the Hire of Land," and "Modern Ownership of Land." On 
the influence of competition and custom in the distribution of land : See- 
bohm, English Village Community ; Systems of Land Tenure (Cobden 
Club) ; Field, Systems of Landholding ; and on the general question : 
Mill, Principles, Book II, Chaps. Ill and IV and Book IV, Chaps. Ill 
and VII, sec. 7 ; Sidgwick, Principles, Book II, Chaps. I and XII ; 
Marshall, Principles, Book II, Chap. IV, and Book VI, Chaps. I and II ; 
Cannan, Production and Distribution, Chaps. VI- VIII ; Smart, Distribu- 
tion of Income. 



CHAPTER VI 

WAGES AND THE GENERAL RATE OP WAGES 

1. Wages as the Real Reward of a Quantity of Labour. — 
Wages, like labour, may be regarded from two points of 
view, subjective and objective. By wages from the sub- 
jective point of view we mean, in the more familiar language 
of Adam Smith, the reward for laying down so much ease 
and happiness ; or, in the more precise language of to-day, 
the utility that accrues to the labourer in return for the 
disutility of his toil. 

If we reckon the reward simply in terms of money, the 
wages are called nominal ; if we go behind the money and 
consider what it will purchase, and if we also take into 
account all the other desirable things the worker obtains 
in return for his toil, we arrive at the conception of real 
wages. 

In either sense — whether we take nominal or real 
wages — the correlative term is a quantity of labour. In 
nominal wages, as a rule, the only element considered in 
the quantity of labour is the time ; the money wages are 
calculated by the hour, day, week, or year, as the case may 
be. From the point of view of labour with which alone 
we are at present concerned, the year is the best unit of 
time to take in estimating the money or nominal earnings, 
though the bargain may be struck by the hour or the day. 
l 145 



146 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

In estimating the real wages that correspond to a certain 
amount of money wages, and taking as the unit of time the 
year, we have to consider a number of variable elements. 

2. Real as compared with Nominal Wages. — First, as 
regards the quantity of labour involved in the course of the 
year, we must consider how the time is distributed. The 
work may be uncertain and irregular ; it may vary between 
periods of great intensity and periods of enforced idleness. 
Other things being the same, the same money wages per 
annum will mean greater or less real wages, according to 
the quantity of labour involved ; at one extreme a person 
might pay so much for permission to perform labour which 
in itself gives positive utility (or the nominal wages are 
negative) ; at the other extreme the nominal wages would 
not balance the disutility involved in the labour, and enough 
will not be obtainable without compulsion. An author 
who publishes a book at his own expense generally gets 
negative wages for his labour, whilst an adequate supply 
of soldiers may need conscription. 

Secondly, as regards the reward obtained, we have to 
consider variations in the purchasing power of the money. 
A certain amount of annual money earnings varies from 
time to time and from place to place in its purchasing 
power. These variations may be due to general causes 
(examined later in the theory of money and prices), or to 
special causes of a local or temporary character. In the 
course of economic progress the prices of commodities that 
are easily transported tend to become uniform throughout 
a country ; but there are always variations in some things, 
e.g. house rents. Movements of prices from year to year 
are also less violent than formerly, but we can still distin- 



WAGES AND THE GENERAL RATE OF WAGES 147 

guish between dear and cheap years as regards important 
articles of consumption. This suggests another point. It 
is maintained that the material prosperity of the working 
classes can be measured by the proportion of their income 
spent on food, that is to say, the smaller the proportion the 
greater the prosperity (sometimes called Engel's law, 
though this is generally taken in the converse : the poorer 
the family the more spent on food). It follows that, other 
things being the same, a fall in the price of food, or more 
generally of necessaries, has more effect on real wages 
than a fall in non-necessaries. In estimating real wages 
we must then always consider the distribution of the 
money earnings in the nature of the family budgets of 
the working classes. 

Besides the annual money earnings of the head of the 
family by his ordinary employment, we must take account 
of the opportunities afforded for extra earnings by him- 
self or the members of his family. It may be noted that 
for many purposes in estimating real wages it is best to 
take the family as the wage-earning unit. 

Besides the money, we must also make allowance for 
any additional payments in kind or services. This factor 
is often of great importance in estimating the real wages 
of agricultural labour, especially at distant periods : thus 
there may be allowances of food, lodging, fuel, and cloth- 
ing ; there may be some share in the stock or produce, or 
the right to the use of land or common, etc. 

Finally, for some purposes, it may be best to take as the 
unit of time not the year, but the average lifetime in the 
employment considered. 

3. Wages as Payment for Work Done. — From the objec- 



148 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

tive standpoint we have to consider wages as payment 
made for so much work done, e.g. raising so many foot 
pounds or rendering so much service. The quantity of 
labour (subjective) is now only of importance indirectly as 
affecting the efficiency of labour. To the employer, the 
first consideration is not what the labourer feels, but what 
he does : the cost of labour to the capitalist now takes the 
place in the wages question of real wages to the labourer. 
By analogy, we must now take account not only 
of the money paid, but of everything the employer must 
provide in addition. The amount of work done, may 
be measured in different ways, of which a very com- 
plete account is given in the Methods of Industrial Re- 
muneration, by D. F. Schloss. There are two principal 
methods of measuring the work done, and the corre- 
sponding wages are called time-wages and piece-wages. 
Even these two methods are not so distinct as at first 
sight may appear. In time-wages there is always a tacit 
or expressed condition that so much work measured by 
some other standard is to be done in the time ; and con- 
versely in piece-work limits of time are always imposed 
within which the work must be done. When the time 
in which the task or a definite minimum must be per- 
formed is fixed, the wages are called tasJc-w&ges. The 
difference, between these species depends on the adjust- 
ment of the emphasis as is usually the case with economic 
conceptions and classes. Thus even in domestic service, 
where there is no vendible product, there are implied 
conditions as to the amount and kind of service to be 
rendered in a certain time. Although the illustrations 
following the usual practice have been taken from com- 



WAGES AND THE GENERAL RATE OF WAGES 149 

mon or manual labour, the same ideas may be applied 
to the highest forms of labour in the economic sense. 
Thus the professional man must also consider the cost of 
living as well as the amount of the fees or salary obtained 
in a year, and mutatis mutandis he must allow for all sorts 
of disutilities and utilities. 

There are the same distinctions also from the objective 
standpoint. Payment may be made to the professional 
man by the employer by time or piece or task. 

Perhaps the most striking point of contrast between 
manual and professional labour is that in the former case 
one employer has many workers, in the latter one worker 
has several employers. 

The wide extension of the terms labour and wages in 
economics is one of the difficulties in attaching an accu- 
rate meaning to the expression, a general rate of wages. 

4. The General Rate of Wages. — It is stated by Pro- 
fessor Marshall: "Such phrases as the general rate of 
wages or the wages of labour in general are convenient 
in a broad view of distribution, and especially when we 
are considering the general relations of labour and capital. 
But, in fact, there is no such thing in modern civilisation 
as a general rate of wages. Each of a hundred or more 
groups of workers has its own wage problem, its own 
special causes, natural and artificial, controlling the supply 
price, and limiting the number of its members ; each has 
its own demand price governed by the use that other 
agents of production have of its services." It is of 
course true that there is no such thing as a uniform rate 
of wages at any time. In a great industrial country 
there are thousands of occupations in which there are 



150 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

different rates of wages; and even in the same industry 
and the same department of it there are often differences, 
e.g. in agricultural wages in different counties in England. 
All economists, however, have admitted that there are 
such differences, and have tried to explain them; but 
most of them have also used this conception of a general 
rate, and have sought to explain movements in the gen- 
eral rate as distinct from these movements in particular 
occupations that are due to changes in the particular 
demand and supply or to changes in the quasi-permanent 
causes of difference. 

In truth, precisely the same ideas and the same difficul- 
ties appear in dealing with the general rate of wages as in 
dealing with the wider conception of the general level of 
prices. As will be shown in detail in the theory of 
money and prices, we distinguish between general and 
relative prices ; there may be great changes in the general 
level of prices, whilst the relative values of commodities 
inter se remain undisturbed. 

Similarly, it is maintained that there may be changes 
in the general rate of wages without any corresponding 
disturbance of relative wages. 

But changes in the general rate of wages do not refer 
to any change in the value of money; the changes referred 
to are real changes. Broadly speaking, a rise in the gen- 
eral rate of wages means that throughout the whole range 
of labour the real reward rises. If, for example, the prices 
of commodities, which are of importance in workmen's 
budgets, remain the same, but on the whole money wages 
rise (measured in the same way at the two dates), there is 
said to be a rise in the general rate. 



WAGES AND THE GENERAL RATE OF WAGES 151 

As a rule, in any great industrial country, changes are 
constantly taking place in the actual rates of wages paid 
in the particular occupations. Accordingly, the move- 
ments in the general rate can only be discovered by 
taking averages of fairly representative types. 

In either case it is assumed that there are certain causes 
at work of a general character that operate through the 
whole range of industry. In any particular case the effect 
of these general causes may be hidden by some particular 
change in the conditions affecting the kind of labour con- 
cerned. But it is assumed that these particular changes 
will be small compared to the great mass, that the changes 
will to some extent also counteract one another, and that 
beneath the particular changes the influence of the general 
causes can be discovered. 

To begin with, indeed, we are concerned simply with a 
question of measurement. If it is found that whilst on 
the whole the ratios of relative wages are much the same, 
but that on the average every kind of labour obtains more 
money, and that there has been no corresponding rise 
in prices (possibly, indeed, prices may have moved in the 
opposite way), then the fact of the general rise is estab- 
lished, although opinions may differ as to the causes of the 
rise. We have records of wages both for England and 
France extending over several centuries (Rogers and 
Vicomte d'Avenal) ; and although the records are imper- 
fect, and there have been errors in calculating the averages, 
there can be no question that there are discoverable 
changes in the general rate. And during the last fifty 
years there have also been remarkable changes in the 
general rates of wages in the great industrial countries. 



152 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

Thus in a paper by Mr. A. L. Bowley, on wages in the 
United Kingdom in the nineteenth century, it is said, " In 
1891 a million men, women, and children earned per head 
40 per cent more in actual coin and 92 per cent more real 
wages, if the increased purchasing power of money is 
allowed for, than their million predecessors in the same 
trades in 1860." If it is assumed that this million of 
workers is fairly representative, the fact of a great rise in 
the general rate is established to whatever cause or causes 
it may be assigned. There are no doubt many practical 
difficulties in comparing different times : the conditions of 
work change, skilled labour may give place to machinery, 
new processes may be created, etc., so that though we 
compare the same names, we do not perhaps compare 
exactly the same things. New industries also arise and 
old industries disappear, and thus the trades chosen may 
not be fairly representative. There are also difficulties as 
regards the quotations and their interpretation. 

Precisely similar difficulties, however, appear in all 
general estimates or averages in progressive societies, e.g. 
the growth of foreign trade. 

The conception of a general rate may also be of use in 
comparing different countries at the same time instead of 
the same country at different times. If when we take 
representative industries of a similar character we find 
that in one country the average is higher or lower, we 
argue from the samples to the whole, and the validity 
of the conclusion depends on the assumption that there 
are general causes at work, and that the samples are fairly 
representative. A general rise in the rate of wages has 
taken place in the United Kingdom, the United States, and 



WAGES AND THE GENERAL RATE OF WAGES 153 

France to about the same extent in each, comparing 1844- 
1853 with 1891. It is not implied that the general rates in 
the respective countries are the same at either period, but 
only that the rise in each case has been nearly the same. 

These examples are of course only illustrative, but at 
any rate they raise the presumption that there are certain 
very general causes that affect all kinds of wages. 

One more difficulty, however, may be noticed. In the 
examples taken for illustration the references are to wages 
of labour in the common and narrow sense of the term. 
Are we to assume that they are causes of such a general 
character that they will affect wages in the professions 
and also the wages of superintendence or management 
that form so large a part of gross profits ? An affirmative 
answer is suggested by two considerations: firsts there 
seem to be comparatively stable ratios between the wages 
of different kinds of labour from the highest to the lowest, 
and these differences depend on comparatively general 
causes ; and, secondly, if these ratios are to be preserved, 
any movement that affects the mass of the lower grades 
may be expected, by what is conveniently called sympathy, 
to affect also the higher grades. There are no doubt 
great difficulties in passing directly from one group to 
another, even in the same grade, and still greater when 
different kinds of employment are compared, and this 
sympathetic action must not be exaggerated. 

The question cannot, however, be adequately answered 
until the theories have been examined which profess to 
give the causes of movements in the general rates. It 
may appear that some of these causes are such as to 
operate throughout the whole range of industry, whilst 



154 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

others may be such as to act differently in the higher and 
the lower grades of labour. 1 

And even as regard the lower grades of labour there are, 
it will be found, differences of a vital character so far as 
some of the general causes are concerned, e.g. the largest 
class of all (servants of all kinds) do not produce vendible 
articles. Thus their wages are not directly affected by 
the amount produced or by the price obtained for the 
product ; both of these factors, however, are considered of 
the greatest importance in industries which afford material 
products and not temporary or perishable services. 

We may now examine the theories that have been ad- 
vanced to explain the causes of general wages and of 
movements in general wages. The first is the celebrated 
Wages Fund theory. 

5. The Wages Fund Theory. — The wages fund theory is 
of interest to the student in three ways : for its place in 
the history of economic thought; from its influence on 
popular opinion and thus indirectly on practical labour 
questions, and because properly guarded it may still be 
considered as a first approximation to an adequate theory 
of general wages. In this place the attention must be 
confined to the third of these topics. 

The theory is correct in that it calls attention to certain 
real causes affecting wages ; but it is partly incorrect and 

iThe difference between the higher and the lower grades of labour 
is often exaggerated because people take the average of the lower 
grades, but only the exceptions (who obtain extraordinary earnings) in 
the higher. Thus taking all those employed in law, medicine, education, 
business, etc. , the average earnings may not be much above artisans. 
The same increase of wealth which increases the demand for the labour 
of masons, etc., increases also that for doctors, lawyers, etc. 



WAGES AND THE GENERAL RATE OF WAGES 155 

partly incomplete because it lays too much stress on these 
causes and takes no notice of others that are sometimes of 
even greater importance. 

Stated so as not to be a mere truism or verbal statement 
of the problem to be solved, the theory may be expanded 
into three propositions : — 

(1) In any country at any time there is a determinate 
amount of capital to be devoted unconditionally to the 
payment of labour. This is the wages fund; it is the 
effective demand for labour. 

(2) In any country at any time there is a determinate 
number of labourers who must work independently of the 
rate of wages. This is the supply of labour. 

(3) The fund is distributed amongst the labourers 
under the influence of competition. In the labour 
market competition is the ruling force. 

The theory as stated, even in this expanded form, is 
plainly an example of the deductive or abstract method. 
Accordingly it is necessary to apply the test of verification. 

In some cases it seems to explain the facts in a satisfac- 
tory way ; in others it fails partially or completely. 

The great rise in wages after the Black Death (which 
is properly described by Seebohm as the watershed of 
economic history in the mediaeval period) may be ac- 
counted for in terms of this theory. The population was 
halved; the demand for labour to till the ground, etc., 
was practically unaffected, and competition broke through 
the fetters of law and custom. 

Again if we consider the general wages fund to be made 
up of smaller wages funds distributed over different local- 
ities, it seems also in many cases correct. If any part of 



156 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

a country is overpeopled (congested) relatively to the 
demand for labour (or the fund seeking to purchase 
labour), the rate of wages is low. Similarly, if we take 
particular employments in place of localities if a trade is 
overstocked with people and understocked with capital, 
wages are low. The converse is also true of places and 
trades. These references to particular wages funds may 
be brought under the general theory under review more 
formally by the assumption that in the first case we are 
dealing with a small country, and in the second with a 
country in which there is only one main employment (as 
agriculture in the mediaeval period). 

But when we turn to other facts, the theory seems to 
fail or at best only to explain the facts by being twisted 
from its natural interpretation. Thus a population may 
be decreasing rapidly without any corresponding effect on 
wages; in Ireland from 1848 to 1851 (when a million 
people left the country), in spite of the fall in the supply 
of labour the rate of wages actually fell. Similarly, there 
may be a rapid increase in capital without a correspond- 
ing increase in population, and wages may not rise as 
was constantly illustrated in the early part of the nine- 
teenth century. One of the most striking failures of the 
theory (unless unduly strained) is in the high wages cur- 
rent in new countries in which, as a rule, there is a rapidly 
increasing population and a marked deficiency of capital. 
And in old countries we often find that there is what is 
called a glut of capital with no increase of population 
coincident with a fall in wages, as in a depression of trade 
after an inflation and crisis. 

In the light of this apparent conflict of facts it is neces- 



WAGES AND THE GENERAL RATE OF WAGES 157 

sary to examine the theory again to discover the disturbing 
causes. The first proposition, that there is an amount of 
capital destined to be given unconditionally to the payment 
of labour, is clearly overstated, although stress must be 
laid on this term if we are to avoid the barren verbalism 
that the wages fund is equal to the sum actually paid in 
wages. If we consider the great staple industries in which 
the capital is employed in the production of material com- 
modities for sale, it is plain that the owners or employers 
of the capital will adjust their demand for labour partly 
at any rate by the actual and expected profit, which again 
depends proximately on the course of prices. This close 
connection of wages with prices is so well recognised that 
in many cases the principle of a sliding scale has been 
adopted, the wages being adjusted to movements in prices 
automatically or by reference to authority for the precise 
determination. 

Again, if we consider the other great class of ordinary 
labour, namely, servants, it is not correct to say that the 
employers set aside a certain portion of their means uncon- 
ditionally for this purpose ; they consider what they can 
get, and what they can do without, when they compare 
this mode with other modes of expenditure. Similarly, if 
we take the demand for the labour of the professional 
classes, — doctors, lawyers, singers, clergymen, etc., — there 
is again a debatable margin. 

But, as so often insisted on already, although in all 
economic conceptions there are debatable margins, the con- 
ceptions are still workable. And in these examples we 
discover that there is an element of truth offered by the 
wages fund theory by way of explanation. In manufac- 



158 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

tures and the like the existence of a certain amount of 
fixed and specialised capital involves the continuous appli- 
cation of a certain amount of labour ; works may even be 
run at a loss for a time in order not to disorganise the 
business. Again there is a quasi-necessary demand for 
services of all kinds, — from that of doctors and nurses, 
who may be necessary to save life, to that of domestics, who 
are thought necessary for comfort or fashion. 

It may also be objected to the capital element in the 
wages fund theory that the idea of a fund — preaccumu- 
lated and predetermined — is out of place. The harvest 
of a simple state of society does not fairly represent mod- 
ern industries. We have a continuous stream of products. 
Part of this stream is devoted to labour. Still even here 
it may be replied that a large part of this stream of prod- 
ucts may be called circulating productive capital, and con- 
sists of things adapted and only adapted for the consumption 
of the masses, that is to say, of the labouring classes as a 
whole. And in truth more broadly all the productive 
powers of the country at any time are devoted to provid- 
ing for the wants of the nation according to the actual 
distribution of wealth. It would obviously be impossible 
to turn the capital invested in the production of things on 
a large scale for thousands and millions to the production 
of luxuries for the wealthy owners of mines, factories, etc. 
In a broad sense, but also a very true sense, a large part 
of the productive capital of a country is devoted to the 
provision of things of use only to labour, and these real 
things must be so used or not used at all. The latter alter- 
native may be taken under certain conditions (Fourier), and 
more frequently the things once produced may no longer 



WAGES AND THE GENERAL RATE OF WAGES 159 

be produced, but then in either case the wages fund may- 
be said to diminish. 

The second proposition as regards the number of labour- 
ers is in general much nearer the truth and the whole truth 
than the former. Still even here, as is shown by the returns 
of the employment of labour, by the fluctuations in pau- 
perism, by strikes to prevent a fall in wages, etc., there is 
always a debatable margin ; it is not true to say that labour 
must work independently of the rate. 

It is perhaps to the third proposition that in recent 
economic books most exception has been taken ; namely, 
the proposition which declares that the wages fund is dis- 
tributed by competition. Competition may be considered 
positively and negatively. On the positive side competi- 
tion implies that every person tries to attain his own 
economic interests regardless of the interests of others. 
Negatively it is implied that the self-interest is not attained 
by combination or by law or by custom. Competition also 
implies, if perfect, that each person knows his own inter- 
ests and that there is perfect mobility of labour. If this is 
a fair account of what is to be understood by competition 
in the wages fund theory, it is clear that in practice it is 
liable to be modified by disturbing causes. Thus there 
is at present the influence of combinations both of employ- 
ers and employed, and especially when real wages are taken 
there is still considerable influence on the part of law. 
Custom also imposes many obstacles to the passing of 
labour from group to group, and in some cases influences 
directly the rate of wages (as in the case of women). At 
the same time, however, competition is sometimes concealed, 
though really at work. Custom is often a form of slowly 



160 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

moving competition (Marshall), and within the combinations 
of labour and capital the law of substitution (Marshall) is 
a form of competition. 

6. The Produce Theory of Wages. — In trying to bring 
out as far as possible the elements of truth contained in 
the wages fund theory, to some extent the opposing theory 
(the produce theory) has been anticipated. It may be well 
then to state definitely first of all the points in which the 
two theories are most opposed. The wages fund is sup- 
posed to be preaccumulated, and predetermined in its 
amount and its application. (The student later on will 
see that in the quantity theory of money in its simplest 
form the amount of money is similarly fixed and it must 
all be circulated.) In the produce theory stress is laid on 
the fact that wages are paid out of a continuous stream, and 
not out of a fund, stored up it may be a long time before. 
In this later theory it is also assumed that the amount of 
the flow of wealth devoted to labour will depend partly on 
forces that cannot be summed up under competition. 

If we suppose that the real national income or flow of 
wealth is divided into rent, wages, and profits, it is clear 
that the amount of any one will depend first on the 
amount of the total stream, and next on what is taken 
by the other two. If we leave for future consideration 
rent which is of the nature of a surplus, and the revenues 
of government which are taken by compulsion, we have 
left the aggregate earnings to be divided between labour 
and capital. Here we are again met by the difficulties 
of definition and classification which have so often been 
noticed before. 

It seems best, then, in the first place, to narrow the 



WAGES AND THE GENERAL RATE OF WAGES 161 

term wages to the earnings of labour in industries which 
yield vendible products, e.g. manufactures. The so-called 
wages of management are placed under profits, and the 
profits of the employers are opposed on this view to the 
wages of their employees. 

Speaking broadly, the distribution between wages and 
profits (as now defined) will depend on the relative 
strength of capital and labour. This relative strength 
again will depend on various elements. The first may 
be called the intensity of the reciprocal demand of labour 
and capital for their mutual services. This brings in 
under another aspect the competition element on which 
the older theory lays so much stress. If capital increases, 
labour, being the same, the owners of capital compete for 
labour to a greater degree and so far wages rise. And 
more generally, in response to changes in the relative 
proportions of labour and capital, wages rise or fall or 
remain steady. (All these cases are worked out in detail in 
Mill, Book IV, Chap. Ill — a survey which Marshall thinks 
is the necessary complement to the wages fund, and not 
so misleading.) But on the modern view this recipro- 
cal demand is not sufficient. The relative strength may 
be affected directly by the influence of law and custom. 
In former times these influences were largely on the 
side of capital. Thus wages were lower than they would 
have been if perfect competition had prevailed. On 
the side of capital there was open or tacit combination 
to keep down wages, with no corresponding combination 
on the side of labour, and in effect capital had a buyer's 
monopoly. 

At present the influence of law affects wages in favour 



162 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

of the workers indirectly, and is best considered by tak- 
ing the elements in real wages. Thus, legislation may 
improve the conditions of work; it may prevent truck 
in some cases, and in others insist on a certain quantity 
of food, etc., being provided (sailors); it may affect the 
kind of house accommodation, sanitation, education, etc. 
Compulsory compensation may be awarded in case of 
injury received in the employment, and the hours of 
labour may be limited. The example of some of our 
colonies shows that compulsory arbitration may be 
adopted, and in this case the wages are supposed to move 
between limits. The old allowance system was apparently 
intended to enforce the principle of a legal minimum 
or " living wage," though the standard was on a compara- 
tively low scale. These and similar objects, when not 
attained by law, are aimed at by trade unions, which 
may be brought logically under custom. (See below, 
Chap. IX.) 

But although in this case especially the wages fund 
theory must be modified and supplemented, the causes 
indicated in that theory are always real and always of 
importance. The amount of capital and the number of 
labourers are always of primary importance, and compe- 
tition is more often overshadowed than displaced by the 
other influences noted. 

The wages fund theory, however, naturally suggests 
that wages cannot be directly benefited as in the case 
of improvements, etc., except first of all more capital is 
saved. The produce theory, on the other hand, naturally 
suggests that the state of trade, the efficiency of labour, 
and all the factors that affect the real national income, 



WAGES AND THE GENERAL RATE OF WAGES 163 

may benefit labour directly, if only labour, either through 
law or combination, can exercise its full strength in bar- 
gaining. 

"When the view of wages is extended, so as to cover 
the reward or the share in the real national income of 
all kinds of labour, then the produce theory as applied 
to manufactures appears too narrow. As regards ser- 
vants and the professional classes, the demand for their 
services increases with the flow of national wealth, which 
is devoted to services in preference to consumable com- 
modities or forms of productive capital. The supply of 
labour of this class depends partly on the general increase 
of population, and partly on the relative attractiveness 
of different employments. The distribution as between 
the great classes depends partly on influences that may 
be brought under competition, and partly on such as 
are logically considered under law and custom. [The 
causes of differences of wages in different employments 
are considered in the next chapter.] It is clear that 
these causes of relative differences have an effect on 
the so-called general rate if that term is narrowed down, 
as is often the case in the statement of the produce 
theory so as to include only the wages of those employed 
in material production for the profit of their employers 
(Walker). The large part of profits that is called wages 
of management is closely related to the earnings of the 
professions, and the wages of those employed in factories 
is related to the wages of domestic servants. We are 
not entitled to say more than that there is a mutual in- 
teraction between these various rates : we certainly can- 
not say that the rates in manufactures, mining, etc., are 



164 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

first fixed, and then the other rates in the various " ser- 
vices " are fixed in proportion (Hadley). 

7. General Relations of Wages to Profits and Rents. — So 
far we have considered the general causes affecting wages 
without introducing the other great species of incomes, 
profits and rents except indirectly. The changes in the 
relative proportions are properly considered under the 
effects of economic progress (see Book IV). Of course, as 
already observed, so long as the national income remains 
the same, the share of any one will depend on the pro- 
portionate shares of the other two. But the point of 
most interest and difficulty is in the indirect effect of a 
change in the proportions on the total income. Thus if 
either through the power of trade unions or the direct 
influence of socialistic legislation the share of capital were 
greatly reduced, the immediate effect might be a rise in 
wages (absolutely) ; but if the productive capital were to 
begin to dwindle owing to this fall in its share, the effect 
on the aggregate national income might be such that real 
wages would fall. Thus to take an extreme case the 
proportionate share of labour might continually increase 
until that original state of things was restored in which 
"the whole produce of labour belongs to the labourers." 
This is the state that, according to Adam Smith, precedes 
the appropriation of land and the accumulation of stock. 
It needs no showing, however, that in the Saturnia regna 
of history the real wages of labour were never so low, or, 
what is practically the same thing, the condition of the 
people so miserable. 

Just as in foreign trade it is false to suppose that one 
nation must and can only gain if another loses, so also in 



WAGES AND THE GENERAL RATE OF WAGES 165 

the exchange of the services of the great productive 
agents and of the various industrial groups it is false 
to suppose that mutual injury is the source of benefit. 
There are no doubt points of conflict between the 
interests of labour and capital, and what one loses the 
other will gain ; but there are also points of harmony. 
And so far as distribution can be considered as based on 
exchange, the leading idea must be one of mutual benefit. 
These points will call for further attention after the 
examination of profits. (See below, Chap. IX.) 1 

1 All the text-books treat largely of general wages. The treatment in 
Adam Smith contains in germ both the later theories, and may well be 
taken as a beginning. Malthus, Essay on Population, Book III, Chap. V, 
Book IV, Chap. III. Mill's chapters on Popular Remedies for Low Wages 
and his own remedies show the real meaning of the wages fund theory 
and that as stated by Mill it needed modification. Sidgwick's chapter on 
the General Rate of Wages (Principles, Book II, Chap. VIII) may be 
taken next, and then Marshall's chapters on the relations of distribution 
and exchange, Principles, Book VI, Chaps. I and II. Special works are : 
Walker, Wages Question; Taussig, Wages and Capital; Davidson, The 
Bargain Tlieory of Wages ; Nicholson, Effects of Machinery on Wages ; 
Smart, Distribution of Income ; J. B. Clark, Distribution of Wealth ; 
Cannan, Theories of Production and Distribution ; Schloss, Methods 
of Industrial Remuneration ; Webb, Industrial Democracy. 



CHAPTER VII 

RELATIVE WAGES ■ 

1. Differences of Wages. — Experience shows that there 
are at any time differences in the rates of wages actually- 
paid whatever measure is adopted ; and a number of par- 
ticular causes of difference have been pointed out by econo- 
mists, the lines of treatment of Adam Smith in a famous 
chapter being generally followed. It seems best, however, 
in this summary, to begin with the most general causes 
and conditions by which these particular influences may 
be explained. 

Wages as already shown must always be considered 
from two points of view. On the subjective side the 
labourer will take into account all the utilities and disu- 
tilities involved in the work, and in what is obtained 
from expending the money received, and any extra earn- 
ings. If competition were perfect, and all the conditions 
requisite to mobility of labour were forthcoming, the net 
advantages of all employments would tend to equality. 
Thus extra disutilities of any kind would be compensated 
by extra wages ; and conversely, if the work itself had 
positive utility, it would command so far less wages. In 
this way we may take account of such natural causes of 
differences as are enumerated by Adam Smith, e.g. the 
agreeableness or disagreeableness of the employment ; the 
easiness or the reverse in learning the business (the greater 

166 



RELATIVE WAGES 167 

the trouble, the greater the disutility); the regularity 
of the employment, and the chance of success or the 
reverse. 

This tendency to equality, however, from the subjec- 
tive side, is, like all other economic tendencies, liable to 
be counteracted. The causes indicated are only part of 
those that affect the supply of labour in the different 
employments ; and in addition there are all the causes 
affecting the demand for particular kinds of labour. 

The introduction of demand involves the consideration 
of labour from the objective point of view. Here we have 
to take account of the fact that different degrees of abili- 
ties, natural and acquired, are demanded in different 
employments. Thus, a long training not only involves 
more disutility (subjective), but also greater expense. It 
is only those who have the means who can train them- 
selves or their children for these more exacting employ- 
ments. Sometimes exceptional natural qualities are 
needed, — it may be of intellect, or keenness of sense, 
or even morality {e.g. the greater or less trust pointed 
out by Adam Smith). 

Again, the work required to be done may be done 
in different ways : by a small amount of highly efficient 
labour or by a much greater amount of less efficient 
labour. From the point of view of demand, it is in- 
different to the employer what method is adopted so 
long as the cost is the same. It is clear, however, that 
the more efficient the labour, so much the higher may be 
the pay. 

Thus on the objective side we arrive at the proposition 
that equal efficiency tends to be paid for at equal rates ; 



168 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

and so far as competition is effective, equal degrees of 
skill should command the same price. 

It is evident that when we are comparing different 
employments it is not easy to estimate the amount of 
skill required; it is, however, certainly taken account 
of whenever any substitution is possible. 

Besides these natural causes that affect the demand 
for and the supply of labour under the assumption of 
perfect competition and mobility, there are actually all 
the causes which render these conditions imperfect. 

Here the general principle is that anything that modi- 
fies competition or mobility so far modifies wages. Adam 
Smith pointed out that " the policy of Europe " in some 
employments had unduly restrained competition, e.g. the 
regulations of gilds and corporations by restricting 
entrances ; in some occupations the competition had been 
unduly increased, e.g. the church, education, and literature, 
through charitable endowments ; in other cases, the nat- 
ural passage of labour from place to place and from trade 
to trade had been hindered, e.g. by the ill-contrived law of 
settlements; and sometimes the law had directly inter- 
vened to fix wages in certain employments. 

The general result of all these influences, both natural 
and artificial, is that there is practically a special wages 
problem in every group (Marshall) . Whilst this is 
admitted, at the same time it appears that the general 
causes noticed in the last chapter are always at work; 
and thus we may have movements in the general level 
of wages, the ratios between the different employments 
remaining relatively constant or only changing in re- 
sponse to particular causes. (For examples, see below, 



RELATIVE WAGES 169 

Book IV.) If in any group having regard both to disu- 
tility involved and efficiency required the rate of wages 
is above or below this general rate, it will be unstable 
and causes will come into play that will tend to bring 
it toward its natural or normal rate. The influence 
of the natural causes may of course be counteracted by 
the artificial effects of law and custom in various forms. 

2. Particular Cases. — One or two particular cases may 
be noticed which illustrate the argument of the last 
section. It is often found that the most disagreeable em- 
ployments are the worst paid (the evil paradox of Profes- 
sor Marshall) . From the side of supply this is explained 
by the fact that the labourers have no choice : they are 
the dregs of the people ; from the point of view of demand 
their labour is extremely inefficient, but it may be so 
cheap as to cost even less than more efficient but higher 
priced labour. The wages in agriculture have generally 
been lower than would be indicated by an estimate 
of the skill required and the hardships, etc., endured. 
This seems accounted for by the fact that the supply 
naturally increases, whilst the demand either remains 
steady or even falls. Thus for centuries there has been 
a movement of labour from the country without the 
"natural" proportion being attained. 

The wages of women are in most cases lower than 
those obtained by men for work of similar difficulty and 
disutility. The main reason is that the employments 
open to women are restricted by custom. 

The case of those who have other means of support 
is of interest, e.g. peasant proprietors and other small 
landholders. A peasant who is already sure of a liveli- 



170 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

hood can refuse to work for wages in his spare time 
and may set a high reserve price on his labour. On the 
other hand, he may set a low value on his spare time 
and on leisure, and may be keen to earn a little money 
for luxuries. Mill accounted for the high wages current 
on the continent for any supplementary work by the first 
principle, whilst Adam Smith gives examples from Scot- 
land of extra work being done by cottars for very small 
remuneration. In modern phraseology the marginal 
utility of money was higher in Scotland than in 
France. 

If an industry is declining, the rate of wages falls 
below the average, owing to the want of mobility of 
labour, e.g. the hand-loom weavers. On the other hand, 
a new industry offers more wages to attract labour, and 
it is the more enterprising and efficient labour that is 
attracted, and thus the rate of wages may be for some 
time above the general level for the class of work. 

Again, any sudden rise in the demand for labour in 
an old occupation raises the rate of wages until the 
supply can be adjusted. In such cases as this the differ- 
ential wage may be described as a quasi-rent (Marshall). 
The rise in the demand for labour may be in the direct 
demand, e.g. for servants ; or in the derived demand 
(Marshall), i.e. derived from the demand for the com- 
modity to which the labour in question contributes. 

With the extension of the principle of association or 
combination, both the sellers and the buyers of labour 
try to substitute monopoly for competition. If a large 
trust has the practical command of a group of industries, 
it may be able to establish a buyer's monopoly and even 



RELATIVE WAGES 171 

refuse to deal with combinations of labour; and, con- 
versely, a strong trade union against divided or keenly 
competing masters may establish a seller's monopoly. 
The rate of wages will tend, in the first case, to be 
below, and in the second above, the natural rate. The 
limits of the rise and fall can, however, only be explained 
after the theory of monopoly value. 

3. Wages of Individuals. — We have now considered the 
causes that affect the general rate of wages throughout 
an industrial country, and the causes that give rise to 
differences of wages in different employments. In both 
cases we have been concerned with averages, and for fuller 
treatment the student should refer to works on statistics 
(e.g. A. L. Bowley). The general result is that differ- 
ences in the general rate and differences between the rates 
in different employments are under the influence of 
economic laws or tendencies of a more or less general 
character. 

When, however, we turn to individuals, we notice such 
differences in extreme cases that they seem to elude any 
general explanation, e.g. the wages of the most successful 
lawyers or doctors or singers, etc. In the first place it 
must be observed that if the professions in question em- 
ploy a large number of persons, in spite of the high wages 
obtained in some cases, the average may be low, having 
regard to usual causes of differences. Thus the average 
earnings of actors are probably below those of carpenters, 
in spite of the large sums earned in special cases. In 
these exceptional individual cases the high pay is ex- 
plained on the principles of scarcity value. The excep- 
tional demand is not for actors, but for Duse or Bernhardt. 



172 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

The scarcity factor explains both the high fees of the 
fashionable doctor (who by the testimony of his colleagues 
is no better than a hundred others), and also the high fees 
paid for really exceptional skill. 

In other cases, however, the differences in the rates of 
pay are accounted for on the principles of rent. If the 
marginal labourer earns so much, the more efficient 
labourers will earn so much more in proportion to their 
extra efficiency. 

4. The Effects of Machinery on Wages. — As illustrating 
the principles involved in the wages question, some of the 
effects of machinery on wages may be briefly noticed. 

The sudden and extensive adoption of labour-saving 
machinery so far tends to throw labour out of employ- 
ment. There is immediately a less demand, whilst the 
supply remains for the time the same, and wages fall. 
Such sudden and extensive substitution are, however, 
rare. A revolutionary idea takes a long time for its full 
development in practice, and thus there is time for the 
gradual withdrawal of labour. If, however, the labour 
concerned by habit or necessity still competes with the 
machinery, the wages must fall, and until this is effected 
the machinery earns a quasi-rent. 

On the other hand, as the use of the machinery is ex- 
tended, the price of the article falls, and it is possible that 
the consequent extension of the market may eventually 
lead to an increase of employment and a rise of wages 
in the industry concerned (Cotton). The proximate 
cause of the adoption of machinery is the hope of 
extra profit, and part of this extra profit will be in- 
vested in the demand for more labour in some form. 



RELATIVE WAGES 173 

Generally the use of machineiy means increased power 
over nature and a greater return to the productive agents 
of the society. The rise in the national dividend so far 
tends to raise the general rate of wages. Since also, on 
the whole, a much greater amount of skill is required on 
the part of labour under a regime of machinery, wages so 
far will tend to rise. (See my essay on the Effects of 
Machinery on Wages.') 

5. Conclusion. — In conclusion it may be observed that in 
treating of wages it has been necessary to anticipate to 
some extent ideas and principles that are more fully in- 
vestigated at a later stage (theory of rent, value, etc.). 
Anticipation of this kind is, however, necessary, whatever 
the order of exposition chosen. If we begin with value, 
we must anticipate to some extent wages and profits. 
The statement, " that the value of labour must be deter- 
mined by the value of the produce, not the value of the 
produce by that of the labour," is far too narrow unless 
the term produce is extended to cover services of all kinds, 
and the sentence is interpreted to mean that the value of 
labour depends not only on subjective feelings, but on 
objective results. 1 

1 Book II, Chap. XII, of Principles deals with the effects of law and 
custom on wages from the historical side. See Wealth of Nations, Book I, 
Chap. X, still the most suggestive treatment ; Hadley, Economics, Chaps. 
X and XI ; Marshall, Principles, Book VI, Chaps. III-VI ; and the works 
cited in the last chapter ; Sidgwick, Principles, Book. II, Chap. IX ; Pier- 
son, Principles of Economics (Eng. trans.) Part I, Chap. VI, §§ 6, 8 ; 
also on effects of machinery, Hobson, Evolution of Modern Capitalism. 
In Book IV, Chap. VII, of my Principles (Vol. Ill) a number of examples 
are given of ratios of wages. 



CHAPTER VIII 

PROFITS 

1. Analysis of Profits. — " The profits of stock, it may 
perhaps be thought, are only a different name for the wages 
of a particular sort of labour — the labour of inspection or 
direction. They are, however, altogether different, are 
regulated by quite different principles and bear no propor- 
tion to the quantity hardship or the ingenuity of this sup- 
posed labour of inspection and direction" (Adam Smith). 
Most economists, however, have not followed Adam Smith 
in excluding from profits this form of wages. Thus Mar- 
shall, " What remains of his profits after deducting interest 
at the current rate (allowing, where necessary, for insur- 
ance), may be called his earnings of management." 

From the business point of view it is usually said that 
profit is the excess of the money return over the money 
cost. But this statement explains nothing, and the ques- 
tion still remains : Why does a thing obtain more than its 
cost ? That is to say, when all the parties to the produc- 
tion and acquisition are supposed to be fully alive to their 
own interests, and competition is assumed to be perfect. 

To this question two main answers have been given 
which correspond mutates mutandes to the twofold treat- 
ment of wages; namely, subjective and objective. In the 
first answer it is said that, on the whole, the owners of 
capital must receive a sufficient reward for abstinence, an 

174 



PROFITS 17;") 

indemnity for risk, and wages for the trouble of manage- 
ment ; in brief, these three utilities must at least balance 
the three disutilities involved in the creation and employ- 
ment of the capital. 

The objection to this answer is that it only lays down 
the necessary conditions for the continuous supply of capi- 
tal. So much, at least, must capital receive ; but why 
not more? 

The second answer looks to the utility, efficiency, or pro- 
ductive power of the capital. It assumes that capital is 
one of the agents that contribute to the national income, 
and the owners exchange its services against the services 
of the other agents, e.g. labour of all kinds. From this 
point of view profits depend on the demand for, as much as 
on the supply of, capital. The demand for capital may 
increase, the supply remaining the same, in which case the 
profits will rise independently of any extra exertion on the 
part of the owners of capital. 

The principal use of the first analysis is not to give 
any ethical justification of profits, but to show that the 
term includes different elements that depend on different 
causes. These elements will be examined in order. 

2. Loan-interest and Profit-interest. — The simplest form 
of profit is the interest derived from capital lent on perfect 
security and without any trouble on the part of the lender, 
e.g. when an old lady instructs her banker to put her divi- 
dends on deposit receipt, or her broker to invest in more con- 
sols. To explain this form of interest it is not necessary 
to carry the analysis very far. The old lady has the com- 
mand of money, and other people wish to get the command 
of money immediately. For this privilege of immediate 



176 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

use they are willing to promise more money in the future ; 
so long as repayment of the principal is deferred, the sum 
agreed on for its use will be paid. The history of the 
development of this simple form of loan-interest is most 
instructive, especially in connection with the legal and 
moral aspects of usury on money. From the earliest times, 
however, usury (the old name for interest) was obtained 
on all sorts of things, — " usury of victuals, usury of any- 
thing that is lent upon usury." And in modern industrial 
societies the money that is borrowed at interest is in general 
only the means for the acquisition of " things." (The case 
in which the money is required as such, e.g. to meet prior 
monetary obligations, is treated separately at a later stage.) 
Thus a man may borrow money to buy a house to live in, 
or to buy machinery to work his land, and the money he 
obtains from the bank for the purpose may not even leave 
the bank. The security afforded may also be, for all prac- 
tical purposes, perfect. 

Money may of course be lent without interest (as by the 
Jew to his brother) on various moral grounds, but apart 
from these cases it is important to notice that even in com- 
mercial transactions in which no altruism is present, inter- 
est in certain cases may be nil or even negative. Under 
present conditions the banks hold, on the whole, large 
sums of money without interest, e.g. the balances of cur- 
rent accounts. In the origins of banking it was not un- 
common for the depositors to pay something for safe 
custody. As soon as we pass from money to things, nega- 
tive interest in particular cases becomes quite common; 
e.g. a business may be run at a loss, and a creditor may 
bear some of the loss, and even send good money after bad 



PROFITS 177 

to provide more capital, in the hope that ultimately the 
negative interest may be balanced by future gains. 

Leaving for the present the element of risk, we may next 
observe that although, on the whole, in modern commercial 
transactions loans of money and of capital in other forms 
yield interest, it by no means follows that money or capi- 
tal, if not lent, will also yield interest. 

Money itself is obviously as barren now, as the wisdom 
of the Bible and Aristotle declared it to be in old times. 
And although it is usual to reckon that part of the profits 
of a business that corresponds to the current rate of inter- 
est as interest on the capital invested in the business, it is 
clear that this profit-interest, as it may be termed, is on 
quite a different footing from loan-interest. The mere fact 
of the employment of capital does not assure interest to the 
employer anymore than the mere possession of capital assures 
interest to the possessor. The interest on production-capital 
must be earned ; that is to say, it must be produced out of 
the sale of products above the price of the other elements 
of cost. 

Passing from particular cases, which are only of use to 
clarify ideas, it is possible, even when we take a country as 
a whole, that after allowing for the other elements in 
profits, the rate of profit-interest may fall far below the 
level of loan-interest. Loan-interest may be obtained 
from abroad or from taxes ; but the capital of a country, 
already fixed and specialised, cannot be sent abroad or 
advanced to the state. In the course of time, however, 
the absence of interest would affect the national production- 
capital, as it does that of a particular trade, and on the 
capital left interest will again arise. 



178 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

It may be thought that capital, as a whole, would refuse 
to leud its services to labour as a whole, unless it obtained 
interest. But no such combination of capital can exist 
under competition, and even if there were a perfect monop- 
oly on the part of capital, interest as such might not be 
forthcoming. Under certain conditions even monopolists 
may have to sell at a loss. 

In modern industrial countries, however, it may be 
easily shown that the capital invested in productive un- 
dertakings as a whole does yield interest over and above 
insurance for depreciation and wages of management, — 
namely, by reference to the growth of joint stock enter- 
prise. In industrial companies, as a rule, the interest ele- 
ment can be taken separately, and such undertakings on 
the whole yield profit-interest that corresponds to the 
current loan-interest, besides the other elements of profits. 
The tendency of all modern industry is to work more and 
more with borrowed capital. 

3. Insurance against Risk. — The element of risk may first 
of all be considered in the case of Zoaw-interest. " High 
interest means bad security ; " it is, however, generally 
assumed that a number of risky securities may on the 
average give a perfectly safe return. Whether this is 
actually the case in any society at any time or over a 
series of years, depends on the resultant of conflicting 
causes. If we take as representative of loans the invest- 
ments of the public in stock exchange securities, it appears 
that the chance of high gains is generally as much over- 
estimated as in ordinary gambling. 

All, then, that we are entitled to say, is that there is a 
tendency to equality in ?o<m-interest proper, after allow- 



PROFITS 179 

ance is made for risk ; and like all other economic 
tendencies it is liable to be counteracted. 

When we turn to risk as it is found in pro/^-interest, 
the difficulties of computation increase and the tendency 
to equality is subject to more disturbing elements. In 
some trades the risk element can be partially separated and 
allowed for by way of insurance ; e.g. in shipping, both 
ship and cargo may be insured ; but there is no insurance 
against the loss through a fall in freights or a lack of 
orders. Risks of this kind can only be met by a higher 
profit in good years to balance the losses of the lean 
years. It is impossible to determine by any general 
principle whether on the whole the uncertain trades will 
effect their own insurance. There may be great risk to 
individuals in a trade and little risk to the aggregate 
capital employed in that trade, as shown in the history of 
banking. In some cases, however, there may be a con- 
tinuous loss of capital on the whole, which is only made 
good from other funds, as is well illustrated in many 
mining industries. No one, it is said, can make money 
out of a Cornish mine but a Cornish man, and he only 
does so by selling it. 

The risk factor has been surmounted in two waj r s in 
joint stock enterprise : investors have been able to divide 
their risks and thus apply the methods of insurance, and 
the principle of limited liability has made such a division 
of risks still more practicable and certain. It has some- 
times been supposed that if the risks of capital are very 
great in any country, owing to general insecurity, a high 
return is necessary for accumulation to take place at all. 
But the truth rather is that insecurity checks the accumu- 



180 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

lation of capital directly, and, taking a broad view, with 
general insecurity through bad government there is less 
to divide between capital and labour, and both may suffer 
at once. There is no effective insurance against the risks 
of a state of general insecurity. In such a state of things, 
when account is taken of all the losses of capital, the 
aggregate gross profit will not suffice to cover the actual 
depreciation, and the whole country becomes impoverished. 

4. Wages of Management. — Capital to be continuously 
employed must yield something more than interest and 
compensation for risk. Otherwise every one would try to 
lend simply and get the same income without any trouble. 
As shown in economic history, this sometimes happens on a 
large scale and a whole nation becomes a lending state. 
When we take an isolated country, however, if many 
people try to lend instead of employing their capital in 
business, the rate of interest must fall, and in this way an 
encouragement will be again given to trade and produc- 
tion, and a margin will appear for wages of manage- 
ment. 

The element of earnings of management as distinguished 
from other elements in gross profits is best seen in the case 
of joint stock companies. The debenture holders receive 
the pure interest; the deferred shareholders receive the 
reward for risk, not allowed for in actual insurance, and 
the managers and directors receive a kind of wages for the 
labour of inspection and direction. 

In the case of companies these charges will be on the 
same footing as the other higher forms of wages. 

The rates of remuneration of the managers will in 
general not be exactly proportioned to the magnitude of 



PROFITS 181 

the capital engaged. The larger the business no doubt 
the higher the manager will be paid, but in no definite 
proportion. If, instead of estimating earnings of manage- 
ment by the salaries supposed to be earned (say) in a year, 
we were to estimate them by the rate per cent of the capi- 
tal engaged, this want of proportion becomes still more 
marked. It is the smallest businesses that always appear 
to pay the highest rates of profit, simply because the wages 
of management are so high relatively to the capital em- 
ployed. The diminution of this expense is no doubt a 
strong factor in the tendency to amalgamation of all kinds 
of capital already examined. 

Wages of management, taken strictly and separated 
from other elements in profits, are subject to the relative 
causes that determine the differences in other forms 
of wages (see last chapter). The special characteristics 
of the earnings of management have been admirably 
worked out by Professor Marshall. 1 

5. The Reward of Enterprise and Good Fortune. — There 
is an element in gross profits which cannot be properly 
placed under any of the three headings already noticed. 
It is so much the peculiar characteristic of profits that 
in certain cases it overshadows the rest. It is, in fact, 
the reward of enterprise and good fortune. Enterprise, 
in the highest forms, is a combination of exceptional 
ability with exceptional risk. The ability is of the kind 
that defies definition ; it is analogous to the genius of 
the soldier as distinguished from the knowledge of the 
military student. It demands at the same time stubborn 
perseverance in what seems hopeless waste of energy 

1 Principles, Book IV, Chap. XII; Book VI, Chaps. VII and VIII. 



182 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

and also the utmost readiness to adopt changes in re- 
sponse to the opportunities of good fortune. The risks 
in these exceptional cases may be far beyond those of 
any actual calculation : a man may risk the whole of 
his capital, and, besides, all that he can borrow on the 
chance or the hope of success. It is enterprise of this 
kind that has played the greatest part in economic 
progress; it is the necessary practical complement to 
the discoveries of the creative genius in science. 

Enterprise of less degree but similar in kind may also 
appear in old-established industries, as in the adoption 
of better organisation, or improved processes, or minor 
economies. This element in profits is in some re- 
spects analogous to economic rent, in others to quasi- 
rent. 1 

6. The Tendency of Profits to Equality. — In the light 
of this analysis it is clear that we cannot speak of any 
general tendency of gross profits to equality, in the 
sense that, if we take a long enough period, the average 
gross profits on all employments of capital tend to be 
equal. All that we are entitled to say is, that if any 
of the elements in profits is above the average, having 
regard to the special causes of difference, such a rate 
is unstable (and conversely of low rates). In the case 
of interest (after allowing for risk) the instability of 
exceptional rates is felt most quickly ; in management 
proper, exceptional rates of wages are also unstable, 
though the period of readjustment is longer; whilst, 
in the last element examined, namely enterprise, the 
exceptional gains will provoke imitation and competition, 
1 Cf. Marshall, Principles (4th ed.), p. 661 n. 



PROFITS 183 

but the exceptional reward of the first promoters will 
not be obtained by his followers. True enterprise, 
however, will appear again in other forms and places, 
and the knowledge that in former instances these great 
rewards have been obtained, will stimulate enterprise of 
all kinds. Good fortune in trade and in war, as the 
name implies, is not to be averaged. 

Throughout this treatment of profits it has been 
assumed that competition is the prevailing influence. 
The exceptional gains derived from monopolies can 
only be explained after the theory of value. 

7. The General Rate of Profits. — Since gross profits 
are analysed into elements that depend proximately on 
different causes (e.g. interest and wages), and are 
measured in different ways, it is not easy to form a 
conception of a general rate of profits. Interest measured 
per cent may be falling, whilst wages of management 
reckoned per caput may be rising. "We can, however, 
easily form an idea of a general rate of interest, and 
of a general rate of wages of management when taken 
separately. Such conceptions are useful in the theory 
of value, and also in considering the nature and results 
of economic progress. 

When we are considering the general distribution of 
wealth, we may, for certain purposes, put together the 
total earnings of capital, including interest, wages of man- 
agement, and also the rewards of enterprise, and com- 
pare them with the earnings of labour, in the sense of 
ordinary manual labour; and with this interpretation 
we compare the aggregate earnings of capital and labour, 
and consider under what conditions the one may rise 



184 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

at the expense of the other. Questions of this kind arise 
in dealing with socialism and also in treating of some 
of the ulterior effects of trade unions, cooperation, etc. 1 

1 Marshall, Principles, Book IV, Chaps. XII and XIII ; Book VI, 
Chaps. VI- VIII ; Hadley, Economics, Chap. IX ; Sidgwick, Principles, 
Book II, Chap. IX, § 3 ; Walker, Political Economy ; Cannan, Pro- 
duction and Distribution; Pierson, Principles, Part I, Chap. V. 



CHAPTER IX 

HARMONIES AND CONFLICTS OF LABOUR AND CAPITAL 

1. Relations of Labour and Capital in General. — In the 

present chapter the terms labour and capital will be taken 
in the restricted popular meaning; that is to say, labour 
is only that hired by the employer of production-capital 
with the view to a profit. The term labour is further 
restricted to ordinary labour, thus excluding the higher 
professional labour which is also hired by the undertakers 
of business, and also the various forms of the labour of 
direction and inspection. 

As already shown in the analysis of wages, it is to the 
economic interest of the worker to give a minimum quan- 
tity of labour (subjective) for a maximum real reward ; 
and it is to the interest of the employer to obtain a maxi- 
mum of work (objective) at a minimum real cost to 
himself. Thus the elements of conflict are always present 
and are generally intensified by prejudice, and want of 
appreciation of the harmony of interests in many re- 
spects. To take the simplest case : the worker naturally 
wishes to work fewer hours a day for higher wages, whilst 
the employer would like more hours' work for less wages ; 
the former is apt to forget that wages after a certain 
point must fall if hours are reduced, because the product 
must fall off, whilst the latter does not allow enough in 
many cases for the increased efficiency of shorter hours 

185 



186 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

and better pay. There are, however, in any case real 
divergences of interests; or, in the popular phrase, real 
conflicts of labour and capital. 

2. Conflicts of Interests ; Origin of Trade Unions. — 
There is not one of the elements that go to make up a 
"quantity of labour" that may not give rise to an ap- 
parent if not real conflict of interests ; and this is equally 
true of the corresponding real reward. 

During the nineteenth century the conflict of interests 
has been forcibly illustrated by the history of trade 
unions. With reference to this history, only the main 
lines of inquiry can here be indicated. 

The connection of the trade unions with the craft gilds 
is one of analogy, not of descent. And the points of 
analogy must not be overstrained. The craft gilds in 
mediaeval England did not originate, according to the 
view which Brentano had at one time made popular, from 
conflicts between labour and capital such as arise in 
modern times with large production. Nor is there much 
foundation for the wider contention of Brentano that 
the weak always resort to combination, and the strong 
to competition — witness the modern trust. The chief 
point to notice as regards the craft gilds, as bearing on 
trade unions, is that what was evil in them (and the 
chief cause of their decay) was due to the tendency to 
monopoly, which they soon revealed, and what was sup- 
posed to be of real public benefit was transferred from 
the gild regulations to the statute book (Statute of 
Apprenticeship, 1563). These regulations and the cus- 
toms to which they gave expression dominated the wage 
system of the country until the industrial revolution. 



LABOUR AND CAPITAL 187 

When this customary order broke down, the relations of 
labour and capital became utterly disorganised, to the 
great detriment of the working classes ; and it was to 
remedy these abuses that trade unions were formed. 
They were from the first associations of labour. The 
craft gilds in England, on the other hand, were local 
bodies under the local authority of the town, though at 
first they occasionally derived their authority from the 
king or lord of the manor. Their ostensible objects were 
to benefit the public by securing good work and materials, 
and the master was responsible for the good upbringing of 
his apprentices, who in turn might hope to become masters. 

During the early years of the nineteenth century the 
trade unions were subject to severe legal restraints and 
disabilities, and in general were held up to popular odium 
by the press and those who sought to guide popular 
opinion ; they were written down as anarchist secret 
societies that sought for the ruin of capital and industry. 
At present the pendulum has swung to the other ex- 
treme, though there are still survivals of old prejudices. 
In considering the economic functions of trade unions, it 
is most important to distinguish between their normal 
actions in normal times, and their actions in strikes and 
times of acute conflict. 

3. Functions of Trade Unions. — Trade unions are vol- 
untary associations of labour for mutual assistance, pro- 
tection, and benefit. Their objects are (in the phraseology 
here used) to diminish the quantity of labour involved 
in work and to increase the real reward; they are de- 
signed to add to the power of labour in making bargains 
by the substitution of combination for competition. 



188 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

It is clear from this wide definition that there are many- 
ways in which the unions may seek to interfere with 
the conditions of employment; and conflicts arise, some- 
times pushed to the extreme of a strike, that have noth- 
ing to do with money wages. The unions also in many 
cases perform the functions of benefit or insurance soci- 
eties, and of bureaus for the organisation and employ- 
ment of labour. Their object has been described in 
sympathetic language as to elevate the social position 
of the members (Webb). In the present work the at- 
tention must in the main be confined to the influence of 
the unions (in relation to associations of employers) in 
fixing money wages and earnings. From this point of 
view it will be necessary to consider not only their 
effects on particular wages, but also their effects on what 
may be called the general rate of wages. The object of 
trade unions, as regards money wages, is to raise them 
above the rate that they would attain under "natural" 
conditions and competition. The fundamental assump- 
tion is that combinations of labour can make better bar- 
gains than labourers in isolation. 

Such a rise above the competition rate may be effected 
in one or other of three ways : at the expense of the con- 
sumer of the product ; at the expense of other wages ; at 
the expense of profits. 

4. Wages and the Consumer. — A rise of wages at the 
expense of the consumer of the particular product implies 
that the particular class of labour considered can in effect 
obtain a monopoly price without checking too much the 
demand for the commodity. The conditions to make such 
a combination effective are: that other labour can be 



LABOUR AND CAPITAL 189 

excluded, and that machinery cannot take the place of 
labour; in brief, there must be an effective limitation of 
the supply of one of the requisites of production. Next, 
from the point of view of demand, there must be on the 
part of the consumer a non-elastic demand so that a rise in 
price will have little effect on the quantity demanded ; 
there must also be an absence of acceptable substitutes. 
If the labour in question is necessary, but of small value in 
comparison with the total product, a considerable rise of 
wages might take place without any appreciable effect on 
the total price and the demand, and if the other factors of 
production are relatively weak in bargaining power, then 
also the rise of wages is so much the more easily made in 
the fortunate group. 

Favourable conditions of this kind would be offered if in 
any locality there were a sudden and great demand for 
houses. In this case there is no effective substitute, and a 
considerable rise in price might have little immediate 
effect on the demand. Thus, if other labour could be 
excluded, the local house builders might force a rise at the 
expense of the consumer of the houses. Any particular 
branch of labour required that happened to have a very 
effective union (and the sympathy of the members of the 
trade throughout the country) might raise its particular 
wages still more in proportion to the other trades engaged 
in building. It is plain that such conditions as those indi- 
cated are not likely to occur generally, or to continue for 
any time. Suppose, then, that these favourable conditions 
are absent, and yet that, for the time being, a rise of wages 
is effected by a strong combination in some group of labour 
at the expense of the consumer of the product. If the 



190 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

rate of wages is above the " natural " rate, that is having 
regard to the conditions of the employment, etc., labour 
will be attracted to that group, and the children available 
will be kept in that trade. Thus it will be difficult to 
regulate or control the supply of labour. If the rate of 
pay is kept up, the annual earnings must fall, unless there 
is an increase in the demand for the commodity. 

But when we turn to demand, in general the rise in 
price will check the demand and will encourage the use of 
substitutes and economies, and thus, on the whole, the field 
for employment will be lessened. 

Some of the indirect effects may be noticed if the article 
raised in price is widely consumed directly, and indirectly 
in other forms of production, e.g. coal. 

The rise in price is equivalent to a tax on a necessary, 
and falls most severely on the poorest; it is equivalent 
also to a tax on the raw material of manufactures or the 
motive power, and the consequent rise in price again taxes 
the home consumer. It will tend also to check exports 
and indirectly to check the imports sent in return for the 
exports. Thus there is so far a tax both on the productive 
power and on the consuming power of the nation at large. 

If, to carry the argument a stage further, a similar policy 
is attempted by all the important trades, and an attempt is 
made to raise all wages at the expense of the consumer in 
general, the effect is so far obviously suicidal because the 
labourers themselves constitute the great mass of con- 
sumers. Such a policy also, in view of the effects of unre- 
strained foreign competition, would probably lead to a 
demand for protection. 

The conclusion then appears to be that, although wages 



LABOUR AND CAPITAL 191 

and earnings may in exceptional circumstances rise at the 
expense of the consumer through the action of a strong 
union, a general rise at the expense of the general consumer 
would lower real wages by a still greater amount. 

5. Wages and Profits. — The next question is: Can 
wages be raised above the competition rate at the expense 
of profits ? 

As regards any particular trade, if the profits are struck 
at more than in other trades, capital will tend to leave that 
trade or will not be replaced. Accordingly, under the 
ordinary conditions of competition, a rise of wages at the 
expense of the particular profits concerned would lead to a 
lessened demand for labour ; and if the rate of wages were 
kept up, still the annual earnings would fall. If, however, 
the trade that was attacked by the union had been obtain- 
ing exceptional or monopoly profits, a considerable rise of 
wages might be effected without lessening the demand for 
the labour in question. 

When we consider the possibility of a rise in general 
wages at the expense of general profits, the case is in one 
important respect essentially different from that of a par- 
ticular trade under competition. If all capital is struck at 
simultaneously, the owners cannot indemnify themselves by 
transferring the capital to other trades. And if capital is 
sent abroad, it will only earn interest (and not wages of 
management) unless the owner also emigrates. Accord- 
ingly, to some extent, it seems that general wages may be 
raised by strong unions at the expense of general profits. 
There can be little doubt that if the unions had been 
stronger in the beginning of the nineteenth century, such 
a rise might have been effected, and in all probability the 



192 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

general rate of wages in the second half of that century- 
has been raised through the unions. At the same time the 
fallacy of post hoc ergo propter hoc must be avoided. Dur- 
ing the same period wages in agriculture have risen, and 
the wages of domestic servants have risen still more ; and 
in these cases the direct action of trade unions has been 
nil, and even the indirect effect probably not very great; 
though no doubt if unions have raised other wages, there is 
a sympathetic rise in occupations not directly affected. 

It is always difficult to separate the effect due to one 
particular cause from a complex result. The general 
growth of wealth, due to improved methods of production, 
would of itself tend to raise wages ; and conversely, the 
restrictive action of the unions might to some extent retard 
the accumulation of capital, and thus so far check the 
natural rise in wages. 

Again, under present conditions what may be termed 
the debatable surplus is relatively small. From the sell- 
ing price of the product must be deducted all the nec- 
essary expenses, if the production is to continue, and 
amongst these are to be enumerated a sufficient amount 
to cover the depreciation and wear and tear of capital, 
and a necessary minimum of profits. By the latter 
term is now meant no more than such an amount of 
profits as will suffice to keep up the supply of capital. 
No doubt also amongst the necessary expenses must be 
reckoned wages sufficient to keep up the supply of labour ; 
but the larger the amount already taken by labour as its 
living wage, so much the more is the debatable surplus 
contracted. Other considerations may be advanced to 
support this line of argument. Thus, as already shown, 



CAPITAL AND LABOUR 193 

profit is complex, and we may consider the possible 
effects of trade unions on each of the elements taken 
separately. Profit-interest is so closely associated with 
loan-interest that there is always an interaction between 
the two. It is clear that trade unions can have little 
or no power in reducing loan-interest, and thus their 
influence on profit-interest is also limited. Again, the 
present rate of pure interest is so low that if the whole 
of it were taken from productive capital it could not 
raise wages very much. The element of insurance against 
risk ought properly to be included in the expenses of 
production, just as the replacement of wear and tear. 
Wages of management seem to offer a better object for 
attack, but again they must be divided into two parts. 
A large part of the gross wages of management is only 
the "natural" payment for professional skill of a high 
character, and may be said to be earned out of the 
greater productiveness of industry as a whole under the 
guidance of the entrepreneur. If we take the wages of 
management in an ascending order, from the wages of 
foremen and the heads of departments up to the highest 
organising skill, the importance of this factor is readily 
seen. Any attempt to transfer this part of the wages 
of management to ordinary labour would probably result 
in a fall in wages through the check to efficiency. There 
remains the smaller part of wages of management that 
is of the nature of rent or quasi-rent. This is the part 
that is directly most open to attack, and as a rule a 
share in any good fortune that befalls the industry of a 
country can be taken by labour, beyond what would be 
obtained by the natural effects of competition, provided 



194 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

the labour combinations are strong. Similarly as regards 
the effects of improvements, part of the benefit may be 
transferred to the consumer in a fall of price, but part 
may be retained by labour at the expense of quasi-rents. 
In this case, however, the indirect effects must also be 
taken into account. It is the hope of these exceptional 
rewards that gives such a stimulus to enterprise on the 
whole, and if it were possible for ordinary labour to 
appropriate every gain as it arises, there would soon be 
a dearth of these gains. It must always be remembered 
that competition of capital for labour tends to raise 
wages, and the object of trade unions is to raise wages 
above this so-called natural rate. The unions are not 
able to affect the demand for labour and for the varied 
products of labour, and the utmost they can do is to take 
advantage of favourable conditions. 

The influence of the unions is best seen in preventing 
a fall in wages. If a fall is rendered really necessary by 
the conditions of trade, as in a period of general depres- 
sion, the unions can only keep up rates of wages at the 
expense of greater losses in earnings. But, on the other 
hand, any economy in the wages bill gives so great a 
gain to profits that the tendency is for masters to reduce 
wages whenever occasion offers. At present the chief 
object of unions as regards money wages seems to be to 
make a relatively high minimum wage a necessary condi- 
tion of production, just as certain sanitary conditions are 
made necessary. It is maintained by those who approve 
of this policy, that the other parts of the competitive 
system will be left unaffected, and that on the whole 
the efficiency of industry will be increased by insisting 



CAPITAL AND LABOUR 195 

on this reasonable minimum. And there is little doubt 
that a continual cheapening of labour might lead to deg- 
radation and inefficiency, whilst in a narrow sense it is 
to the interest of individual employers to try to cheapen 
labour; for to the individual the gains of promoting the 
general welfare of labour seem too far off compared with 
the present gains of a reduction in wages. 

6. Evils of Conflicts of Labour and Capital. — In disputes 
between labour and capital, with trade unions on one 
side and associations of employers on the other, the 
ultimate appeal is to a strike or lockout. It is easy to 
show that the direct loss incurred during a strike by the 
loss of wages may take years to recover from, even if 
the strike is successful. The amount in dispute is often 
not more than five per cent; but suppose that it is as 
much as ten per cent, and the strike lasts only six weeks. 
The total loss of wages during this time will need a year 
to effect a compensation, if the strike is successful — and 
the rise is retained. If the percentage in dispute is 
less and the period of the strike is longer, so much longer 
will be the period requisite for compensation. Apart 
from the direct losses of the strike there are the evil 
effects on the families of the workers and the losses 
occasioned by forced sales and debts. On the side of 
the masters there is no actual physical distress, and there 
may be no immediate injury to most of the fixed capital ; 
but there are great losses as a rule through the disorgan- 
isation of business connection and the openings given 
to foreign competition. The masters in some cases have 
every compensation in the rise in prices of accumulated 
stocks and in the maintenance of prices for a time, even 



196 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

after the strike has ceased. But on the whole a strike 
or lockout involves much more than a loss of profits 
during the time. 

In a general view, also, account must be taken of the in- 
crease of class animosity and jealousy, and of the feeling of 
insecurity as regards enterprise, which in the end will ad- 
versely affect the general productive power of the country. 

Accordingly, everything that tends to substitute the 
methods of industrial peace for conflict, other things 
being the same, is a national gain. 

7. The Harmonies of Labour and Capital. — In many 
cases the economic interests of labour and capital are 
only in apparent conflict, and the difficulty is for the 
stronger side to recognise the real harmony. There can 
be no doubt that many institutions, laws, and customs, 
apparently only designed in the interests of labour, have 
been indirectly of advantage to the employer. Improved 
conditions of work have increased the efficiency of labour. 
So also, on the whole, has the rise in money wages. The 
economy of high wages expresses a great truth, especially 
when we regard the effects from the national standpoint. 

Even as regards the debatable surplus, methods of 
conciliation are to be preferred whenever possible. 
Among such methods may be noticed first of all 
sliding scales. The principle of the sliding scale is the 
recognition of the connection of wages and prices. The 
chief difficulty is that wages is not the only element in 
cost, and sometimes is not the most important. The 
price of the product may rise because the raw material 
is dearer, or the coal. Again, there are difficulties caused 
by the differences in qualities and in the methods of 



CAPITAL AND LABOUR 197 

production. Thus it has been said, that with a perfect 
sliding scale, a different scale would be required for every 
mine. The great advantage of this method is that it is 
automatic, if once the scale is agreed on, and the mode 
of ascertaining the movements in prices, and the intervals 
at which the readjustments are to be made, have been settled. 

In theory, the methods of so-called industrial partner- 
ship, or profit-sharing, or "bonus" grants, seem most 
attractive. In effect, labour is supposed to create the 
extra profits or bonus that it receives by greater effi- 
ciency and economies. The chief difficulty is when 
with falling prices the bonus disappears and the workers 
think it is a case of mismanagement. Industrial partner- 
ships of this kind do not imply, as a rule, any share in 
the management or any share in the losses (apart from 
the loss of the bonus). 

A development of this system is found when an 
opportunity is given to the workers to acquire a certain 
amount of shares in the business (Carnegie). Here 
again the danger is in the risk of the loss of the capital 
in bad times. 

Lastly, there is the method of cooperation, in which, 
in its full development, the workers provide both the 
capital and the business management. Cooperation has 
had an immense success in trade as distinguished from 
production in the narrow sense. But although recently 
there has been some increase of cooperative production, 
the aggregate amount in the industrial world is of little 
importance. The great difficulty seems to be in the 
management. There is a natural reluctance to give either 
sufficient powers or sufficient wages to the managers. 



198 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

On the whole, then, it seems that the wage system 
will be retained and the difficulties will be best surmounted 
by boards of conciliation and arbitration adapted to the 
circumstances of particular industries. Boards composed 
equally of masters and men, with an independent chair- 
man with a casting vote, or with some provision for 
reference to a neutral authority, seem to have worked 
well over long periods. The difficult question then 
arises, whether arbitration in some form should not be 
made compulsory, especially in the case of industries 
in which there are great national interests at stake (e.g. 
railways, shipping, coal, etc.). An adequate opinion on 
the relative merits, and the difficulties involved in these 
various methods, can only be formed after a careful 
inductive inquiry. General principles and ideas can 
• only give guiding clues. 1 

1 The theory of combination of labour and capital as connected with 
the theory of monopoly value is treated in Principles, Book III, Chap. 
VIII. On the subject of this chapter there is a vast literature. The 
History of Trade Unions and Industrial Democracy , by Mr. and Mrs. 
Webb, give the latest and most complete realistic treatment ; Brentano, 
Gilds and Trade Unions, may be corrected by the Gild Merchant of Dr. 
j Gross ; Industrial Peace, by L. L. Price, may now rank as a standard 
work ; Marshall, Economics of Industry, Book VI, Chap. XIII, gives an 
excellent account of trade unions ; see also Hadley, Economics, Chaps. 
XI-XII; Gilman, Profit-Sharing ; Nicholson, Strikes and Social Prob- 
lems ; Pierson, Principles, Part I, Chap. VI, § 2 ; Sidgwick, Principles, 
Book II, Chap. X ; the older ideas are well stated in Holyoake, History 
of Cooperation and Conflicts of Labour and Capital. 



CHAPTER X 

ECONOMIC RENT 

1. Different Meanings of the Term Rent . — The term 
rent is used in various senses. It is applied to the total 
revenue derived by the owners from lands, houses, mines, 
forests, fisheries, and various other forms of property. In 
former times the towns paid a rent to the king for their 
privileges and to the feudal superior for their markets. 
With this wide extension of the term, rent is sometimes 
equivalent to the interest on some forms of capital ; some- 
times it includes besides interest other elements of profits ; 
rent may be in effect a payment by instalments for raw 
materials or minerals ; it may be a tax imposed by author- 
ity, or the result of a monopoly created by circumstances. 

In separating economic rent from these other usages it 
seems best to begin with the meaning assigned to it by 
Ricardo in dealing with the rent of agricultural land. 
This was the meaning for a long time so generally adopted 
that the pure theory of economic rent was known alterna- 
tively as the Ricardian theory. 

This case is at any rate of importance in itself, and it has 
the advantage of bringing out with great clearness the 
fundamental conceptions and their mutual relations. 
When once these leading ideas are made clear, it is easy to 
extend the theory in whole or in part to similar cases ; 
e.g. to houses, mines, fisheries, etc., and to the varied 

199 



200 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

forms of income to which Professor Marshall has assigned 
the name quasi-rent. 

To begin with, the primary object is to unfold the mean- 
ing of the theory, and for this purpose all the non-essential 
features must be abstracted. Later on, in dealing with 
historical or practical problems, account can be taken as 
the abstract method demands of various disturbing causes. 

In the abstract method, it may be recalled, we start with 
certain propositions that are obvious in themselves, or at 
any rate may be taken for granted. Such are in this case 
the law of diminishing return to land in its two forms 
(intensive and extensive) : the equality of prices for the 
same produce in the same market, and the tendency to 
equality of profits (or better, the instability of exceptional 
rates). 

It will be found that the theory assumes different forms ; 
but the following may be taken as the definition of 
economic rent (in the case of agricultural land). 

Economic rent is the differential profit that arises from 
differences in the cost of production, owing to differences 
in permanent natural conditions. 

Ricardo used the expression natural and indestructible 
powers of the soil, and he did not bring out the abstract 
nature of the theory. He made clear, however, one of the 
fundamental assumptions that is often overlooked or mis- 
understood ; namely, that the same amount of labour and 
capital, or productive power, is applied under different 
natural conditions, but not necessarily to the same amount 
of land. In brief, the object is to explain not the differ- 
ences in rentier acre, but the differences in profits, although 
no doubt greater simplicity may be attained by the further 



ECONOMIC RENT 201 

assumption that each acre of land requires the same amount 
of capital. 

2. Economic Rent from Extensive Cultivation. — The 
theory may be first worked out with the law of diminish- 
ing return in its extensive form : we assume that there are 
various qualities of land, and that the better qualities are 
limited. 

Take, for simplicity, a new country dependent on its 
own supplies and occupied by a body of settlers. At first 
we may suppose that there is an abundance of the best land 
and that it is practically free. In this case only the best 
land will be used, and the produce will sell so as to just 
cover (with current wages and profits) the expenses of 
production. It cannot sell for more as that would pro- 
voke competition, and there is plenty of good land avail- 
able. So far, there is no differential profit and thus no 
economic rent. 

As population increases the yield from the best land 
(the methods of cultivation remaining the same) will not 
meet the demand. The relative scarcity raises price, and 
at this higher price it pays to resort to inferior land. Now 
the same amount of capital yields different amounts of 
produce on the two qualities of land; but since all the 
produce must sell at the same price, a differential profit 
emerges from the better land. This constitutes economic 
rent and may be measured in produce or in money. (In 
theoretical problems both measures may be useful.) The 
land that yields no rent is called the land on the margin of 
cultivation, and the capital that yields no differential profit 
is the marginal capital. 

As the population is supposed to increase still more, this 



202 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

second quality may not suffice to meet the demand; in 
this case the margin is again extended to inferior land, and 
the former marginal land now yields a rent and the best 
land a higher rent. The process may continue indefinitely 
so long as population increases and there remains inferior 
land to be taken into cultivation. Under these supposi- 
tions there is always some land on the margin that pays 
no rent, and with every extension of the margin rent 
rises. The theory as so far developed involves three main 
results which it is best to make explicit. 

(a) So long as the demand, say the number of 
people, remains the same and the methods of cultivation 
are unchanged, the price must remain high and the eco- 
nomic rent is permanent. In the case of other things in 
which the supply can be increased without resort to 
more difficult conditions, an extra profit, due to a rise 
in demand, can only be temporary. 

(5) Rent depends on price and not price on rent. 
It is the rise in price that pushes out the margin. 

(<?) The price depends on the most expensive portion 
necessary to satisfy the demand — that is, on the cost of 
production on the land on the margin that pays no rent. 
Thus again we see that rent does not govern, but depends 
on price ; and the price depends on the marginal cost. 

3. Economic Rent from Situation. — It is easy to show 
that advantages of situation act in the same way as 
degrees of fertility. In order to isolate this element, 
suppose all the land is equally fertile, but at different 
distances from the market. At first, only the nearest 
land is used ; with an increase of demand and rise of 
price, it will pay to go to more distant land; the rise 



ECONOMIC RENT 203 

of price just compensates on the marginal land the extra 
cost of carriage of materials and products, and the nearer 
lands can pay rent. 

4. Economic Rent from Intensive Cultivation. — Suppose 
now that all the land is of the same quality and equally 
distant from the market. If the land is as abundant as 
before, there is no rent ; but if after all the land has been 
taken up, it is desired to raise more produce, in response 
to a rise in demand the law of diminishing return, in 
its intensive form, will come into play. More capital 
will be applied to the land, but there will be a diminish- 
ing return per unit. The idea now is, that if the last 
applications of capital just gives ordinary profit, the 
prior "doses" must give more. If, however, the last or 
marginal dose is to be applied year after year, the price 
must remain high. Therefore the differential profits on 
these prior doses must arise every year, and the economic 
rent is permanent so long as the conditions of demand 
and of production remain the same. 

It is this form of economic rent that generally presents 
most difficulty. It is well to remember that the marginal, 
or last dose of capital, is not necessarily the last in time. 
It may be in the form of extra labour in cleaning the land 
which in time would be first expended. The separation 
of the " doses " and of the corresponding returns, though 
difficult in practice, has to be calculated in some way ; 
that is, the farmer must decide on the intensity of the 
cultivation that will pay, and stop the applications of 
capital at the margin of profitable return. In theory, the 
separation is seen most clearly by means of diagrams (see 
end of this chapter). 



204 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

5. Economic Rent from Scarcity. — Suppose now that 
all the land is equally fertile and well situated, and 
that the conditions of cultivation are such that the returns 
to successive doses of capital are equal; that is to say, the 
law of diminishing return is not supposed to operate. 
As before, if the land is abundant, there is no rent, but 
if the land is limited and scarce, with a rise in demand, 
economic rent will emerge. The produce will sell at 
such a price that it will give a differential profit over 
the ordinary applications of capital in other industries ; 
this profit will be permanent so long as the conditions 
of demand and production remain the same ; and it may 
be ascribed to permanent natural conditions. It thus 
comes under the definition adopted above of economic 
rent. 

The chief point to notice is, that the rent in this case 
is not a monopoly rent ; the land may be in the possession 
of different owners in competition with one another, and 
there may not be even tacit or customary combination. 
Scarcity alone is not enough to give monopoly ; all things 
that have value are relatively scarce. 

6 . Combination of the Different Forms of Economic Rent. — 
For the sake of clearness in the exposition, the different 
forms of economic rent have been treated separately. We 
must next observe that in practice they, are generally com- 
bined. The same rise in price, consequent on an increase 
of demand, will render it profitable to cultivate the old 
land more highly and also to resort to less fertile and 
more distant lands ; and after a certain point it may 
happen that all the land in cultivation will yield a 
scarcity rent. 



ECONOMIC RENT 205 

Although the treatment adopted has been abstract, it 
is to be noted that all the causes are real or true causes. 
A good practical illustration of a rise in rent is afforded 
by England in the early years of the nineteenth century. 
Recently in England we have had an example of a fall 
in agricultural rent. To account for this fall in rent, 
we have only to take the fall in the price of produce as 
given ; it is in fact due to foreign competition. In 
response to the fall in price the margin has receded. 

In the exposition of the theory the usual plan has 
been followed of supposing first an increase in population, 
and as a consequence an extension of the margin. The 
theory, however, is essentially the same if we suppose 
that in the first place improvements are made so that 
there is a greater produce at the same cost. To begin 
with, the produce will fall in price ; but if the fall in 
price stimulates population, the price will again rise to 
its former level. Under these circumstances there will 
be first a fall and then a rise in rents. 

The theory of the effects of improvements on rents 
leads to some difficult problems that can only be solved 
by the aid of diagrams or mathematics. The general 
principle applied is that improvements counteract the law 
of diminishing return, and since rent in most forms arises 
from the operation of this law, as the law is counteracted 
the rent falls. The improvements are of course supposed 
to be general ; improvements on one portion of land only 
would increase its particular rent. 

The general effects of economic progress on rent are 
treated in the fourth book in the plan here followed. 

So far only the elements of the theory of value have 



206 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

been assumed: no more indeed than may be taken for 
granted after the exposition already given of wages and 
profits. At a later stage some attention must be given 
to some of the relations of rent and value that are not 
so obvious (see Book III). 

7. Rent of Non-agricultural Land. — Land, in its ex- 
tended meaning in economics, is held to cover the income 
from natural resources in general. The gross rent of 
mines is partly payment by instalments for a stock of 
material and partly a differential payment for relative 
advantages in position or working. If it is assumed 
that there is a continuous gradation of mines of vary- 
ing degrees of productiveness and accessibility, it is the 
marginal cost that determines the price, and any saving 
in cost in the more easily worked mines (including trans- 
port) is economic rent. It differs from agricultural rent 
in that it is not permanent: it is similar in that dimin- 
ishing return may act both extensively and intensively; 
more distant and inferior mines may be worked, and in 
the best mine more costly methods of extraction may be 
adopted. 

In sea fisheries there is no rent, because there is no 
appropriation. When appropriation is possible, as in the 
case of salmon, a rent arises. In this case, since the stock 
is renewed annually by natural means, the rent closely 
resembles that of agricultural land; and again we have 
extensive and intensive diminishing return. 

In building land, we have the best example of the 
permanence of natural qualities, namely, extension and 
situation. In the case of cities with widely extended 
suburbs, there is continuity from the central positions that 



ECONOMIC RENT 



207 



pay enormous rents, to the land on the margin that pays 
no rent (qua building) or only the equivalent of agricul- 
tural rent. The case is exactly similar to that of agricul- 
tural rental with a difference only in the kind of produce : 
the kindly fruits of the earth are now amenity for dwell- 
ing-places and advantages in business. There is often 



Fia. l. 



Fig. 2. 



H K 




B C 



Let OA, AB, BC (Fig. 1) be three equal portions of land or "doses" 
of capital. Let OE, AG, BK be their respective corn product. Then 
if AB is the marginal portion or "dose," Rent = DF ; while, if BC is 
the marginal portion, Rent = DL + FH. 

If, as in Fig. 2, we take the portions of land or " doses" of capital to 
be very small, then corresponding returns become lines, the ends of 
which form a curve. If the III th be taken as the marginal dose, then 
Rent equals BPL. 

present also the scarcity element which as before must 
be distinguished from monopoly. If commodities are 
sold at the same price in shops in different streets, the 
higher rent in some is to be ascribed to the economies pos- 
sible with greater and more continuous custom. If the 
more fashionable neighbourhoods exact higher prices, 
they must be considered in part only as payment for the 



208 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

thing, and in part as payment for entry to the locality : 
a kind of tacit or customary entrance fee. This part of 
the price is naturally transferred to the owner of the 
locale as economic rent. 

8. Quasi-rent. — Quasi-rent is properly taken after the 
theory of value. It resembles true economic rent in that 
it depends on price, and is not a determinant of price. 
It differs in that it is not due to natural conditions, and 
is not permanent, but tends to disappear under the influ- 
ence of competition. 

It is sometimes useful to represent economic rent by 
rectangles as well as by the usual curves. The connec- 
tion of rent with diminishing return is well shown in 
Marshall's Principles (4th ed.), pp. 232-235. The leading 
ideas are brought out in the figures given above. 1 

1 For elementary exposition without mathematics, see Walker, Land 
and its Bent ; in Marshall's Principles (see Index) the treatment is rather 
scattered ; Hadley, Economics, Chap. IX ; Nicholson, Tenant's Gain not 
Landlord's Loss ; Pierson, Principles, Part I, Chap. II. 



BOOK III 

EXCHANGE 



CHAPTER I 

VALUE AND MARKETS 

1. Exchange. — The third great department of political 
economy — namely, exchange — is closely related to the 
other two. With the progress of society production in- 
volves more and more division of labour, which is limited 
by the extent of the market. In distribution, also, status 
and custom give place to contract ; and contract from the 
economic standpoint also involves the idea of exchange. 
At the same time, both production and distribution involve 
other ideas and topics, e.g. population, property, etc., which 
are only indirectly of importance in this third department. 
In exchange the fundamental idea is value, and the main 
problems are the relations of values. The first requisite 
is to make clear the conception of value. 

2. Value. — The term value, as was pointed out by Adam 
Smith is used popularly in at least two senses. It may 
mean value in use or value in exchange. To say that 
a thing has value in use is to say that it has utility. As 
already shown, utility is the widest term in economics, and 
accordingly it is not suited for specialisation in the de- 
partment of exchange. Utility is a complex conception 
(e.g. total and marginal utility), and the ideas which it 
involves may be made clear by reference to consumption 
and production without bringing in exchange. Utility 

211 



212 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

is indeed essential to exchange value, but exchange value 
is not essential to utility. Again, utility is subjective in 
the last resort, whilst exchange is objective. In the same 
market at the same time every one pays the same price 
for the same thing, but the utility to each purchaser may 
be different. Records of prices are actual definite facts 
like the readings of the barometer or the markings of 
geological strata, but there is no such objective record 
of utilities. 

At the same time the very idea of exchange — its mo- 
tive power — is the gain of utility ; and in considering 
the real advantages of exchange and the real cost in- 
volved we are thrown back on the fundamental ideas of 
utility and disutility. 

3. Value in Exchange. — Exchange value implies two 
things at least ; value, in other words, is a relative term : 
the intrinsic value of one thing can only mean its utility. 

The exchange value of a thing can be expressed theo- 
retically, in terms of any other thing that is exchangeable. 

In practice in modern societies the other thing taken 
for comparison is generally standard money. In this case 
value becomes price. The question then arises : Are we 
to say that exchange value is always to mean price ? and 
that the distinction between value and price is to be aban- 
doned? 

The answer is that in some important problems it is 
necessary to contrast the prices with values measured in 
some other way. 

The essential thing to remember is that value is a purely 
relative term; it expresses the rate of exchange of one 
thing compared with one or more other things. 



VALUE AND MARKETS 213 

Theoretically, we may express the value of any one 
thing in terms of all other exchangeable things taken to- 
gether. This is Mill's idea. The value of a thing as 
distinct from its price, on this view, is its general pur- 
chasing power. 

This conception of general purchasing power proves to 
be unworkable unless we introduce the idea of price ; to 
find out the general purchasing power of a thing, we must 
usually compare its price with the general level of prices. 
Rogers compared the average prices of a large number of 
commodities in the period 1400-1540 with their prices 
in the period 1540-1581, and he found that everything 
except glass had risen in price ; here it might be said that 
the value of glass, in the sense of its general purchasing 
power, had fallen. 

The case, however, that is always of the greatest im- 
portance in this mode of estimating value, is the case of 
money itself. It is often of importance to measure 
changes in the purchasing power of money in reference 
to things in general. Thus the depreciation of incon- 
vertible notes may be measured either in reference to 
gold or in reference to commodities. 

Again, as will be shown in the theory of money, the 
price of gold is fixed by law ; its value in terms of things 
is constantly changing. To find the changes in value in 
this sense, we take certain things as representative, and 
from the movements in their prices we estimate (by some 
method of index numbers) the general movement in 
prices. If prices measured in this way have risen, that 
means the value of gold has fallen ; and if prices have 
fallen, the value of gold has risen. 



214 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

From the mode adopted in measuring changes in the 
value of gold, it is clear that we are not entitled to argue 
that the change in value has been uniform throughout 
the whole range of commodities. Thus it might happen 
that although general prices as estimated by the index 
numbers had fallen, several of the things of importance 
in workmen's budgets (e.g. house rents), had risen; in 
this case it might happen that the purchasing power of 
money wages had actually fallen in spite of the rise in 
the value of gold. 

It is sometimes convenient to express the value of 
particular things in reference to something else instead of 
money. Here attention may be called to the fallacious 
idea that so long prevailed that there was something 
discoverable that by nature was especially adapted to 
measure values as distinct from prices — a supposed real 
measure as contrasted with money, the nominal measure. 
Thus Adam Smith speaks of real and nominal price : by 
nominal price he means value in terms of money ; by real 
price, value in terms of labour. The distinction is some- 
times useful, but the notion that value in terms of labour 
is more real than value in terms of some other thing is 
quite false. 

It is not a question of reality but of methods of com- 
parison. Mill's idea that the proper correlative in the 
expression of value is " things in general," seems to imply 
that this is the one real meaning of value ; and this may 
be said also of recent attempts to reduce value to utility. 

The point to grasp is that for different purposes we may 
express the relation of value in different ways; we 
generally choose money, but not always ; e.g. in the 



VALUE AND MARKETS 215 

theory of rent it is often useful to take corn as the meas- 
ure, and sometimes in practice grain rents have been 
preferred to money rents. 

4. Relative Prices must be adjusted to Relative Values. — 
It has already been implied that the general level of prices 
may change, and the causes of such movements will be 
examined in the theory of money. At this stage, however, 
the proposition may be laid down, that whatever changes 
take place in the general level, relative prices mtist be ad- 
justed to relative values. A change in the level of general 
prices is the same thing as a change in the measure of 
values, and the mere change in the measure cannot in itself 
affect the relative value of the things. The relative 
values depend on real causes, e.g. the quantity of labour 
and capital required to produce them, etc. ; and these 
causes are not affected by the mode of measurement. 

At the same time it may be indicated that during the 
period of transition from one level to another there is 
often a temporary disturbance of relative prices, and thus 
of values. It may happen also that a change in general 
prices may itself be due to a disturbance of relative values, 
though the explanation involves one of the most difficult 
points in monetary theory. At present all that is intended 
is to make clear the meanings of, and the connections 
between, values and prices. 

5. A General Rise of Values is Impossible. — If the term 
general is taken in the strict sense as applicable to all the 
things that are the subject of exchange, it is a truism that 
if some fall in value the remainder must rise in value 
relatively to the first set. If any one thing obtains more 
of all the rest, the value of all the things except that one 



216 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

falls compared with that one ; but the exclusion of that 
one makes the fall not general in the strict sense. If the 
one thing that rises in value is gold, that means a fall in 
general prices : gold obtains more of all other things, and 
they obtain less gold. Thus a general fall (or rise) in 
prices is quite possible, and such movements are constantly- 
taking place, as is indicated by the changes in the index 
numbers of the Economist or Mr. Sauerbeck (Statistical 
Journal} . 

6. Other General Propositions on Value. — Other general 
propositions on value, of wide-reaching import, and closely 
connected, are that : commodities pay for commodities ; 
that demand and supply are reciprocal ; that all exchange 
is ultimately barter ; and that money is the medium of 
exchange. An increase in the supply of commodities 
means indeed that those who make these things desire to 
obtain money; but then they usually desire to spend 
this money when obtained, either in consumable things or 
in so-called intermediate goods, and thus exchange becomes 
barter and the extension of supply involves an extension of 
demand. In foreign trade the form assumed by these prop- 
ositions is that imports are paid for by exports, and that the 
balance of trade is adjusted by reciprocal demand. 

It is no doubt true that there may be a disorganisation 
of the means of exchange, as in monetary and credit crises, 
and thus, relatively to the means of distribution by the 
agencies of trade, there may seem to be a general excess of 
supply or a deficiency of demand. In this sense overpro- 
duction may be very real; but not in the sense that more 
things of all kinds are produced than people in general 
desire to consume or are able to purchase. The disorgan- 



VALUE AND MARKETS 217 

isation of markets through overproduction of some things 
or through the scarcity of money (or its credit representa- 
tives that will be accepted) is of frequent occurrence in 
modern times ; but such disorganisation does not contro- 
vert the truth of these general propositions, but rather 
serves to illustrate the truth by contrast. 

7. Markets. — The simplest case of barter consists of 
the exchange of two commodities by two individuals ; and 
in order to illustrate the advantages of exchange in the 
gain of utility, this case may be useful. But in general, 
exchange implies that there are a number of buyers and a 
number of sellers, and that the things are not directly bar- 
tered, but in the first place the sellers sell for money and 
the buyers buy with money. The organisation by which 
exchanges of this kind are effected is called a market. 

The history of the development of markets is one of the 
most important parts of the history of economic progress. 
At first there were definite limits of time and place, as in 
the market days of market towns, and in the great fairs 
that still survive. From the earliest times markets came 
to be held under conditions that insured publicity in the 
transactions, freedom of trade, and competition ; in mediae- 
val times regulations were in force to prevent sales being 
effected on the way to market, and special privileges were 
granted to traders at fairs and markets. A typical, highly 
organised market of modern times shows these characters 
more fully developed. The limits of space and time have 
been extended in the sense that the conditions of demand 
and supply all the world over, as also the prospective con- 
ditions, affect the dealings of any particular market ; for 
the great staples of international trade the market-place is 



218 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

the whole world ; and, similarly, there is a continuous flow 
of goods, instead of varying supplies at intervals. Pub- 
licity has attained such a point that dealings in distant 
places are recorded at once by telegraph; and the re- 
straints formerly imposed on speculation have practically 
disappeared, though occasionally attempts are made to 
bring them back (Germany); and dealings in "futures" 
are the chief characteristic of some modern markets. In 
spite, however, of the extension and development "of mar- 
kets, both time and space still impose their limitations. 
The demand alike for consumable commodities and for 
the raw materials and the appliances of manufacture is a 
demand for immediate use, and must be met at the time 
and place considered; and the prospective supply and 
demand only affect the present supply and demand 
indirectly. 

At any rate, for the purposes of theory it is still best to 
assume that the market is held or made within certain 
fixed limits of time and space, and that market prices are 
the results of actual bargains at particular times and 
places, as contrasted with normal prices, which are the 
ideals that are the results or goals of tendencies. 

Every one knows that market prices are determined by 
demand and supply ; but these terms are by no means so 
clear as they are familiar. In the analysis that is requi- 
site two cases must be distinguished: there may be per- 
fect competition on both sides, or there may be various 
degrees of monopoly. 

To begin with, we may follow the usual practice, and 
suppose that there is perfect competition, which implies 
that all the buyers and sellers in the market are equally 



VALUE AND MARKETS 219 

well informed as to the conditions affecting demand and 
supply. 

It is found best for clearness to take separately the laws 
of demand and supply, and then to explain what is called 
the equation or equilibrium which determines the market 
price. In order that a thing may possess exchange value 
it must have utility, and there must be some difficulty in 
the attainment. Neither condition alone is sufficient. 

Utility is of most importance in demand ; difficulty of 
attainment in supply: but, as will appear in the analysis, 
demand and supply are correlative. Demand implies power 
to purchase, and supply implies desire to exchange ; and 
thus demand involves an estimate of the difficulty of get- 
ting money, and supply an estimate of the utility of 
getting it. 1 

1 This chapter is based on Book III, Chaps. I, II, III, and X, of the 
Principles (Vol. II), and is much abbreviated. Value is treated in all 
the text-books, and it seems unnecessary to give special references to the 
general theory. The peculiar doctrines of the Austrian school are well 
summarised in Smart's Introduction to the Theory of Value; the Meas- 
urement of General Exchange Value is the title of an able and elaborate 
monograph by Correa Moylan Walsh ; for index numbers, see Bowley, 
Elements of Statistics ; a brief account of the simplest method is given in 
Money and Monetary Problems (pp. 132-134). 



CHAPTER II 

OF DEMAND AND SUPPLY 

1. The Law of Demand. — By demand is meant the quan- 
tity demanded at a certain price, it being assumed that 
the buyer can and will pay the price or that the demand 
is effectual. 

It is clear that demand must mean more than desire 
to possess, because every one desires everything ; and the 
less the means of payment or the chance of acquisition, 
so much greater may be the desire. The qualification 
" at a certain price " is essential, because, as a rule, for 
every price there is a different quantity demanded. 
This is expressed by saying that the quantity demanded 
is a function of the price. 

The general law of demand states that as the price 
falls, other things remaining the same, the quantity de- 
manded increases (or better, as Sidgwick says, is ex- 
tended), and conversely, as the price rises the quantity 
demanded decreases (or better, is contracted). 

The law of demand, as thus stated, is applicable to 
everything that bears a price, or is the subject of bar- 
gaining in terms of money. It applies, no doubt, to 
manufactures (the usual illustration), but it also applies 
to all the varied forms and usages of land labour and 
capital. If the price of land rises, other things being 
the same, the demand falls off ; if wages fall, the demand 
for servants will so far increase ; if the rate of discount 

220 



OF DEMAND AND SUPPLY 221 

rises, the demand for advances is checked ; and if on 
the stock exchange some security falls in price, it will 
so far extend the demand. 

In theory we may suppose that there is a perfect 
continuity in prices and in quantities (as illustrated in 
the demand curve). Above a certain price there is none 
demanded, or the price is prohibitive ; as the price falls, 
more and more will be demanded, but at last no more 
will be taken even at a nominal or zero price ; and after 
this point is reached, the demand will become negative, or 
the seller must pay something to get rid of the thing. 

The last phrase leads to the remark that the law of 
demand may be stated in a converse form, namely, that 
in any market under given conditions, to get rid of a 
larger supply prices must be lowered. So long as the 
conditions prevailing in the market are given, it makes 
no difference whether we begin with the prices or the 
quantities, since the law of demand simply expresses 
the relations between the two. In fact, if, instead of 
curves, we use demand schedules (Marshall), we set 
down on one side, or in one column, prices, and in the 
other the corresponding quantities, — and which is on 
the right hand and which on the left is of no conse- 
quence. The first statement, however, seems preferable, 
because it refers only to demand, whilst the second in 
form refers rather to supply. 

The degree or the rapidity of the change in the 
quantity demanded in response to changes in price, 
varies in different cases. If for a small rise or fall in 
price there is a great change in the quantity demanded, 
the demand is said to be elastic ; and conversely, if a 



222 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

considerable change in price has little effect on the 
quantity demanded, the demand is non-elastic (Marshall). 
Variations in elasticity are shown in the shapes of the 
demand curves, but the idea may be made clear by con- 
crete examples. A tax on bread, which in this illustra- 
tion may be supposed to raise the price, will check the 
demand to a small extent only, even if the tax is heavy, 

— that is, the demand is non-elastic ; on the other hand 
it is said that any addition to the tobacco tax would so 
check the demand that it would yield no more revenue 

— the demand is elastic. The elasticity of demand is of 
great importance in connection with the elasticity of 
revenue. With regard to the effect of small variations 
in price, as represented in the continuity of curves, the 
supposition is not so unreal as might appear at first 
sight. In estimating the total demand in any market 
we must add together the demands of all the different 
persons for all sorts of purposes. Thus in the case of 
sugar, there is not only the demand for direct consump- 
tion, but the demand also for cakes, jam, and beer. 
Similarly, as regards the factors of production of various 
kinds we must take the aggregate demands including 
indirect, derived, and joint demands. These terms may 
be explained by an example. The demand for new 
houses for occupation is a direct demand : there is a joint 
demand for the various forms of labour and raw material, 
etc., used in the building trade ; and for any one of these 
factors — e.g. the labour of house-painters — there is a 
derived demand (Marshall). 

2. Changes in Demand — Rise and Fall in Demand. — 
Any change in the conditions affecting the demand for 



OF DEMAND AND SUPPLY 223 

a thing will cause a change in the nature of the demand 
(illustrated by a change in the curve). Thus, if there 
is a rise in the relative utility assigned to a thing, a 
higher price will be given for a certain quantity. This 
rise in demand may be expected to operate at every range 
of prices, although it is unlikely that the rise will be 
exactly uniform throughout. (In the language of curves 
the new curve will be above the old curve, but not 
raised to the same extent exactly throughout.) 

By a fall in demand is meant, that at given prices 
people will take less; or lower prices will be offered 
for the same quantities. (The new demand curve would 
fall below the old curve.) 

Changes in the law of demand for a thing may arise 
from various causes. Such are the extension or contrac- 
tion in the use of substitutes ; an increase or decrease in 
the wealth or means of people ; changes in the utility 
assigned to the thing or, it may be, in the estimates of 
present and future uses. 

With regard to the influence of changes in utility it is 
the marginal utility that must be considered. As already 
explained, the utility of the first portions of necessaries 
may be considered practically infinite ; but after a certain 
point is reached more utility may be obtained by expend- 
ing the next sum of money on some luxury. The total 
utility of the luxury is less, but at the point reached the 
degree of utility is greater. 

In the same way the total utility of present consump- 
tion may be greater than that expected from the creation 
of some form of capital, but after a point it may be more 
acceptable to save than to spend. 



224 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

The value of the distinction between total and marginal 
utility extends far beyond the possibility of exact measure- 
ment. 

3. The Law of Supply. — The law of supply may be 
stated, mutatis mutandis, as the exact analogue of the 
law of demand. Supply means the quantity offered for 
sale at a price. The quantity offered, other things remain- 
ing the same, will vary with the price. The supply, like 
the demand, is a function of the price. The general law 
of supply is that : As the price rises, other things remain- 
ing the same, the quantity offered at that price will in- 
crease, and as the price falls the quantity offered at that 
price will diminish. The law is thus exactly symmetri- 
cal with the law of demand. Similarly also, it is applied 
to anything that bears a price or is saleable. Other things 
being the same, with higher wages more labour will be 
offered, with higher interest more loanable capital, and 
generally with higher prices more land, more works of 
art, more stock exchange securities, and in short, more 
of everything vendible will be thrown on the market. 
And conversely of falling prices ; some of the former 
sellers will draw back and withhold their supply. These 
examples show that the law of supply extends far beyond 
the range of manufactured articles. If a saleable thing is of 
such a kind that if time is allowed it can be increased, then 
no doubt the conditions of production and the period re- 
quired for adding to the effective supply will indirectly 
affect the price at which supply will be forthcoming. But 
it is best logically to take this case separately. (See 
next chapter.) 

It is easy to show that we may also apply the same 



OF DEMAND AND SUPPLY 225 

ideas of elasticity, rise and fall, etc., to supply as were 
applied in the case of demand. Thus with some things 
a slight rise in price will bring out large stocks, in other 
things it will have little effect; and the supply may be 
said to be elastic and non-elastic respectively. Again, if 
through the whole range of the schedule of prices for a 
thinor more is offered than before, that constitutes a rise 
in supply (and conversely of a fall in supply}, if we use 
the terminology already adopted in the case of demand. 
People may be more willing to sell than before, owing to 
temporary pressure for money, as in a crisis, or there may 
be the possibility of substitutes from other sources not 
formerly available. 

4. The Equation between Demand and Supply — The 
Temporary Equilibrium Price. — We may now combine the 
two laws of demand and supply so as to show the way in 
which demand and supply determine market price. As 
before, this general statement of the operation of demand 
and supply will apply to anything for which there is a 
market (that is to say, under the conditions of competi- 
tion — the case of monopoly being deferred). 

In any market at any time (or in a unit of time) the 
price will be so adjusted, through the competition of 
buyers and sellers, that the quantity demanded will be 
equal to the quantity offered at that price. This is the 
equation price (Mill), or temporary equilibrium price 
(Marshall). 

It is necessary to bring out in some way, by reference 
to competition or to the higgling of the market, the 
fact of the process of adjustment. Otherwise we are 
landed in the barren verbalism that in any market the 

Q 



226 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

quantity bought is always equal to the quantity sold 
(Cairnes). 

It may be advisable to make explicit other conditions 
that are generally taken for granted in the determination 
of market prices. Mill, for example, writes of markets : 
" in which the axiom prevails that for the same article of 
the same quality there cannot be two prices." This 
assumption is only true in so far as the conditions requisite 
to perfect competition prevail, e.g. equality of knowledge 
on the part of all the buyers and sellers concerned. 

The possible buyers are not supposed to go into the 
market absolutely determined to buy so much — coUte qui 
cotite — whatever the price ; but their demand will be 
adjusted according to the state of prices ; and similarly of 
the supply and the sellers. Thus there will be all degrees 
(within limits) in the intensity of the desire to buy and to 
sell respectively. An eager buyer, to be safe, may open 
the market by offering more than would have been neces- 
sary if he had waited for the effects of competition, and 
conversely an eager seller may accept less than he might 
have obtained if he had waited. The higgling of the 
market consists in finding out by tentative offers what are 
the real conditions affecting the demand and the supply 
on the whole, and what price will leave the least unsatis- 
fied demand or supply (in the limit make them just 
equal). Thus on the stock exchange the prices of specu- 
lative stocks in periods of excitement will vary from 
moment to moment; in fact every sale so far alters the 
conditions of the market, to say nothing of the interven- 
tion of external causes in the shape of rumours. And 
even in non-speculative securities there are movements in 



OF DEMAND AND SUPPLY 227 

the prices, although we may calculate the price of the day 
on the average. 

In times of panic and disorganisation there are widely 
different prices at the same time in the same market. 
Similarly, if we take the case of undeveloped markets, such 
as the bazaars of the East, there is a set of independent 
bargains at different prices. 

5. The Immediate Effects of Changes in Demand and 
Supply. — So far we have supposed that both demand and 
supply are functions of the price, and that, given the con- 
ditions or the schedules or curves, we can determine the 
price at which sales will take place under the influence of 
competition. 

We must now consider the immediate effects of changes 
in demand or supply or both (of the nature already de- 
scribed) upon the price. 

This consideration leads to a second form of the law of de- 
mand and supply. If the demand rises, supply remaining 
the same, the price rises ; and conversely, if demand falls, 
the price falls. Similarly, we may suppose that the change 
begins with the supply, the demand remaining the same ; 
or there may be changes, in the same or in different 
directions, in both demand and supply. 

The various possible cases and the effects on price are 
best illustrated by means of curves : but they are all de- 
ducible from the real meaning of these changes. 

A rise in demand means that people will take more at 
the old price ; and accordingly if the old price were to re- 
main undisturbed, there would be unsatisfied demand, and 
then the competition of buyers raises the price. Similarly, 
a rise in supply means that people will sell more at the 



228 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

old price, and therefore if that price remained, there would 
be unsatisfied supply ; and by the competition of sellers the 
price would fall. 

6. Ulterior Effects of Changes in Demand and Supply. — 
"We may now consider the ulterior effects. Take first the 
case of a rise in price due to a rise in demand. If the sup- 
ply cannot be increased, then the rise of price is permanent, 
as in the case of building land in growing cities. 

If the supply can be increased, the ultimate effect de- 
pends on the conditions of production. If the conditions 
are such that the law of diminishing return comes into 
play, then also the rise of price is permanent so long as the 
conditions remain the same. If, on the other hand, the in- 
creased supply brings into play the economies of large 
production (or the law of increasing return), though the 
price rises in the first instance, it will ultimately fall to a 
lower level. The reason simply is that if the old price 
were maintained there would be exceptional profit. 

If in the conflict of opposing forces there is a balance of 
increasing and diminishing return, the price after the tem- 
porary rise will return to the former level. This is the 
case of constant return. 

Similar reasoning may be applied in the case of a fall in 
price due to a fall in demand. One example may suffice. 
Suppose that the commodity is produced according to in- 
creasing return. Then as the production is contracted the 
cost rises. Thus in the end the price may rise to a higher 
level than before. This process may go on, the rise in 
price checking the demand, and thus again contracting 
the supply, until the commodity ceases to be produced. 
In this, as in the other cases taken, there are various coun- 



OF DEMAND AND SUPPLY 



229 



teracting causes. Thus the so-called law of increasing 
return does not act in such a way that all the economies 
are lost if the production is contracted. It may happen 
simply that the weaker producers are driven from the 
market. 1 

At the price OP, none is de- 
manded ; at zero price Q, no 
more than OQ will be taken 
(satiety) ; between these limits 
•with every fall in price the 
quantity demanded increases. 
To induce people to take more 
than OQ, a bounty must be given 
or the price becomes negative. 

If the curve is steep, it is 
non-elastic, if flat, elastic. In 
the limit if the curve becomes 
parallel to 1", that means per- 
fect non-elasticity, — whatever the price, the same quantity is demanded ; 
if the curve becomes parallel to OX, there is perfect elasticity, — the 
smallest change in price extends or contracts the demand indefinitely. 





At price OS, none is offered ; as price 
rises, more is offered ; if after <S'i the curve 
becomes parallel to OF, whatever the 
change in price no more is offered, — 
scarcity prices. 



1 See Principles, Vol. II, Book III, Chaps. IV and VI. The law of de- 
mand is treated by Marshall in Principles, Book III, and the equilibrium 
of demand and supply in Book V. Book IV treats of the agents of pro- 
duction. Tlie treatment differs from that here adopted in that the sym- 
metry of demand and supply is not insisted on. 



230 



ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 



Fig. i 



Fig. 2 










/'// 








i 
i 

i — 


,s 


' D 

X 



DoD 



M 3 MMi 
Fig. 4 




M 3 M M 3 M 

Changes in Demand and Supply and their Immediate 

Effects on Price. 

I. Demand only changing- : (a) Rising — effect P x M^ P M tv ,. -, ■, 
(6) Falling— " P 2 3/ 2 < PAT K * lg - L >- 
- effect P 1 3/ 1 <PJf ,-r*. 9 , 
(b) Falling - " P 2 M t > P M ( * lg ' *>' 

III. Both Demand and Supply changing, and in the same direction : 

(a) Rising (Fig. 3) ; (b) Falling (Fig. 4). "Whether new price will be greater or less 
than the old price is indeterminate. 

IV. Both Demand and Supply changing, but in opposite directions : 

(a) Demand rising and Supply falling — effect P s 3f s ^>P M (Fig. 5); (6) Demand 
falling and Supply rising — effect P 3 M S <P 31 (Fig. 6) . 
In all these cases the rise or fall is supposed to be uniform throughout. 



CHAPTER III 

NORMAL VALUE AND COST OF PRODUCTION 

1. Meaning of Normal Value. — Market prices are the 
actual prices recorded in actual market quotations, and in 
theory they are the prices determined under the conditions 
of demand and supply that represent the essential condi- 
tions of these markets. These market prices are subject to 
incessant fluctuations, but [in certain cases] there is a 
central or natural price to which the prices of [some] com- 
modities are continually gravitating (Adam Smith). The 
conception of natural or normal price is generally associ- 
ated with commodities that are manufactured or produced 
in the narrow sense of the term, and in general also it is 
said that the natural or normal price depends on cost of 
production. It is often further supposed, as by Mill, 
that on an average of years sufficient to enable the oscilla- 
tions on one side of the central line to be compensated by 
those on the other, the market value agrees with the 
natural value ; that is to say, that in the " long run " 
natural cost of production and average come to the same 
thing. Later analysis, however, has shown that the term 
normal, which has displaced the question-begging term 
natural must be carefully distinguished both from cost 
of production and from average values. The word norma 
is literally the square used by carpenters to get their work 
in proper proportion : it gives the ideal to which their 

231 



232 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

efforts are directed. By analogy the term has been 
extended to mean the law or pattern to which any varia- 
tions tend to conform or be restored. Normal may thus 
be taken to be the adjective that corresponds to economic 
law (Marshall). In this sense it is obviously much 
wider than cost of production. Thus we can speak of 
normal rates of wages and profits in which the idea of cost 
of labour or capital is out of place. Again we may say 
that normal monopoly value is that which gives the 
maximum net return, and in general this is above the value 
that would result from cost of production under compe- 
tition. 

This last example also illustrates very clearly the 
difference between normal and average, for the actual 
monopoly profit can never exceed the normal and is sure 
sometimes to fall below it, unless the monopolist is supposed 
to be omniscient. In the first seventy years of the nine- 
teenth century the normal ratio of gold to silver was 15^- to 
1, but it was only remotely influenced by cost of production. 
Adam Smith himself observed in dealing with ordinary cost, 
the market price is likely to remain longer above than below 
this cost ; and whether this opinion is accepted or not, it 
shows that on this view the average price for a long time 
might exceed the natural price. 

But although normal value is wider than cost value and 
different from average, one important form of normal value 
is that which is determined by cost of production, and 
in general the cost of production value is closely connected 
with the average. We may now examine the relations of 
cost of production to market values. 

2. Real Cost and Money Cost. — By real cost in econom- 



NORMAL VALUE AND COST OF PRODUCTION 233 

ics is meant the sum of the efforts and sacrifices that are 
necessary to produce a thing. So far as this conception is 
capable of analysis, it has been dealt with in the examination 
of the meaning of production and again of real wages. 

In some of the problems of value it may be necessary 
again to go back to this ultimate cost (as in considering 
the real advantages of foreign trade and distribution of 
the advantages between the countries concerned). In 
general, however, in this department we do not go beyond 
the money wages and profits that are necessary to call forth 
these efforts on the part of labour and capital. 

From this point of view the ultimate elements of cost of 
production are the money wages and profits of all the 
various persons concerned in the production ; that is, we 
consider the money values required to compensate the 
disutilities of real cost. 

Strictly speaking again, in modern industrial societies, 
this would involve an endless series of prices. There is 
the cost of buildings, of transport, etc., and even the cost 
of the government to be taken account of; and at first 
sight this endless series of money costs would seem to be 
as unworkable as the corresponding disutilities of real cost. 

But we can adopt the common device of neglecting 
forces below a certain magnitude, and we may confine the 
attention to the more general causes ; and we must try to 
discover general formulae that are applicable to many 
particular cases. 

It must never be forgotten that value is a relative term ; 
the problems of value are problems of ratios, and in normal 
values we are dealing with normal ratios. 

It follows, then, that in dealing with cost as the deter- 



234 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

minant of values we cannot simply take the money cost of 
one thing by itself : we have to deal with the relations of 
the cost of different things. 

As in most parts of the theory of value it is necessary to 
adopt the abstract or deductive method. The most ardent 
advocate of the realistic treatment of economics could 
make nothing of the records of millions of particular prices 
unless he had some guiding ideas for their classification. 
Even the calculation of averages will not itself reveal 
causes, and some idea of causes must be formed before the 
subjects of statistical investigation can be selected. A 
glance over the volumes of Thorold Rogers or the later 
prices of Tooke and Newmarch will at once show how 
hopeless it is to appeal directly to what are supposed to be 
facts. 

According to the deductive or abstract method, we 
begin with the operation of certain forces under hypotheti- 
cal conditions. It must be premised, however, that al- 
though the conditions are hypothetical, the causes are real 
and always of fundamental importance. 

3. The Analysis of Cost of Production. — Suppose first 
that all the things considered are produced by labour of 
the same kind and efficiency, and that the contribution of 
capital is so small that it may be neglected. Under these 
conditions, as was pointed out by Ricardo, the values of 
the things would vary simply and directly with the 
amount or quantity of labour that they required. If all 
the labour is uniform and paid at the same rate, the gen- 
eral rate of wages makes no difference. It is usual to illus- 
trate by reference to " economic savages," but it is easy 
to give examples in modern societies in which the chief 



NORMAL VALUE AND COST OF PRODUCTION 235 

determinant in relative values is the quantity of unskilled 
labour required to make the things, e.g. in the relative 
costs of parts of canals, railways, etc. 

Again, if we regard capital itself as the product of 
labour, the relative values of the buildings, machines, etc., 
required to assist labour, will depend partly, at any rate, 
on the amount of labour involved in their construction, 
though in this case it is complicated by the variations in 
the kinds of labour and degree of skill. 

In order to take adequate account of differences in the 
kinds of labour, it is necessary to bring in the money 
measures or the differential rates of wages. We refer back 
to the causes of differences of wages in different employ- 
ments. We may take it that under given industrial 
conditions there are certain normal ratios of wages for 
different kinds of work. These are the normal ratios 
about which the market rates of wages oscillate. 

In estimating now the relative values of commodities 
produced by labour (the influence of capital being still 
negligible), we compare the labour bills reckoned in 
terms of money. If all the labour were uniform, and 
paid at the same rates under the supposition that only 
the cost of the labour need be considered, a rise or fall in 
the rate of money wages would have no effect in disturb- 
ing relative values. Any change in relative rates, how- 
ever, would have an effect ; in the respective labour bills 
a change in the rate of wages in one case operates as 
effectively as a change in the quantity of labour. 

The introduction of money wages as a determinant of 
cost and thus of value, demands a word of explanation 
in the light of some recent but one-sided developments 



236 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

of the theory of value. If (in the absence of capital and 
profits) the price obtained for the product is distributed 
in wages paid to the producers, it may seem a verbal 
truism to say that the cost depends on the wages. But 
the point is that we are not dealing with the particular 
cost of a particular thing, but with the relative normal 
values of various things. There are certain real causes 
that determine relative wages, e.g. a plumber gets more 
than his boy, a carpenter gets more than an agricultural 
labourer, a man gets more than a woman. These dif- 
ferences in rates may be illustrated at any time or over 
relatively long periods. If, then, one thing requires, for 
the most part, highly skilled and trustworthy labourers, 
and another requires only unskilled labourers, without 
characters, the value of the former will be so much higher. 
The amount of labour (the number of men, the hours of 
work, etc.) is still the dominating factor, but it is no 
longer a case of every one counting for one, and no one 
for more than one. 

If the market price of anything happens to rise, then 
for the time being the labour required, if strong enough 
in bargaining power, may obtain more than the normal 
rate current for that kind of labour, but such a rise in 
price would not, in general, suffice to permanently raise 
the relative wages of that particular form of labour. And 
if in certain cases such were the effect, it must be ascribed 
to the conditions affecting the supply of that labour at 
least as much as to the movement in price. After this 
explanation, which applies later on mutatis mutandis to 
relative profits, the results of the further analysis may be 
indicated very briefly. 



NORMAL VALUE AND COST OF PRODUCTION 237 

Suppose next that all the things are made directly by 
capital without the intervention of labour directly. We 
may suppose that we have everlasting machines that only 
require the eye of the master to keep going. The relative 
values of the things so manufactured will be determined, 
in the first place, by the relative amounts of capital re- 
quired. This is exactly analogous to the quantity of 
labour of the first case ; and if we bring in relative profits, 
we have the analogy to the second case. If the machines 
are indestructible, the only element in cost is the profits, 
for the machine remains. Under these conditions a rise 
or fall in general profits would not affect relative values ; 
but any change in relative profits would disturb the rela- 
tions just as effectively as a change in the quantities of 
capital required. 

We may now approach nearer to actual conditions and 
suppose that things are made partly by labour directly and 
partly by auxiliary capital. In this case a rise or fall in 
general wages, compared with general profits, will disturb 
relative values according to the proportions in which la- 
bour and capital enter into the cost of the different things. 

Further complications are introduced when we take 
account of the different degrees of durability of the fixed 
capital and the amounts of labour required in constructing 
the different forms. The principle applied throughout is 
that anything that affects values equally does not disturb 
their relations, because a general rise or fall of values is 
impossible. 

The raw material of some manufactures is of more 
importance than the labour bill (as in paper made from 
esparto or rags). The value of the raw material will again 



238 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

depend on the relative conditions of production. There 
may be elements of monopoly or scarcity ; or diminishing 
return may come into play, in which case the normal value 
of the material depends on the marginal cost. 

These closer approximations to actual conditions, though 
in one way they complicate the general argument, in some 
respects they make it more clear. When we take account 
not only of what is called the prime cost, but also of the 
share borne by a thing of the supplementary cost, it becomes 
still more clear that the normal prices of finished goods do 
not determine the rates of wages, but rather the converse. 
Railways and steamers are essential to the cotton manufac- 
ture and to all the other manufactures of the country. A 
rise in the price of one of these manufactures might for 
the time raise the wages of the labour directly concerned, 
but it could hardly affect the wages of the thousands en- 
gaged in transport. 

In conclusion it may be repeated that the normal values 
must be expressed in relation to something besides money. 
Cost must be separated into its component factors ; and for 
each of these factors there is a demand that is relatively 
large compared to the demand derived from the particular 
product. 

The principle that tends to make the market values 
gravitate to the normal is in modern industry on a large 
scale the so-called tendency of profits to equality. The 
expression is apt to be misleading, and as explained in 
the chapter on Profits, it is better to speak of the insta- 
bility of exceptional rates. 

The "law of substitution" (Marshall) expresses the con- 
tinuous striving for new economies in production; these new 



NORMAL VALUE AND COST OF PRODUCTION 239 

economies, so long as the old price is maintained, give 
exceptional rates of remuneration which are a species of 
quasi-rent. But quasi-rents, like true economic rents, de- 
pend on prices and not prices on quasi-vents. (See next 
chapter.) 

Case of Joint Products. — If we suppose that two or more 
things can only be produced together, or that it would be 
just as expensive to produce any one as this one with the 
others, we have the case of joint cost: e.g. wool and mutton, 
etc. In this case the normal price of the two together will 
tend to conform to the aggregate cost of production, and 
the relative prices of the joint products will depend on 
demand and supply. Suppose that there is a rise in the 
demand for wool, so far that raises its price, but the demand 
for mutton may be supposed to remain undisturbed. 
There will be a rise in the value of the wool and mutton 
combined, or there will be exceptional profits in sheep 
farming. Accordingly more sheep will be reared until the 
total yield gives an ordinary return. With the increase of 
supply the price of wool will fall to some extent, but the 
price of the mutton will fall still more. 

It should be observed that the producers of joint products 
can in general exercise some influence on the relative 
proportion of supply of the two factors, or at any rate can 
influence the quality. Thus with a rise in wool sheep 
would be bred with the idea of improving the stock as 
regards wool, and conversely of mutton. The general 
principles applicable to the aggregate joint cost will vary 
with the conditions of production, e.g. increasing or dimin- 
ishing return. The case of joint products is of much 
wider application than is generally supposed at first sight, 



240 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

e.g. nearly every manufacture has some product which 
was formerly considered as waste, but, owing to improve- 
ments in production or changes in demand, acquires 
value. 1 

Note on Expenses of Production. 

In the article on Value by the present author in the Encyclo- 
paedia Britannica (9th ed.), a formula is given which illustrates 
the complexity of the expenses of production of ordinary commodi- 
ties. In this formula account is taken of the amount of fixed capital 
required, the rate of wear and tear, the rate of profit, the amount of 
labour, the price in wages of the labour, and the time of production. 
No special reference is made to raw material or to the elements of 
supplementary cost or to differences in the rates of wages of the 
different employees. And yet even as so simplified the formula 
seems complex. To compare the relative expenses of two commodi- 
ties and thus their cost values, we must take a similar formula for 
the second commodity. 

Let E x represent the expense of production (as indicated) of com- 
modity A. Qx is the value of the fixed capital, r x the rate of wear 
and tear per annum, P x is the rate of profit on the whole capital, Q 2 
the number of labourers, w 2 the rate of wages, and ^ the time. Then 
for commodity A we have 

and for commodity B, 

Changes are constantly taking place in all the elements taken, and 
others have been omitted. It thus appears that under modern con- 
ditions normal values are liable to frequent changes, if by normal we 
mean cost value. 

1 Principles, Book III, Chaps. V and VI ; Mill, Principles, Book III, 
Chaps. Ill and IV ; Marshall, Principles, Book V. 



CHAPTER IV 

BENT AND VALUE — MONOPOLY VALUE 

1. Economic Rent as a Factor in Price. — It has been 
shown in the pure theory of rent that under the condi- 
tions laid down rent depends on price and not price on 
rent. The marginal cost determines the price and neither 
the marginal land nor the marginal dose of capital pays 
rent. 

Certain exceptions, however, may be noticed to this 
rule when the conditions are changed. 

Suppose that land can be used for other purposes and 
accordingly the land available for agriculture is diminished, 
e.g. if large quantities of land are afforested. Other things 
being the same, the marginal cost of the agricultural pro- 
duce will rise. And the reason of this rise is that the 
distribution of land for different purposes is determined 
by the rent which it will yield. 

Again, if we take the case of any new product the 
experimenters must pay the economic rent of the land 
that they require, and this rent will be an element in 
the cost. This assumes of course that for this product 
marginal land that pa) r s no rent is not available, or is not 
of good enough quality. Indirectly also, as before, the 
price of the agricultural produce would be affected. The 
principle applied is that land is limited and the better 
qualities are still more limited. Accordingly, once it is 
R 241 



242 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

fully taken up, any appropriation for other purposes must 
diminish the supply for agricultural produce; this will 
raise the price and it will be profitable to resort to more 
intensive cultivation. Thus the exaction of rent for 
other purposes raises the price of agricultural produce. 

In the intensive form of the theory of rent it is assumed 
that the application of capital stops at the last dose that 
yields ordinary profits. If the application were to be 
carried farther and the total capital employed were still 
to obtain ordinary profits, the deficiency on the last dose 
could only be made up out of rent. Thus there is a 
constant struggle between farmers and landowners as 
regards the advantage of certain improvements. If the 
farmer is to retain his profit, any loss that occurs, if the 
capital expenditure is pushed too far, must fall on rent. 
It is analogous to a tax levied on rent. At the same time 
the increase of produce due to the improvements will so 
far tend to lower the price, which again will lower rent. 
It is to the economic interest of the landowner to prevent 
this double fall in rent by limiting the intensity of the 
cultivation. This limitation, however, so far raises the 
price. 

The necessity for limitation in order to maintain rent is 
still more clearly seen in the case of labour applied to small 
holdings. If crofters and squatters are allowed to apply as 
much labour as they choose to land, the rent will disappear. 
The increase of supply of produce, however, will so far 
tend to lower the price ; though it is probable in this 
case that the inferior methods of cultivation adopted will 
more than neutralise this influence. The case of peasant 
properties is similar. If a value were placed on the 



RENT AND VALUE — MONOPOLY VALUE 243 

labour, the economic rent in many cases would be ab- 
sorbed. Thus the displacement of peasant properties 
by large estates that are worked to pay a maximum rent 
would tend to reduce the amount produced and so far 
raise its price. On the other hand the recession of the 
margin would diminish the marginal cost so far as 
natural conditions are concerned. 

Similar reasoning may be applied in the case of building 
land. Every landowner is supposed to let the land so as 
to give the highest rent ; and it may pay best to keep the 
land vacant for a long time, rather than let it at a low 
rent for buildings which it would be expensive to 
remove when the land might be let on better terms for 
other purposes. So far this holding up of land gives the 
remainder a scarcity value, which indirectly raises the 
cost of houses to the occupiers. Whether this reservation 
of land is so much against the public interest as at first 
sight appears is another matter. (See Principles, Book V, 
Chap. XI.) 

If the owners of land make a tacit or open combination 
the case reduces to monopoly value. So far as there is no 
combination, however, there is no monopoly. 

2. Quasi-rent. — Quasi-rent is the term used by Pro- 
fessor Marshall to describe the "net incomes derived 
from appliances of production already made by man " 
which in some respects resembles true economic rent. 
" When we are considering periods of time too short to 
enable the supply of such appliances to respond to a 
change in the demand for them, the stock of them has 
to be regarded as temporarily fixed. For the time they 
hold nearly the same relations to the price of the things 



244 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

which they take part in producing as is held by land or any 
other free gift of nature of which the stock is permanently 
fixed, and whose net income is a true rent." The term 
appliance of production is taken in a wide sense and is 
extended by analogy to business ability and manual skill. 

Suppose that there is a rise in demand for any com- 
modity and therefore for the time being a rise in price. 
The appliances of production cannot be immediately 
increased, and therefore those already in existence will 
earn exceptional rates of remuneration. Such excep- 
tional rates may fairly be called quasi-rents. If the 
rise of price continues in time, the appliances will be 
increased, and quasi-rents considered as exceptional 
profits or wages will tend to disappear. In the same 
way if one firm makes an improvement, the differential 
profit may be called a quasi-rent, which will tend to 
disappear as the improvement is generally adopted. So 
far the conception is simple. A difficulty, however, is 
sometimes felt when we come to the case of a fall in 
demand and in price. Under these conditions the worst 
appliances will no longer be worked or there will be a 
recession of the margin. Some of the appliances will 
just yield the actual expenses of working them, but no 
surplus. But the excess of the price got by the goods 
made by the better appliances over their wear and tear, 
and the actual expenses of working them will be the 
net income which these appliances yield during the 
short period of depression. In this case the quasi-rent 
derived from the appliances (that is, the net income 
reckoned in the way described) will be less than the 
normal profit on the original investment. (Marshall, 



RENT AND VALUE — MONOPOLY VALUE 245 

Economies of Industry, 3rd edition, Appendix D, and 
Principles, Book V, Chap. IX.) 

The conception quasi-rent must be taken with Professor 
Marshall's conception of normal value. Over a period 
long enough for the factors of production to conform 
to their cost of production, the price of the product 
depends on the costs of the factors, and it is to these 
long periods that the term normal is applied. If the 
period taken is too short for the supply of the factors 
to be readjusted to any change in the demand, the price 
of the product determines the income of the factors. 

3. Monopoly Value. — The principles of monopoly value 
are of special interest at the present time owing to the 
extension of trusts, and the application of combinations 
to labour and capital. The general principles of monop- 
oly can be explained without the aid of mathematics, 
and in this place only so much will be attempted. 

We may begin with the simplest case of a seller's mo- 
nopoly. Suppose (with Cournot) that an individual pos- 
sesses a natural well that supplies some unique mineral 
water which practically involves no cost in the distri- 
bution. The owner must find out the law of demand. 
A very high price may be prohibitive, and at a very low 
price customers may be turned away, or in any case the 
return may be much smaller than if a medium price 
were adopted. The owner must try to discover what 
price will give him the maximum return. Whether this 
will be relatively high or low depends on the nature 
of the demand. It may happen that either a low price 
or a high price would give practically equal results. 
It is clear that a low price would be to the advantage of 



246 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

the public, and thus so far there is a case for govern- 
mental control. 

So far it has been assumed that the monopolist charges 
the same price (high or low) to all his customers. It is, 
however, easy to show that, theoretically, it would be to 
the advantage of the owner of the source to charge differ- 
ent prices to different consumers according to the sup- 
posed intensity of their desires, or simply according to 
their ostensible wealth and the supposed marginal utility 
of their money. 

If in theory we assume perfect monopoly, it may be said 
that, just as perfect competition naturally leads to equality 
of prices, so monopoly leads to inequality. It is possible 
theoretically that it might be equally to the advantage of 
the monopolist and of the public that different prices 
should be charged to different classes. In general, how- 
ever, discriminations of this kind, in the case of monopo- 
lies, have given rise to such abuses that they have been 
prevented. This suggests a second ground for the gov- 
ernmental regulation of monopolies. Thus, in principle, 
railways and cabs are not allowed to charge differential 
rates. In the modern " trusts " a favourite device is to 
charge lower prices abroad, especially if the home market 
is protected by a tariff. 

In general the monopolist must take into account, not 
only the conditions of demand, but those of supply. Here 
different cases must be distinguished. If the expenses of 
production are independent of the quantity produced, they 
merely give a limiting or minimum price. The aggregate 
revenue must give at least this much, but the actual price 
fixed will, as before, depend on demand. 



RENT AND VALUE — MONOPOLY VALUE 247 

In most cases, however, the aggregate cost will vary with 
the amount produced. Even if the product is subject to the 
law of increasing return, and the supply can be increased at 
a diminishing cost, still this larger supply can only be sold 
at a lower price per unit, whilst the total cost is, of course, 
increased. In a case of this kind the calculation of the 
price that will give the greatest net revenue is a matter 
of great difficulty. It may be said, however, that in gen- 
eral the simplicity and the lessened risk of high prices 
prove most attractive to the monopolist. Thus it was 
only under the stimulus of governmental control that the 
railwaj's discovered that the low third-class fares would 
give them the best return. 

A case of great theoretical interest is that of a change 
in the conditions of cost, as by the imposition of a tax. 
Suppose that the monopolist has discovered the price that 
will give him a maximum net revenue, and that suddenly 
a tax is imposed. The question is, can he indemnify him- 
self wholly or partially by raising his price. If the cost 
is independent of the quantity, and the tax is in the nature 
of a license to sell, also independent of the quantity, he 
can gain nothing by changing his price. If the tax is 
heavy enough, it may stop his production altogether, but 
he cannot transfer it to the consumer. In any case he has 
to pay the aggregate cost, and if he could gain after the 
tax by raising his price, he could have gained before the 
tax was imposed — but by hypothesis he has already fixed 
the best price. 

If, however, the cost varies with the quantity, and the 
tax is so much per unit, then by diminishing his supply 
he so far diminishes his cost, and at the same time he can 



248 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

sell the smaller supply at a higher price per unit. His 
revenue must, in any case, be reduced, but he may suffer 
less by raising his price and diminishing his sales. To 
take a simple illustration : Suppose the tax imposed is 
just equal to his original price per unit. If he still sells 
at the old price, he gets only enough to pay the tax, and 
he loses all the expenses of production. But if he raises 
the price, say, by the amount of the tax, he will, indeed, 
sell so much less ; but on every unit sold he will gain the 
same net return as he would have done before on that 
amount. 

4. Competition and Monopoly Prices Compared. — Under 
certain conditions monopoly prices may be more steady 
and uniform than competition prices. Under competition 
the stronger sellers may strive to undersell the weaker, 
and drive them from the market with the view of after- 
ward establishing a practical monopoly. Thus there may 
be oscillations between low and high prices. Again, it 
is not necessary that monopoly prices should be higher 
than competition prices. The amalgamation of a number 
of small concerns may lead to great economies, so that the 
monopoly price, though fixed above the monopoly cost, 
may be still below the old competition price. This is 
the great argument used in defence of trusts. 

Again, competition sometimes leads sellers to agree to a 
fixed price, without restrictions as to quantity. Competi- 
tion in this form may be very keen and yet the consumer 
gains nothing, as in the case of retail trade with customary 
prices at a high level. Here competition may keep prices 
higher than would be to the advantage of a great 
monopolist. 



KENT AND VALUE — MONOPOLY VALUE 249 

In certain undertakings the public interest is best pro- 
moted by granting a monopoly to a company at any rate 
for a term of years. Suppose the undertaking is such as 
to require a large capital, and to involve a great experi- 
mental risk, whilst if successful it will at once provoke 
competition ; a monopoly in such a case would be no 
more than the recognition of a species of copyright or 
patent. 

5. Conditions Requisite to a Seller's Monopoly. — The 
monopolist to succeed must be able to regulate both the 
supply and the price. If the price only is regulated, the 
excess of supply may eventually destroy the monopoly. 
It is not sufficient to control the new supplies only ; e.g. 
if old material can be used, as in the case of copper, or 
if the supply accumulates, as in the case of inconvertible 
notes, the monopoly price cannot be maintained. The 
case of the Bank of England during the restriction of cash 
payments is a good illustration. The notes were issued at 
par value, and the issues were supposed to be adjusted to 
the demands of trade, and yet in the end depreciation set 
in, or, in other words, the monopoly price could not be 
maintained. The new issues were regulated, but the notes 
already in circulation were beyond control. 

Similarly, the monopolist must be able to prevent the 
use of substitutes. One of the great objections to the 
grant of patents is that similar discoveries must be sup- 
pressed to protect the patent rights. 

Finally, the monopolist must be able to adjust quickly 
and easily both [nice and supply to any change in demand. 
If with a fall in demand he tries to maintain the old price, 
he will no longer obtain the maximum profit possible under 



250 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

the circumstances, and he may even incur a loss. If he 
lowers the price but does not check sufficiently the supply, 
in the end his monopoly must break down. 

It follows that monopoly is not likely to succeed in 
things for which the demand is variable and the supply 
not capable of ready adjustment. 

In modern times monopolies are in general based not 
oh government grants, but on voluntary combinations of 
individuals. Such combinations are difficult to maintain. 
If the price is fixed above the natural competition rate, 
there is the danger of external competition, especially if 
the commodity enters into foreign trade ; and there is also 
the danger of internal competition, since any one producer 
may, by various devices, really lower his price without 
ostensibly infringing the regulations. The law will not 
enforce contracts in restraint of trade, and such voluntary 
combinations must depend on esprit de corps, etc. 

6. Buyer's Monopoly. — In a buyer's monopoly the whole 
effective demand is on the part of one individual or a 
group acting in concert. Accordingly, to effect sales the 
sellers must submit to the buyer's terms ; and such a 
buyer's monopoly may keep prices below the natural com- 
petition rate for a considerable time. Thus there may 
be an effective combination of employers as regards the 
demand for some kind of labour. The labourer cannot 
readily take to other occupations or hold out for a 
better bargain, and thus may be forced to accept the 
employer's terms. The only effective remedy seems to be 
to meet combination by combination. 

An effective combination of tenants may keep rents 
below the competition rates, in which case part of the 



RENT AND VALUE — MONOPOLY VALUE 251 

true economic rent is transferred to the tenant. Such a 
result is really obtained when there is a low level of cus- 
tomary rents. When anything is naturally scarce or is 
the subject of a natural or artificial monopoly, the price 
may be lowered by an effective buyer's monopoly. 

If a commodity is produced by labour and capital under 
the ordinary conditions of competition, a buyer's monopoly 
can only be successful for a short time, as the labour and 
capital will be withdrawn, or at any rate not replaced. In 
the same way the buyer's monopoly will fail if the com- 
modity attacked can be transferred to other uses or other 
places. 1 

1 Principles, Vol. II, Chaps. VII-IX. For historical examples of 
monopolies, see Principles, Vol. Ill, Book V, Chap. II. The effects of 
combinations of labour and capital on wages and profits are discussed 
in Principles, Vol. II, Book III, Chap. VIII ; for the relations of rent 
and value, see Marshall, Principles, Vol. I, Book V, Chap. VIII-X ; and 
for the theory of monopolies, Ibid., Chap. XIII ; Hobson, Evolution of 
Modem Capitalism. 



CHAPTER V 

FUNCTIONS AND SYSTEMS OF MONEY 

1. What is Money? — The difficulty involved in the 
definition of money is best seen by considering the very 
different things that have performed, and still perform, 
monetary functions of primary importance. Materials of 
all kinds have been used. The gold sovereign displaced 
the silver pound, which was originally a pound weight of 
silver, just as the pound of silver displaced the older stand- 
ard of value, namely, the man slave. Similarly, the ox was 
probably the origin of the shilling. Besides gold and sil- 
ver, all the common metals and a great variety of other 
things have been used as material money, e.g. corn, oil, 
dried fish, tobacco, etc. In the course of monetary evolu- 
tion coins took the place of ingots of merchandise ; bank- 
notes were issued to represent coins and were convertible 
into coins on demand ; convertible notes suggested incon- 
vertible notes that represent nothing but hopes of deferred 
payment ; banks created by their credit the bank money 
that is circulated by means of cheques ; and the cheque is 
itself a development of the bill of exchange which is still 
of the first importance in the settlement of international 
transactions. 

It is practically impossible to give a satisfactory defini- 
tion of money that will cover all these varieties of things 
that do the recognised work of money. It seems then 

252 



FUNCTIONS AND SYSTEMS OF MONEY 253 

best to adopt (though with a wider significance) the 
phrase of the late Professor Walker and to say : Money is 
that money does. We may then proceed to consider what 
money does or the principal monetary functions. 

2. The Primary Functions of Money. — It is hardly nec- 
essary to illustrate the difficulties of barter. To avoid 
these difficulties something must be found, which having 
regard to the stage of development of the society, will be 
universally accepted. This is the essential characteristic 
of money considered as a medium of exchange. At first 
the thing must be such that it is highly prized on its own 
account, e.g. oxen, slaves, or the precious metals ; but in 
the course of time the monetary function becomes of such 
importance in itself that things may perform the functions 
of a medium of exchange although they have no value for 
other than monetary purposes, e.g. bank-notes. 

The importance of money as a medium of exchange is 
best seen in connection with the development of division 
of labour. The substitution of a money economy for a 
"natural" economy, or the commutation of payments in 
produce or in services into payments in money, marks the 
course of progress in every nation. 

We pass now to the second primary function of money. 

It is plainly impossible to exchange all sorts of things 
against any one thing, unless there is also some accepted 
standard measure of values. The function of money as a 
standard of value is of coordinate importance with its 
function as a medium of exchange, and the two functions 
are intimately connected. It is not necessary, however, 
that the actual medium should itself be the standard ; it is 
sufficient if it is related as multiple or sub-multiple, or in 



254 ELEMENTS OP POLITICAL ECONOMY 

any definite relation that is capable of exact interpretation. 
Thus at present in the United Kingdom the sovereign 
is the standard unit of value; and all values are meas- 
ured in parts and numbers of sovereigns. The actual pay- 
ments, however, are made only to a small extent in gold 
coins ; the actual medium of exchange consists of bronze, 
silver, and paper ; and of banking transactions only a small 
fraction are effected by means of gold or coin of any kind. 

The unit of value need not be a coin. The pound of 
silver was at first only coined into silver pennies, and for 
centuries even the shilling was only a money of account. 
It is worth noting that in the mediseval period money val- 
uations were often adopted for the purpose of keeping ac- 
counts before the corresponding payments were effected 
by means of money : e.g. the villein services were meas- 
ured in terms of money before they were actually com- 
muted into money payments. 

The difference between the measure and the medium 
may be illustrated by reference to produce, — say grain 
rents. Here the stipulated rent means so much grain, 
but the rent may be actually paid in money. In this case 
grain is the measure of value, and money is the medium 
of exchange. 

The standard measure ought to be such that it will 
measure values not merely in a particular market at a 
certain moment, but it should also serve as a standard for 
deferred payments. 

This function of money in the course of progress has 
become of so great importance that it is often described as 
a third primary function. 

Experience shows that this requisite of money is difii- 



FUNCTIONS AND SYSTEMS OF MONEY 255 

cult to fulfil. In one way it is simple enough to provide 
for certainty in the interpretation of contracts. It is suffi- 
cient to state that the unit of value is a certain weight 
of a certain substance of a certain quality, as we have in 
the legal definition of the sovereign or pound sterling. 
But the real meaning of monetary contracts involves the 
idea not of iveight but of value. So long as inconvertible 
notes remain undepreciated, they serve the purposes of 
money equally well with gold. Even when depreciated, 
they would also serve equally well to measure values and to 
exchange commodities at the same time and place, but if 
from place to place or time to time their value changes, 
they vitiate so far the real meaning of monetary contracts. 
The evils of uncertainty of value in the money in terms of 
which contracts are expressed is also well illustrated in 
the debasement or depreciation of a metallic currency. 
(See the famous description by Macaulay of the disordered 
state of trade and especially of wages in the period preced- 
ing the recoinage of silver in 1696.) 

Stability of value over long periods, or at least over 
periods for which monetary contracts are usual, is then 
one of the requisites of a good monetary standard. 

It is, however, easy to show that perfect stability of 
value is unattainable except under the assumption that 
everything, including the prices of commodities and ser- 
vices, is fixed and stationary. Whatever substance is 
chosen as the material basis of the standard, under the 
conditions that at present prevail, it must be liable to 
fluctuations in value. 

But at the same time some things have greater com- 
parative stability if we take as the test of stability of 



256 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

value their general purchasing power, which for monetary- 
purposes seems the proper test. 

Values depend on demand and supply, and causes of 
fluctuations in value may arise on either side. 

Thus on the side of supply, corn and other forms of 
produce consumed within the year are not so stable as the 
metals which are relatively durable. Gold in particular is 
not only durable, but so precious that it is always taken care 
of. Thus the stock of gold in the hands of man is always 
very large compared with the annual supply. And so far 
its value is likely to be more stable than that of wheat. 

Again, consider the influence of demand. Some things 
are liable to disturbances in demand through changes in 
fashion, the discovery of substitutes, etc. ; but the precious 
metals, and especially gold, are always valued for their 
own uses as commodities, to say nothing of the monetary 
value that they have acquired by long usage. The im- 
portance of this last factor in demand is shown very 
forcibly by the recent depreciation of silver, which is due 
largely to a falling off in the demand for that metal for 
monetary purposes. 

The value of gold is no doubt subject to fluctuations, 
but it is doubtful if on the whole they are so great as to 
call for the adoption of another standard on that account. 
Recently, however, the so-called appreciation of gold led 
many economists and statesmen to advocate the adoption 
of the double or joint standard of gold and silver. (See 
below, Chap. IX.) 

To provide against the evil of fluctuations in value, 
what is termed the tabular standard has been proposed. 

This is in effect an application of the theory of index 



FUNCTIONS AND SYSTEMS OF MONEY k 257 

numbers, or it may be considered as a development of 
grain or produce rents. According to this plan certain 
representative commodities are chosen and their average 
prices for a certain period are calculated. If this original 
level is represented by 100, then according to the rise 
or fall in the average of these representative prices at any 
time this original index number of 100 is modified by the 
necessary percentage. Suppose that prices measured in 
this way had risen so that £106 would now purchase only 
what was formerly purchased by £100, then it is said, the 
purchasing power or the value of gold has fallen in that 
proportion, and that in equity the creditor for a gold loan 
ought to receive <£6 more per cent on the repayment of 
the principal, and similarly of all contracts in terms 
of money ; the debtor is supposed to agree to pay not so 
much gold simply, but gold of so much purchasing power 
as measured by this tabular standard. The objection to 
this method is that it is unworkable in practice. Even 
in the case of produce rents it was found preferable on 
both sides to take the speculative risk of a change in the 
value of gold. 

Sometimes another function of money is explicitly 
stated, namely that of a store of value. This, however, 
seems to be derivative from money as a medium of ex- 
change and as a standard for deferred payments. The 
early form of storing money for this purpose was simply 
hoarding; in modern times the chief store of material 
money is in the form of banker's reserves, which support 
a far greater amount of representative money. The 
function of money for the transfer of values is also 
derivative, and is now largely performed by credit. 



258 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

3. The Qualities of Good Metallic Money. — It is easy to 
show by reference on the one side to the functions of 
money, and on the other to the qualities of the various 
metals, that silver and gold are preeminently suitable for 
money. The money material ought to be prized on its 
own account, and it should possess in a high degree the 
qualities of portability, durability, homogeneity of parts, 
divisibility, and cognisibility (so that its purity is easily 
tested). The latter quality is of special importance in the 
case of coins. A coin is defined by Jevons as an ingot, of 
which the weight and fineness are certified by the integ- 
rity of the designs impressed upon the surface of the 
metal. It is important that coins should show not only 
the original fineness and weight, but the absence of any 
subsequent alteration. 

In former times false coinage was very general. At 
first, as usual, a remedy was sought for in the severity 
of the punishment; but here, as elsewhere, it was found 
that prevention was a more efficient remedy than retribu- 
tion. Accordingly, in the course of progress we find more 
and more elaborate devices adopted so as to make imita- 
tion difficult. When the coins were hammered, the im- 
pression was feeble and the size irregular, and clipping 
and sweating were encouraged ; the elaborate machinery 
of the modern mint cannot be readily made or worked in 
secret. 

The design on the coins is not only of interest as a his- 
torical record and as indicating the extent of the king's 
peace, but it prevents counterfeiting and the fraudulent 
removal of the metal. The design should also be so con- 
trived as to reduce the natural wear and tear to a mini- 



FUNCTIONS AND SYSTEMS OF MONEY 259 

mum. Under present conditions, when a large quantity 
of silver is current in different countries as full legal 
tender, although far below half its nominal or metallic 
value, the necessity of preventing fraudulent imitation 
is of great importance. 

Coins have been made of all degrees of weight, and 
the only rule that can be laid down is the rule of con- 
venience. When the silver penny was the only coin, it 
was too valuable for some payments, and too bulky for 
others ; to remedy the first evil, leather tokens were is- 
sued ; and to avoid the second, gold coins of foreign make 
were used. 

4. Systems of Metallic Money. — The simplest and the 
most ancient system of metallic money is currency by 
weight. The French livre and the Italian lira, like the 
English and Scottish pounds, refer originally to the pound 
weight of silver. In this system the currency is practi- 
cally a form of merchandise. Such a system, when found 
at present, is a sign of backwardness in a nation (China). 
It may also be resorted to in the case of a depreciation of 
the actual coinage, when the depreciation is recognised, 
and is not counteracted by restriction of the quantity. 
(See below, Chap. VII.) In international pajmients the 
exchanges are based upon the weights of the coins (the fine 
metal), and remittances are often made in bars. 

In the system of parallel standards, two or more metals 
are coined, but no attempt is made to regulate by law 
their relative values. This method is so inconvenient as 
to be impracticable. When it is actually found, it is in 
general the result of a breakdown of a system of bimet- 
allism, in which the legal ratio is no longer recognised. 



260 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

Of this there are several examples in English monetary 
history which had important consequences. 

In the single legal tender system only one metal is used 
(generally silver), as in the old English system. As 
already noticed, silver alone is inconvenient. 

The inconveniences of the single legal tender are reme- 
died by the composite legal tender system. The present 
English system is an example of this plan. One metal 
(gold) is full legal tender to any extent, whilst silver and 
bronze are token money of limited legal tender. 

Jevons, from whom these significant terms are derived, 
also uses the term multiple legal tender system. On this 
plan two or more metals are full legal tender at ratios 
fixed by law. The most important case is bimetallism. 
(See below, Chap. IX.) To these may be added the 
suspended coinage system, which has resulted from the 
breakdown of bimetallism in recent times. In France 
and other countries silver is still full legal tender, but to 
keep up its value it is no longer coined for this purpose. 
In India, also, the coinage of silver has been suspended, 
as an indirect consequence of the breakdown of bi- 
metallism, which dislocated the foreign exchanges and 
embarrassed the Indian government. 1 

1 This chapter is abbreviated from Principles, Book III, Chaps. XI 
and XII ; see also Nicholson, Money and Monetary Problems and 
Bankers' 1 Money; Jevons, Money ; Walker, Money. 



CHAPTER VI 

THE QUANTITY THEORY OF MONEY 

1. A Hypothetical Market. — The quantity theory of 
money is, perhaps, the best example of the abstract de- 
ductive method. We begin with certain hypothetical 
conditions, and gradually introduce more and more dis- 
turbing forces, until we arrive at the complex relations 
of the present commercial world. The object of the 
theory is to explain the causes that determine the ex- 
change value of money, or the general level of prices, 
according to the standard considered. 

It is to be observed that, although, as in dealing with 
relative values, we begin with a very abstract statement 
of conditions, from the outset we are dealing with real 
causes. The point is that for the time being we abstract 
or take away other causes that are introduced at subse- 
quent stages. 

Suppose then that a market is set up under the follow- 
ing conditions: No exchanges are to be made without 
money passing from hand to hand at every transaction, 
thus excluding credit and barter. The money is to be 
considered as of no utility except for immediate exchanges ; 
that is, there is no hoarding or reservation of the money. 
This condition implies that all the money is to be put 
into circulation, and is made explicit by saying that every 

261 



262 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

piece of money is to be used at least once in the inter- 
change of the commodities in the market. It is also 
assumed that all the commodities must be exchanged for 
money, that all are on sale, and sold for the best price 
obtainable. Under these simple and fixed conditions, 
the value of the money will vary inversely with its quan- 
tity: in other words, the level of prices will depend on 
the quantity of money on the one side, and on the com- 
modities to be exchanged on the other. Thus, if the 
money were increased tenfold (the commodities and the 
exchanges remaining the same), prices would rise tenfold; 
and similarly of a diminution of the money and a fall 
in prices. 

Although the rise and fall in general prices is only 
exactly proportioned to the increase and decrease of quan- 
tity under these or similar hypothetical conditions, the 
quantity of the money is always a factor of the first im- 
portance. Thus the great rise in prices that took place 
in the sixteenth century is explained by the great dis- 
coveries of silver. Similarly, the fall in the value of 
gold after 1850 was ascribed to the gold discoveries in 
Australia and California. The best illustration, as will 
be shown later (see Chap. VII) is found in the depre- 
ciation of inconvertible notes through excessive issues. 

It must be observed, however, even at this early stage 
of the exposition of the theory, that the quantity alone 
is not sufficient to explain the changes in the value of 
gold as is shown by the slight effect of the far greater 
discoveries of recent times. Even inconvertible notes, 
it will be shown, may be depreciated without excessive 
issues, and with excessive issues may escape depreciation. 



THE QUANTITY THEORY OF MONEY 263 

We must then look for other causes, besides the quantity, 
which affect the value of money. 

2. Influences modifying that of Quantity. — Suppose, 
now, that in effecting a given amount of transactions 
each piece of money in this same hypothetical market is 
used a number of times instead of once only. It is easy 
to see that this must have the same effect on the level 
of prices as if the quantity of money were increased in 
like proportion. The increase in the number of times 
the money is used is described as an increase in the 
rapidity of circulation. The phrase is open to objection 
(Mill), but it answers well enough if the idea is made 
clear ; and this is, perhaps, best accomplished by a simple 
example. Suppose, then, that at first there are ten 
things, and one hundred pieces of money, and let the 
things be of equal value in the eye of the only possessor 
of the money. He will then give ten pieces for each 
thing ; and each piece of money is used once only in 
effecting these ten exchanges. If, however, the man 
of money only desired one thing, and gave all the money 
for that thing, and the receiver passed it on in the same 
way in one lump to his neighbour in the market, and so 
on through the whole set of things and merchants, each 
thing would be sold for one hundred pieces instead of 
ten ; and the essential point of difference is that each 
piece of money is used ten times instead of once. 

This influence also may be illustrated, though not so 
sharply, by reference to actual commerce. Thus, if 
money circulates rapidly, a less quantity will suffice to 
keep up a certain level of prices. Again, with improve- 
ments in the means of communication and of transport, 



264 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

money circulates more rapidly, or, to adopt Mill's phrase, 
the efficiency of the money is increased, and so far prices 
rise. Other modifying influences are more obvious in 
their effects. In all cases, however, it is best to compare 
these effects to those of a corresponding increase or 
diminution in the quantity of the money. 

An increase in the volume of the trade is equivalent to 
a decrease in the quantity of money or so far prices 
fall. Thus, after the great discoveries of silver in the 
sixteenth century the rise in prices was partly checked 
by the increase in the volume of trade. 

Suppose now that some of the exchanges of com- 
modities are effected without the intervention of money, 
as by direct barter. This is equivalent in its effect to an 
increase in the quantity of money. A certain amount 
of money is set free to exchange the other things. 

Next let us take account of the fact that the money 
material (say, gold) has itself great utility apart from its 
monetary functions ; which, to begin with, is one of the 
requisites of a good medium of exchange. In this case 
the use of the gold for these other purposes will so far 
diminish the supply available for money, and thus prices 
will be so much lower. At present the use of gold in the 
arts, and for ornament, plate, etc., is very great, and it 
has always been so. Large quantities have been ex- 
ported to the East and there hoarded; and in the West 
a large mass of gold is hoarded by the great military 
nations of Europe in their war chests. Similarly, a great 
part of the reserves of gold held in the European na- 
tional banks has practically no monetary influence : to 
all intents and purposes it is hoarded. 



THE QUANTITY THEORY OF MONET 265 

The use of gold for industrial purposes illustrates 
very clearly the distinction between the price of gold 
and its value. The price is fixed by law. All that this 
means in reality is that a certain amount of gold can 
always be made into a certain number of sovereigns. 
Thus, at present, the English mint will make out of an 
ounce of standard gold (i.e. fine gold with a fixed pro- 
portion of allo} r ) three sovereigns, and the fraction of 
a sovereign that corresponds to seventeen shillings and 
tenpence halfpenny is left over : in brief, the mint 
price of gold is <£3 lis. 10ld. But the purchasing power 
of this gold is subject to constant variations. Suppose, 
then, that owing to very great abundance of gold or any 
other cause prices rise very much, then the money in- 
comes of people will also rise ; and if the price of gold 
were to remain the same, every one would be willing to 
spend more on gold ornaments. Thus the gold would, 
to this extent, be withdrawn from circulation, and so 
far prices would again fall. 

3. Cost of Production of Gold in Relation to its Value. — 
The quantity of gold can only be increased at any time 
under certain conditions at an increasing cost. Thus 
gold considered as a metal would appear to have its 
value determined by the marginal cost, as in the case of 
other commodities produced according to diminishing 
return. If, then, we also take for granted that an equal 
weight of gold in the form of coins must be of just the same 
value as the same weight of gold bullion (which is obvious 
if there is no charge for mintage and no restriction on coin- 
age) then the value of gold money seems to be determined 
by the marginal cost of the production of gold bullion. 



266 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

This reasoning is, however, fallacious. The value of 
gold, as so often insisted on, must mean its value com- 
pared with other things, and for general purposes we 
must take its general purchasing power; that is, the 
value of gold varies with the level of general prices. It 
is obvious, even at the present stage of the argument, 
that the level of prices must depend on a number of 
influences besides the marginal cost of gold. Such are, 
for example, the volume of trade and the rapidity of 
circulation: an increase in trade might more than neu- 
tralise an increase of gold due to a fall in the marginal 
cost, and an increase in the rapidity of circulation might 
raise prices or lower the value of gold in spite of a 
falling off in the annual supply, and an increase in the 
marginal cost. As will appear later, the influence of 
credit on prices in modern conditions is of the greatest 
importance ; and it is clear that if money were compelled 
to pass from hand to hand (as at first assumed) in every 
transaction, to keep up the present level of prices the 
sovereign must be reduced to the size of a grain of 
sand. 

But leaving for the present the influence of credit and 
representative money, the fallacy of the argument under 
review appears from another consideration. The annual 
supply is only a small part of the total supply, and of this 
annual supply only a small part is produced at the mar- 
ginal cost. Thus at any time, or, say, over a period of ten 
years, the marginal cost can have but a small effect on the 
quantity of gold money. In any case, however, the value 
of gold, as of all other things, must depend on demand as 
much as on supply, and the demand for gold is governed, 



THE QUANTITY THEORY OF MONEY 2G7 

by the work which it has to do in effecting monetary- 
transactions. 

The truth then appears to be that at any time the value 
of gold (or the range of prices) is one of the factors which 
determine how far the margin of gold-mining will be 
pushed. If, owing to a general rise in prices, the price of 
labour and of machinery and of all the requisites of gold 
production also rise, then so far the margin will recede : 
the gold extracted at the old margin will no longer suffice 
to make coins enough to pay for the labour, etc., required. 
This recession of the margin will, in its turn, so far lessen 
the quantity of the annual supply of gold and thus affect 
also the amount available for money. In this way the 
cost of production of gold at any time or over any short 
period has an effect, though relatively slight, on the value 
of gold (or the general level of prices measured in gold). 

It is, however, worth pointing out that if we consider 
very long periods, the cumulative effects of small causes 
may be very great. Gold was produced in prehistoric 
times, and the actual supply of gold at the present time is 
the result of the expenditure of labour and capital in the 
past. It is, then, no doubt true to say that had it not been 
for the difficulty in production, especially in the past, the 
quantity of gold would now be so much greater and the 
level of prices so much higher. There is one case in which 
cost of production is of special interest ; namely, in consid- 
ering the relative values of gold and silver. It is no doubt 
true that the recent depreciation of silver relatively to gold 
is due much more to changes in demand than in supply. 
But when we take into account very long periods so as to 
consider the cost of producing the aggregate in the hands 



268 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

of man, then one reason why silver has always been so 
much less valuable than gold is that it has always been 
produced at less cost. We have no records of the actual 
cost of either metal, and the evidence is rather of a geolog- 
ical character; but it is in geology that the effects of 
cumulative causes are best seen. 1 

1 For fuller statement of the quantity theory on the same lines, see 
Honey and Monetary Problems ; and for the older view (especially as 
regards the influence of cost), Mill, Principles, Book III, Chap. VIII and 
IX. 



CHAPTER VII 

GKESHAM'S LAW — TOKEN COINS — INCONVERTIBLE NOTES 

1. Gresham's Law. — The economic tendency now usu- 
ally described as Gresham's law in its popular form asserts 
that bad money drives good money from circulation, and 
conversely good money will not displace bad money. A 
preferable mode of statement which calls attention to the 
real meaning is : There is an alternative use for good 
money (or its material) for melting or export, and if it is 
worth more for other uses, it will not be paid away as coin. 

Suppose that a large part of the actual coinage of a 
country has fallen below the legal weight, as was the case 
with the English silver before the great recoinage of 1696. 
Suppose, also, that the light money, or a good deal of it, 
still passes by tale, and that people have not yet reverted 
to currency by weight. Under these conditions the best 
coins will be chosen for export or use in the arts, because 
their metallic value is greater, whilst as money (by tale) 
they will only have the value of the worst coins that are 
accepted. Thus in the course of time the better coins will 
disappear, or in other words the aggregate coinage will get 
worse and worse. The operation of Gresham's law in this 
case depends entirely on the fact that the coin has two 
values. If all the coin were weighed and passed at the 
weight value, the good money would have an extra value 
as coin, just as it has as bullion. 

269 



270 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

If, under the conditions at first laid down, the government 
were to issue a mass of new full-weight coins without effec- 
tively withdrawing the old coins from circulation, these 
good coins would disappear, as the law states. 

Like all other economic tendencies, this law is liable to 
be counteracted. Just recently, in England, for example, 
a large part of the gold coinage was below the legal 
weight, but the good coins, as they were issued, remained 
in circulation. The light coins were accepted as readily 
as the Bank of England notes payable on demand in full- 
weight coins, or as the full-value coins themselves. The 
question arises: How is it that for monetary purposes 
bad coins can remain on the same level with good 
coins, or that good coins cannot be sold for more bad 
coins ? 

The first answer is that by gradual and habitual use 
people have been accustomed to the inferior coins, and 
that the law which enjoins people to refuse coins below 
the proper weight is not observed, and probably in most 
cases not known. It suffices for most people to know that 
they in turn can pass on the coins. If, however, there 
were any difficulty in getting rid of the light coins, the 
depreciation would be recognised; the good coins would 
have a greater value for certain purposes, and would be 
withdrawn from circulation. Such a selective process had 
begun in England before the recent restoration of the gold 
coinage. The Bank of England only accepts gold by weight, 
and this bank is the bankers' bank ; that is to say, it holds 
the ultimate real reserve of the other banks, and all super- 
fluous gold is returned to the Bank of England. Thus 
the ordinary banks, in their own interest, would return the 



TOKEN COINS 271 

light gold to circulation, and send the better coins to the 
Bank of England. 

Apart from habit, however, there is a much more effec- 
tive force that keeps up the value of the light coins. This 
is the principle of limitation. With a certain level of 
prices, and a certain amount of monetary transactions to be 
effected, a certain quantity of money is necessary. Thus, 
however small the metallic value of the coins, if they are 
limited, they may keep up their nominal value. It is this 
principle of limitation that explains most of the cases in 
which coins are kept in circulation, although far below the 
metallic value of other coins that pass at the same nominal 
value. The silver coins, for example, in France and other 
countries have not shared in the depreciation of the metal- 
silver; their value has been kept up only by the suspen- 
sion of the coinage. 

Experience shows that if the mints are open for both 
metals, a very slight difference will suffice to make the 
worse (or overvalued) coin drive the better (or under- 
valued) coin from circulation. (See next chapter.) 

2. Token Coins. — The principles examined in the last 
section explain the regulations that have been found neces- 
sary to keep the token coins of a country on a proper foot- 
ing. Token coins are coins the metallic value of which is 
avowedly and designedly below the nominal value, e.g 
the silver and bronze in England. 

It follows at once, from the definition, that it is neces- 
sary to limit the right of coinage. If, under existing con- 
ditions, any one could take silver to the mint and have it 
coined into shillings, etc., there would be a profit of about 
175 per cent on every transaction, at the present price of 



272 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

silver (24c?.). In the seventeenth century, in England, 
private tokens were allowed to be issued to any extent, 
and there were naturally excessive issues. From 1648 to 
1672 there were over twenty thousand different kinds of 
tokens. Somewhat earlier London had been flooded with 
the token farthings that had been issued by the patentees 
to whom the crown had sold the right, and people were 
sometimes forced to take as much as twenty shillings' worth. 
It may be noted that, apart from the danger of excess, the 
issue of private tokens is subject to the great disadvantage 
of want of uniformity — as shown by the example quoted 
above. This want of uniformity is fatal to efficiency as a 
medium of exchange, and many of these tokens did not 
circulate beyond a particular street. 

To protect the limitation of the coinage of tokens they 
are in general limited as legal tender to a certain maxi- 
mum, e.g. in England 40s. for silver. This limitation 
also has the advantage of securing the convenience of 
people — they are not obliged to accept masses of silver. 

The recent experience of many countries shows that the 
limitation of legal tender is not essential to token money 
if the coinage is strictly limited; and as regards the conven- 
ience of people, it is found sometimes that there is a defi- 
ciency of silver. The aim of the government is not profit, 
but to answer the requirements of trade, and the estimates 
may be underrated. Recently, in some of the manufactur- 
ing towns of England there was a dearth of farthings, to 
the inconvenience of the poorer classes. The sole object of 
token coins is to promote the convenience of people. Were 
it not for this, all the coins might be of gold, and the gold 
penny would be about the weight of half a grain of wheat. 



INCONVERTIBLE NOTES 273 

3. Inconvertible Notes. — Inconvertible notes, as the name 
implies, are bank-notes, the conversion of which into coin 
(e.g. gold) is suspended, or indefinitely postponed. As 
they arise, in fact, from the degradation of convertible 
notes, it might be thought that the theory of convertible 
notes should be treated first. In fact, however, the issues 
and the value of inconvertible notes are determined by 
quite different principles, and the reason for taking the 
theory of inconvertible paper at this stage is that it forms 
the best illustration of the quantity theory of money. 

The conditions under which these notes are issued con- 
form more nearly to the original conditions of our hypo- 
thetical market than do the conditions that affect the 
actual circulation of gold. The notes have no value except 
as money, and as a rule people are reluctant to keep them 
for any time through fear of depreciation ; in consequence 
they are thrown into circulation. Again, after a certain 
point has been reached in their issues, any further issue has 
an immediate effect on prices ; and if we suppose that the 
other modes of exchange (through barter or credit) remain 
the same, we can apply the logical method of difference. 

In nearly all cases in which inconvertible notes have been 
issued they have become depreciated. Such depreciation 
may be estimated in reference to the standard which these 
notes are supposed to represent (e.g. gold) or in reference 
to commodities. We may consider first the depreciation 
relatively to gold. As throughout monetary theory, it is 
necessary to adopt the abstract deductive method. 

Take, then, an isolated country and suppose that to begin 
with it has a currency of two million gold sovereigns. Let 
the government issue a million of inconvertible notes scat- 



274 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

tered up and down the country in payment for all kinds 
of things, so that the notes are effectively circulated at 
once. Then by the quantity theory, other things remain- 
ing the same, general prices will rise ; and therefore if all 
prices rise, in theory gold also must rise in price, i.e. gold 
bullion ; and therefore gold coins will be melted down so 
long as there is any difference in price (Gresham's law). 
Ultimately general prices will be restored to the former 
level, the only difference being that a million of notes has 
displaced a million of gold from the circulation. 

At this point let another million of notes be issued ; the 
same process will take place, and all the gold will event- 
ually be driven from circulation. Suppose, next, that 
when there is no more gold in circulation another million 
of notes is issued, then, as before, all prices rise ; but now, 
since there is no gold to displace the mass of the currency, 
it remains inflated, and according to the pure quantity 
theory all prices will have risen by one-half. Inter alia 
the price of gold measured in notes will have risen fifty 
per cent ; and this premium on gold, as it is termed, is the 
measure of the depreciation of the notes compared with 
standard money. 

We must now bring in various influences and conditions 
that modify the action of the pure theory. 

Gold may still remain in circulation, the premium being 
recognised or allowed for when payments are made in gold. 
In this case it may be shown that the depreciation of the 
notes relatively to gold will be somewhat less, and rela- 
tively to commodities somewhat greater, than if all the 
gold were thrown on the bullion market of the particular 
country. 



INCONVERTIBLE NOTES 275 

The paper may become depreciated before there is any 
excess of issues simply because it is discredited. In fact, 
this element of possible discredit must always be taken 
account of, though not, as some writers have supposed, to 
the exclusion of the quantity. 

In the modern world no country is in reality isolated, 
and the gold may be exported. This is in fact the general 
rule ; exports of gold cannot be prevented and will prob- 
ably be stimulated, because as prices rise importation into 
the country is encouraged, and the adverse balance will be 
met in the first place by the export of gold. 

Finally, it may happen that in some cases the paper will 
not be depreciated in proportion to the excess of issues be- 
cause, under the conditions prevailing at the time, more 
currency is required. Thus inconvertible notes are often 
issued in times of war or rumours of war, and at such 
times there is a reluctance to accept the ordinary forms of 
credit and the usual representatives of money. Thus there 
may be room for a larger quantity of notes. Again, a state 
of war always leads to exceptional demands for gold, and 
the place of gold in the currency must be taken by the 
notes (as in the early stages of the American Civil War). 

But whatever modifications take place, the quantity is 
always of fundamental importance ; after a certain amount 
of notes have been issued, no matter what the credit of the 
government or what the notes are supposed to "represent," 
they will be depreciated. The only effective safeguard 
against depreciation is limitation of issues. The idea of 
representation is only of use in checking depreciation in 
so far as it affects the quantity in circulation. Thus, if it 
is supposed that at some time the notes will be made con- 



276 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

vertible, a certain number will be withdrawn from circula- 
tion, and so far this contraction of the currency will lower 
prices and check the depreciation. Similarly, if the issuers 
of the notes make them " represent " anything that is 
limited, — though not at once obtainable, — so far the issues 
will be checked. In the period of the bank restriction 
in England, when the directors issued their notes in re- 
sponse to the bona fide demands of trade, for a long time 
this " rule of thumb " limitation sufficed to stop deprecia- 
tion ; though it failed in the end, as the notes overflowed 
the natural channels of circulation. 

4. The Evils of Depreciation of Notes. — The evils that 
arise from the depreciation of inconvertible notes are 
readily seen from a consideration of the functions of 
money. 

The uncertainty of the extent of the depreciation makes 
them such a bad standard for deferred payments that, in 
spite of severe penalties, people often insist on making 
their contracts in terms of gold; and it must be remem- 
bered that in the modern world most exchanges involve, 
directly or indirectly, an element of time. Amongst the 
evils that arise from a depreciated standard we may notice : 
creditors are defrauded; trade is rendered uncertain and 
speculative — " commerce is dead, and betting has taken 
its place ; " the issue of the notes is, in effect, a most un- 
just method of taxation, the only justification of which is 
its necessity at times of national urgency ; there is a loss 
of credit at first national, and then reflected to individuals ; 
in extreme cases there is an increase of crime through the 
encouragement to forgery (especially when the notes are 
of small denominations), and through the evasion of the 



THE EVILS OF DEPRECIATION OF NOTES 277 

regulations forbidding the use of gold ; and in the last re- 
sort even the government cannot get its work done, and 
cannot meet its own expenses in the notes. All of these 
evils were exemplified to a remarkable degree in the cele- 
brated case of the French assipiats at the time of the great 
Revolution. 1 

1 Walker, Money — Part III on " Inconvertible Notes" is excellent, and 
has full details of important historical cases. See also Pierson, Prin- 
ciples, Part II, Chap. I. In my Principles, Vol. II, Book III, Chap. XV, 
the difficult question is discussed as to whether the premium on gold is 
the exact measure of the depreciation of notes relatively to commodities ; 
in the essay on " Causes of Movements in General Prices" in Money a7id 
Monetary Problems, the different effects of depreciation on foreign trade 
are considered ; see also Bankers' Money, Chap. IL 



CHAPTER VIII 

CREDIT AND GENERAL PRICES 

1. Credit and the Quantity Theory of Money. — The 

quantity theory was stated, to begin with, under various 
conditions, and inter alia, it was assumed that there were no 
credit transactions. When we refer, however, to the con- 
ditions of modern industry, we are at once struck by the 
fact that, in the most advanced nations, the great mass of 
wholesale transactions and a large part of all monetary 
dealings are effected by forms of credit, and not by metal- 
lic money. The " clearings " of London banks now amount 
to nearly ten thousand million pounds per annum, and these 
represent only part of the banking transactions of the 
United Kingdom. In recent years there has been a great 
extension of banking, both as regards the opening of new 
branches and the acceptance of small accounts, involving 
the substitution of small cheques for metallic money in 
more and more transactions. The question then arises: 
Is there any connection at present between the amount 
of metallic money and the general level of prices? Or, 
in other words, must we include, under the quantity of 
money, all these forms of representative money and credit 
instruments of various kinds which are so much used as 
actual media of exchange ? 

The answer to these questions involves some of the 
most difficult points in monetary theory, many of 

278 



CREDIT AND GENERAL PRICES 279 

which have been the subject of controversy from the 
time of John Law (1671-1729), whose ideas on credit 
involved France in the greatest speculative mania on 
record (1719-1720). 

The key to the answer is in the position that metallic 
money — we may now say gold — is the necessary foun- 
dation of this vast credit superstructure, or, without meta- 
phor, that gold imposes real limits on the inflation of 
prices through the influence of credit. Omitting other 
points of controversy, the object of the present chapter 
is to give an explanation of this central truth, which, in 
some form or other, is generally accepted. As so often 
happens in economic reasoning, it is necessary to antici- 
pate to some extent principles that are developed at a 
later stage, — in this instance the fundamental principles 
of banking. 

2. Gold Reserves as a Limit to Credit Prices. — The gold 
reserves of a national banking system may be limited and 
economised to a wonderful degree, as is shown especially 
in the United Kingdom, in which the ultimate gold re- 
serve is held by the Bank of England. 

But, in spite of all economies, a certain amount of re- 
serve is absolutely necessary for two purposes — first, to 
meet a possible foreign drain. Suppose that, with an in- 
flation of credit and speculation, there is a general rise in 
prices. A stimulus is given to imports, and so far there 
is also a check to exports, with the result that eventually 
there is an adverse trade balance that must be met by the 
export of gold. The pressure on the reserve of the bank- 
ing system leads to a check to advances, and thus to a 
contraction of credit, and prices fall. As will appear 



280 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

later, a foreign drain may arise from very different 
causes; but the cause just noticed is a real cause, as 
is shown in the history of commercial crises. 

Though not so striking in its immediate effects, the 
influence of an internal drain is equally real in imposing 
limits to a rise of prices through an expansion of credit. 
Wholesale transactions, it is true, are for the most part 
effected by credit documents, e.g. cheques or bills of ex- 
change ; and, as already observed, the cheque system has 
been extended to smaller and smaller transactions in re- 
cent years. At the same time, however, there is in every 
country a great mass of dealings which require either 
metallic money or some simple form of legal tender, 
such as bank-notes. But — to anticipate once more the 
principles of banking — every developed industrial coun- 
try has found it desirable to place the issues of bank- 
notes under stringent limitations. The general effect of 
these regulations is that a very large reserve, in propor- 
tion to the reserve against other liabilities, is kept against 
the issues of notes. Accordingly bank-notes can only 
take the place of gold to a very limited extent. Thus 
the aggregate amount of legal tender is small, whilst 
cash transactions, for which even cheques payable on 
demand are not accepted, are a necessary part of the 
economic system, e.g. the payment of wages, railway 
fares, and purchases on retail trade. If, then, there is 
an inflation of prices through an expansion of trade and 
speculation, there is a greater demand for legal tender; 
wages rise, and more money is spent on railway fares 
and the like, and in retail trade. Thus, in the last re- 
sort, there is an internal drain on the ultimate banking 



CREDIT AND GENERAL PRICES 281 

reserve ; and, as before, advances are checked and prices 
fall. 

Apart from both of these possible drains, we may see 
the reality of the metallic basis in another way. The 
price of gold is fixed by law. Accordingly if prices, and 
with prices money incomes, can rise indefinitely through 
the expansion of credit, whilst the price of gold remains 
fixed, there will be a great extension in the demand for 
gold watches, plate ornaments, etc., which can only be 
met either from the currency or the reserves of the banks. 
In a short time all the gold of the country would be used 
in this way if money incomes continued to rise ; since gold 
at its fixed price might become as cheap as silver or copper 
which are subject to the general inflation. Such a suppo- 
sition is obviously a reductio ad absurdum, but it shows 
very clearly that this drain for direct consumption, if it 
occurred, would be the most effective of all drains ; and it 
must occur if there were no real limit imposed by gold upon 
the expansion of credit prices, and thus of money incomes. 

3. The Limits imposed by Foreign Trade. — The limits 
imposed by the possibility of a foreign drain have been 
noticed in the last section. The influence of foreign 
trade may, however, be treated from a different standpoint. 
Relative prices must be adjusted to relative values. (See 
above, Chap. I.) This principle applies, not only to any 
one country, but to what may be termed a system of coun- 
tries connected by commercial relations. After allowing 
for <7w<m-permanent and special causes of difference, e.g. 
protective duties and cost of transport, the level of prices 
in any one country cannot remain above the general level 
of the other countries connected with it by commerce. 



282 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

The truth of this interconnection or sympathy of prices 
is seen at once in the case of any of the great staples of 
international trade, e.g. wheat, cotton, etc. After allow- 
ing for cost of transport and the like, the prices tend to 
equality in all the great markets. But the same thing 
is true of all commodities that can be readily bought and 
sold and of which the cost of transport is not very great. 
Any difference of price stimulates foreign trade — in fact, 
this is the proximate cause of all foreign trade. 

But this same principle of the adjustment of prices to 
values shows that, if any large group of things is subject 
to (say) a fall in price, then other things will fall in sym- 
pathy. Thus a fall in agricultural products, e.g. wheat, 
induces a fall in farmers' profits and rents, and contracts 
the demands of the agricultural interests for other things. 
Again, a fall in wheat or wool affects directly the various 
substitutes, and so on through the whole range of com- 
modities there is a sympathetic action, and thus even 
things that are incapable of transport, such as lands and 
houses, may fall in price through the effects of foreign 
trade. 

By these and similar reasonings it may be established 
that the price level in any one country is a function of 
the general level of the commercial world. 

4. Conclusion of the Quantity Theory of Money. — We 
now reach a very general conclusion as regards the quan- 
tity theory of money and general prices, viz., a relative 
scarcity of gold, in a system of gold-using countries com- 
mercially connected, that is to say a short supply relative 
to the work to be done by the gold, must make itself felt 
in some part of these countries. Broadly, there are two 



CREDIT AND GENERAL PRICES 283 

principal methods. The scarcity may affect the ultimate 
banking reserves at the centres of commerce, in which case 
it will contract credit transactions ; or it may affect 
directly the circulating medium in the countries in which 
credit is little developed, e.g. new countries that produce 
raw material. But in either case there will be an inter- 
action of prices, and the fall that begins in one country 
will affect other countries, or must be counteracted in the 
country concerned. If the fall were due to the contraction 
of currency in the undeveloped countries, there might be 
an apparent glut of money at the banking centres, due to 
the sympathetic fall in prices and consequent depression 
of trade. Such appears to have been the course of events, to 
some extent at least, in the general fall in prices that 
occurred after 1875. There may be a temporary and local 
scarcity or glut of gold, but, on the whole, the value of 
gold must be so adjusted that the demand and supply are 
equated, or there is just enough to support the general 
level of prices. 1 

1 On the influence of gold reserves see Bagehot, Lombard Street ; for 
the development of the argument on the interaction of price levels see 
Money and Monetary Problems, Chaps. VI-VIII, and the essay on 
"Causes of Movements in General Prices," ibid., p. 342 (4th ed.). The 
argument on the interaction of gold and silver prices (here omitted as 
too controversial) is treated in the same essay, and in Principles, Book 
III, Chap. XVII. 



CHAPTER IX 

BIMETALLISM 

1. Meaning of Bimetallism. — Bimetallism, as usually 
understood, implies that gold and silver are both legal 
tender to any extent at the option of the debtor, and that 
both are coined to an unlimited extent under the same 
conditions. Free coinage does not imply that there is no 
seigniorage (or charge for mintage), but simply that there 
is no limitation of the quantity coined of either metal. 
By way of contrast, it may be noticed that the silver coins 
of England are limited in both respects. In some coun- 
tries at present both metals are full legal tender, but only 
gold is coined freely. This system is called the limping 
standard (Stalon boiteux). Bimetallism also implies that 
government fixes the legal ratio of exchange of the gold 
and silver coins (fixed ratio bimetallism is thus different 
from parallel standards). Other forms of bimetallism 
are sometimes proposed, e.g. that notes should be issued 
against an amalgam (so to speak) of gold and silver ; that 
is, the notes would represent so much gold and silver, — 
literally, a joint standard. 

2. Instability of Bimetallism in One Country. — It is 
easy to show by theory and to confirm by experience the 
instability of bimetallism if adopted by one country only. 
The relative values of gold and silver in the commercial 
world will be determined by a variety of causes affecting the 

284 



BIMETALLISM 285 

demand and the supply. Suppose, then, that in the bullion 
market the commercial ratio of exchange of the two metals 
becomes different from the legal ratio, so that, for example, 
a parcel of gold coins would obtain in the bullion market 
more silver than is contained in the same nominal value 
of silver coins. Any one with gold coins could melt them 
down, sell them for silver bullion, get this silver coined at 
the open mints, and make a profit. No one would meet 
monetary obligations in gold at the legal ratio, and either 
gold would be driven from circulation (Gresham's law) or 
there would arise a premium on gold; which means that 
the ratio has broken down and that bimetallism has 
degenerated into a system of parallel standards. It is 
found on the appeal to history that a very slight difference 
between the legal and the market ratio, if the mints are 
open to both metals, is sufficient to drive the undervalued 
metal from circulation or to put it to a premium. Thus 
the overvaluation of gold to a very small degree (about 
one and a half per cent) by Sir Isaac Newton, when 
Master of the Mint in 1717, eventually led to the single 
gold standard, the silver being displaced. Accordingly, 
it is said that as regards any single country bimetallism 
really means an alternating standard, the effective standard 
being always that which is cheaper in commerce or over- 
valued as coin. 

3. International Bimetallism. — It is maintained, how- 
ever, that although any one country might not be able to 
maintain a bimetallic system, a combination of all the 
great commercial countries might do so — that is, keep 
both metals in circulation at a fixed ratio. The condi- 
tions implied in international bimetallism are the same 



286 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

as before, in the case of one country, in respect of open 
mints and full legal tender at a fixed ratio ; and the only- 
difference of importance is that every nation concerned 
keeps its own system of coins : all that is requisite is that 
one coin at least of each metal should be of full value 
according to the ratio ; the smaller silver coins might still 
be token coins. Thus international bimetallism is quite 
different from international coinage. The latter system 
involves difficulties (e.g. as in the Latin Union) as regards 
the wear and tear of the coins and the profits on token 
coins, that would not be found on the system proposed. 

The question now to be answered is : why should a 
number of nations succeed where one must fail? And 
the answer is that over a wide area there is a, compensa- 
tory action of the double standard. The argument is best 
presented by the aid of a numerical illustration. Assume, 
then, for the sake of definiteness, that, instead of the 
closure of the principal mints to the free coinage of silver, 
after the adoption of the gold standard by Germany in 
1873, all the great commercial countries had adopted a 
system of international bimetallism on the lines laid down 
above, at the ratio which for seventy years had been re- 
garded as normal, namely, 15^ to 1. Could this ratio have 
been maintained ? 

The objection we have to meet is that silver would have 
fallen in value relatively to gold, and that gold would 
have been driven from circulation. Let it be assumed 
that at the time the amount of gold and silver in use for 
monetary purposes was in each case £500,000,000, and 
that whilst the production of gold remained at about 
£20,000,000, that of silver rose to £60,000,000 per annum. 



BIMETALLISM 287 

Suppose that the use of gold for other purposes absorbed 
£15,000,000, thus leaving only £5,000,000 of the new 
gold for monetary purposes, whilst of the new silver 
£40,000,000 was available for money. 

Under these conditions let the market price of silver, if 
possible, fall below that which accords with the legal 
ratio. Then, gold as bullion will obtain more silver than 
the corresponding amount of silver coins at the legal 
ratio ; and naturally no gold will be used at the nominal 
value for coins, and no new gold will be minted. The 
melting of gold coins and the cessation of gold coinage 
will go on so long as any divergence exists between the 
market and the legal ratios. 

According to the figures taken all the gold would be 
driven from circulation in about fourteen years, that is, 
supposing all the available silver is devoted to the pur- 
pose. So far, then, it seems as if the ratio could not have 
been maintained. 

But a point of vital consideration remains : What is to 
become of all this gold as it is displaced ? According to 
the figures taken, about fifteen millions of new gold was 
used for industrial purposes, export to the East, etc. 
But if to this annual supply there is added annually some 
thirty-five millions of gold displaced from the currency 
by silver, this enormous increase in gold must lower its rela- 
tive value as a commodity; and the fall in the relative 
value of gold will involve in the end a return to the legal 
ratio. 

This reasoning is confirmed if we now look at silver. 
Under these same conditions there is an exceptional 
demand for silver to displace the gold, and thus silver 



288 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

tends to rise in value. The conclusion, then, is that if 
there is any divergence from the legal ratio (say, a depre- 
ciation of silver), the increase in the supply of gold dis- 
placed from the coinage, and the increase in the demand 
for silver, to take the place of the gold in the coinage, 
must very soon restore the ratio. This, as indicated, is 
called the compensatory action of the double standard. 

4. Difficulties of International Bimetallism. — The argu- 
ment of the preceding section is generally admitted to be 
sound, even by those who object to the proposed system 
on other grounds. The principal practical objections to 
the system may be considered from the point of view of 
the United Kingdom, to whose opposition the failure 
of the proposed convention was mainly due. 

It was said that the change proposed was "tremen- 
dous." To this objection it was replied that in effect the 
system was only a reversion to that which was practically, 
though only tacitly, in existence before 1873. A suffi- 
cient number of countries up to that time had adopted 
bimetallism to insure the maintenance of the ratio of 
15J to 1 with variations within very narrow limits for 
seventy years. Even the Bank of England was allowed 
by the Act of 1844 to keep part of the reserve against 
notes in silver, and gold and silver were always linked 
together in monetary arguments as the "precious metals." 
The stability of the ratio survived through tremendous 
wars and political revolutions. It survived also through 
great changes in the relative proportions in the produc- 
tion of the two metals, e.g. after 1850 it was feared that 
gold would be depreciated, but the fall in its value rela- 
tively to silver was very slight. 



BIMETALLISM 289 

Next it was objected that the commercial supremacy 
of this country was largely due to its gold standard, and 
this no doubt was one of the reasons which induced 
Germany to adopt the gold standard. It was replied, how- 
ever, that the commercial supremacy was due to indus- 
trial causes, and that no one mentioned the gold standard, 
even as a contributory cause, before 1873, the year of the 
dislocation of the metals. 

It was objected, also, that England was a creditor 
country, and that the interest on its loans to foreign 
states was due in gold, and by the proposed convention 
could be paid in depreciated silver. The answer was that 
so long as the ratio was maintained there could be no 
depreciation, and that the interest would be paid as before, 
not actually in metal, but in an excess of imports. 

Finally, it was objected that there would be a tacit 
refusal on the part of banks and financial houses, in the 
light of the actual depreciation of silver since 1873, to 
accept it as the equivalent of gold. 

And this was the objection which really proved fatal 
to the scheme. It was generally admitted that the sys- 
tem could not be even started unless with the bona fide 
and cordial approval of the banking interest ; and the 
banking interest of the United Kingdom as a whole, 
though there were notable individual exceptions, was 
extremely hostile to the scheme. It was felt that in the 
face of such hostility even the fear of the depreciation of 
silver might suffice to give a premium to gold, and that 
the two metals would be only used with an allowance 
for this premium, or otherwise that silver would be 
effectively boycotted. And it must be admitted that the 



290 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

essence of the compensatory action lies in the possibility 
of using both metals without hindrance for monetary pur- 
poses at the fixed ratio. 

5. The Advantages claimed for International Bimetallism. 
— The first advantage claimed for the system, if it could 
have been introduced and effectively maintained, was that 
it would counteract the tendency to the appreciation of 
gold through lessened production. This argument has 
lost its force through the enormous increase in recent 
years of the gold supplies. If the former rate of produc- 
tion only had been maintained, the adoption of the gold 
standard by so many countries would no doubt have 
caused serious difficulties through the "scramble for 
gold" (Goschen). 

Next, it was maintained that, if both metals were in full 
use at the legal ratio for all kinds of payments, the great 
banks of the world could keep up and manage their re- 
serves much more easily, and the rates for money would 
be lower and more uniform. And in support of this view 
it may be said that at present gold is hoarded in Europe 
in useless masses, whilst in India there is often great 
monetary stringency which cannot be relieved under the 
present system. 

In the same way it was argued that bimetallism would 
facilitate the operations of the foreign exchanges and 
render the fluctuations much less severe. This argument 
is also quite valid and generally admitted. And it may 
be added that, so long as about half the commercial world 
has a silver standard and the other half gold, any depre- 
ciation of one metal, say silver, must have serious effects 
on the levels of general prices, and thus cause a real dis- 



BIMETALLISM 291 

turbance of contracts and introduce a new element of 
uncertainty into commercial transactions. 

All these advantages claimed for bimetallism were both 
real and considerable, but their force has recently been 
diminished by important changes in the monetary situa- 
tion. Such are the enormous increase in the supplies of 
gold, and the effective adoption of the gold standard 
throughout the commercial world. Under these conditions, 
to revert to the ratio of 15| to 1, in the face of a market 
ratio of 80 or 40 to 1, would not only be impossible prac- 
tically, but would lead to such monetary disturbances as 
would more than neutralise any possible advantages ; 
and there is always the difficulty of agreement as to any 
ratio, a difficulty which was never really surmounted even 
in argument. 

1 Principles, Vol. II, Book III, Chap. XVIII, and Vol. Ill, Book IV, 
Chap. II; Walker, International Bimetallism ; L. Darwin, Bimetallism; 
Nicholson, Money and Monetary Problems. The Report of the Gold and 
Silver Commission (1888) gives a valuable summary of the principal argu- 
ments for and against, and a r&uine* of the chief facts of historical im- 
portance. The annual reports of the United States Treasury give the 
latest and most reliable statistics on the production of gold and silver, 
the world's coinage, etc. 



CHAPTER X 

BANKS OF ISSUE 

1. Development of Banking. — The best way to make 
clear the meaning and real importance of the principles and 
methods of banking is by the application of the historical 
method. We then see that what we consider natural and 
obvious was only attained by a long series of experiments, 
often punctuated by disastrous failures. Under modern 
conditions it is only in times of panic and crisis that the 
axioms of banking seem the dangerous paradoxes that they 
often actually were in the infancy of credit (cf. John 
Law's Bank, 1720). 

The functions of banks may be divided into two main 
groups : the object of the first is to supplement, or it may 
be displace wholly or in part, the metallic currency by 
the creation of " representative money " ; that of the second 
is to borrow and to lend money — a large part of which 
is also "representative money." 

These two functions may be illustrated by reference to 
the Bank of England. By the Bank Charter Act of 1844 
that bank is divided into two departments which are quite 
distinct. The issue department is under definite legal 
rules — in fact, the issue of notes may be said in ordinary 
times to be automatic. The banking department, on the 
other hand, is guided by the judgement of the direc- 
tors as in the case of any other joint stock company. 

292 



BANKS OF ISSUE 293 

The Bank of England is only a state bank in the sense 
that it is the bank with which the government keeps 
its accounts. The issue department, however, may 
be considered as in effect a government office, like the 
mint. 

2. Origin and Uses of Bank-notes. — Bank-notes are a 
form of " representative money " (Jevons), and their uses 
may be connected both historically and theoretically with 
the functions of money. One of the earliest uses was to 
provide a better and more convenient medium of exchange 
than the actual metallic currency. Coins became clipped 
and worn and of uncertain value, but bank-notes always 
" represented " a certain definite quantity of the precious 
metals. This origin and use of notes is well illustrated 
in the case of the Bank of Amsterdam. (See Wealth of 
Nations, Book IV, Chap. Ill, Part I.) This bank was 
founded in 1609. At that time Holland was the greatest 
trading nation, and the great towns of Holland, especially 
Amsterdam, were full of the moneys of all countries in 
all states of deterioration. Accordingly, there was great 
uncertainty in the negotiation of foreign bills. The 
technical details present some difficulty, but in effect it 
was enacted, when the bank was founded, that all foreign 
bills of exchange above a certain sum were to be met, not 
in common currency, but in an order on this new state 
bank. The primary object of this bank was to take any 
money offered to it, to recoin it, and for the full metallic 
value to allow credit in its books. Accordingly, every mer- 
chant with foreign dealings must either have a sufficient 
amount of this bank money, or else he must buy it from 
some one who had a credit at the bank, and at first, as 



294 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

Adam Smith says, for every guilder of this bank money 
there was actually a guilder in the bank. Naturally then, 
the bank money came to bear an agio, or premium, that is, 
it was worth a little more than its nominal value ; it was 
secure, and did not require testing like the ordinary im- 
perfect currency; and it could be obtained immediately, 
i.e. the merchant would not have to wait for his coin to be 
converted into bank money if he could buy a credit. 

The consequence was that all the money taken to the 
bank remained there because the owner or receiver of 
a credit could always sell it for a little more than it was 
nominally worth. These circulating credits were in 
effect bank-notes ; and they were not only a better medium 
of exchange, but also a better standard of value, than 
the metallic currency. 

Early forms of bank-notes were also found useful for 
the remittance of values, and as soon as their credit was 
well established they were recognised as a much more 
convenient form of currency for this purpose than actual 
coins. This is well shown in the history of Scottish 
banking; mainly on this account the one-pound note in 
early times bore a slight premium in remote parts of the 
country. At present the rouble notes of Russia are said 
to be sometimes worth a little more than the silver that 
they represent. 

In this connection it may be observed that the pro- 
portion of notes to gold in the circulation, if gold is the 
standard currency, and the notes are strictly convertible, 
is determined solely by the convenience of people. Thus 
in Scotland the one-pound note is generally preferred to 
sovereigns, and a few years ago, when the notes were 



BAXKS OF ISSUE 295 

seldom renewed, the more ragged and dirty they were, 
the more readily were they accepted, apparently in this 
case because the possible danger of forgery was less. 

Bank-notes have, however, another use and another 
origin. Merchants and private people found it danger- 
ous to keep on hand large stores of metallic money. 
They were glad to store their superfluous money in a 
place of safety. In London at one time the mint was 
used for this purpose ; but in 1640 Charles I " borrowed " 
the money, and although it was soon restored, the shock 
to credit made the merchants seek another kind of store. 

The goldsmiths about this time began to receive money 
on deposit, and for this money to give receipts. These 
receipts may be considered as early forms of bank-notes. 
At first they probably actually kept the money, as in the 
case of the Bank of Amsterdam, but in time they found 
that they could lend a good deal of it and yet meet all 
possible demands. Thus they came to lend the deposits 
on interest, and in order to increase their loanable funds 
they sometimes gave interests on their deposits, in which 
case the receipts, or notes, bore interest. The first run on 
these early bankers was in 1667, when the Dutch sailed up 
the Thames, and the next in 1672 ; when Charles II shut 
up the Exchequer and would not pay the interest on his 
loans from the goldsmiths, or restore the principal. This 
repudiation caused such distress that after a time interest 
was again paid, and eventually the principal, of over 
£1,250,000, was recognised as the origin of the na- 
tional debt. 

The Bank of England was founded in 1694 on the 
analogy of the finance banks of Italy, and especially 



296 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

Genoa. The primary object was to advance the capital 
of the shareholders to the government and to receive 
interest in return. The issue of notes, was so to speak, 
accidental (not essential to the working as in the early 
Scottish banks) ; the notes bore interest, were payable 
to order, not to bearer, and at first were not issued of 
any denomination below £20. They were thus not fitted 
to form a part of the actual currency like the one-pound 
notes in Scotland. 

We may now consider the principles that should govern 
the issues of bank-notes in commercial countries under 
modern conditions, in which their principal function is 
to form a convenient part of the currency, though occa- 
sionally, as will appear later, they are of importance in 
deposit banking. 

3. The Limitation of the Issues of Notes. — In consider- 
ing the functions of bank-notes as currency under modern 
conditions, the first question that arises is whether freedom 
of issues should be allowed. In any case the notes would be, 
of course, under certain legal rules, just as are cheques. But 
the question is whether the banks should be left practically 
as free, as regards the issues of notes, as they are in the 
management of their deposits and advances. Or con- 
versely, ought the government to undertake the control 
and management, either directly, or by imposing strin- 
gent regulations on the banks to which the function is 
delegated ? 

There are several reasons in support of governmental 
control. It is the recognised duty of the government to 
take charge of the currency according to the old saying, the 
jus monetandi is in the bones of kings. At one time, as 



BANKS OF ISSUE 297 

already pointed out, private tokens caused great incon- 
venience, and in a sense bank-notes may be regarded 
as token money. Again, the issue of the notes can be 
made a matter of pure routine, as at present in the 
case of the Bank of England. The state can secure the 
greatest uniformity and thus give the notes a wider 
circulation than if they are left to private enterprise. 
At present in England the notes of country banks that 
still by the Act of 1844 retain the right of issue have a 
limited circulation. The state can offer the greatest 
security for convertibility, both immediate and ultimate. 
The immediate security for convertibility is greater, 
because the state can hold a larger reserve ; it need not 
look for a profit on the issues; it need not even look 
to cover the necessaiy expenses; the issue of notes may 
be regarded as a public function just as much as the 
provision of the metallic currency in which the expenses 
of management are borne by the government. In any 
case the issues of notes partake of the nature of a monop- 
oly, and in general would yield a profit, and it is claimed 
that this profit ought to accrue to the nation at large. 
Finally, it may be said that the control of the notes does 
not under modern conditions check the development of 
banking in the other functions. In the early stages of 
banking the right to issue notes had important effects 
on the development of banking in general. (Contrast 
the history of banking in Scotland and in France. In the 
former case the right of issue led to the extension of 
the branch system, which was checked in the latter case 
by the monopoly of the Bank of France.) Under present 
conditions the right of issue is of relatively small impor- 



298 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

tance for deposit banking ; the great English joint-stock 
banks have no right of issue, and several of the coun- 
try banks have surrendered their right. 

The general conclusion, then, is that the state under 
modern conditions should control or strictly regulate the 
note issues. 

4. The Denomination of Notes. — The next question is : 
should any limit be placed on the denomination of the 
notes in respect of value — that is, of course, a lower 
limit? In England, at present, no notes are issued below 
<£5, whilst in Scotland the lower limit is £1 (thanks 
to Sir Walter Scott in the guise of Malachi Mala- 
growther). A few years ago proposals were made to 
issue notes in England for 10s. to replace the half- 
sovereign, which by wear and tear is an expensive coin. 
In some countries inconvertible notes have been issued 
of very low denominations, e.g. 3d. or Ad., these notes 
occasionally being torn into halves and quarters for 
small change (like the old silver pennies). Inconvertible 
notes are of course on a different footing from convertible 
notes, but on the matter of the limit of value a reference 
to their usage is relevant. 

As already observed, if the notes are really convertible, 
the proportion of notes to coin in the circulation depends 
simply on the convenience of people; and if it can be 
shown by experience or in any other way that people 
would prefer notes to (say) silver coins, why should 
they not be allowed the option? 

The objections to the issue of very small notes: the 
liability to forgery — they are not so often returned to 
the banks, and people are naturally more careless. On 



BANKS OF ISSUE 299 

this point the evidence of the inconvertible notes is 
important, and it is well known that in this case the 
small notes are liable to forgery to a greater extent. 
The expense of these small notes is relatively great if 
they are convertible. They are also likely to be held 
mainly by the poorer classes, and in case of a panic the 
danger would be greater and the suffering more severe. 
All these objections, though of historical interest, are of 
minor importance to one that still remains to be noticed. 
It is said that if notes are allowed to be issued of low 
denominations, there would be greater danger of overissue. 
This objection leads to the more general question, which 
is also of importance as regards the limitation of the 
issues generally ; namely, If notes are legally convert- 
ible on demand is overissue possible? The answer to 
this question brings out the opposition between the 
two great principles that have been discussed so much 
as regards the issues of notes, namely, the Currency and 
the Banking principles. 

The advocates of the banking principle maintain that 
notes should be regarded simply as a form of bankers' 
credit, and should be placed under no special regulations. 
The supporters of the currency principle, on the other hand, 
maintain that the notes are not merely forms of credit, 
but money or currency in a special sense, and therefore 
require special regulations. Some of the points raised 
in this controversy have been discussed in a former 
section, but the principal problem of historical interest, 
and still of practical importance, is as regards this possi- 
bility of overissue. 

Overissue is plainly a relative term, and we have to 



300 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

determine the proper correlative. In the first place, it 
may mean overissue compared with the reserve ; the 
contention is that, if the notes are not strictly limited, an 
insufficient reserve will be kept. So far as the ultimate 
redemption is concerned, there is not much to fear even 
if the issues are left to the discretion of bankers, and it 
might easily be provided for, e.g. by compelling the banks 
to hold government securities against their issues or some 
other form of documentary reserve. 

But in the case of bank-notes such ultimate convertibility 
is not enough. Notes considered as part of the currency 
ought under any circumstances to be instantly convertible. 
In times of crisis and panic what is required is a certain 
amount of gold itself, and that immediately ; suspended con- 
vertibility is for the time the same thing as inconvertibility 
and may lead to depreciation. The history of banking 
shows that there is force in this objection. Unless the 
issues of notes are limited, the reserve may be insufficient 
for immediate redemption; the amount of gold may be 
insufficient or the "documents" may be unsaleable. 

In England the Bank Act of 1844 has secured the 
absolute convertibility of the notes. When the act was 
passed only £14,000,000 could be issued against securities, 
and for some years before 1844, the average circulation 
had rarely fallen below £16,000,000. For every note 
beyond the legal limit of £14,000,000, the Bank was 
obliged to hold gold. The limit of issues against securi- 
ties has been gradually raised by the lapsed issues 
of other banks, and now stands at £18,750,000 ; and as 
there is a total issue of about £52,000,000 there is gold in 
the issue department to the extent of about £33,000,000. 



BANKS OF ISSUE 301 

There is thus no question that so long as the act remains 
in force gold will always be obtainable for notes. (Whether 
this gold would be only available against the notes in the 
case of insolvency is a legal question that fortunately is 
of purely theoretical interest.) It is often said that the 
amount of gold held by the Bank is uselessly large. It 
may be replied, however, that the saving of interest on 
some X 30,000,000 is of small national importance com- 
pared with the absolute convertibility of the notes. And 
furthermore, this gold can be considered as an ultimate 
reserve available for banking purposes in case of need 
(as when the Bank Act is suspended by the govern- 
ment). 

But by those who designed this act, it was intended 
not simply or mainly to secure the convertibility of the 
notes, which had never been called in question since the 
resumption of specie payments, but to prevent overissue 
in another sense. It was maintained that, if the issues of 
notes were not limited, they might be issued to such an 
extent as to cause an inflation of prices and eventually a 
commercial crisis. 

This argument rested on the assumption that bank- 
notes were currency in a different way from other forms 
of bankers' credit ; that overissues of notes, even if con- 
vertible, increased the quantity of money in circulation, 
and thus by the quantity theory raised prices. The idea 
that bank-notes raise prices more than any other forms of 
credit because they are " money " is undoubtedly fallacious, 
and the act failed to prevent crises in the way intended. 
Still, there is a germ of truth in the doctrine. As already 
seen, a certain amount of legal tender in the form of coin 



302 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

or notes is required to effect certain transactions, and this 
requirement imposes one real limit to the expansion of 
prices by an inflation of credit ; or, in other words, it pre- 
vents the inflation due to other causes and effected by- 
other forms of credit from attaining the height that 
otherwise would be possible. It brings the crisis sooner to 
a head and thus mitigates its intensity. Even before 1844 
it was found that any excess of issues of notes took place 
after a crisis, that is, to fill up the place of other forms of 
credit. And under present conditions the chief objection 
made to the Act of 1844 is that it prevents the Bank 
of England giving relief in times of pressure when legal 
tender is required in greater quantities. This point will 
call for special notice in the chapter on deposit banks. 

In conclusion it may be said that the experience of all 
nations has shown that it is desirable to impose limits on 
the issues of notes, and that the banking principle is not 
a sufficient guarantee. 

In a valuable chapter of Jevons's Money (Chap. XVIII) 
a reasoned summary is given of the different methods that 
have been adopted by different countries as regards the 
issues of notes. The Imperial Bank of Germany has 
followed the principle of the Bank of England, with the 
exception of adopting an elastic limit for issues in case of 
need, instead of making the government of the day respon- 
sible for the suspension of the act. 

At present the banking system of the United States is 
in a condition that is generally considered unsatisfactory 
as regards the issues of notes: one of the difficulties is 
connected with method of a documentary reserve ; another 
arises from the want of uniformity. 



BANKS OF ISSUE 303 

On the whole there seems to be little doubt that it is 
best to make notes conform automatically, after a certain 
point is reached, to the limits of expansion that would be 
imposed by gold itself under ordinary conditions. 1 

1 Bagehot, Lombard Street ; Jevons, Money ; Walker, Money ; 
Nicholson, Money and Monetary Problems, and Bankers' Money ; 
Clare, Money Market Primer ; Dunbar, Theory and History of Bank- 
ing ; Graham, One Pound Note in Scotland ; Gilbart, History of Bank- 
ing ; article " Banks " in Palgrave's Dictionary. 



CHAPTER XI 

BANKS OF DEPOSIT AND COMMERCIAL CRISES 

1. Progress of Deposit Banking. — Historically the issue 
of notes often precedes the institution of banks of deposit 
and discount, the function of which is to receive and to lend 
money. The principal theoretical difficulty of deposit 
banking is as to the interpretation of the term money and 
the limitations on the creation of bank money. " The 
money market of the United Kingdom is an institution of 
great importance and some complexity. It has gradually 
grown to enormous proportions, and now embraces a fund 
almost equal in amount to the sum of the national debt. 
This fund is held by the banks, is practically at call, and is 
repayable in gold ; and yet ninety-five per cent of it is en- 
gaged in promoting the industries and the material interests 
of the country and the world, and only five per cent is 
actually held in coin." This sentence, from a paper by the 
late eminent banker and economist, Dr. Gairdner, presents 
in a striking form the magnitude of representative money 
under modern conditions ; and it must be remembered that 
in ordinary times gold coin plays a small part in effecting 
the actual exchanges of commerce. We seem to have real- 
ised the dictum of Sir James Steuart — the predecessor of 
Adam Smith — that almost any form of wealth can be 
melted down into bank money. 

To understand the progress of deposit banking we have 
simply to extend the ideas already applied in the case of 

304 



BANKS OF DEPOSIT AND COMMERCIAL CRISES 305 

notes, issued against gold (or silver), to other forms of 
representative money, issued, so to speak, against other 
forms of wealth. The early banker, who at first kept all his 
deposits, soon found that he could safely issue notes with- 
out an actual reserve to the full extent of his obligations. 
It was but a step farther when he granted credit to be 
drawn against by means of cheques, without the interven- 
tion of notes, and only kept enough currency to meet any 
probable demand. 

The progress of deposit banking has consisted, on one 
side, in making the proportion of metal that must be held 
smaller and smaller ; and on the other side, in the exten- 
sion of the field of operations to all the branches of trade and 
production, and more generally to all finance operations. 

The actual history of banking shows that the principles 
that should govern the amount of reserve, and the kinds 
of securities on which advances should be made, were only 
made clear by a series of costly experiments; and the best 
explanation of the theory of banking in this form is its 
history. 

Here it must suffice to indicate the limits that are 
imposed on the creation of " bank money " in the shape of 
credit other than notes. 

2. Limits to the Creation of Bank Money. — It might 
seem at first sight, considering the enormous proportion of 
the forms of credit to the actual coin in the banking 
system, that this credit is capable of indefinite extension. 
It is easy to show, however, that there are very real limits. 
Every one who obtains credit from a bank, to draw against 
by cheques, must give some kind of security, which means 
that credit rests upon real foundations. 



306 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

Next the bank charges interest on advances of all kinds ; 
which means that those who make the demand must be 
willing to pay the interest ; that is to say, they must be able 
to employ the money obtained at a profit or to meet the 
interest as it arises from other funds. 

Lastly, when a bank gives an extension of credit to a 
customer, it must be prepared to meet his cheques in any 
form the receivers require ; it may be in the form of coin to 
pay wages or in the form of gold for remittance abroad. 
Thus the advances of a bank, and of all the banks of a 
country together, must be limited by the available reserves. 
Eventually the same principle is involved as in the case of 
note issues. Just as deferred convertibility or ultimate 
solvency is not sufficient for notes, neither is it for cheques. 
In many of the most striking failures on record the 
banks have been able ultimately to meet all their liabilities, 
but at the time their funds have been locked up and not 
available. 

3. The Management of Banking Reserves. — The prin- 
ciples that should govern banks in the management of 
their banking reserves have been admirably brought out by 
Bagehot (Lombard Street, Chaps. XII, XIII) with special 
reference to the Bank of England. Every banker must 
consider the amount of Ms liabilities ; the time when they 
become due, whether on demand or after notice; the 
intensity, or (perhaps it would be better to say) the con- 
centration or similarity of the demands, that is, whether the 
creditors are likely to be influenced by the same or by 
counteracting causes as regards withdrawals and deposits. 
He must consider how far the demands are calculable ; and 
finally, he must estimate what hind of reserve will be 



BANKS OF DEPOSIT AND COMMERCIAL CRISES 307 

required to meet the demands. The term reserve is an 
elastic expression that varies according to different circum- 
stances. In England, as Bagehot so well explains, there is 
a one reserve system, that is to say, as regards the ultimate 
reserve of gold. The Bank of England is the bankers' 
bank. If any bank has a balance with the Bank of Eng- 
land, that is considered as the most real part of its reserve. 
But the Bank of England itself does not keep these so- 
called reserves, but only what it considers a necessary pro- 
portion. Every bank has money due to it day after day, — 
a stream of money flowing in, — and this maybe reckoned 
as sufficient to meet the normal stream flowing out. The 
real reserve is held against possible differences, and the 
differences are generally met by drawing on the Bank of 
England. 

When we consider the case of the Bank of England in 
particular, and apply these general principles, at first sight 
it would appear that it need keep only a relatively small 
reserve. The principal customer of the bank is the gov- 
ernment, and all the material facts relative to the revenue 
and expenditure are well known and can be provided for. 
Next, the payments made on account of the government 
are often of the kind most satisfactory to a banker, e.g. 
payments of dividends on the debt generally only lead to 
a transfer in the accounts — that which is paid away as 
dividends being returned in the form of bankers' balances. 
And next to the government the other banks are the 
principal customers of the bank. And in this case, in 
ordinary times, the aggregate amount is not only stable, 
but better than stable. Because on the threatening of 
any monetary difficulty the other banks wish to strengthen 



308 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

their position, and therefore to increase their balances with 
the Bank of England. 

And even in times of panic, if the panic were due to an 
internal drain on the banking reserves, the danger could 
be met by the issue of more Bank of England notes. All 
that would be necessary is the suspension of the Bank 
Charter Act by the government of the day, and already 
three precedents have been established. In fact, it may 
be said that in this country we have a constitutional 
elastic limit for the issue of notes. It is to be observed 
also that, except on one occasion, the bank, although hav- 
ing the privilege of extra issues, did not find it necessary to 
use it, because the mere announcement of the suspension 
of the limits imposed on the issues of notes was sufficient to 
restore confidence ; in the worst crises the notes of the Bank 
of England have been above suspicion, at any rate since the 
resumption of specie payments after the restriction. 

All these considerations, however, in favour of a small 
reserve are overborne by one important factor that often 
dominates the situation, namely, a foreign drain may 
arise in an unexpected way to an unknown extent. Bage- 
hot gives as an illustration the payment of the French 
indemnity after the war with Germany, which was largely 
made through London. A more recent example of the 
same kind was the payment of the Chinese indemnity to 
Japan. The point to notice is that these foreign drains 
may arise from very different causes, and they may be 
sudden and unexpected. The best illustration of the 
importance of the management of the banking reserves 
from this point of view is furnished by the history of com- 
mercial and financial crises. 



BANKS OF DEPOSIT AND COMMERCIAL CRISES 309 

4. Commercial Crises. — The term commercial crisis is 
generally used in an extended sense so as to include crises 
that are essentially monetary in their origin and principal 
effects. " There is said to be a commercial crisis when a 
number of merchants and traders at once have or apprehend 
they shall have a difficulty in meeting their engagements " 
(Mill). Essentially, then, a commercial crisis is a break- 
down of credit, though it may be due ultimately to causes 
affecting the material production of wealth. The causes 
may be divided into two great groups, first, those that lead 
to the inflation of credit and to overproduction or specu- 
lation ; and secondly, those that precipitate the collapse. 

In the first group we may notice, to begin with, the 
effects of bona fide commercial causes. There may be an 
expansion of trade — beginning with one great industry 
and spreading to others, raising profits and wages with its 
flowing stream. The increase of money incomes leads to 
a growth of the funds available for investments. Old 
securities rise in price and a stimulus is given to the crea- 
tion of new. There is a great outburst in the promotion 
of companies; many are unsound and most have over- 
valued their chances of success. At first the investors 
may look for a profit in dividends, but as speculation in- 
creases they hope to make their gains by a rise in price of 
the shares. Illustrations might be given from the time of 
John Law and the Mississippi scheme, and the South Sea 
Bubble, etc., early in the eighteenth century, down through 
the decennial crises, so characteristic of the nineteenth. 

The predisposing causes may, however, be found in 
more purely financial causes, e.g. the undue extension of 
banking, especially when notes were not properly regu- 



310 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

lated ; the mismanagement of loans and of reserves ; the 
after effects of great gold discoveries, or of the unlocking 
of hoards. After the lapse of a certain time the effects of 
former crises seem to be forgotten, and this is probably one 
of the chief causes of the periodicity of commercial crises. 

Amongst the second group of causes that lead to the actual 
collapse are to be noticed any events that give a sudden 
shock to credit, e.g. the outbreak of war, political revolu- 
tions, repudiation on the part of a foreign state, the failure 
of any firm of good standing and with extended connections, 
and anything that affects the ultimate reserve, especially a 
foreign drain. A drain may arise from many different 
causes, e.g. advances of loans to foreign states ; an adverse 
trade balance — which may be due to excessive imports 
through speculative causes, or to a bad harvest (of impor- 
tance in former times) ; or there may be a deficiency of ex- 
ports, owing to the too rapid conversion of circulating into 
fixed capital. All of these influences maybe illustrated in de- 
tail from the commercial history of the nineteenth century. 

And it seems probable, in spite of the improvements in 
the methods of banking and in the organisation of industry, 
that these causes will continue to operate. There is always 
the possibility of gigantic fraud or culpable ignorance, and 
the increasing delicacy of the industrial organisation in- 
volves new dangers. 1 

1 See Principles, Book III, Chap. XXI ; Bankers'' Money, Chap. IV ; 
Mill, Principles, Book III, Chap. XII. The earlier crises are fully de- 
scribed in the great work on the History of Prices by Tooke and New- 
march. The annual " Commercial Review " of the Economist and that of the 
Statistical Journal are excellent sources of reference for the later history. 
Palgrave's Bank Bate and the Money Market brings Bagehot's argument 
up to date. 



CHAPTER XII 

THE KATE OF INTEREST AND THE RATE OF DISCOUNT 

1. Interest on Capital and Interest on Money. — Some 
account has already been given of interest as a constituent 
element of profits, and indirectly of loan-interest in its 
relations to profit-interest. In this chapter it is intended 
to give some account of the causes that determine the rate 
of interest. Interest for this purpose may be defined as the 
price paid for the use of loanable capital for a time, the capi- 
tal borrowed or its equivalent being returned at the end of 
the time. In modern times the capital is in the first place 
generally advanced in the form of money, and the same 
money value is returned; but it is convenient to distinguish 
between the case in which the money is looked on simply 
as a means to the acquisition of capital in the form of other 
things, and the case in which the money is borrowed defi- 
nitely for monetary purposes — as for the settlement of some 
prior monetary obligation. Thus a manufacturer may 
borrow money in order to obtain the production-capital to 
extend his business, or he may borrow money as in a period 
of crisis to meet his bills. Interest in the first case may be 
called interest on loanable capital and in the second 
interest on loanable money. As is usually the case, the 
distinction is one of the adjustment of emphasis : money 
itself is a form of capital and logically even of production- 
capital, and as already observed loans of other forms of 
capital generally are made in terms of money. But the 

311 



312 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

distinction drawn is one of importance and is expressed 
clearly enough in the terms employed. It is found also 
that interest in the first case, namely, on loanable capital 
(as explained), is generally for relatively long periods, 
whilst interest on money as such is for short periods. In 
this latter case, to make the distinction clear, the rate of 
interest may be called the rate of discount, from the 
principal form that it assumes in the money market. 
Again, it may be noticed that on some theories all interest 
is really a form of discount — the difference between the 
present and future value of a " good " ; but at this stage it 
is not necessary to pass into the metaphysics of interest, 
which always has been and still is the subject of controversy. 

2. Interest on Loanable Capital. — The interest on loan- 
able capital, being the price paid for its uses, like all other 
prices, depends on demand and supply. Consider first the 
causes affecting the supply. The supply of loanable capital 
must vary, other things being the same, with the supply of 
capital in general, and this again depends on the causes 
already examined in the first Book. (See Book I, Chap. 
VIII.) We have next to consider the causes that induce 
people to lend their capital rather than employ it them- 
selves or keep it idle. Amongst such causes may be 
enumerated the following: — 

It may happen that the owners cannot employ the 
capital themselves — they have no industrial knowledge 
or opportunity. A large part of the wealth that is in- 
herited must be invested in some form or lent to others. 
Again, some people can only employ a certain amount 
of their means in their own business, and they invest or 
lend their surplus profits. 



RATE OF INTEREST AND RATE OF DISCOUNT 313 

The amount loanable will vary with facilities for in- 
vestment. For a long time in England the field for 
investment was narrowed to mortgages on land, and 
this contraction of the field narrowed the supply. The 
savings of the working classes have largely increased 
since facilities for the investment of small savings have 
been extended. 

As already explained, demand and supply are correla- 
tive, and according to the point of view any factor may 
be considered as operating on demand or supply. The 
extension of the field for investment is also an extension 
of the demand. The slightest difference in security 
affects the supply of the loanable capital. First-class 
securities, even at low rates of interest, may be subscribed 
for many times over, whilst it is not possible to float a 
loan involving a high degree of risk. It may be con- 
tended that we ought to consider pure interest apart 
from the insurance against risk. Logically this may be 
admitted, but at the same time it is convenient to con- 
sider security as one of the causes affecting the willing- 
ness of people to lend their wealth, and to increase the 
supply of loanable capital. 

The supply of loanable capital depends partly on its 
mobility or the reverse. It may happen that a large 
part of capital is in a highly specialised form, and can- 
not be lent for general purposes. As a rule, loanable 
capital must be lent in the first instance in the form of 
money. Capital lent directly in other forms, the par- 
ticular things (with or without an allowance for depre- 
ciation) being returned, must be considered as yielding 
profit-interest rather than loan-interest as here under- 



314 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

stood. The rent of houses, for example, is divided into 
ground rent and building rent ; the former is of the nature 
of economic rent, and the latter is of the nature of profit 
on building. And similarly, in agricultural land, we 
may distinguish between the economic rent and the 
profit-rent; and generally we distinguish between profit- 
interest and loan-interest, although there is a connection 
between the two rates. This connection has already been 
treated from one point of view (Book II, Chap. VIII) ; it 
may now be noticed as affecting the supply of loanable 
capital. If profit-interest is relatively high, people are 
more inclined to employ their capital themselves, and the 
supply of loanable capital is diminished. Conversely, as 
the rate of profit falls, people are more willing to lend. 

In some cases the influence of law and public opinion 
is a factor of importance. When interest in most forms 
was condemned by religion and morality, and subjected 
to legal penalties, there must have been a considerable 
effect on the supply of loanable capital. And this con- 
traction of the supply no doubt so far tended to raise 
the rate of interest, which was still further raised by the 
extra risk involved. These two considerations are the 
standard arguments advanced against the usury laws. 
On the other hand, it may be said that these laws were 
intended in effect to regulate the abuses of monopoly, 
and so far they were economically justifiable. 

The causes affecting the demand for loanable capital 
are multitudinous in detail, but may be arranged under 
two groups. The demand may be on the part of unpro- 
ductive consumers — one of the few cases in which it is 
useful to retain this old distinction. In early times this 



RATE OF INTEREST AND RATE OF DISCOUNT 315 

form of demand was of the greatest importance. People 
borrowed to anticipate revenue in order to anticipate 
their consumption. Estates were burdened, not to spend 
the capital obtained in improvements, but in entertain- 
ments or in providing for the expenses and risks of war. 
Under present conditions this form of demand is spe- 
cially illustrated in the case of governments. Most 
national debts have been incurred for purposes that 
economically would be classed as unproductive, though 
it may be, as in war, for purposes of more importance 
than opulence. The debts of local governments are 
ostensibly for productive purposes to a much greater 
extent, but the term productive must receive a wider 
significance than is usually given to it in ordinary 
trade. 

The demand for productive purposes, as just indicated, 
may be made by governments (especially for municipal 
trading), but the greater part under this heading is for 
industrial companies and private firms. The tendency in 
modern times has been more and more for business of all 
kinds to be carried on to a great extent with borrowed 
capital. And this, indeed, is one of the most potent causes 
of the extension of companies, as is shown by the creation 
of so many small companies. (See Book I, Chap. IV.) A 
glance over the causes just enumerated which affect the 
demand and the supply of loanable capital is sufficient to 
show that the rate of interest on loanable capital is subject 
to variation, and it is impossible to lay down any general 
proposition as regards the result and movement in the rate 
under present conditions. 

In addition to all the causes supposed to operate in any 



316 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

one country we have to take account of international 
influences. There is a constant expansion of the field for 
investment in new and undeveloped countries consequent 
on the improvements in communication and in security. 
On the other hand, taking a broad view, capital seems to 
be increasing in old countries much faster than labour, and 
in consequence the share of capital in the annual produce 
so far will tend to increase. (See Book IV, Chap. IV.) 

3. Interest on Loanable Money — the Rate of Discount. 
— We may now consider the rate of interest for loanable 
money as such, and especially the " money " of the money 
market. The need for a special examination may be 
shown by an illustration. During the last fifty years, in 
England, the rate of interest on first-class securities of a 
permanent character has oscillated within narrow limits, 
about three per cent if we take the yield to consols on the 
purchase price as typical ; whilst the minimum rate of the 
Bank of England, to take the typical example of interest 
on short loans, has varied between ten per cent and two 
per cent. It is true that the price of consols is subject to 
peculiar influences, e.g. the special demand for trustee pur- 
poses ; but the difference between the yield to consols and 
that to (say) railway debentures or first-class mortgages 
has probably never exceeded one per cent, whilst the market 
rate of discount has diverged much more widely from the 
bank rate. 

The difference between the rates on capital and money 
cannot be explained by a difference in security. In both 
cases the security may be considered perfect. The Bank 
of England does not make advances except on first-class 
security, and the credit of the British government is not 



RATE OF INTEREST AND RATE OF DISCOUNT 317 

indicated by the fluctuations in the price of consols. The 
reason of the difference in the two rates is that they de- 
pend on different causes. 

We have now to examine the causes that affect the sup- 
ply of loanable money as such. Here, as throughout this 
part of the subject, the difficulty arises from the elasticity 
of the term money, not for purposes of verbal definition, 
but for practical purposes. 

Consider the supply of money that is lent and borrowed 
in the money market. In the words of Mr. Clare, cheques 
and bills form the principal currency of this country. 
Money consists of a relatively small foundation of metallic 
money and notes, and a large mass of representative money, 
or of different forms of credit that for various purposes are 
accepted as money and fulfil the functions of money. 
Money may mean gold in the Bank of England or a cash 
credit in a branch bank in some remote village in Scotland. 
Similarly the demand for money is equally elastic. Some- 
times the demand may be met by some form of credit; some- 
times it is a demand for gold, and nothing else will suffice. 

The causes that affect the demand and the supply of 
loanable money are so intimately connected that they may 
be taken together. The most important cause affecting 
the rate of discount or the rate of interest on money for 
short periods is the state of credit. Any sudden contrac- 
tion of credit from any cause at once diminishes the avail- 
able supply of money ; and at the same time also it increases 
the demand. The banks have less to offer and their cus- 
tomers require more. 

Next to the state of credit, we may notice the amount of 
the ultimate real reserve, in this country the gold held 



318 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

by the Bank of England for banking purposes. (This 
reserve is held by the banking department for the most 
part in the form of notes, but these notes can at once be 
exchanged for gold in the issue department if required.) 
If the real banking reserve falls below a certain point, 
which of course varies according to circumstances, a crisis 
is inevitable ; and the most marked symptom in general 
of a monetary crisis is a great rise in the bank rate. It is 
not the absolute amount of the reserve that is of impor- 
tance, but the proportion of reserve to liabilities. This has 
been well shown by Mr. Palgrave in his work on the bank 
rates of England, France, and Germany. 

The amount of this reserve itself depends on various 
causes, some of which operate directly on the bank rate as 
well as indirectly by affecting the reserve. Sometimes the 
reserve may vary greatly with but little effect on the 
rate, as when the cause of the withdrawal is well known, 
and a reverse flow may be anticipated. Thus the pay- 
ments of dividends by government and the remittance of 
gold to Scotland at the " terms " may have little effect on 
the rate, because it is expected that the gold will soon 
be returned. At the same time these regular demands, 
although for temporary purposes, tend to aggravate the 
effect if they happen to coincide with withdrawals of an 
exceptional character. "All the normal movements of 
the currency are so well known as to be matters of news- 
paper notoriety, and the foreknowledge deprives them of 
their importance. The Bank knows, for instance, that gold 
will be wanted for Scotland at stated periods, and can 
therefore provide beforehand for the withdrawal. The 
market also knows it, but, being aware also that the gold 



RATE OF INTEREST AND RATE OF DISCOUNT 319 

is still in the country and will soon be back, regards the 
outflow with indifference. The same is true of other 
cases, and it may be laid down as a rule that the ordinary 
movements of the currency, being foreseen, are provided 
for in anticipation and rarely have effect on the bank rate. 
At the same time, if an outflow for home requirements 
should happen to coincide with a demand for export, the 
effect of the latter will be to that extent aggravated ; and 
in this connection it is worthy of remark that the panic of 
1857 occurred towards the middle of November and that of 
18G6 towards the middle of May, just the periods when the 
Bank had been weakened by the Scotch withdrawals." 
(Clare, Money Market Primer.') 

Amongst the causes that affect the amount of the reserve 
and also the rate directly is the activity of trade. A rise 
in the bank rate after a long period of low rates is often 
one of the best signs of a revival of trade. More currency 
is required for wages, retail trade, etc. The course of for- 
eign trade may have much greater and more sudden effects. 
Any excess of imports over exports not accounted for by 
the other elements of indebtedness (see below, Chap. XIV) 
constitutes an unfavourable balance that may have to be 
met by the actual export of gold. An unfavourable balance 
of trade is no measure or sign of any disadvantage to the 
nation in the way that the mercantilists supposed, but 
under certain conditions it may be of great importance to 
the banking interest and thus indirectly to the nation. In 
itself the excess of imports is an advantage : the nation has 
so much to consume ; but if the consequent stringency of 
money causes a disorganisation of trade the advantage may 
be more than neutralised in the end. (See Chap. XIV.) 



320 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

One other point may be noticed briefly, to avoid any 
misunderstanding. The bank rate has been taken as typ- 
ical and representative of the rate of interest for loanable 
money as such ; at times of pressure in the London money 
market its influence may be supreme, but at other times 
there may be considerable differences between the bank 
rate and the market rate ; a matter of much importance 
when the Bank is trying to attract gold from abroad by 
raising its rate. The technical differences between dis- 
counts and interest on loans do not require notice in a 
discussion of leading principles. 

4. Causes of Difference in the Rates for Long and Short 
Periods. — In considering the causes of the difference be- 
tween the rates of interest for long and short periods, 
we may, as before, take as typical the yield on the pur- 
chase price of consols and the minimum bank rate respec- 
tively. 

Suppose interest on investments is higher than interest 
for money as such. The question is: why should the 
banks go on lending " money," it may be for months, at two 
per cent or less whilst they could get three or more per cent 
on perfect securities ? The answer is that the banks can 
only lock up a certain amount of their funds in these per- 
manent investments — even consols. The difficulty is that, 
if they had to realise at all suddenly, they might lose more 
on the fall in price of the stocks than they would have 
gained in the time by the difference in interest. This 
applies to the best securities {e.g. consols), and still more 
to those below the first rank, in which the yield of interest 
is higher. 

The low rates for money may be a sign of a want of 



RATE OF INTEREST AND RATE OF DISCOUNT 321 

confidence, as after a crisis there is little effective de- 
mand for money as such owing to the stagnation of trade. 

Consider now the case when interest for money is higher 
than interest on investments for long periods, e.g. the 
bank rate higher than the yield to consols. Under these 
conditions the supply of money as such is relatively small, 
and the demand is relatively great, as in a contraction of 
credit in the development of a crisis. At such times what 
people require is money as such, and not capital in other 
forms. This consideration also explains why it is that the 
banks cannot increase the available supply. 

At the same time there is a reciprocal action between 
the two rates, the nature of which is best seen in ordi- 
nary times as distinct from times of crisis. If the rate 
for money is likely to be low for a long period, the banks, 
as a whole, will try to increase their holdings of first-class 
securities, which give a better yield in interest, and under 
the circumstances offer the chance of a rise in the capital 
value. Conversely, a rise in the rate for money stimulates 
the sale of securities. With a fall in the bank rate con- 
sols tend to rise in price, and with a rise in the bank rate 
tend to fall. Indirectly, then, any cause that affects the 
ultimate reserve may indirectly affect the rate of interest 
on permanent investments. 

In former times, when the home harvest was of more 
importance than at present as regards our food supplies, 
any deficiency in the harvest might cause an adverse bal- 
ance of trade, and thus lead to a drain of gold and a rise 
in the bank rate ; and the anticipation of such a rise might 
indirectly affect the price of consols. Thus it was no un- 
common thing in the summer months to read that, owing 



322 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

to the continued bad weather, consols had fallen in price. 
This depression in consols was not due to the depression 
in the spirits of dealers on the stock exchange, or to a 
gloomy view of the credit of the British government, but 
simply to a calculation as to a probable movement of gold 
and its consequences. 

5. The Relative Stability of the Rate for Long Periods. — 
A question closely allied to that discussed in the last sec- 
tion is this : why should the yield to first-class securities 
(say consols) remain practically steady for long periods, 
whilst relatively there are violent oscillations in the 
rates for short loans of money? The rate of interest 
in the first case is, no doubt, also subject to change, 
but the point is that the changes are relatively slow, 
and within narrow limits. 

The essence of the answer seems to be that all invest- 
ments that offer equal security, are equally marketable, 
easily transferred, and, generally, possess equal net ad- 
vantages, must give approximately the same yield. The 
quasi-permanent differences mark differences of advan- 
tage. Just as in the case of wages (other things being 
the same), the more insecure and troublesome the em- 
ployment, so much the higher the pay, so also in invest- 
ments. On the other hand, consols have always had 
special attractions for trustees and others; and through 
being specially named in bequests, so far have a fancy 
price. It is probable that the extension recently of the 
securities available by law for trustees, and the still 
greater extension through the change of habits or 
opinions as regards the exceptional advantages of con- 
sols, have been the principal causes of their recent fall 



RATE OF INTEREST AND RATE OF DISCOUNT 323 

relatively to other securities ; that is, consols have lost 
some of their exceptional value, not on account of the 
war and the discredit of the government, but simply be- 
cause investors, as a class, have come to give a wider 
meaning to the expression first-class security. At one 
time mortgages on land had exceptional claims to public 
esteem, and were supposed to be especially safe because 
"the land was always there." 

Recently, through the whole range of securities, there 
has been an approximation to more uniform rates, — the 
yield to the first class has risen, and that to the lower 
classes has fallen relatively. 

To return from this digression. There is a general rate 
of interest on loanable capital (as there is a general rate of 
wages for hired labour), there are differences in relative 
rates on different investments, and both are subject to 
changes ; but the changes are relatively slow compared 
to the oscillations that occur in the rates for short loans. 
It is this tendency to equality that pervades the whole 
mass of interest-bearing securities that really explains the 
stability. The aggregate of such securities is enormous, 
as is seen at once by a glance through the lists of the 
stock exchange. Any change in the rate of interest 
must affect all equally, after allowing for the special 
causes of difference. The annual additions to the sup- 
ply of securities is small compared to the mass in exist- 
ence, and it is balanced more or less by the annual savings 
that seek investment. Thus the changes in demand and 
supply are, on the whole, not great, and operate slowly — 
that is to say, when the comparison is made with the 
smallness of the funds of the money market and the 



324 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

violent oscillations, both as regards the demand and 
the supply of loanable money. In conclusion, it may be 
pointed out that, if we take the average of the rates for 
long and short periods over an extended time, say for fifty 
years, there is not much difference. 

6. The Exchange Value of Money and the Rate of Inter- 
est. — Much attention has been directed to the discussion 
of the connection between the value of money in the eco- 
nomic sense of exchange value, and its value in the popular 
sense of rate of interest. Perhaps so much attention would 
not have been found necessary if other words had been 
employed to express the points in dispute. In effect, the 
question really amounts to this : What is the connection 
(if any) between a high or low level of prices, and a high 
or low level in the rate of interest? Put in this way, 
the obvious answer would seem to be that there is no 
connection whatever. A survey of monetary history 
would show that the rate of interest is sometimes high 
with high prices, and sometimes the reverse is the case. 
And a reference to theory raises the presumption that a 
change in the measure of value must affect equally all 
prices, including the price for the use of loans. Or we 
may apply the general principle that relative prices must 
be adjusted to relative values, and say that the demand 
and the supply of loanable capital are so far unaffected by 
any movement in general prices. 

This argument seems quite sound, with the proviso which 
was found to be necessary in the general theory, namely, 
after time has been allowed for the readjustment. In other 
words, in the period of transition from one level of prices 
to another, there may be an effect on the rate of interest. 



RATE OF INTEREST AND RATE OF DISCOUNT 325 

The principle involved may be best explained in the 
case of inconvertible notes, in which we can observe in 
the most marked manner the effects of changes in price 
levels. 

Suppose the notes are issued by the government in 
such a way that prices are directly affected, as when the 
notes are scattered up and down the country in the pay- 
ment of governmental expenses. All prices rise, and so 
far there is a stimulus to trade and a demand for loans 
from the banks. In this case, however, there is nothing 
in the mode of issue to increase the funds of the money 
market, and thus the rate of interest rises with the rise 
in prices. Suppose, however, that the government issues 
the notes in the first place to the banks, and the banks 
throw them into circulation by making advances; in this 
case the rate of interest will fall, and prices will still 
rise. 

The same principle may be applied in the case of great 
gold discoveries — although here the effects are not so 
sharply defined. If the new gold is thrown directly into 
the channels of circulation, and raises prices and stimu- 
lates trade, then this increase in the supply of gold will be 
accompanied by a rise in the rate of interest. If, on the 
other hand, the new gold is first thrown on the loan mar- 
ket, for the time it will lower the rate of interest on money, 
though, as before, prices will rise. 

Conversely, in the case of a fall in general prices, or an 
appreciation of gold, if the fall of prices is due to a direct 
contraction of the currency in the outskirts of commerce, 
then there may be an apparent abundance of money in the 
banks at the great centres, and the rate of interest may be 



326 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

low. If, on the other hand, the scarcity of gold is first felt 
at the centres, the rate of interest will so far rise. 1 

1 Principles, Book III, Chap. XXII ; on the metaphysics of interest, 
and the history of opinions, see the works of Boehm-Bawerk, translated 
and edited by Smart ; on the money market, Bagehot, Lombard Street 
Jevons, Money ; and Jevons, Investigations in Currency and Finance 
Clare, Money Market Primer ; Nicholson, Bankers' 1 Money, Chap. Ill 
Giffen's Essays in Finance; Palgrave's Bank Bate and the Money 
Market. 



CHAPTER XIII 

THE THEORY OF FOREIGN TRADE 

1. The Problems of Foreign Trade. — The subject of 
international or foreign trade is one of great complexity. 
It includes the pure theory, the object of which is to bring 
out the principles by the aid of hypotheses and the use of 
the abstract deductive method ; it also embraces an account 
of the foreign exchanges, than which there can be nothing 
more definite and practical; it involves the consideration 
of the real advantages and possible disadvantages of foreign 
trade and the application of the results to the opposing 
policies of free trade on the one side, and the various 
forms of protection, preference, monopoly, or the opposite 
of free trade, by whatever name it happens to be called by 
the fashion of the day. Each of these branches of the 
subject has difficulties of its own. Any one who is inclined 
to think that the use of hypotheses and the abstract 
method involves simply the setting forth of a few self- 
evident truths may be invited to peruse Mill's "stupen- 
dous " chapter on international values, and then to com- 
pare the critique by Cournot with the rehabilitation by 
Professors Edgeworth and Bastable (who again differ in 
certain respects). The very object of this pure theory is 
to explain the operation of the economic forces which 
govern the actual trade of the world ; and the use of the 
abstract method is not to deal with imaginary examples 

327 



328 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

from an imaginary world, but to make the principles of 
this world of ours as clear as possible by abstracting or 
taking away circumstances that are not essential. 

Such being the complexity and difficulty of the subject, 
the main object in the present chapter will be to set forth 
what is generally accepted as clearly as possible, and to 
indicate where the by-paths of controversy leave the main 
track without pursuing them very far. 1 

2. Meaning of Foreign Trade. — International trade, as 
the name implies, refers to trade between different nations. 
As in the case of most economic conceptions, so in dis- 
tinguishing between " domestic " and " foreign " trade we 
must leave a debatable margin. If we compare two 
" nations " with two " places " within the same country, 
the following are the chief points of contrast: — 

The two nations are politically independent and the 
respective governments may impose various restrictions 
on imports and exports; labour and capital move with 
comparative difficulty between two countries owing to 
various causes, such as distance, differences in language, 
religion, social customs, love of home, etc. ; the two 
nations have different monetary systems, and payments 
are made for the most part by means of bills of exchange 
founded on the actual transactions of commerce. These 
differences are, it will be seen, only differences of degree, 
and it is not necessary that all should be present in every 
case to constitute foreign trade. Stress is laid on differ- 

1 In the treatment in my larger work, Vol. II, Book III, Chaps. XXIII- 
XXVIII, a somewhat different order is adopted for the reasons there 
given ; and some of the problems are discussed in Book V, Chaps. XIV, 
XIX, after the treatment of the principles of governmental control and 
taxation. 



THE THEORY OF FOREIGN TRADE 329 

ent elements in different problems ; in free trade and pro- 
tection the political elements are of importance, whilst in 
the pure theory of foreign trade the comparative immo- 
bility of labour and capital is predominant ; again, in the 
pure theory money is either excluded or the same standard 
is applied throughout, whilst in the foreign exchanges a 
large part of the subject is concerned with the exchange of 
different moneys. 

3. The Pure Theory of Foreign Trade. — In the pure 
theory, as just indicated, the chief point of distinction 
between home and foreign trade is in the difference in 
the relative mobility of the productive powers. We as- 
sume to begin with that within any country or nation the 
mobility of labour and capital is perfect. In other words, 
capital and labour flow readily to the districts in which 
their productive power is greatest. If, for example, owing 
to natural or acquired advantages, one place with a given 
amount of labour and capital can produce more than any 
other place in that country, the industry will be localised 
in that favoured locality. And as we have seen (Book I, 
Chap. Ill), there is actually in every country a tendency 
to the localisation of industries, and the hypothesis of the 
theory is approximately true. 

A country considered as isolated produces a great num- 
ber of products ; it has a variety of extractive industries, 
such as agriculture, mining, fisheries, etc., and a variety 
of manufactures in the broad sense of the term. It is 
assumed that, as the result of competition and mobility, 
the capital and labour will be so distributed as to give 
the best return. The controlling force in this distribution 
is the tendency to equality of real wages and real profits, 



830 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

per unit of productive power or efficiency. In comparing 
real wages in different places and employments in the 
same country, for the purpose of theory, we may take 
time as the unit of measurement of the labour and money 
(of uniform purchasing power) as the measure of the 
reward. If the labourers find that they can obtain more 
money for the same number of hours of labour in the 
towns, they will migrate thither from the country. Sim- 
ilarly, the makers of goods in the towns will flock to the 
district in which the reward is highest. In the same way 
capital will be attracted to, or repelled from, certain trades 
or places, according to the profit to be obtained. 

In the markets of any one country it is assumed that 
the same prices prevail for the same qualities of goods. 
If, then, it should happen that, owing to any reason, it 
takes more labour and capital to put goods on the market 
from some place, than from others in which the thing is 
produced, the makers of the thing in this ill-favoured 
place will obtain a less reward than those in the more 
favoured localities. Accordingly, the producers in the 
first case will shift their quarters if they can, and it is 
assumed that within the borders of the country concerned, 
this is generally possible. 

But when we constrast two " nations " with districts in 
the same country, the essential difference for pure theory 
is that between foreign countries capital and labour will 
not move at all or only with difficulty. 

This assumption of the pure theory is also approxi- 
mately true, at any rate over a relatively short period. 
The natural resources are obviously attached to each 
country, and the mines, the cultivated lands, the means 



THE THEORY OF FOREIGN TRADE 331 

of communication, have large capitals sunk in them. 
Similar^, the buildings, machinery, and most forms of 
auxiliary capital are incapable of export once they have 
been specialised. As regards labour, the saying of Adam 
Smith is still true of foreign trade, " Man is of all bag- 
gage the most difficult to be transported." 

Now it is theoretically possible that, owing to economic 
conditions, natural and acquired, one country may possess 
an absolute superiority over another in productive power 
in all its industries, or for the present purpose it may be 
said, in all the industries that yield commodities capable 
of export. Such, for example, is the case if we compare 
a backward country with one at a much higher stage of 
civilisation. 

But the great staples of international trade must sell 
for the same prices in the world's markets. Thus the 
superior country for a certain amount of exports will re- 
ceive a greater money reward per unit of productive 
power than the inferior country, and the money will buy 
more real things. It is, however, impossible for the inhab- 
itants of the inferior country to betake themselves and 
their capital to more favoured regions ; they must make 
the best use they can of their powers within their own 
borders and accept a lower rate of payment per unit of 
productive power. 

It is, however, possible that when trade is opened with 
the superior country, the inferior country may gain by a 
redistribution of its labour and capital, within its own 
borders, and the lower money reward may command more 
commodities than it otherwise would ; similarly, also, the 
superior country may give even greater rewards to its 



332 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

producers through, the redistribution of its industries, 
after the trade is established between the two countries. 
How these higher rewards are obtained is explained by 
the theory of comparative cost. 

4. The Theory of Comparative Cost in Terms of Barter. — 
It is usual to state the theory of comparative cost in terms 
of barter, at any rate to begin with. The object is to 
bring out the real advantage to be gained by foreign 
trade; and to do this we must pass behind the money 
measures. In other parts of economics, as already shown, 
it is necessary to distinguish between the nominal and the 
real, as in wages ; but as shown in dealing with the rela- 
tion of cost of production to value, it is not necessary 
to refer constantly to the ultimate elements of real cost. 
In the same way it may be said of international values, 
that the theory might be worked out in terms of money, 
and afterwards interpreted in terms of real cost and real 
advantage. 

It is important for the student who may be perplexed 
by the controversies on the best method of procedure to 
remember that the same ground ought to be covered in 
the end, whether we begin with barter or with money. 

The merit of the procedure by barter lies in the em- 
phasis that is laid on the fundamental propositions that 
all trade is ultimately barter and that commodities pay 
for commodities. We thus get rid at the outset of some 
popular fallacies regarding foreign trade which have 
sometimes governed the policy of nations and still in- 
fluence public opinion. The difficulty of this method lies 
in the extremely hypothetical character of the conditions 
that must be assumed and in the transition from the pure 



THE THEORY OF FOREIGN TRADE 333 

theory to the complexities of actual trade. This difficulty, 
however, is characteristic of the abstract method as exem- 
plified already in the theory of economic rent and the 
quantity theory of money. 

We may now notice the conditions that are usually 
assumed in this form of the theory. 

It is assumed, then, that there are two countries only, 
say A and B, each producing the same two commodities 
only and both capable of export. This assumption is not 
so unreal as at first sight may appear, if the two com- 
modities are taken as typical or representative of large 
groups, e.g. agriculture and manufactures. It is further 
assumed that cost of carriage and other impediments to 
trade in the finished or exportable products may be neg- 
lected. This assumption seems more unreal, seeing that 
the raison d'etre of foreign trade has been stated to lie in 
these very impediments. It must be remembered, then, 
that the impediments refer to the passage of the productive 
powers — the land, the labour, and the capital — and not 
to the products. The very idea of trade must imply the 
actual passage of the things, whatever the impediments 
may be. If two countries impose heavy import duties, the 
volume of trade is checked, but it still goes on, unless 
the duties are prohibitive, and an inquiry might be made 
as to the effects on trade if the duties were abolished. 
Transport charges may be compared to transport dues. 

The units of productive power are generally taken in 
terms of days' labour. This proviso requires careful ex- 
planation. Labour is taken as representative of the pro- 
ductive power of labour and capital combined. Just 
as we assume that the labour is applied under the appro- 



334 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

priate natural conditions, so also we assume that it is 
applied with the appropriate auxiliary capital. In the 
two countries considered these aids to labour will differ 
even if the finished product is supposed to be exactly the 
same. And also the efficiency of the labour itself will be 
different or may be assumed to be different. Thus, if the 
natural conditions and the forms of capital are the same 
in both countries, we may still assume that the returns to 
the labour are different. That is to say, a day's labour 
in the two countries means different amounts of produce. 

Let it be assumed, then, that each country can produce 
both corn and cloth ; but that A has an absolute advan- 
tage over B in both commodities. The theory of compara- 
tive cost states that if the advantage of A is equally great 
in respect of both commodities no trade will arise, but if 
it has a greater relative advantage in one thing it will 
export that thing and import the other. In brief, the 
trade arises, not because one country can produce things 
at less real cost than another, but because there are differ- 
ences in the relative or comparative costs. 

We might indeed go farther, and say that in strictness 
the absolute cost has nothing to do with the trade. The 
object of the reference to absolute cost is simply to em- 
phasise the necessity of bringing in comparative cost, just 
as the physicist may introduce the term absolute rest or 
motion to emphasise the relativity that is essential to these 
ideas. 

These general statements may be illustrated by numeri- 
cal examples. Suppose first, as regards corn, that 100 
days' labour in A (with the appropriate and available 
natural agents and capital) will produce as much as 150 



THE THEORY OF FOREIGN TRADE 335 

days' labour in B (with its aid from nature and capital). 
Also as regards cloth, let 100 days' labour in A produce 
as much as 150 in B. In this case A has a great advan- 
tage in both, or the productive power of its labour is much 
greater. But no trade will arise, because in both respects 
the advantage is the same. 

But now suppose, secondly, that in corn as before 100 
days in A will produce as much as 150 in B, but in cloth 
100 days in A will produce only as much as 120 days in 
B (not 150 as before). Then A's superiority is compara- 
tively greater in corn than in cloth, and a trade will arise; 
A will export corn to B, and import cloth from B. 

This may be worked out in the figures taken in the 
following way : — 

If A exports to B the produce of 100 days' labour de- 
voted to corn, that is an amount of corn equal to the 
produce of 150 days' labour in B, and, therefore, it will 
command the value of 150 days' labour in B. (It is assumed 
that commodities in the respective countries, taken sepa- 
rately, exchange in proportion to their labour costs.) But 
120 days' labour in B will obtain as much cloth as A could 
make at home in 100 days. Therefore, if A, instead of 
spending 100 days in making cloth at home, devotes this 
labour to growing corn and exports this corn to B, A 
can obtain for it the same amount of cloth which it 
could have produced at home and in addition the value 
of 30 days of B's labour. 

This would be the advantage to A of the opening of 
foreign trade — on the supposition that B remains entirely 
passive and simply diverts some of its labour from corn to 
cloth. All the advantage of the trade will go to A. 



336 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

But in the same way we may begin with B as active and 
A as passive. If B exports to A the product of 150 days 
in cloth, this will be equal to an amount that A could pro- 
duce in 125 days (according to the figures taken above). 
It will therefore obtain in A the value of 125 of A's 
labour days. But with 100 of these days in A as much 
corn can be grown as with 150 in B. Accordingly, at the 
rate of exchange in A, B will gain 25 days' labour of 
A's commodities. Thus it will pay B to turn its labour 
from corn to cloth, and export its cloth to A and import 
corn from A. Under this supposition all the advantage of 
the trade will go to B. 

It appears, then, that whether we consider A or B to 
begin the trade there are reasons why a trade should arise. 
But the advantage of the trade so far appears to be entirely 
on the side of the country which takes the initiative. 
There is probably always some advantage relatively to the 
country that takes the active part, but at present this may 
be put aside. Both countries may be supposed to share 
equally in the activity of trade. They cannot, however, 
both gain the whole advantage, or, in other words, the 
advantage of the trade must be distributed. The answer 
to this problem is given in the theory of international 
values. (Cf. Mill, Principles, Book III, Chap. XVIII.) 

5. The Theory of International Values. — In my opinion 
it is better at this stage to introduce money as a measure. 
(Cf. Principles, Book III, Chap. XXVII.) It must suffice 
to indicate the principles that are applied in either case. 

After the trade is established between the two countries, 
the cloth and corn must exchange at the same rates in 
each. This is obvious because cost of carriage is neg- 



TIIK THEORY OF FOREIGN TRADE 337 

lected. If the rate of exchange is that formerly current 
in B, then A will gain all the advantage (and conversely 
B will gain all if the rate is the rate formerly current in A). 
The adjustment between these two extremes will depend 
on two considerations, one arising from the conditions of 
demand, the other from the conditions of supply. As 
regards demand, if H is very keen to obtain corn, and A is 
not very anxious to get cloth, the greater intensity of 
B's demand will make it offer more cloth. Thus the 
intensity of the reciprocal demand is one factor in the deter- 
mination of the price. Again, the establishment of the 
trade in the way supposed assumes that in each country 
there is a transfer of productive power, in A from manu- 
factures to agriculture, and in B from corn to cloth, to 
take the concrete form of the same argument. But as 
soon as we pass from the conditions of perfect mobility 
that are assumed to prevail in each country, some induce- 
ment must be offered in order that this transfer may take 
place. The advantage in the international exchange will 
be so far the greater on the side of the country to which 
the greater inducement must be offered to have the trans- 
fer accomplished. 

This last consideration suggests also that other elements 
must be introduced as we pass from the hypothetical 
conditions at first laid down or tacitly implied. 

Amongst these additional factors are to be noticed : the 
conditions of production — whether the commodities can 
be increased in response to the extension of the foreign 
demand at the same, at a less, or at a greater, cost. Thus 
if, as usual, it is assumed that corn follows the law of 
diminishing return, whilst cloth follows that of increasing 



338 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

return, so far the rate of exchange established will be in 
favour of corn. 

Another element to take account of is the relative mag- 
nitude of the two countries and the relative importance of 
the foreign trade in each to the total trade. 

We must also introduce the complexities due to the 
facts that foreign trade is a barter, not of two things only, 
but of many things, that the cost of carriage is never a 
negligible factor, that more than two countries must be 
considered, and finally that the productive forces cannot be 
adequately represented by days' labour of a uniform char- 
acter in each country. "We have also to take account of 
the causes that affect the growth and the distribution of 
capital, and the differences in the efficiency and in the 
reward of labour in different employments. It is in work- 
ing out the effects of these complicating causes that, in my 
opinion, it seems necessary to introduce money. (Cf. 
Principles, Book III, Chaps. XXVII, XXVIII.) 

6. Money in International Trade. — When the trade is 
established between the two countries we must suppose 
(omitting cost of carriage) that the prices of corn and 
cloth are the same in both countries. The inducement to 
trade arises because at these prices the labour in each 
country will obtain a better reward, which may be reck- 
oned in consuming power as regards both corn and cloth. 
That is, we must compare money wages and prices in each 
country under the old conditions and the new. 

The introduction of money wages shows the importance 
of considering the magnitude of the countries and of the 
foreign trade, because in any one country the money 
wages in the trade that produces for export must be pro- 



THE THEORY OF FOREIGN TRADE 339 

portioned to the general rate of wages current in that 
country, having regard to the special causes of difference. 

The money value of the exports must equal that of the 
imports, and the relative prices of commodities must be 
so adjusted that this equilibrium is effected. Otherwise 
the country with an excess of imports must continuously 
export money, and the drain of money would lower prices 
until it paid to export some commodity, or not to import 
some other, or at the same time exports might be increased 
and imports diminished. This argument is of the nature 
of a reductio ad absardum, and shows rather why such a 
drain could not continue if it arose, than why it could 
not arise. As explained in dealing with the foreign 
exchanges, an adverse balance may be met, not merely by 
the export of gold, but by the export of anything saleable 
for gold. 

All that we can say as regards the distribution of gold, 
considered as the world's standard money, is that it will 
be so distributed, and the levels of prices will be so ad- 
justed, that so far there will be no disturbance of relative 
values, or in other words, that the trade of the world is 
governed by real causes which are only measured in terms 
of money. 1 

1 The theory of foreign trade in terms of money is worked out in 
Principles, Book III, Chap. XXVII, Sees. 4 to 11, and in Chap. XXVIII. 
The subject is too difficult and complex for further compression than is 
there attempted. Bastable's Tlieory of International Trade is an excel- 
lent monograph on the whole subject, and the critical student may refer 
to the papers by Professor Edgeworth, in the Economic Journal, Vol. IV, 
p. 40, Vol. VII, p. 401, Vol. IX, p. 125. The appendix to Bastable's 
third edition (1900) gives a clear and impartial account of the points 
in dispute. 



CHAPTER XIV 

THE FOREIGN EXCHANGES 

1. International Debts. — The term foreign exchanges 
refers to the settlement of international debts. In the 
analysis of international indebtedness the first element to 
be considered is the amount of the exports and imports. 
As shown in the last chapter, if there were no other ele- 
ment in international indebtedness, imports must be paid 
for by exports; and this, indeed, is accepted as the 
fundamental axiom of foreign trade. 

This balancing of exports and imports is hidden in 
practice by various conflicting circumstances. As Adam 
Smith pointed out, it is practically impossible at any time 
to say what is the actual balance of trade between two 
countries. Accordingly, what is sometimes called the 
real par of exchange in the sense of an equality of in- 
debtedness would more properly be called the ideal or 
hypothetical par, which is a useful assumption in certain 
parts of the theory. It is altogether different from the 
nominal or mint par, which expresses a definite relation 
between the standard moneys of two countries. 

It is usual to speak (as in the last chapter) of the trade 
between two countries (say England and France) as if 
the trade were run by a gigantic trust on each side or 
by the respective governments. Nothing, of course, 
could be further from the truth. It is only for brevity 

340 



THE FOREIGN EXCHANGES 341 

of expression that we speak of England trading with 
France ; the trade between the two countries is not con- 
ducted on the principle of two monopolists contending 
with one another, but by a multitude of independent 
merchants. "Every transaction iti commerce is an inde- 
pendent transaction'''' (Ricardo). The reconciliation be- 
tween the two positions is found in the course of prices. 
All prices are determined by two sets of causes. There 
are relative causes that affect the particular commodities, 
e.g. special improvements in production or special changes 
in demand, and there are general causes that affect the 
level of prices over a wide range ; for some purposes 
we consider causes so general that they operate through 
the whole commercial world. In other cases we consider 
the general causes that determine the level of prices in 
a country, and in some cases the causes that affect the 
prices of certain groups of things, e.g. the exports or the 
imports. In the foreign exchanges we have to consider 
mainly the latter. If a particular merchant wishes to 
pay a creditor in a foreign country, the cost of his remit- 
tance will depend on the general balance of the account 
between the two countries at the time — not that he 
makes any estimate of the aggregate of debts ; but there 
is competition between the buyers and sellers of bills 
drawn on the foreign country, and the nature of this 
competition indicates the state of the indebtedness. 

Besides the exports and imports of commodities, there 
are other elements in international indebtedness on ac- 
count of which payments have to be made. We have to 
take account of payments in connection with freights, 
stock exchange securities, the advance of loans at the 



342 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

time at which the funds are remitted, the interest on the 
loans, the repayment of the principal, the expenses of 
government abroad or conversely receipts of tribute, the 
expenses of foreign residents, the obligations of banks, 
the profits on commissions of various kinds, and other 
minor elements. 

Just as in dealing with the quantity theory of money, 
it was found convenient to consider all the varying in- 
fluences as if equivalent to a corresponding increase or 
decrease in the quantity of money, so here it is convenient 
to translate these other elements of indebtedness into the 
language of exports and imports. That is to say, we 
should consider what would be the effect on the state of 
international indebtedness, if these various obligations 
had arisen from an increase of exports or imports as the 
case might be. This procedure is not only conducive to 
clearness, but must be resorted to when we seek to ex- 
plain why it is that one country can have year after year 
an excess of imports over exports — apparently in glaring 
contradiction to the fundamental axiom of foreign trade. 

The truth is we must take account of what may be 
called the quasi-exports and quasi-imports. Thus, for 
example, a freight has been well called an invisible ex- 
port; the advance of a loan to a foreign state is, so to 
speak, an import of securities, and we must pay for these 
securities by exporting more commodities ; the interest on 
the loans, as it is received, is equivalent to so much addi- 
tional imports — we now receive imports in return for the 
coupons that we export ; the expenses of our government 
abroad or of our absentees must be regarded as if we had 
to pay for so much additional imports, these imports being 



THE FOREIGN EXCHANGES 343 

consumed on the way ; and finally foreigners have to pay 
us something on account of commissions for the settle- 
ment of various transactions which again is as if they 
had to pay us for so much additional exports ; or these 
commissions are invisible exports or quasi-exports. It is 
owing to the balance of indebtedness on so many of these 
invisible exports being so much in our favour that we are 
enabled year after year to have an excess of imports. 

It seems, then, not only that exports and imports are the 
principal elements in international indebtedness in most 
cases, but that they may be taken as typical of other forms 
of indebtedness ; and in this way the central problem is 
simplified without losing in reality. 

2. International Debts are payable in Money. — Although 
it may be taken as axiomatic that exports are paid for by 
imports in the extended meaning of the terms, it is equally 
certain that the producers of these exports are paid for 
them in the money of their oivn country. It is all very well 
to say that the coal exported from England is paid for by 
the wine imported from France, but there is no direct barter 
of this kind, and the exchange or payment is only possible 
through the intervention of money. The producers of 
English coal are paid in English money and the growers 
of French wine in French money ; in some way or other 
the French consumers of English coal must pay for it in 
English money and they must pay this money in England 
(and conversely of the wine). The way in which this is 
done is explained by the foreign exchanges. 

" The foreign exchanges are transfers from the money of 
one country to that of another effected by the operation 
of bills of exchange " (Tate's Cambist^). It may happen 



344 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

that the different foreign countries have identical curren- 
cies, but the essence of the operation is the transfer of 
money power from one country to the other. 

It has been pointed out above that every transaction of 
commerce is an independent transaction ; but if this means 
that all the transactions are settled independently, we 
should have a multitude of parcels of coin flowing from one 
country, passing in transit a similar multitude coming from 
this other country ; and the mints of the respective coun- 
tries would be constantly employed melting and recoining 
foreign money. To avoid all these risks and inconven- 
iences, the foreign bill of exchange was invented, and it 
may be traced back to the Middle Ages and probably to 
classical antiquity. 

To explain the use of bills of exchange in the settle- 
ment of international debts, suppose that American mer- 
chants have exported to England corn, cotton, etc., and 
they have drawn bills for the corresponding value on the 
English purchasers or importers. These bills, being drawn 
on London and accepted by the merchants there, entitle 
the American exporters to receive the money for their ex- 
ports in London. But so far they would be no better off, 
as they would have to fetch the gold from London. But 
now suppose that other American merchants buy from 
London piece goods of the same value as this corn, etc., 
exported from America. They can of course settle their 
debts in London by sending gold, but they can settle them 
equally well by buying the bills from the exporters and 
sending the bills to London, where they can be cashed by 
the sellers of the piece goods. In this case there is no 
passage of gold at all ; by the intervention of the bills of 



THE FOREIGN EXCHANGES 345 

exchange the American exporters receive American money 
in America, and the English sellers of cloth, etc., receive 
English money in London. 

In the case supposed the debts are assumed to balance 
exactly and the time of payment to be identical, and the 
Americans are supposed to take the initiative as regards 
both exports and imports. In the actual complexities of 
commerce, however, the debts will not exactly balance in 
this simple way, and there may be more money due for 
American exports than for English exports (or con- 
versely). It is this want of coincidence in the debts that 
gives rise to the fluctuations in the exchanges. But be- 
fore the fluctuations are dealt with the mode in which 
the exchanges are quoted must be explained. 

3. The Mint (or Nominal) Par of Exchange. — The bills 
in our illustration being drawn in pounds sterling and 
being sold for dollars, the first tiling to consider is the 
relative value of the pound sterling and the dollar. This 
depends on the amount of fine gold each contains, and the 
mint par of exchange expresses the relation between the two 
standard coins in terms of their metallic value. Thus the 
mint par is deduced from the legal definitions of the re- 
spective standard coins. In making the comparison or cal- 
culating this mint par we may consider one coin as fixed 
and the other as variable. Thus, if we take the pound 
sterling as fixed, or as the basis, the mint par with the 
United States is 4.866 dollars, with France 25.2215 francs, 
and with Germany 20.43 marks. 

If the foreign coins were being exchanged at the same 
spot in order to be melted down, and there were no ex- 
pense in melting or in recoining, the mint par would give 



346 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

the actual rate of exchange at the time at that place. But 
seeing that the primary object of the foreign exchanges is 
to settle debts at different places, we must take account of 
the expenses of remittance, either of the gold itself or of 
what will command gold. It is the variation in this ex- 
pense, and the distribution of it between the two countries, 
that causes the rise and fall in the exchanges. 

4. Gold Points. — Suppose that at any particular time a 
number of people in New York have to make remittances 
to London, and that a number of other people in New York 
are desirous of selling bills, etc., which entitle the holders 
to receive money in London. If the demand exceeds the 
supply, the price of these bills will rise. But the limit of 
the rise will be given by the point at which it will be just 
as cheap for the American debtor to send actual gold to 
London. This is the outgoing gold point from New York, 
and it is calculated as XI = 4.89^ dollars; conversely, if 
the supply of bills exceeds the demand, the price falls and 
it may fall to such a point that it would be just as profit- 
able for the owner of the bill — the American creditor — 
to send for the gold. This is the incoming gold point to 
New York, and may be taken at £1 = 4.83 J dollars. 

To resume: the mint par is £1 = 4.866 dollars. If the 
rate rises to 4.891, it generally pays to send us gold ; if it 
falls to 4.83 J, it generally pays to take gold from us. These 
gold points or specie points cannot of course be fixed with 
absolute precision, as they depend on the cost of transmit- 
ting the gold ; but the average is approximately certain, and 
at present it is only under exceptional circumstances that 
these limits are exceeded. Such occasions arise when there 
is great stringency in the money market, or it may be fear 



THE FOREIGN EXCHANGES 347 

of a monetary crisis. (See Goschen, Foreign Exchanges, 
Chap. IV.) 

5. Favourable and Unfavourable Exchange. — Fluctua- 
tions in the foreign exchanges are described as being 
favourable or unfavourable. The use of these terms is 
best explained by their history. In former times there 
was always much anxiety about the exchange of curren- 
cies, and it was considered an unfavourable state of the 
exchanges if more money of the home country had to be 
given for foreign money than was indicated by the par of 
exchange. Thus, if the imports into England had greatly 
exceeded the exports, there would be keen competition on 
the part of the importers to buy the foreign bills and the 
price would rise to specie point ; people would give more 
for bills than their nominal value up to the limit at which it 
would be just as cheap to send gold. Such a state of the ex- 
changes would seem to show that the English currency was 
not obtaining the full value in terms of foreign currency. 

It would also show that there was a danger of gold 
itself being exported from the country, and the export 
of gold was considered in itself unfavourable according to 
the old mercantilist ideas. 

In reality an unfavourable exchange is unfavourable only 
to those who have to send money or pay money abroad 
(say, the importers), but ipso facto it is favourable to the 
exporters, who are able to sell their bills for so much more. 
The real distribution of the loss and gain of fluctuations in 
the exchanges will depend on the terms of the contract of 
sale as between the buyers and sellers. 

There is, however, a sense in which, under present con- 
ditions, an unfavourable exchange may be said to be unfa- 



348 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

vourable to the country as a whole, that is, when the export 
of gold is such as to threaten the ultimate gold reserves of 
the banking system. In this case there may be a sharp 
rise in the rate of interest for money, and possibly a sudden 
and severe contraction of credit. 

It is the passage of gold from one country to another 
under these exceptional circumstances that gives the prin- 
cipal interest to movements in the exchanges to the mer- 
cantile classes as a whole. To the great mass of people in 
this country who are engaged in business of various kinds, 
including banking, the movements of the foreign exchanges 
are of no interest whatever, except in this one particular, 
namely, if there is a rise or fall in the bank rate. 

In considering the influence of the rate of interest on 
the exchanges, it is necessary to distinguish between long 
and short exchange. The typical instrument for settling 
foreign payments is the bill of exchange. If, then, this 
bill is not payable at sight, but (say) after three months, 
its present value for purposes of remittance is subject to 
three months' discount. Accordingly, if in New York a 
cable transfer on London could be bought (say) at par, that 
is, for one pound payable in London, at once $4,866 would 
be given, then for a pound payable after three months so 
much less would be given — and how much less would 
depend on the rate of discount in London. Thus at the 
time of writing the New York cable transfer exchange is 
4.88^, and the exchange at sixty days' usance 4.85. 

In certain cases the rate of interest in the country which 
draws the bill may be of importance in affecting the ex- 
changes. Suppose that the rate of discount in Paris falls 
much below the London rate. One natural and obvious 



THE FOREIGN EXCHANGES 349 

result would be that Paris bankers would wish to send 
money for investment in London at the more profitable 
rate, and thus the exchange would so far turn in our 
favour. This natural and obvious influence would be 
intensified by a less obvious cause. Bills drawn on Lon- 
don by Paris, having their present value calculated at 
the London rate, would be a good investment for Paris 
bankers. Thus they would compete for these bills, not 
for remittance, but for investment. This extra demand, 
however, must also turn the exchange in our favour still 
more, or at least make the movement more speedy. It is, 
of course, the difference in the rates that is of importance, 
and shows how a rise in the bank rate tends to attract 
gold. 

Closely connected with the rate of interest is the state 
of credit in both the countries considered. The docu- 
ments used for remittance are credit instruments, and the 
typical bill of exchange rests ultimately on the credit of 
both the drawer and the acceptor. The state of credit is 
also an important factor in the determination of the rate 
of interest. Although for the explanation of the prin- 
ciples only two countries have been taken for illustra- 
tion, the rates subsisting between two places will depend 
partly on the rates with other places. It might be cheaper 
to make a remittance by a roundabout method with a cer- 
tain difference in the rates. The adjustment of these rates 
is called the arbitrage of the exchanges. This arbitrage 
tends to steady the exchanges as between any two places. 
Similarly, the operations of banks add to this stability by 
creating paper for remittance to pay for imports which are 
really paid for by exports at a later date. 



350 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

6. Effects of a Depreciation of the Currency. — The im- 
mediate effects of a depreciation of the currency on the 
exchanges are easily understood simply by taking account 
of the premium on gold. If a sovereign will buy so many 
francs at the mint par, and if the francs are depreciated, 
the sovereign must obtain so many more in proportion to 
the extent of the depreciation. If the depreciation is very 
great, as often happens with inconvertible notes, the appar- 
ent course of the exchanges depends entirely on the fluc- 
tuations in the depreciation. The other causes are still 
there, e.g. the balance of trade, the rate of interest, etc., 
but their effect is hidden altogether by the premium on 
gold. There are also in this case no limits to the nominal 
or apparent rise in the exchange — that is, taking the 
sovereign as fixed, and the depreciated currency as 
variable. 

Here it may be noticed that if we are considering the 
case of remittance from a country with a depreciated cur- 
rency, so much more will have to be given for the bill 
payable in gold in the foreign country, and the price may 
rise to the extent of the premium on gold, plus the cost 
of remitting the gold. Suppose, however, that no gold is 
obtainable : in this case there seems to be no limit to the 
rise in the price of the bills. The real limits are given by 
the cost of sending some export that otherwise would not 
have been sent. Thus we have not only gold points, but 
also similar export points for all exportable commodities. 
People who have to buy gold with a depreciated currency 
may find that it will be cheaper to send, some form of 
produce to the foreign country, and to purchase the gold 
there with the sale of the produce, rather than to buy the 



THE FOREIGN EXCHANGES 351 

gold at an extravagant premium, and in addition pay the 
cost of remittance. 

7. Indirect Effects of a Depreciation of the Currency on 
the Foreign Trade of a Country. — We may now consider 
the effects of the depreciation of a currency on its foreign 
trade in general. And for simplicity the case of in- 
convertible notes may be taken. It may be shown that 
the effects will vary according to the mode in which 
the depreciation takes place. Suppose that the notes 
become discredited almost as soon as issued — that is to 
say, that a premium on gold arises before there is any 
depreciation of the notes as regards commodities or any 
general inflation of prices. In this case exporters from 
this country can sell their exports at the usual rates 
abroad, and with the gold obtained they can purchase 
more notes to the extent of the premium. And so long 
as prices do not rise to the extent of this premium, there 
will be this so-called bounty on exports. In the same 
way it may be shown that there will be a check to im- 
ports. The imports will only obtain the same prices as 
before, but to remit the proceeds in gold more of the 
notes must be given to the extent of the premium. Sup- 
pose next that the notes are issued in such a way that 
prices rise through the inflation of the currency before 
the premium on gold is established. In this case ex- 
ports to the country will be stimulated and exports from 
it will be checked; the final result will be that the ad- 
verse balance must be met in gold, and there will in time 
arise a premium on gold; it is possible that the rise in 
the premium may be so great that there will be a rever- 
sion to the first case. 



352 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

If all the parties concerned, directly and indirectly, in 
the export and import of commodities were to ignore 
the proclamations of the government as regards the 
use of notes, and were to persistently make all their 
monetary bargains on a gold basis, and if they used the 
notes at all, only did so at their value in terms of gold, 
then there would be no effect on the foreign trade through 
the depreciation. It is very doubtful if this theoretical 
result is ever attained in practice. The people who 
really pay for the imports are the consumers in the 
country with the depreciated currency, and the people 
who must eventually receive the money for the exports 
from this country are the producers there ; and, in general, 
both producers and consumers are obliged to use this 
depreciated paper, and they do not understand fluctua- 
tions or make accurate allowance for them. Thus, alto- 
gether apart from foreign trade, it is well known that 
the mercantile classes often gain at the expense of the 
consumers, especially the working classes. 

In any case the foreign trader may insure himself 
against risk by making his bargains on a sterling basis 
of exchange, but he cannot prevent the depreciation af- 
fecting the conditions of demand and supply in the 
internal markets of the country concerned ; these mar- 
kets are influenced by the extent and the mode of the 
depreciation, and indirectly they affect the foreign trade. 
Similar reasoning may be applied to the case of the de- 
preciation of silver, though this case is more complicated. 
(See Money and Monetary Problems, p. 342 sq.') 

There are other problems connected with foreign trade 
that are in my opinion best explained by taking into 



THE FOREIGN EXCHANGES 353 

account the foreign exchanges. Such are the effects on 
the balance of trade and thus on the distribution of the 
advantages of the introduction of some new export due 
to a fall in price consequent on an improvement in pro- 
duction. The argument adopted by Mill (Principles, 
Book III, Chap. XXI) is as follows : this new export will 
disturb the balance of trade; the imports to the country 
will no longer balance the exports, and in consequence 
money will flow to the countiy; prices will rise there 
and fall in the other country in response to this redis- 
tribution of the gold, and thus exports from the first 
country will be checked and imports into it increased 
until the balance is restored. If there are only two 
countries to be considered, and if the price levels are 
supposed to be adjusted directly in response to the 
movements of gold and in proportion to the quantities, 
and if various other hypotheses are made, this modus 
operandi might serve as an explanation. But when we 
consider that the new export may be sent to all parts 
of the world, and that owing to other causes the flow of 
gold may be in a different direction, this explanation 
seems to fail to meet the complexities of real foreign 
trade. In the same way the argument of Mill, to the 
effect that the respective countries gain and lose in a 
general way by these effects on their respective price 
levels, though highly ingenious and as an example of 
abstract reasoning very instructive, seems inapplicable 
to actual conditions. The case of the payment of a 
tribute from one country to another involves the same 
reasoning and the same assumptions. 

The preferable view in my opinion in both of these 

2a 



354 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

cases is that the adjustment of the payments is made not 
by any operation on general prices and the transmission of 
gold, but by the export of any exportable commodity that 
is on the " margin of doubt " as to its destination. (See 
Principles, Vol. II, Book III, Chap. XXVI, Sees. 12-14.) 
8. On the Distribution of Gold throughout the Commer- 
cial World. — If we take a system of gold-using countries, 
the levels of prices in particular countries are adjusted 
to the general level throughout the system having regard 
to special causes of difference. Broadly speaking, gold 
may be sent from one country to another for two pur- 
poses. It may be sent to meet previous obligations; but 
it will not be so sent if cheaper modes of remittance are 
available. Exports pay for imports through the medium 
of bills, and it is only when the bills fail that gold is sent 
for the relatively small balance. And even as regards this 
balance, it may be met by sending securities or any readily 
saleable export. If gold is thus sent, it augments the bank- 
ing reserves of one country and so far diminishes those of 
the other ; but in general there is no direct expansion and 
contraction of the respective currencies, and still less is the 
course of international trade determined by the rise and 
fall of the general price levels in different countries in 
response to these movements of gold. The shipment of 
gold follows and does not determine the course of trade. 
But gold may also be sent from one country to another for 
banking requirements. If a country finds its banking 
reserves getting low, it seeks to correct the exchanges by 
raising its rate of discount. The movements of gold on 
this account are of general importance only in exceptional 
times. 



THE FOREIGN EXCHANGES 355 

Commercial countries are now so closely connected that 
we have to compare any one with the rest of the world. 
Any stimulus to exports or imports, due to the movements 
of gold, being diffused through such a wide area, is speedily 
lost; and on the whole the differences between domestic 
and foreign trade tend to become less and less except as 
regards political influences and tariffs. 1 

1 The standard work on the foreign exchanges is that of Goschen. The 
only drawback is that the illustrations are for the most part out of date. 
This fault may be remedied by reference to Clare's ABC of the Foreign 
Exchanges. For the effects of depreciations and for a critique of the 
usual argument on the distribution of gold see Principles, Book III, Chap. 
XXVI, and Money and Monetary Problems, essay on " Movements in Gen- 
eral Prices," also Bankers'' Money, Chap. II. 



CHAPTER XV 

ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF FOREIGN TRADE 

1. The Real Advantages of Foreign Trade. — The most 
obvious advantages of foreign trade are those obtained by 
the consumers of the respective countries. They obtain 
goods that cannot be produced at home, as in the exchange 
of the produce of the tropics for that of the temperate 
zones. And things that can be produced at home are 
obtained more cheaply and abundantly from foreign sources 
of supply. The second of these advantages follows from 
the theory of comparative cost. 

Unless, then, it can be shown that the incomes of consum- 
ers are adversely affected by foreign competition, and that 
they fall more than in proportion to the fall in the price of 
commodities, there is a real gain to the consumers under 
both heads. It is claimed for the theory of consumers' rent 
(or surplus) that it measures this gain more accurately 
than is possible by mere descriptive methods. 

When we look to the incomes of consumers the most 
obvious consideration is that they are for the most part the 
earnings of producers. And here the principle is applied 
that is fundamental in foreign trade, namely, that imports 
must be paid for by exports. Accordingly, when a foreign 
trade arises and displaces some commodity formerly pro- 
duced at home, it is argued that if the trade is to continue, 
the corresponding labour and capital displaced must be 

356 



FOREIGN TRADE 357 

employed, in part at least, in making some export that will 
he taken by the foreigner in return for his export sent to 
us. If the foreigner does not take our new export directly, 
he must take payment from some country that will — 
otherwise the fundamental axiom of foreign trade would be 
contravened. It is also maintained that the rest of the capi- 
tal and labour displaced from the home industry cannot in 
general be sent abroad and will flow to the most advan- 
tageous employment in the home country. Here the as- 
sumption is that all the productive powers of a country can 
find some kind of employment, if not in some things then 
in " other things." This argument is popularly expressed 
in relation to commercial treaties in the saying, Take care of 
the imports, and the exports will take care of themselves. 

If this natural course of trade is allowed free play, every 
country will produce for itself and for other countries that 
in which it has the greatest relative advantage (or least 
disadvantage), and on the whole there will be a greater 
return to the aggregate productive powers of the world, or 
for the same return as before there will be a less expendi- 
ture of labour and effort. 

It is also maintained that the extension of territorial 
division of labour and localisation of industries will, in 
general, increase the aggregate productive powers still 
more ; and the real increase of wealth or leisure, to be 
divided between the various trading nations, will be so 
much greater. 

Furthermore, it is maintained that this extension of the 
range of markets, at any rate in times of peace, tends to 
steady both supply and demand, and thus to steady 
prices, and this steadiness is further increased by the 



358 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

development and inter-connection of the national credit 
systems. Again, this reciprocity of interest in turn 
strengthens the guarantees for peace and induces nations 
to render mutual services of various kinds, as in railways, 
postal and telegraphic communications, safeguards for 
navigation and the like. This general increase of security 
is shown in a marked manner if we compare mediaeval 
with modern commerce. 

There can be no doubt that these and similar advantages 
have been obtained by the world at large through the 
progress of international commerce. And in some cases, 
especially in that of the United Kingdom, the national 
progress has been increased to a wonderful degree by 
the development of foreign trade, especially in the nine- 
teenth century. 

At the same time it is possible that some particular 
nation under certain conditions may suffer whilst all the 
world gains, just as a particular district in any one coun- 
try may suffer whilst all the rest of the country benefits 
by the transfer of labour and capital. 

It may be useful to notice some of the possible dis- 
advantages, from the national standpoint, that may arise 
from the extension of foreign trade in general, or of 
some particular branches. 

2. Possible Disadvantages of Foreign Trade to a Particu- 
lar Country. — Even from the consumers' point of view dis- 
advantages may arise ; as when the greater interests of the 
future are sacrificed to the lesser interests of the present. 
Thus limited natural resources of various kinds may be 
exploited rapidly and wastefully, so that a few years' 
cheapness may be outweighed by many years' dearness. 



FOREIGN TRADE 359 

In technical language the law of diminishing return may 
come into play sooner and more severely in consequence 
of large exports, e.g. coal. A countiy that exports con- 
tinuously large quantities of raw produce, e.g. corn, may 
be said to export the land itself (Carey). 

Again, it is generally admitted that the consumer is not 
always the best judge of his own interests, as is shown in 
the case of material commodities by laws against adultera- 
tion and the like. It is quite possible that a cheap foreign 
product may be less advantageous than the corresponding 
dearer home product, and that it may be advantageous 
to prohibit the importation of certain foreign goods (e.g. 
spirits into certain new countries, opium into China, etc.). 

From the producers' point of view theoretical exceptions 
may be discovered to the universal benefits of foreign trade. 
The assumption that labour and capital can always be 
diverted from an industry that is ruined by foreign 
competition to " something else," will obviously not hold 
good of the capital and labour that are specialised to a 
high degree. In every nation the principal trade is 
between the towns and the country. Now it is quite 
possible that the opening up of foreign markets may 
seriously injure either the manufactures of the towns 
or the agriculture of the country. Suppose that English 
manufactures find a ready market abroad, and that 
foreign food-stuffs find a ready market in England, so 
that there is a great expansion of trade on both sides. 
The balance of trade may be simply preserved by the 
contraction of English agriculture, and the labour and 
capital employed in agriculture can only be gradually 
and partially diverted to manufactures. The manufac- 



360 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

turing classes, it is true, benefit as consumers of food; 
but from the producers' point of view, it may happen 
that the depression in agriculture more than outweighs 
the gains in manufacture. If there is a rapid transfer 
of labour, the overcrowding of cities and the depopula- 
tion of the country may deteriorate the general condi- 
tions under which work is carried on, and intensify the 
disutility of labour. It is notorious that the progress of 
English manufactures after the industrial revolution was 
accompanied by great social evils. 

It may be recalled, in this connection, that one of the 
cases that Adam Smith thought worthy of the delibera- 
tion of governments, as regards the continuance of a 
protective policy, was when the industry threatened by 
the adoption of free trade gave employment to a large 
number of labourers. In this case he said, " Humanity 
dictates that the freedom of trade should only be re- 
stored by slow gradations." This is, of course, a form 
of the general argument of the rights of vested interests 
of labour and can only be used with caution. 

Again, if we take the case of a new country, it will 
naturally turn its attention to the production of agricul- 
tural products and raw material. But this excessive 
devotion to the extractive industries will so far check 
manufactures and the growth of towns. It is possible 
that in the end even agriculture may suffer because 
there is no near market for its by-products. Most econ- 
omists, including Adam Smith and Mill, have noticed 
this argument in favour of protection to new countries. 
On the other hand, it may be pointed out that there 
is the danger of the creation of vested interest, and that 



FOREIGN TRADE 361 

the temporary protection begets all kinds of protection. 
It is possible that, at the same time, both the manufac- 
tures and the agriculture of an old country might suffer 
from the competition of new and rising countries. Al- 
though it is true that all trade is barter, and that com- 
modities pay for commodities, it is also true that exchanges 
are only effected by the intervention of money, not 
necessarily as a medium of exchange, but as a measure 
of values. It is extremely difficult to adjust wages and 
fixed charges to changes in prices due to foreign com- 
petition. When it is said that foreign competition 
renders some manufacture impossible, it is often only 
true with the understanding that the old rates of re- 
muneration are to be maintained. In the end no doubt 
the fall in wages must take place if rendered necessary 
by foreign competition, but the fall may be resisted so 
long that the market is lost or only partially retained. 
And in any case, there is the difficulty that the wages 
in this particular trade must normally stand in a certain 
relation to wages in general. 

The idea on which Adam Smith so often insists, namely, 
that the richer the neighbours of a country, so much the 
better for that country, is not always and necessarily true. 
In effect, the richer countries may compel the poorer to 
become self-supporting. They may obtain their food and 
raw material from distant and unexploited lands, and 
make all their manufactures cheaper than the poorer 
country. The injury that may be caused to a nation by 
the opening up of some new trade route, or by the con- 
version of a roundabout trade into a direct one, has been 
exemplified in history by the transfer of commercial 



362 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

supremacy from northern Italy to Holland, and from Hol- 
land to Britain. 

It is extremely difficult in foreign trade to estimate 
accurately the advantages and disadvantages when we 
have to compare, for example, the benefit of a fall in price 
with the evil of the loss of employment. If a number 
of people lose their regular employment, or are converted 
from skilled to unskilled labourers, there may be little 
real compensation in the fact that a far greater number 
obtain some kinds of commodities a little cheaper. This 
truth was well expressed by Mr. Gladstone when he 
declared that the working classes would benefit more by 
fiscal reforms, that extended the field of employment, than 
by such as reduced the prices of consumable commodities. 
" It is a mistake to suppose that the best mode of giving 
benefit to the labouring classes is simply to operate on 
the articles consumed by them ; if you want to do them 
the maximum of good, you should rather operate on the 
articles which give them a maximum of employment." 

It may be recalled that with Adam Smith the funda- 
mental test applied as regards the relative advantages of 
different modes of employing capital is the effect on the 
employment of labour within the country. The proxi- 
mate cause of any change in the direction of trade is a 
change in the profit to be obtained. But maximum 
profit is by no means synonymous with maximum national 
advantage. Adam Smith made the difference abundantly 
clear; but in the attempt to make the popular argument 
for free trade simple and dogmatic, his complex reason- 
ings were forgotten. The most striking illustration of 
the difference between profit and advantage is found in 



FOREIGN TRADE 363 

the central position of his attack on the monopoly of the 
colonial trade ; the root cause of the evils of that monop- 
oly in his view is to be found in the high rate of profit to 
which it gives rise, directly in the colonial trade and 
indirectly in all other trades. 

The popular idea that so long as the capital gave equal 
profits, it was a matter of indifference to the nation at 
large to what employment it was directed, was not only 
not approved of by Adam Smith, but was distinctly con- 
troverted by him. Thus, the most advantageous of all 
the employments of capital was in agriculture, although 
the profit was less than in the distant colonial trades 
and in the carrying trade. Of all the employments of 
capital, that in the carrying trade was the least advan- 
tageous to the nation as a whole, because the real advan- 
tages were obtained by other nations, whilst we only 
obtained the profit or commission. On other grounds, 
indeed, he approved of the encouragement given to that 
trade by the Navigation Acts, but the chief reason as- 
signed is that defence is of more importance than opu- 
lence ; that is, the Acts were approved of on political and 
not on economic grounds. 

A similar argument to that employed by Adam Smith 
may be advanced by taking into account not only the 
quantity of the employment, but also its quality. It is 
to the advantage of a nation that its people should not 
be simply hewers of wood and drawers of water, but 
rather engaged in crafts that demand a high degree of 
skill. This idea was recognised by the founders of the 
mercantilist policy, and was developed in a remarkable 
way by List (National System of Political Economy) ; 



364 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

but in recent times it was a favourite theme of Mr. Glad- 
stone. 

It would be easy to multiply examples of the pos- 
sible disadvantages that a particular nation may suffer, 
although the world may gain, from the development of 
foreign trade in certain directions. It is even possible to 
show that there are cases in which the world at large 
might lose by the premature extension of foreign trade. 
(See the ingenious argument of Sidgwick, Principles of 
Political Economy, Book III, Chap. V.) 

How far the government of a country by duties or 
bounties, by preferences or prohibitions, by commercial 
treaties or retaliation, may contrive to minimise such 
disadvantages, will depend partly, at any rate, on the 
wisdom and on the powers of governments. It is one 
thing to admit an evil; it is quite another to provide a 
remedy. The possible disadvantages of foreign trade may 
be further increased by the fiscal action of foreign states 
and by the action of foreign " trusts." (See below, Book V, 
on the economic functions of government.) l 

1 The literature on the subject of this chapter is voluminous. For an 
account of the views of Adam Smith, see introductory essay by present 
writer to Wealth of Nations (Nelson) ; Sidgwick, Principles of Political 
Economy, Book II, Chap. Ill, and Book III, Chap. V ; List, National 
System of Political Economy ; Patten, The Economic Basis of Protection ; 
Bastable, International Trade ; and also Commerce of Nations. 



BOOK IV 
ECONOMIC PROGRESS 



CHAPTER I 

THE NATURE AND MEASUREMENT OF ECONOMIC PROGRESS 

1. Connection of Economic Progress with General Progress. 
— Just as attempts have been made to reduce political 
economy to a branch of a system of general sociology, so 
also it has been maintained that economic progress can 
only be understood as part of progress in general. The 
progress of society includes, no doubt, many factors which 
indirectly affect economic progress, e.g. religion, morality, 
law, art, etc. ; but it is impossible to deduce the idea of 
economic progress from the wider idea of social progress. 
The idea of progress in general has always proved 
elusive, and perhaps the most remarkable result of the 
history of philosoph)*- is that the idea of progress has in 
general lagged behind the reality. Nations have progressed 
without any idea of progress ; and the progress has been 
very real, even in cases which we have been accustomed 
to regard as typical examples of stagnation. It is asserted 
by Professor Flint that in China there was as real progress 
in the actual development of thought and history as in 
Greece itself ; but, as in so many other eastern nations, 
in place of any idea of progress there was only an idea of 
cosmical and human cycles. Again, in the mediaeval 
period in every department of human activity there was 
very great progress, but there was no corresponding com- 
prehensive idea. From the sixteenth century onward a 

367 



368 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

number of attempts were made to express the idea of 
progress, sometimes derived from the perfections of God 
and sometimes from the perfectibility of man, but none 
was accepted by thinkers as satisfactory. 

In the latter half of the nineteenth century, however, 
the theory of evolution has been thought to give a formula 
which can be applied to the universe in general, and every 
part and process of it. It is impossible here to discuss, 
even in outline, the general theory of evolution. But some 
points may be noticed as bearing on economic progress. 
It will be generally admitted that the theory or formula 
of evolution is useful in providing a general terminology, 
and in suggesting lines of inquiry, methods of classifica- 
tion, and ideas of continuity; but so far its aid is only 
formal, as in the case of logic and mathematics. 

The general theory of evolution provides no easy substi- 
tute for the examination of the particular evidence that 
every science requires. It may be said, for example, that 
constitutional history affords an excellent example of evo- 
lution ; the formula can be applied in every detail, but it 
will not enable the historian to dispense with the examina- 
tion of a single document. And if we accept the ideas of 
evolution in general, as applicable over a wide range of 
very different phenomena, we must be careful not to mis- 
take vague analogy for reasoning ; and we must beware 
more than ever of the use of inappropriate conceptions, 
which in all ages has been the greatest hindrance to real 
scientific progress. 

In particular, we cannot transfer directly the ideas of 
biology to economics ; we may, indeed, use the terms 
survival of the fittest, reversions, atavism, differentia- 



THE NATURE OF ECONOMIC PROGRESS 369 

tinn, and so forth, without much danger, but we cannot 
descend into the mysteries of protoplasm and the nature 
of heredity in the lowest forms of life with any hope 
of obtaining light on primitive economic structures. 
The conclusion is that in dealing with economic progress 
we must deal with economic ideas and with economic 
facts. 

With regard to the facts, it is necessary to go to the 
researches of the economic historians ; but in dealing with 
historical facts it is necessary to have certain guiding ideas. 

2. The Nature of Economic Progress. — The simplest 
idea involved in economic progress is increase in wealth. 
In making quantitative estimates of national wealth, we 
naturally adopt the monetary standard ; and the first pre- 
caution is to make allowances for any changes in the value 
of the standard. Such a change may have arisen, if we 
are comparing distant periods, either through causes 
affecting the standard itself, as in the change in the 
meaning of the pound, or through any of the causes 
affecting its value, such as are enumerated in the 
quantity theory. (See above, Book III, Chap. VI.) 

We must also consider the qualities of the things that 
at different times are called by the same names, e.g. bread, 
houses, cloth, etc. 

Next to the increase of wealth we consider the growth 
of population. " The most decisive mark of the prosperity 
of any country is the increase of the number of its inhab- 
itants " (Adam Smith). Even in modern times for some 
purposes this mark is of the first importance in national 
progress. It implies greater power of defence, especially 
with universal conscription, an increase of the combination 
2 b 



370 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

and division of labour, and improvements in the means of 
transport. In general, an actual increase of numbers shows 
also that the positive checks (which are comprehensively 
included under the term misery') are not keeping down 
the population, that there is no undue exercise of pru- 
dential restraint, and that there is an increase in the con- 
suming powers of the people or in their real wages. 

On the other hand, in estimating progress in population, 
the simple quantitative measurement is not enough: we 
may have an increase in numbers with no corresponding 
improvement in quality, and even with positive degrada- 
tion. It is not possible, however, to obtain any simple 
test of improvements in quality. The only plan seems 
to be to take account of a number of separate factors. 
A good example is given in that classic work, Porter's 
Progress of the Nation, which, although dealing essen- 
tially with economic progress, describes the progress of 
the nation in morals and manners, not from any ideal 
or metaphysical standpoint, but by concrete reference to 
sports, drinking, theatres, and by statistics of education, 
crime, health, average life, etc. 

Attempts have been made to obtain more precise modes 
of estimating the progress of population, apart from mere 
numbers. One of the oldest methods is to make a mone- 
tary valuation of the people. The idea is exemplified in 
ancient legal systems in which every person and every 
part of him was appraised for the purposes of compen- 
sation ; there was the wergild for the life, and so much 
less for particular limbs and feelings — an outrage such as 
shaving the head in derision was more heavily fined than 
the loss of a limb. At the present day damages for inju- 



THE NATURE OF ECONOMIC PROGRESS 371 

ries of this kind, material and sentimental, are constantly- 
estimated. We have only to extend the application of the 
principle from individuals to the aggregate to obtain an 
estimate of the money value of a whole population. In 
making such a valuation we may, as in the case of material 
capital, apply the ideas both of cost of production and of earn- 
ing capacity. It has often been observed that the rearing 
and education of children involves a very real monetary 
cost, and estimates have been made at different times of the 
cost of production of the finished child. Roughly, we may 
apply the maxim that the greater the cost the greater the 
value. The prohibition of work to children under a certain 
age increases the cost, but improves the quality. If the 
education of children is paid for out of the rates and taxes, 
the money cost is none the less real, and may well be 
greater. As we ascend in the social scale, so much higher 
becomes the cost of professional training, and we may take 
account of the capital sunk in education just as much as 
of that sunk in land. 

But, as in material capital, so also in living capital, cost 
alone does not determine value : we must take account also 
of earning capacity. One of the best signs of material 
progress is the increase in the numbers of the more highly 
paid forms of labour compared with the lower. (See be- 
low, Chap. V.) The wages of a nation may be arranged 
in a series from the lowest unskilled labour up to the 
highest professional skill. Population remaining the same, 
progress may be estimated by the relative distribution in 
the numbers of the classes. (A striking illustration is 
afforded by Giffen's essays on the " Progress of the Work- 
ing Classes.") 



372 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

3. Progress and Utility. — It is clear, however, that 
money estimates, whether of things or of people, can 
only show the nature of the progress of the nation 
very imperfectly. We must go behind the money cost 
and the money earnings to the real cost and the real 
earnings. 

And first of all we may apply the ideas of utility and 
disutility. Under ordinary conditions we suppose that an 
increase in the money wealth of an individual means to 
him an increase of utility (or happiness), even supposing 
that the individual is obliged to earn the money. We 
suppose that the labour of acquisition will be carried to 
the point at which the disutility of the work just balances 
the utility of the gain. The same ideas may be applied to 
a nation. It may be supposed that every increase in its 
money wealth shows an increase in the aggregate utility 
of that wealth. Here, however, it is still more important 
to distinguish between total and marginal utility or, in the 
older phraseology, between riches and value. (See Ricar- 
do's Principles, Chap. XX.) 

A rise in the aggregate money value of the houses may 
mean improvements in size, convenience, sanitation, etc. 
One of the best concrete signs of progress is the increase 
in the number of rooms in a house and of the windows. 
But sometimes a rise in money value may point to a 
decrease in utility to the nation, e.g. exhaustion of natural 
resources with greater value of the remainders, monopolies, 
increase of taxation, checks on foreign trade, etc. 

Conversely, a fall in price may point to an increase of 
utility, e.g. the exploitation of new sources or improve- 
ments in production. In fact, from the national standpoint 



THE NATURE OF ECONOMIC PROGRESS 373 

it seems best to regard an increase of cheapness as meaning 
an increase of utility (the root idea in consumers' rent). 
If the cheapness is due to better natural sources of supply, 
or to more effective methods of production, this is no doubt 
true ; but for the nation there is the danger of underestimat- 
ing in some cases the real cost. It is sometimes best and 
even necessary to leave out money. In the early years 
of the factory system in England the increased cheapness of 
the product was small compensation for the disutility of the 
degraded labour of the children. Exchange often conceals 
the real character of national production. It is true that 
the makers of cheap goods by degraded labour provide 
themselves with necessaries, and to them the utility of the 
money earned is very great ; but from the national point of 
view, if we compare the disutility involved in some kind 
of work with the utility of the cheap product to the con- 
sumers, there ma}- be a large balance of disutility. We 
must set producers' deficits against consumers' 1 surpluses. 
This is illustrated in the most striking way in the old 
systems of slave production. And in modern times it is 
the basis of factory legislation and generally of the regu- 
lation by law of the conditions of labour. And logically the 
extension of the principle would lead up to the prohibition 
of certain forms of cheap labour, even at the cost of an 
extension of poor relief. 

The general conclusion of this application of the ideas 
of utilitjr and disutility to progress is that the assistance 
given by them is formal and suggestive rather than sub- 
stantial and historical, exactly as in the case of the general 
theory of evolution. Just as we must go behind the 
money to the utilities and disutilities, so also we must go 



374 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

behind these again to more definite mental and moral ele- 
ments, such as those indicated above. 

4. Progress in Production, Exchange, and Distribution. — 
Economic progress may be considered from the standpoint 
of the great departments, into which political economy is 
divided for the purpose of exposition. Progress in pro- 
ductive power, as shown by the increase of man's power 
over nature, is so striking and so continuous that it needs 
no illustration. We can trace from the earliest beginnings 
the development of agriculture, mining, weaving, building, 
etc. 

Similarly of exchange, which logically is a part of pro- 
duction. We discover the same continuity and progress 
in the means of transport by land and sea and in the ex- 
change of products by trade. Taking a broader view, one 
of the greatest agencies of progress has been the commuta- 
tion of payments in services and in produce into money 
payments, the economic form of progress from status to 
contract. The history of commutation is one of the prin- 
cipal strands in the history of civilisation. 

At present, however, it is perhaps more important to 
notice that in some things progress has consisted more in 
the complete or partial abolition of money payments and 
in the restraint of freedom of contract. The principle of 
equality before the law was only accepted with great diffi- 
culty in the most progressive nations, and on the economic 
side this means that justice is not to be bought or sold. 
Even under present conditions, however, this ideal is only 
imperfectly realised on account of the costs of legal advice. 

The tendency of modern times has been to make a 
large part of education a free gift, and the ideal of social- 



THE NATURE OF ECONOMIC PROGRESS 375 

ism is to extend the forms of wealth, both material and 
immaterial, that are not to be subject to exchange. 

In production and exchange in the last resort economic 
progress consists to a great extent in the economy of means 
to ends, the desirability of the various ends being supposed 
to be given. Progress in distribution, however, only seems 
intelligible when it is estimated according to some ethical 
standard, and here the difficulty is that there is no general 
agreement as to the ultimate test that ought to be applied. 
Are we to say, for example, that the distribution is best 
which leads to maximum happiness, or is more stress to be 
laid on the idea of freedom or self-realisation ? 

In this conflict of fundamental principles, it seems best, 
for economic purposes, to stop short at those middle axioms 
that are accepted by practically all systems of moral phi- 
losophy that attempt to give precision to common sense, 
thought, and practice. When we take a broad view, we 
may hope to discover signs of progress in distribution that 
will be generally admitted, just as we can discover also 
signs of physical health that are generally accepted in 
spite of the controversies that still rage on fundamental 
principles in medicine. 

What may be specially termed the economic principle of 
distribution (as adopted in this work) may be reconciled 
with any system of moral philosophy. As already indi- 
cated in the second book, it is associated with or founded 
on the organisation and conditions requisite or conducive 
to production : economic distribution is that which tends 
to secure maximum efficiency at the minimum real cost; to 
proportion reward to effort; to secure the fruits of the 
productive agents to their creators and preservers; to 



376 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

extend the freedom of individuals, and to further the 
development of contract. This economic principle cannot 
be indicated in any simple proposition because it is ap- 
plied in different ways and the difference becomes more 
marked with the increasing complexity of the productive 
organisation. 

As in the case of other complex economic conceptions (e.g. 
equality of taxation) it may be made more clear by a con- 
sideration of the opposite. Negatively, then, the economic 
principle as here understood is opposed to distribution by 
force or by privilege or habit or unconscious routine, as 
exemplified in successive systems of law and custom. All 
that is involved in this general statement can only be 
realised by the study of economic history. If we take a 
rapid survey of the salient features of the distribution of 
wealth in England at different periods, we observe through 
the ages that the economic principle becomes more and 
more the dominating purpose. In the Roman occupation 
distribution rested on slavery and extortionate taxation ; 
in the Saxon economy the possession of land gave the 
command over labour; but from the Norman Conquest 
throughout the mediaeval period the force of this economic 
principle reduced more and more the privileges of the 
crown, the nobility, and the church; it weakened the 
power of the landholders over the serfs, and at the end of 
the period it broke down the monopolies of gilds and 
corporations. The destruction of privilege was not com- 
plete, and abuses destroyed in one form reappeared in 
other forms. The great work of Adam Smith on the 
negative side was to shatter the survivals of the old ideas 
of distribution, and on the positive side to show the benefits 



THE NATURE OF ECONOMIC PROGRESS 377 

of the adoption of the economic principle. In modern 
times, and notably in the nineteenth century, the ideal — 
"to each the product of his own labour'' — has been set 
up by those who differ greatly as to its real meaning. But 
this uncertainty of interpretation does not weaken, and 
perhaps indeed strengthens its destructive power ; it is 
easy to see that some privilege or monopoly or institution 
conflicts with this ideal, though there is a divergence of 
view as to the best substitution. 1 

1 The whole of Book IV is much more fully dealt with in the Principles 
than was possible in this summary. Throughout this book it is necessary 
to refer to economic history, and the student should not be content with 
mere summaries. Cunningham's Growth of English Industry and Com- 
merce contains a mass of detail and has the advantage of being written 
without preconceived ideas ; Seebohm's English Village Community is an 
admirable study of one most important side of economic progress ; Ash- 
ley's Economic History should be read with Seebohm ; for general pur- 
poses the third book of Adam Smith may be contrasted with the fourth 
book of Mill, to the manifest advantage of the former ; the works of Loria, 
especially the Economic Bases of the Social Constitution, though they 
exaggerate the material side of history, are most suggestive and supple- 
ment the ordinary view ; the best account of the idea of progress is in 
Flint's Philosophy of History; Pareto has carried to an extreme the 
application of the theory of evolution and the analogies of biology ; of 
German works the first volume of Wagner is best adapted for general 
purposes. For the history of the theory of economic interpretation see 
Seligman's Economic Interpretation of History. 



CHAPTER II 

PROGRESS IN MONEY AND PRICES 

1. Progress and Money. — As already shown, one of 
the most distinctive signs of economic progress is the 
continuous extension of the use of money both for valua- 
tion and for exchange. The principle of commutation, 
however, can only operate by a corresponding develop- 
ment of the mechanism of money, and of the monetary 
functions. Indirectly the history of money throws great 
light on other departments of economic progress. Even 
in biology there is nothing more striking than the develop- 
ment of the modern banking system from the primitive 
forms of barter. The salient points in the history of 
metallic money in England are summarised in this sec- 
tion, as history without detail is only another form of 
theory. 

From 1066 to the great recoinage of silver in 1696 
the real standard was silver, and except during the Tudor 
debasement (1543-1552) the ancient fineness was undis- 
turbed. The standard measure was the pound of silver 
(which as explained before had taken the place of the 
man slave), and it was coined always into 240 pennies. 
At first, only foreign gold coins were used, but in the 
middle of the thirteenth century, "an age of revolution 
and new ideas all over the world," a native gold coinage 
was adopted almost simultaneously by all the nations of 

378 



PROGRESS IN MONEY AND PRICES 379 

Europe, and the king of England struck gold pennies ; but 
the gold coinage was rather a sign than a reality till the 
celebrated noble of 1344. This beautiful coin was about 
one-fifth heavier than our present sovereign. It is remark- 
able how many events, apparently disconnected, combined 
to emphasise the transition from the mediaeval to the 
modern period. The sovereign was first coined by 
Henry VII in 1489, and was about double the present 
weight. 

From the first issue of gold coins they were used as 
equivalent to varying amounts of silver. A ratio was 
generally fixed by royal proclamation ; and as the market 
ratio was constantly differing from the legal ratio, there 
were abundant illustrations of the fact that a double 
standard is an alternating standard. 

The difficulty in fixing the ratio was increased by the 
progressive fall in the weight of the silver penny, and 
the ratio was of course fixed only in reference to the ex- 
change of coins — so many silver pennies for the gold 
penny was the form of the first proclamation. The pro- 
gressive fall in the weight of the silver penny may be 
accounted for by the wear and tear of the coins, the de 
facto fall in weight of the actual currency being recog- 
nised by the king; the process of this natural degrada- 
tion in weight was intensified by the use of worse foreign 
coins, and after gold was used, there was the operation of 
Gresham's law. As a result, the silver penny fell from 
22 1 - grains at the Conquest to 7£ in the reign of Elizabeth. 
In 1694 the silver coins in circulation had become so 
clipped and worn that the guineas nominally worth only 
20s. were generally accepted for 30s. 



380 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

In 1696 the silver coinage was restored at a cost of 
over three millions sterling, and in a few years was dis- 
placed from circulation by the overvalued gold coin. 
The effect of this overvaluation was the adoption (even- 
tually) of the gold standard (1816). The adoption by 
England of the gold standard was the result of a series 
of historical accidents as regards the particular year and 
the particular weight of the sovereign. At the same time, 
however, in the light of subsequent history, it may be said 
to accord with the natural development of trade and 
commerce. International bimetallism is theoretically 
possible, and might have been advantageous if obtained 
without disturbance ; but national bimetallism, as the 
history of England shows, is unstable and inconvenient. 

2. Progress and General Prices. — There are continuous 
records for six centuries, both in England and in France, 
thanks to the labours of Rogers and Vicomte d'Avenel, 
respectively; and a survey reveals that there are move- 
ments in general prices, as well as great changes in par- 
ticular relative prices. 

With regard to general prices, it is evident from the 
quantity theory of money in its extended form, which 
takes account of many other causes besides the actual 
quantity of metallic money, that it is a matter of difficulty 
to assign the true causes to the actual movements that 
have taken place; and there is also a preliminary diffi- 
culty. Although from the Conquest downward, prices 
have been expressed in England in terms of pounds, shil- 
lings, and pence (<£ s. d. being the first letters of libra, 
solidus, denarius'), the pound being the standard unit, and 
the shillings and pence definite submultiples, the metallic 



PROGRESS IX MONEY AND PRICES 381 

meaning of the pound itself and of the divisions of it has 
changed (see last section). We find also that at differ- 
ent times the actual currency has been different from the 
legal weight of the time, and that sometimes the fact has 
been recognised and sometimes not. It might, then, be 
thought that the best plan would be simply to reduce the 
prices in all cases to the corresponding weights of silver, 
so long as silver was the standard. Such a procedure, 
however, implies that general prices move exactly in 
response to changes in the weights of the standard coins. 
But such an exact correspondence would only be effected 
under the assumptions that the quantity of money was 
increased exactly in proportion to the diminution in 
weight, and that the quantity of the metallic money was 
the only factor that need be taken into account. Such 
a simple view of the movements in the value of money 
would only be adequate under the simplest hypothetical 
conditions. And it is indeed remarkable that Rogers, who 
made most violent attacks on the abstract method, should 
himself have used that method without the precautions that 
are necessary. It is worth while making a brief reference 
to the significant facts. From 1260 to 1540 the weight of 
the silver penny fell from 22| grains to 10| grains ; that is 
to say, a pound of silver at the latter date would have made 
more than twice as many pennies as at the former (the silver 
penny being the principal coin throughout). If, then, 
general prices had moved in response to changes in the 
weight of the penny, which was the standard coin, they 
would, on the average, have more than doubled ; and if we 
could take wheat as representative, wheat would so far 
have more than doubled in price, having regard only to 



382 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

the causes affecting prices in general. But instead of any 
such upward movement, on the whole, prices were steady, 
and wheat throughout oscillated about six shillings the 
quarter. In order to make his prices square with the 
simple theory which he tacitly assumes, Rogers supposes 
that people actually made their bargains, not in currency, 
but in weights of silver, and that the penny that is quoted 
means an actual penny weight, according to the old stand- 
ard. This opinion of Rogers has not been generally 
indorsed, and, on the contrary, has been distinctly con- 
troverted (e.g. by Cunningham and Seebohm), and it is 
only mentioned here to indicate the difficulty there is in 
dealing with general prices. 

The stability of prices through the mediaeval period is to 
to be explained only on the supposition that there was, on the 
whole, a compensatory action of the varied causes at work. 
The fall in the weight of the penny so far counteracted the 
scarcity of silver as regards production from the mines ; 
greater rapidity of circulation and improved markets so far 
compensated the increased volume of trade, etc. ; but this 
stability, which is too readily ascribed to custom, was liable to 
be destroyed as soon as any one factor became of dominant 
importance. Thus the issues of base money by Henry 
VIII, and later the discoveries of silver, so increased the 
quantity of money that prices rose to a permanently higher 
level. 

As regards the connection of movements in general 
prices with economic progress, it does not appear that any 
causal connection can be established. No doubt if the 
rise in prices is due to a fluctuating depreciation or de- 
basement of the standard, it so far is a hindrance to trade 



PROGRESS IX MONEY AND PRICES 3$3 

through the uncertainty imparted to contracts. But tak- 
ing the great movements in the value of the standard, first 
silver and then gold, it seems that the gradual break-up 
of the mediaeval system was associated with a gradual 
appreciation of the metal silver, although prices remained 
comparatively stable as just explained; the transition 
from the mediaeval to the modern period was associated 
with a rise in prices (and a fall in the value of silver) ; 
but it is clear that the influence of the rise in prices was 
small relatively to such causes as the discovery of Amer- 
ica, the Reformation, the break-up of feudalism, the 
growth of manufactures, the invention of printing, etc. 
In the nineteenth century in England we have progress 
in some directions coincident with retrogression in others, 
the progress being on the whole less marked in the depre- 
ciation of the first years of the century than in the appre- 
ciation of the second quarter; whilst that of the third 
quarter with its high level of prices is less than that of 
the fourth with its low level. The balance of progress 
on the whole, during the century, is remarkable ; but it is 
doubtful if it can be definitely ascribed even in part either 
to appreciation or depreciation considered by itself. And 
such a result coincides with what might be expected on 
theoretical grounds. 

3. Progress and Relative Prices. — " From the high or 
low price of some sorts of goods in proportion to that of 
others in any country at any time we can infer with a 
degree of probability that approaches almost to certainty, 
that it was rich or poor, that the greater part of its lands 
were improved or unimproved, and that it was in a more 
or less barbarous state, or in a more or less civilised one " 



384 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

(Wealth of Nations, Book I, Chap. XI). Adam Smith him- 
self gives some remarkable illustrations of the truth of this 
dictum, and with the greater abundance of material now- 
available and the greater prominence given to economic 
elements in general history, this mode of estimating and 
illustrating progress ought to become much more fruitful. 
The history of relative prices shows the complexity of 
economic conditions even in periods which we are accus- 
tomed to regard as primitive ; it shows also that there is 
much more movement in prices than we are accustomed 
to associate with the supposed customary prices of the 
mediseval period. Even a glance through the volumes 
of Rogers is instructive on these two points. We find 
in the history of prices, in some cases, a remarkable fixity 
of ratios of values over long periods in spite of great oscil- 
lations, owing to temporary variations in demand and sup- 
ply. Thus, for example, the average price of wheat from 
1260 to 1400 was 5s. 10fc7. per quarter, and that of 
barley 4s. 3f <#. per quarter, a ratio of about 100 to 73 ; but 
wheat fluctuated between the limits roughly of 15s. and 
3s., and barley between 13s. and 2s., and the ratios varied 
between 100 to 88 and 100 to 55 in different years. The 
great rise in general prices from 1540 to 1582 did not 
disturb appreciably the ratio, but from that period there 
were remarkable changes down to the present time, the 
ratio having fallen to 100 to 54 in the seventeenth and 
eighteenth centuries, and risen to 100 to 100 at the end of 
the nineteenth. 

The history of relative prices is also the history, to a 
great extent, of the principle of substitution. We have 
a remarkable series of substitutions, both as regards con- 



PROG HESS IN MONEY AND PRICES 385 

sumption and production. Even as regards the primary 
wants, where habit is strongest, there is a tendency to sub- 
stitute the cheaper for the more expensive modes of satis- 
faction, e.g. in food, drink, clothes, fuel, etc., although for 
a long time, custom or fashion or ignorance may retard 
the process. In luxuries, in which fashion often rather 
favours novelties, the effect of cheapness is still more 
marked. 

One or two other examples may be given from the history 
of relative prices in England. From 1*260 to 1400, weight 
for weight, beef was twice as valuable as wheat ; in the last 
years of the nineteenth century it was about six times as 
valuable. With oscillations the rise in the value of meat 
has been continuous. The explanation depends partly 
on the conditions affecting consumption ; the increase in 
the wealth of the people generally has increased the 
demand for beef, especially of recent years. But in the 
early periods beef was relatively cheap, partly because it 
was impossible to keep much stock through the winter 
in the absence of roots, etc., so that for a time there was 
relative abundance, and after that time there were no 
sales. Again, as regards production, wheat was very 
costly, the yield being only six to eight bushels per acre, 
that is, not a quarter of the present yield. The high 
price of candles and the low price of leather are con- 
nected by the fact that the cattle were lean and the 
mortality (and yield of skins) was high. There was 
also a demand for candles for church offerings which had 
a very real meaning at a time when artificial light was so 
dear. One of the greatest benefits of recent years has 
been the introduction of cheap mineral oil. The substitu- 
2c 



386 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

tion of cotton for wool, of coal for charcoal, of transport 
by canals for transport by road, and then of transport by 
railways for canals, are all examples of substitution that 
were proximately associated with movements in relative 
prices. 1 

1 This chapter is greatly abbreviated from Book IV, Chaps. Ill- VI 
inclusive in the Principles. The History of Agriculture and Prices, by 
Thorold Kogers, which has just been completed by the addition of two sup- 
plementary volumes, is a storehouse of facts, but it must be used with 
caution. Tooke and Newmarch's History of Prices and Porter's Progress 
of the Nation give materials for the first half of the nineteenth century. 
See also L. L. Price's Money and its Relations to Prices. 



CHAPTER III 

EENT AND PROGRESS 

1. Rent as a Measure of Progress. — It was a favourite 
doctrine with the economists of the seventeenth century 
(e.g. Petty) that a high rent was the best sign of pros- 
perity, and that a rise in rent was a national benefit and 
a fall in rent an evil. From this standpoint it seemed 
easy to infer that whatever raised rents was beneficial, 
and whatever lowered rents was the reverse. In the middle 
of the eighteenth century the author of the Memoirs of 
Wool, even now a valuable work of reference, takes it for 
granted that a fall in rent is a national calamity. Accord- 
ingly he thinks that the policy of prohibiting the export 
of wool was to be condemned, because it lowered the price, 
and in that way lowered rents. " As the landed interest is 
the most considerable national interest, so that of pasture 
ground is the most considerable of the landed, and wool 
the principal article for the support of both." Rents 
came to be regarded as the principal source of the demand 
for commodities ; if rents fell, the landlord could not pay 
the shopkeeper, the shopkeeper could not pay the whole- 
sale merchant, the merchant could not pay the manu- 
facturer, "by which means the mischief circulates," and 
one deficiency extends itself to an inconceivable length 
and produces many. 

387 



388 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

The bounty on corn was intended primarily to raise 
rents, and protection to the landed interest remained 
one of the chief objects of English commercial policy 
until the repeal of the Corn Laws. From that time, 
largely owing to the influence of Mill, the increase of 
rent came to be regarded popularly as an evil, although 
the natural and necessary concomitant of industrial prog- 
ress under present conditions, an opinion which was 
pushed to its logical extreme in Henry George's Progress 
and Poverty. In this work we have the exact opposite of 
the old seventeenth-century doctrine. The landlords absorb 
by their rents the wealth which ought to go to the poor ; 
thus rent is the cause of poverty ; the landlords gain 
and " the mischief circulates." 

The truth is that, as already shown (Book II, Chap. X), 
the term rent covers several totally distinct conceptions, 
and a rise in rent may or not be a sign of progress accord- 
ing to its nature and causes. 

2. Progress and Urban Rents. — It may be shown by 
reference to economic history that a rise in the rental of land, 
even in and near a large city, is by no means inevitable or 
continuous, although under certain conditions the rise may 
be enormous. At first the value of suburban land depends 
on agricultural conditions, and the subsequent increase in 
value is explained by the limitation of the supply acces- 
sible for building, the rise in demand, and the failure of 
substitutes or alternatives. The principal element in the 
rent in this case is the scarcity of the land. This scarcity 
is sometimes mistaken for or at any rate misnamed mo- 
nopoly. There may be, on the average, some degree of 
monopoly, that is, the individual landowners have as 



RENT AND PROGRESS 389 

regards the lessees of the land a commanding position in 
making a bargain ; but there is no effective combination, 
and, on the other hand, there is effective competition. 

It is possible that in the near future there may be some 
fall in ground rents in the cities of old and fully peopled 
countries. The natural scarcity of the land from the point 
of view of accessibility may be counteracted in two ways : 
first by raising the height of the buildings with modern 
appliances of lifts, etc. (the " sky-scrapers " of America), 
and secondly, by the improvement in the means of trans- 
port and of access. Even now one of the chief causes of 
overcrowding and of high rents in the cities is simply the 
prejudice of the working classes and the nature of their 
amusements. In time, however, the better accommodation 
at the outskirts and the lower rents must have an effect 
on the rents of the centre. The middle classes have long 
since migrated to the suburbs. The same causes apply, 
though in a less degree, to business premises. In this case, 
as a rule, the high rent does not mean a deduction from 
profits, but an equalisation of opportunities of profit. 

3. Progress and Agricultural Rents. — In tracing the 
progress of agricultural rents from the earliest times we 
must remember that rents were for a long period paid in ser- 
vices and in produce. If we were to place a value on these 
labour and produce rents, we should find that the farther 
we go back, the more onerous they were. This is the cen- 
tral idea in Mr. Seebohm's great argument. In the old 
manorial system, which had been fully developed in Saxon 
times, the owner of the land was in effect the owner of the 
labour stationed on it ; if a manor was sold or bequeathed, 
the serfs went with the land just as at a later date the 



390 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

" souls " on the Russian estate. Each landowner had the 
most effective of all monopolies as against his tenants ; he 
could take everything beyond what was necessary to keep 
up the supply of his living capital. Even in the reign of 
Edward I the writer of a landlord's vade mecum directs 
that inquiry should be made as regards the villein tenants 
" to what amount they can be tallaged without reducing 
them to poverty and ruin." The first great result of 
economic progress as regards rents of this kind was their 
diminution. The second great result, closely associated 
with the first, was their commutation into money pay- 
ments. The commutation, on the whole, proved to be 
in favour of the tenant, as the landlords found to their 
chagrin after the Black Death ; the attempt to bring back 
the old powers of the landlord was one of the causes of the 
peasant revolt, and when this attempt failed the landlords 
found their remedy in enclosures and sheep farms. In this 
latter case they strained the letter of the law and over- 
rode the customs that had grown up in favour of the 
tenants. The relation of the landlord to the tenant was 
still that of the economic superior, even in the seventeenth 
century, and complaints are common of the injury to 
agriculture through the want of security to the tenant. 
Rogers, indeed, asserts that at this time in England some- 
thing very like the Irish cottier system prevailed, in which 
the landlord takes all except a minimum of necessaries 
left to the tenant. In the eighteenth century the most 
noticeable feature is the progress of true competition rents. 
Those who rent land and farm with the new improvements 
can pay higher rents out of a real surplus than the old- 
fashioned cultivators can pay out of their whole earnings. 



RENT AND PROGRESS 391 

During the period of the great war the owners of land were 
in a favourable position, owing to the great rise in prices 
partly due to protection but much more to a series of bad 
seasons. With the repeal of the Corn Laws and the improve- 
ment of the laws affecting the relations of landlord and 
tenant, the end of the nineteenth century has witnessed the 
full effects of competition in the widest sense on agricul- 
tural rents. The landowner has been deprived by law of 
the remnants of his legal superiority in making bargains, 
and of his economic superiority by free trade and the great 
improvements in the means of transport. In the main, the 
agricultural rental of England is now paid out of the sur- 
plus profits earned by the particular portions concerned. 
The development of transport and foreign trade has in 
effect made land " free " : in the sense that the elements of 
monopoly or the rights of private taxation which the land- 
owners enjoyed for centuries have been destroyed, rent is 
paid only for superior natural advantages, and such a pay- 
ment inflicts no real burden on the payer. It is well 
known that under purely economic influences the agricul- 
tural rentals of England have fallen as much as the rents 
in Ireland have been lowered by judicial intervention. In 
some cases, indeed, the economic rent has become negative, 
and the owner of the land, in order to obtain part of 
the profit-rent for his buildings, drains, etc., has been 
obliged to surrender more than the rent formerly ob- 
tained for the original and indestructible powers of the 
soil. 

4. The Effects of Improvements on Agricultural Rents. 
— In considering the effects of improvements on rent, 
owing to the complexity of the subject, it is necessary to 



392 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

adopt, in the first place, the deductive or abstract method. 
Accordingly, the theory of economic rent, as given in the 
second book, will be taken for granted, together with the 
assumptions as regards an isolated country, etc., requisite 
to make it true. The improvements must be supposed 
to be general, and we have to take first the immediate 
effects. The improvements may be of different kinds. 
The principal effect of improvements in transport is the 
substitution of superior land for land inferior in produc- 
tive power. The improvements so far counteract infe- 
riority of situation. Thus the margin recedes, produce- 
rents fall, and rents measured in money fall still more. 
Similarly, also, the improvements in transport will enable 
the better lands to be cultivated to a higher pitch, and 
the marginal cost on all lands will diminish with the fall 
in the expense of obtaining materials and of marketing 
the produce. And thus again rents fall. Any improve- 
ments that enable the same amount of produce to be 
raised from less land (e.g. improved rotation of crops), or 
that enable the same amount of land to raise the same 
supply at less marginal cost, have the same effects, namely, 
a fall in money rents. There are certain difficulties in 
working out the effects of improvements on rents which 
can only be surmounted by the aid of mathematics (see 
Marshall, Principles, Book VI, Chap. IX, note on Ricardo's 
theory of rent), but the general effect may be made clear 
by one consideration of a general character. Suppose 
that owing to improvements less capital is required on 
each portion of land to obtain the same produce, and sup- 
pose that the rate of profit remains the same. Since 
economic rent is the sum of the differential profits, if in 



RENT AND PROGRESS 393 

each case there is less capital, in each case also there is 
less profits, and the sum of the differences is less. 

It is generally argued, as by Ricardo, that although the 
immediate effect is to lower rents, the ultimate effect of 
improvements will be to raise rents. The reason given 
is that there will be an increase of population which will 
again push out the margin so that in the end rents will 
rise beyond their former level. It is to be observed, how- 
ever, that the increase of population is by no means so 
certain as was once supposed, and in old countries the 
growth of their population seems unlikely to counteract 
to any extent the improvements in transport as regards 
the great food staples. There may, however, be some 
compensating effects to the owners of the land by the 
use of the land for other purposes, which will be encour- 
aged by the increase in the general wealth of the nation. 
Thus land becomes more valuable for its sporting rights, 
.and for special forms of produce that will not bear the 
expense of transport or will suffer in quality. 

The effects of agricultural improvements on rents, as 
worked out on the pure theory with an isolated country, 
generally seem paradoxical and somewhat unreal, even 
with the most careful explanation. It is, then, worth 
pointing out that we can obtain an exact illustration 
and, indeed, a confirmation of the theory if we consider the 
effects of changes in the seasons. A series of good seasons 
is exactly equivalent to a series of general improvements in 
production. The effect is still more noticeable if we take 
a period of good seasons after a period of lean years. It 
may be remarked that the popular idea that nineteen years 
(a complete cycle of the moon) is sufficient to give an 



394 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

average of seasons is fallacious, and probably at least a 
hundred years would be required. Before the repeal of 
the Corn Laws, England was practically dependent on its 
own food supplies, and the determining factor in the price 
of corn was the course of the seasons. It was a matter of 
common knowledge that with a series of good years rents 
fell. From 1715 to 1765 there was a marked exemption 
of seasons of scarcity as compared with the fifty years 
before. As a consequence, provisions were cheap and 
abundant, and the general condition of the people was 
greatly improved. But we read at the same time of 
great agricultural distress which really meant a fall in 
rents. Indeed, many of the pamphlets of the time, in 
accordance with the ideas then dominant, tried to show 
that this fall in rents was a national calamity, "since 
the flourishing condition of the landed interest supports 
all trade." Exactly the opposite was witnessed in the 
great war. 1 

1 This chapter is much abbreviated from Principles, Book IV, Chap. V. 
For the historical treatment, see Cunningham, Growth of English Indus- 
try and Commerce; Ashley, Economic History ; Seebohm, English Vil- 
lage Community ; and for the later periods, Porter's Progress of the 
Nation and Tooke's History of Prices. For the theory, Marshall, Princi- 
ples, Book VI, Chap. IX ; and for a simpler statement, Walker, Land and 
its Bent. 



CHAPTER IV 

PROGRESS AND PROFITS 

1. General View. — A beginning may be made of this 
chapter as of the last by a brief reference to the growth 
of opinion. Mill arrives at the following conclusion as 
the result of his long investigation (by the abstract 
method) of the effects of progress on rents, wages, and 
profits : " The economical progress of a society con- 
stituted of landlords, capitalists, and labourers tends to 
the progressive enrichment of the landlord class, while 
the cost of the labourers' subsistence tends on the whole 
to increase, and profits to fall." It is allowed that for a 
time agricultural improvements may counteract the two 
last effects, and check the rise in rent; but it is supposed 
that the natural growth of population will soon transfer 
all the benefits to the landlords alone. How false this 
view is, as applied to agricultural rents, has been shown 
in the last chapter ; and it needs no showing, if we look 
to modern conditions, that as compared with the owners 
of agricultural land it is the capitalists who have been 
enriched many times over. Even the owners of land in 
large cities cannot boast of such fortunes as the fortunes 
of modern trade. But, as already shown, the term profits 
is complex and covers very different forms of income that 
vary with different causes. The tendency of profits to a 

395 



396 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

minimum can only be retained as the title of a chapter of 
economic analysis. 

It is difficult to form any adequate idea of the general 
rate of profits at different periods if the term is taken in 
an extended sense ; but there is one important element 
in profits, namely, interest to which the historical method 
may be applied with some hope of success. " And the 
progress of loan-interest may lead us to form some 
notion of the progress of profit" (Adam Smith). 

2. Progress and Loan-interest. — In modern economic 
theory we are accustomed to separate pure interest from 
interest combined with other elements, e.g. insurance 
against risk and wages for the trouble of managing in- 
vestments, etc. We suppose that, given perfect security 
and negotiability, the rate of interest is uniform through 
the whole of a country and the whole range of invest- 
ments. We say nothing of the nature of the security or 
the method of realisation of the principal or the interest. 
This conception of pure interest corresponds in the 
modern world to an important economic fact. This fact 
is, however, the result of a long process of evolution. 
The farther we go back the less do we find examples 
of pure interest or of uniformity of rates. We find 
rather all kinds of insecurity and all degrees of mo- 
nopoly. The history of interest or usury is closely con- 
nected with the law of debt ; the primitive form of 
security offered for a loan was the freedom of the 
borrower and that of his family. It is remarkable that 
with the lessening of the penalties for the non-payment 
of interest, on the whole the security for the payment has 
greatly increased. Also with the abandonment of the 



PROGRESS AND PROFITS 397 

severe penalties against usury, the abuses of usury have 
diminished. Probably one of the greatest gains of the 
nature of consumers' rents is the gain indicated by the 
fact that borrowers under modern conditions pay not 
in proportion to their needs, but at the market rate. 
The exceptions shown by recent abuses only prove the 
rule. 

Another point to notice in the contrast of ancient and 
modern conditions is that the farther we go back the 
more were loans contracted in cases of necessity in times 
of famine or war. In the course of industrial progress, 
loans have been made more and more for productive 
purposes, and with similar security the same rate is 
charged for whatever object the loan is obtained. Even 
in ancient times, however, we have instances of loans for 
trading purposes, as in the case of Athens in connection 
with shipping. 

As a consequence of the equalisation of interest in its 
various forms, on the whole its burden has decreased ; 
there has been a levelling down and not up, as is only 
natural from the substitution of competition for mo- 
nopoly. The development of the law of bankruptcy, 
and more recently of the principle of limited liability, 
has rendered lenders more cautious, and a check is im- 
posed on the waste of capital. The increasing impor- 
tance attached to public credit has given greater security 
for public loans. 

The fall in the rate of interest from the early times in 
which high interest meant bad security, and the exploita- 
tion of necessity by monopoly, was no doubt a sign of 
progress ; but it is doubtful once a certain stage has been 



398 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

reached, whether a further fall in the rate of interest is 
a consequence or a sign of progress. 

Loan-interest, as already explained, is also in sympathy 
with profit-interest, and there may be a rise in interest on 
account of the greater openings for industrial enterprise. 
In the reign of George II the net yield in the return 
to investments in the British funds was about the same 
as at present, namely, 2| per cent. In 1776, the year of 
the publication of the Wealth of Nations, the rate of 
interest in Scotland on first-class mortgages was the 
same as at the end of the nineteenth century, namely, 
3 per cent, and the present (1903) rate is \ per cent 
higher. But it is plain that both England and Scotland 
have advanced on all the lines of economic progress since 
the eighteenth century. 

3. Progress and General Profits. — When we pass from 
the comparatively simple case of interest, it becomes still 
more difficult to discover any necessary connection be- 
tween the rate of general profits and the rate of economic 
progress. Although, as in the case of wages, it is also 
useful for some purposes to use the conception of a gen- 
eral rate of profits, and to quote this rate as a percentage 
of the capital, it must be remembered that profit per cent 
per annum is only a mode of estimating the actual profit 
derived from the turnover of the capital. (See Marshall's 
Principles, Book VI, Chap. VIII.) The capital value of 
any business, at any particular moment of time is the sum 
total of its assets less its liabilities, and the differences 
between any two dates is the gross profit over the period. 
How much of this gross profit is put down as interest or 
as insurance (e.g. as in the creation of a reserve fund), or 



PROGRESS AND PROFITS 399 

as wages of management, will depend on the custom of the 
trade, and for the purposes of theory there is, besides, the 
conception of quasi-rent. 

The connection between profits and prices is not only 
fundamental in practice, but in a very true sense is also 
fundamental in theory. Changes in the general levels of 
prices, or in the exchange value of money, apart from the 
disturbances to which they give rise in the period of tran- 
sition, do not affect profits, as Mill so laboriously explains. 
But in the course of progress, profits depend more and 
more on exchanges, and exchanges are expressed in terms 
of prices. 

When once a society has passed from a natural to a 
money economy, the monetary valuation of capital (and 
thus also that of profits) is no longer a secondary, or acci- 
dental, but a primary quality. 

What Mill calls the incident of exchange becomes in 
fact an essential part of the substance of capital. This 
historical fact had been thoroughly grasped by Adam 
Smith in regard to circulating capital. Circulating capi- 
tal is that which affords a revenue by changing hands. 
The revenue or profit arises solely from a continuous oscil- 
lation of exchanges between money and goods, goods and 
money. The capital continues its existence by retaining 
its money valuation ; anything beyond is profit and 
may be lopped off as revenue ; anything below so far 
shortens its life, unless the defect is made up from future 
profit. 

With fixed capital, "which yields a revenue without 
changing masters " at first sight, this character of ex- 
change seems excluded from Adam Smith's conception. 



400 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

Thus to take his example of seed corn : " Though it goes 
backward and forward between the ground and the gran- 
ary, it never changes masters, and therefore does not prop- 
erly circulate. The farmer makes his profit not by its 
sale, but by its increase." 

It is easy to show, however, that even in agriculture the 
money valuation is essential to fixed capital. Recently 
many English farmers went on growing wheat with fall- 
ing prices; but though the seed was returned sevenfold 
as before, the profit became less and the capital dwindled. 

Similarly as regards buildings, machinery, and the like : 
they may be kept in good repair, and worn-out parts may 
be continuously replaced ; but whether or not this part of 
capital has suffered real depreciation, depends also on the 
competition of other agents of production affecting the 
prices, and also on the sales of the product. Machinery 
that can only make unsaleable goods has logically lost its 
value as capital as effectually as if it had been corrupted 
by rust or destroyed by rioters. 1 

1 It is worth noting that Adam Smith's position on fixed capital is still 
that which is applied in the Income Tax assessments and in the Companies 
Acts. The theory in both Company and Income Tax law seems to be that 
fixed capital has not to be replaced before profits are arrived at. The only 
notable exception is that an allowance may be made in Income Tax returns 
for the wear and tear of machinery and plant during the year ; none, 
however, may be made for depreciation of value. 

According to the Companies Acts profits are the excess of earnings over 
disbursements without any deduction for loss of capital. 

As regards economic theory, however, it may be pointed out that the 
Income Tax law is full of anomalies and inconsistencies ; and in practice, 
if a shareholder in a company receives larger dividends from "wasting" 
subjects, he must, to keep his capital intact, himself set aside a sum for 
depreciation. 



PROGRESS AND PROFITS 401 

4. The Tendency of Profits to a Minimum. — " To 
popular apprehension," says Mill (Principles, Book II. 
Chap. XVI, Sec. 6), " it seems as if the profits of business 
depended upon prices ; " and later on in dealing with the ten- 
dency of profits to a minimum (Principles, Book IV, Chap. 
IV, Sec. 1) he controverts Adam Smith's argument on the 
inter-connection of profits and prices. But as is so often the 
case with Mill's paradoxes, Adam Smith and popular opinion 
express a great truth which Mill conceals with refinements 
of language. Profit, argues Mill, arises not from the inci- 
dent of exchange, but from the productive power of labour. 

But under a monetary economy all profits depend upon 
differences in relative prices, and the number of prices of 
sufficient magnitude to affect the margin of profits in any 
particular business is very great. The price of the labour 
directly employed is not always of predominant importance. 
Since, moreover, all prices depend upon demand as well as 
on supply, any account of profit which refers only to the 
productive power of labour omits the principal and most 
difficult parts of the problem. Even from the point of 
view of production in the narrowest sense of the term, the 
exposition is incomplete : capital in this sense has also pro- 
ductive power; machinery may be substituted for labour 
and may be auxiliary to labour ; and if wages are ascribed 
to the productive power of labour, profits may with equal 
justice be assigned to the productive power of capital. 

Productive power, however, with the widest interpreta- 
tion, cannot extend beyond supply, and both wages and 
profits in societies resting on exchange must depend 
equally on demand. 

Money wages and profits are both cases of relative 

2d 



402 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

prices. Considered from this point of view, there is, in- 
deed, one sense in which the tendency of profits to fall 
with the progress of society may be affirmed as a general 
proposition — and that is in the sense plainly indicated by 
Adam Smith. So far as profits depend on buying to sell 
again, the increase of competition tends to diminish the 
differences between the buying and selling prices. In gen- 
eral, competition prices are lower than monopoly prices. 
This argument applies also to the difference between the 
price of labour and the sale of its product ; the profits of 
interchange fall as the difference diminishes, and either 
the labourer or the consumer must reap the benefit. If, 
then, as is the case in modern industrial societies, the great 
body of labourers is the same as the great body of con- 
sumers, we may say that real wages rise at the expense of 
profits. 

As already explained, however, profits is complex, and 
a large part is itself wages. It is quite possible that the 
wages of management per unit of time may rise continu- 
ously compared with other kinds of time wages, whilst 
profits on the turnover of capital are continuously dimin- 
ished. Men more often become millionnaires by handling 
large capitals with small differences than by handling 
small capitals with large differences. 

The wages of management of large capitals is per unit 
of time by far the highest of all wages. So high, indeed, 
is the reward that the term wages seems altogether inap- 
plicable in many cases, and quasi-rent is more suggestive 
of the fabulous riches involved. 

Similarly as regards the third element in gross profits, 
namely, insurance against risk. In the course of progress 



PROGRESS AND PROFITS 403 

the sphere of insurance extends, and so far the element 
of risk is extruded from gross profits. The mediaeval 
ship-owner had to take the risk of all kinds of perils, 
the insurance against which is now as much a part of 
cost as the safety valves in the boiler or the water-tight 
compartments. 

But the maxim still holds good that the greater the risk 
to the individual, the greater the profit. The organisation 
of modern markets affords the possibility of immense gains, 
provided the speculator risks everything. Risk of this 
kind, however, is the risk of speculation, and obviously 
does not admit of insurance. 

But speculation may mean anything, from reckless, igno- 
rant gambling, in which one man's gain is another man's 
loss, to far-seeing calculations of the course of progress in 
all its departments. Speculation of this second kind some- 
times deserves to rank with the highest efforts of practical 
genius, for without it such efforts never gain an opportu- 
nity for realisation. Occasionally, however, even bona fide 
and well-founded speculation obtains an extravagant reward 
as the result of good fortune ; but such occasional rewards 
encourage the highest forms of enterprise, and fortune can 
only be seized in industry or in war by daring. " What a 
force it is ! It alone imparts courage. It is the feeling 
that fortune is with us that gives us the hardihood to dare. 
Not to dare is to do nothing of moment, and one never 
dares except in the confidence that fortune will favour us " 
(Napoleon). It is, however, useless to attempt to strike 
an average in cases of this kind. 

On the whole, the conclusion is that if the expression, 
general rate of profits is still retained in its widest sig- 



404 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

nificance, the effects of progress on this general rate must 
be said to be indeterminate. 1 

1 See Principles, Book IV, Chap. VI. In this summary the historical mat- 
ter has been omitted, but the last section has been reproduced almost in 
full. The critical note on the connection between prices and profits has 
been omitted. 

On the history of loan-interest, see Ashley's Economic History, Vol. I, 
Part 2, and Cunningham's Usury ; on the general theory, Smart's trans- 
lation of Boehm-Bawerk on Capital and Interest; Marshall, Principles, 
Book VI. 



CHAPTER V 

PROGRESS AND WAGES 

1. Progress and the Price of Labour. — In considering 
the effects of progress on wages, wages may in the first 
place be regarded as the price of labour. The price of 
labour is of course only one element in the well-being 
of labour; but it is a very important element, and changes 
in the price of labour are associated with the principal 
features of economic progress. As already explained, the 
price of labour may be quoted, broadly speaking, in two 
ways, namely, per unit of work done or per unit of time. 
The two methods are closely connected, as it is always 
understood that so much must be done in the day's work, 
and that any piece of work must be done within certain 
limits of time. For historical purposes the unit taken 
is in most cases the day, and rates of piece-work can in 
the common forms of labour be reduced to this standard. 
The rate per day is, however, a fallacious test of earnings 
unless allowances are made for regularity of employment 
(and conversely). In estimating real wages there are as 
explained above (Book II, Chap. VI) other elements to 
be taken account of besides the money earned and what 
the money will purchase. But a comparison of money 
earnings with the chief articles of workmen's budgets 
must generally be the foundation of estimates of varia- 
tions in real wages. 

405 



406 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

Exception, however, must be made to the common prac- 
tice of taking as representative of labour only the lowest 
or most badly paid forms of labour. Such estimates are 
no doubt both interesting and important. But if real wages 
are interpreted in terms of pecks of wheat, and labour is 
interpreted to mean the lowest class of agricultural 
labour, such estimates cover only a small part of the 
field of economic progress. 

Estimated in this way the progress of the working 
classes has been by no means continuous — taking for 
example the history of English labour during the last 
six centuries — and there might even appear to be some 
justification for the idea that the golden age of English 
labour was in the fifteenth century. But in estimating 
the economic progress of the labouring classes, perhaps 
the most important point of all to determine is the 
increasing differentiation of labour, and the increase 
proportionately in the higher grades as compared with 
the lowest. 

This differentiation of labour is well shown by the varia- 
tions in prices for different forms of labour. If we allow for 
the differences in the net advantages of the employments, it 
is the difference in the money wages which is the determin- 
ing force in the distribution of labour in the different occu- 
pations. A new industry in order to attract labour must 
offer higher wages, and in the course of progress the 
changes in the occupations of the people may be accounted 
for by the cumulative effects of differences in the rates 
of remuneration which they offer. 

It is probable that in the fourteenth century in England 
and Wales the number of males employed in agriculture 



PROGRESS AND WAGES 407 

was no greater than the number so employed at present. 
But whilst in the former period the great bulk of the 
working population was dependent on agriculture, and 
women worked nearly as much as men, at present of the 
total number of male workers less than 12 per cent are 
in agriculture, and practically no women, thus leaving 
the bulk of the people employed in other industries. 
For centuries there has been a constant stream of labour 
flowing from the country to the towns, and the present 
diversity in English industries may be partly accounted 
for by differences in wages in the mediaeval period. 

The result of a general survey of agricultural and arti- 
san wages is that the latter have always exceeded the 
former. In England, up to the end of the eighteenth 
century (downward from the thirteenth), the wages of 
the carpenter were in general 50 per cent higher; and 
during the nineteenth century they have become 100 
per cent higher than those of the agricultural labourer. 
About the middle of the seventeenth century the wages 
of common unskilled labour in the towns began to 
exceed those of agriculture. It has often been observed 
that the wages in agriculture are highest in the neighbour- 
hood of mining and manufacturing districts ; and in gen- 
eral, wages in London have been higher than in the 
provincial towns in which the connection with agricul- 
ture is much closer. We find in these facts a proximate 
cause of the growth of the towns at the expense of the 
country, and of London and the larger cities at the 
expense of the towns. Labour tends to flow where 
the reward is highest. 

The same facts as regards wages and occupations 



408 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

also illustrate the difference between the statical and 
dynamical action of economic forces. In spite of the 
continuous migration of labour from the country to the 
town, the balance of money wages is still largely in favour 
of the town, nor can the difference be explained by the 
greater attractiveness of the country life ; to the labourers 
themselves, now as ever, the pleasures and the freedom of 
the town seem greater than those of the country. These 
broad historical facts also show in a very realistic manner 
the nature of economic laws and tendencies ; the tendency 
only indicates the direction of a movement in the absence 
of disturbing causes ; it does not imply that even in the 
course of centuries a certain definite result will be attained. 
The tendency to the equalisation of the net advantages 
of different employments to equally efficient labour only 
indicates the resultant action of certain economic forces; 
it does not mean that in a long enough period such an 
equalisation will be attained. 

Similar reasoning may be employed in dealing with the 
wages and the occupations of women and children. But 
in both cases a new factor is introduced: progress here 
may be estimated to a great extent by the contraction in 
the field of employment. It has been a gain to the nation 
at large, as well as to those most directly concerned, that 
women have been excluded by law from work in mines, 
etc., and by natural economic forces almost as effec- 
tively from agriculture. In the employments equally well 
adapted for women, progress has consisted in raising the 
rates of wages nearly to an equality with those of men 
for the same degrees of efficiency. When large numbers 
of women were employed in the same industries as men, 



PROGRESS AND WAGES 409 

the tendency was for the men to gain the advantage in 
industrial competition ; they were superior in physical 
strength and still more so in moral coercion. Thus 
women were gradually excluded from the more gainful 
occupations, and by the force of habit they came to be 
considered unwomanly. Until recently, though half the 
people in the world are females, there was still a prejudice 
against lady doctors ; and though women are often litigants, 
they are rarely lawyers, even if the law permits. The 
exclusion of women from certain occupations increased 
the supply and thus lowered the wages in employments 
to which they were admitted. In recent years, however, 
the great natural economic forces have been working in 
favour of women. The growing wealth of the people has 
enabled a larger proportion of women to devote themselves 
to the duties of family life, and the lessened competition 
for the gainful employments has so far raised wages. 

The employment of children, both as regards the amount 
of work and the kind of occupations, is one of the best 
signs of economic progress. Since 1891, in the United 
Kingdom, the employment of children under ten has been 
prohibited in most gainful occupations, and the employ- 
ment of children of less tender years has been strictly 
regulated. In 1891 more than 80 per cent of the children 
of the United Kingdom under fifteen years of age were 
" unoccupied," which in most cases means that they were 
still being educated. The evils of the employment of 
children in the factories after the industrial revolution 
are now as well known and as heartily condemned as the 
horrors of the slave trade ; but it is not so well known that 
in former times the employment of children in agriculture 



410 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

and in the domestic industries was associated with grave 
abuses. 

In a general view of economic progress the terms labour 
and wages ought to be taken in the widest sense; and 
account ought to be taken of the labour and the pay of 
those employed in the various professions and in the 
higher departments of industry. Here the chief point to 
notice is not only the rise in the average, but the enormous 
wages of the most successful. We observe the analogy with 
the differences in the relative prices of saleable "things." 
With the increase in wealth, scarcity values of all kinds 
may attain extravagant heights. The highest of all wages 
are the wages of management, if the term is extended so 
as to cover all the gross profit that is not set aside as pure 
interest and insurance. 

2. The Relations of Labour and Capital. — Progress may 
also be considered from the point of view of the relations 
of labour and capital. This is a very large subject and 
can only be properly treated by detailed economic history. 
Here it must suffice to indicate that certain popular ideas 
on the subject are not well founded. It is often supposed 
that it is only in modern times, since the introduction of 
machinery on a large scale in all its forms, that capital has 
become stronger than labour, and that under simpler con- 
ditions labour was more independent and obtained a greater 
proportionate share in the combined product of labour and 
capital. The falsity of this view may be shown by a very 
simple consideration. In the pre-machinery age the greater 
part of the people were employed in agriculture, and the 
farther we go back the greater was the proportion. But 
as already shown, agricultural wages were always relatively 



PROGRESS AND WAGES 411 

low. And if we look to the relations of labour and capital 
in this dominant industry, the relative superiority of capital 
was far greater than in modern large industries. Even 
after the effective abolition of serfdom the agricultural 
labourer was oppressed by the weight of custom and of 
law. In the reign of Elizabeth it was enacted that all 
single persons between twelve and sixty not having a 
visible livelihood "are compellable by the justices to go 
out to service in husbandry." The laws of settlement 
were almost as effective as villeinage in keeping the 
villagers to their own village ; and as Adam Smith said 
of his own time, there was scarce a man of forty who had 
not suffered from this ill-contrived law. 

Again, even in the towns it is false to suppose that every 
worker was an independent master as soon as he ceased to 
be an apprentice ; the gilds only included the aristocracy 
of labour, and the misery of the labouring poor in the towns 
was probably greater in proportion the farther we go back. 

Under the system of large industry and labour hired for 
wages there cannot be intimate personal relations ; but 
there is no reason, in the nature of things, why there 
should not be good feeling and general interest in the 
success of the business. And experience shows that, as 
a rule, the more successful the business the better the 
relations of labour and capital. Mill supposed that the 
relations of master and workmen would be gradually 
superseded by partnership in one of two forms ; namely, 
either profit-sharing or cooperation ; but his forecast has 
been singularly untrue. Taking production in the popular 
and narrow sense of the term, as it was taken by Mill in 
this forecast, it may be said that the proportion conducted 



412 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

on the lines of these industrial partnerships is so small as 
to be hardly worth considering. On the other hand, the 
opposing combinations of labour and capital, the trade 
unions and the associations of employers, have grown 
greatly in strength. It seems as if improvements in the 
relations of capital and labour are to be looked for partly 
in the development of arbitration and conciliation, and 
partly in legislation as regards the conditions of employ- 
ment on the side of sanitation, etc. 

Finally, it may be pointed out that no extension of the 
principle of association or combination to labour can dis- 
place altogether the principle of individual competition. 
There must always be industrial competition between the 
different processes in manufacture. The system of large 
industries does not mean that there are uniform rates of 
wages in each of these industries, or that in each a species 
of wages fund is equally distributed : there are in manu- 
factures thousands of different rates, and they are deter- 
mined in the last resort by competition and " the principle 
of substitution." 1 

1 Principles, Book IV, Chap. VII, gives a good deal of historical mat- 
ter condensed from the works of Eogers, Vicomte d'Avenel, Cunning- 
ham, etc. ; for the early periods, Eden's State of the Poor is the standard 
work ; for the nineteenth century the works of Mr. and Mrs. Wehb on 
Trade Unions and Industrial Democracy are full and valuable on the in- 
dustries with which they deal, but should be supplemented by special 
works, e.g. the official reports on Agricultural Wages by Mr. Wilson 
Fox ; the wages of domestic servants by Miss Collet ; see also Bowley, 
Wages in the United Kingdom in the Nineteenth Century ; Palgrave, Dic- 
tionary of Political Economy, Art, "Wages"; Mayo Smith, Statistics 
and Economics. 



BOOK V 

THE ECONOMIC FUNCTIONS OF 
GOVERNMENT 



CHAPTER I 

ECONOMIC FUNCTIONS OF GOVERNMENT 

1. The Principle of Natural Liberty, Laisser-faire, or 
"Minimum Interference/' — Contrary to the popular view, 
Adam Smith did not set up the system of minimum inter- 
ference as an economic ideal, and still less as the most 
general political ideal. At the very outset of his prelimi- 
nary presentment of the " obvious and simple system of 
natural liberty," he introduces a most important qualify- 
ing clause. Every man is, indeed, on this system left 
perfectly free to pursue his own interest in his own way, 
but, mark the qualification, only "as long as he does not 
violate the laws of justice." Thus the freedom of compe- 
tition of the industry and capital of individuals is always 
subject to the limitations of these avowedly higher laws of 
natural justice. And again, according to the system of 
natural liberty, the sovereign has — it is true — only three 
duties to attend to, but they are duties of the greatest im- 
portance, viz. protection against other states ; the protec- 
tion of every member of the society from the injustice or 
oppression of every other member of it ; and, finally, the 
duty of erecting and maintaining certain public works and 
institutions which it can never be the interest of any indi- 
vidual, or small number of individuals, to erect and main- 
tain. Thus, according to the actual teaching of Adam 
Smith, if competition leads to injustice or oppression, the 

415 



416 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

State ought to intervene ; and if self-interest is inadequate 
to provide various institutions for the satisfaction of social 
needs, the State ought to provide for their erection and 
maintenance. 

2. The Principle of Maximum Utility. — The system of 
maximum utility is a deduction from the general system 
of utilitarianism. On this view the art of political econ- 
omy has for its object, briefly stated, the attainment of the 
maximum utility of which the society is capable by means 
of wealth. Accordingly, the government may interfere 
with the freedom of individuals in production if it can in- 
crease the aggregate of wealth ; and it may interfere with 
their freedom in distribution if on the whole a greater 
amount of utility accrues to the members of the society. 

The prima facie ground, says Sidgwick, for the interfer- 
ence of government with the distribution of produce is the 
great and ever increasing inequalities in income to which 
the individualistic organisation leads. The common sense 
of mankind, he asserts, holds these inequalities to be objec- 
tionable for reasons stated explicitly in two propositions 
laid down by Bentham. 

These propositions are (1) that an increase of wealth is, 
speaking broadly and generally, productive of an increase 
of happiness to its possessor; and (2) that the resulting 
increase of happiness is not simply proportional to the 
increase of wealth, but stands in a continually decreasing 
ratio to it. 

The first of these propositions may easily be reduced to 
a truism by those who identify utility with happiness ; 
and the second proposition is simply a statement of the law 
of diminishing utility which has already been so fully 



ECONOMIC FUNCTIONS OF GOVERNMENT 417 

illustrated ; a shilling to the man that is fasting would 
mean more happiness than to the man that is full. 

The conclusion that is drawn from these innocent propo- 
sitions is said to be obvious. " From the two propositions 
taken together the obvious conclusion is that the more 
any society approximates to equality in the distribution of 
wealth amongst its members, the greater, on the whole, is 
the aggregate of satisfaction which the society in question 
derives from the wealth that it possesses." 

It would appear to follow that the State ought to use its 
power to correct the inequalities that spring from the 
selfishness of individuals, and to look to the maximum 
happiness of the whole society. And this indeed is the 
argument of those who advocate communism or socialism. 
But this simple solution fails even on utilitarian grounds. 
If the food and other produce to be distributed fell like 
manna from heaven, equality or inequality of distribution 
would not affect the supply of the food or of the mouths to 
eat it. It is not so, however, with economic utilities. Eco- 
nomic utilities are in general the result of labour and sacri- 
fice, and in their case equality of distribution would, as 
Sidgwick shows, at the same time diminish the dividend 
and increase the divisor, and in the end the diminished 
quotient might give less than the aggregate happiness 
insured by the present system. 

The inference drawn from the two Benthamite proposi- 
tions is only legitimate under certain conditions, viz. 
"that the total amount of produce to be divided, and the 
number of persons among whom it is to be divided, re- 
mains unaffected by the change in distribution." And a 
third condition is added to the effect that the change has 

2e 



418 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

no tendency to diminish the happiness of the community 
so far as it is derived from other sources than the increase 
of wealth, such, for example, as " culture," and the virtues 
which are fostered by the strivings of individuals under 
unequal conditions. 

3. Summary of the Benefits and Defects of Individual- 
ism. — It is universally recognised that in consumption 
freedom is beneficial, and must, at any rate, be the general 
rule. It is true, to take the prominent examples, that there 
are laws against adulteration and laws regulating the con- 
sumption of liquor; but the whole of these laws affect the 
aggregate mass of consumption to a relatively small extent. 

As regards production, freedom of enterprise and free- 
dom in the selection of processes is still the rule, and qua 
production is recognised as beneficial. Every industry is 
constantly changing and the initiative is taken by individ- 
uals, and the survival of the fittest in productive processes 
is achieved by competition. Even when commercial com- 
petition is restrained by a trust, industrial competition sur- 
vives within the ring. But when production is regarded, 
not from the point of view of the products, but from that 
of the personality of the producers, the case is by no means 
so simple. It is true that effective competition tends to 
increase the efficiency of labour, and one of the factors in 
efficiency is improvement in the conditions of work. On 
the whole, however, competition acts very imperfectly in 
securing the best conditions of production as affecting the 
health and morals of the workers, and regulation by the 
State has been extensively adopted with success. 

As regards the distribution of the national wealth, the 
tendency of competition — if effective as regards the 



ECONOMIC FUNCTIONS OF GOVERNMENT 419 

mobility of the productive agents and the organisation of 
markets — is to proportion reward to the net value of the 
service rendered to the society. And in many cases in- 
equalities of reward in this sense would be remedied by 
more effective competition. In fact, the main factor in the 
progress of distribution has been the substitution of free- 
dom of contract for privilege and delegated or permitted 
authority. There are, however, many cases in which the 
conditions essential to freedom of contract do not prevail, 
and there are others in which freedom of contract passes 
into freedom of coercion. 

Such is especially the case with associations which are 
instituted on a voluntary or contractual basis. Such as- 
sociations easily attain powers which, relatively to individ- 
uals, give them an overpowering position ; and a combina- 
tion of associations may have similar power compared to any 
one. There are further relations assumed by associations 
towards the public which could never arise with individuals. 
One man is as nothing against the whole people ; but one 
company, still more one gigantic trust, may revive in a 
new form the old right of private taxation. The predatory 
and parasitic tendencies of combinations are far stronger 
than those of individuals, just as a mob is more cruel than 
the average of its members. And altogether apart from 
abuses, the civil relations of associations to third parties 
are extremely complex. Accordingly, a large part of 
mercantile law is occupied with various economic combina- 
tions, e.g. partnerships, companies, unions, and associa- 
tions, and with further development, further extension 
of the law may be necessary. 

Thus when we take a dispassionate survey of individual- 



420 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

ism, considered as the basis of modern industrial societies, 
we find it is open to criticism both in principle and in detail. 

The two supports of the system are freedom and self- 
interest. But freedom is freedom under the law, and self- 
interest includes interest in others and in the State. Thus 
freedom is not merely absence of restraint or the negation 
of government. On the contrary, it may be said that the 
highest form of government is that which secures the 
highest form of liberty. 

And self-interest may be so interpreted as to mean that 
higher self, which in every man is supposed to sit in 
judgement on the doings of his imperfect and misguided 
self. And again reason may counsel the suppression, by 
the power of law, of various forms of lower self-interest. 

And in each of the great economic departments we 
find that abuses and failures may arise from unregu- 
lated individualism. In consumption, in production, and 
in distribution there are cases which seem prima facie to 
call for remedies on the part of the State. 

4. The Methods of Legal Interference. — The methods of 
governmental interference may be divided into two great 
groups. First, the government may regulate the actions of 
individuals by providing and enforcing a system of positive 
law ; and secondly, the government may itself perform cer- 
tain economic functions. 

Under the first group we observe : (a) the govern- 
ment may bring certain kinds of economic abuses — 
whether of omission or commission — under the penal law, 
and inflict punishments of various degrees of intensity 
upon the offender. 

The simplicity of the method of regulation through the 



ECONOMIC FUNCTIONS OF GOVERNMENT 421 

criminal law has always made it attractive to legislators 
and reformers. This method, however, is subject in prac- 
tice to very effective limitations. Just as the letter of 
the law varies with the ideas of its framers, so also does 
the enforcement vary with the ideas of its administrators. 
The greatest agency in the mitigation of criminal statutes 
in England has undoubtedly been the refusal of juries to 
convict, and of judges to inflict the penalties ; the juries 
have turned a blind eye to the evidence, and the judges 
have given them the appearance of reason by legal fic- 
tions. It follows that the limits to the power of govern- 
mental action by the method of criminal legislation are 
found in the actual moral sense of the community ; the 
ultimate sanction of the criminal law as regulating eco- 
nomic actions is found in public opinion. Thus, even as 
regards the obvious and simple system of coercion, the 
tendencies of the opposing system of natural liberty have 
to be considered. 

(6) The government, without going the length of 
prohibiting or penalising certain actions, may refuse to 
enforce the corresponding agreements or promises of per- 
formance. In some cases this refusal rests on the legal 
incapacity of the persons to make the agreement binding. 

The development of mercantile law is a good illustra- 
tion of differences in legal capacity. At first merchants 
were a special class having special privileges and subject 
to special duties, and the mercantile law so far as it ex- 
isted was administered in special courts (e.g. the Staple 
and Piepoudre); in the second period the mercantile law 
consisted of a body of customs which must be proved as 
facts, and were binding only upon the special class of mer- 



422 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

chants; in the third period these customs were incorpo- 
rated in the general law and made binding on all, whether 
merchants or not (Smith's Mercantile Law). 

It may be observed that the tendency of legislation in 
progressive societies has been to abolish the special rights 
and duties of special classes as regards making and en- 
forcing contracts. 

(<?) The government may make certain requirements 
of form essential to the enforcement of certain contracts. 
The contrast between ancient and modern conceptions of 
contracts as giving rights of action is remarkable and 
instructive. "According to the modern conception of 
contract, all agreements which satisfy certain conditions 
of a general kind are valid contracts and may be sued 
upon in the absence of any special legislation forbidding 
particular contracts to be made, or denying validity to 
them unless made with particular forms " (Pollock). 
Ancient law, on the other hand, regards only formal con- 
tracts. "The fundamental assumption of ancient law 
(when it has got so far as to recognise contract at all) is 
that the validity of a contract depends, not upon the sub- 
stance of the transaction, but upon its form. The rule is 
that formal contracts only can be sued upon ; the want of 
any part of the formalities is fatal ; the fulfilment of them 
is conclusive" (Maine). 

No better instance could be given of the extension of 
the liberty of individuals or the diminution of the sphere 
of state control. In modern times the enforcement of 
particular forms is generally either for the purposes of 
revenue, as in the stamp duties, or of registration — the 
ultimate object being not restriction, but publicity. The 



ECONOMIC FUNCTIONS OF GOVERNMENT 423 

form as such is of no importance ; the decisive consideration 
is the intention of the parties, or the intention of the State. 

(d) The government may, however, make compulsory 
in contracts certain requirements, not only of form but of 
substance. In no contract, whether dealing with land or 
any other subject-matter, do the parties express in extenso 
all the rights and obligations involved. Certain provi- 
sions are held to be applied by the law, general or special. 
It may be observed, however, that save in specially ex- 
cepted cases persons are at liberty to contract themselves 
out of the particular obligations imposed (otherwise) by 
statute. And a law which admits of " contracting out " 
generally remains a counsel of perfection, or at best pro- 
vides a legal interpretation in case of need. 

The cases, however, in which evasion of this kind is not 
permitted, are in modern States both numerous and impor- 
tant. In the contracts in use inmost great industries — 
in agriculture, mining, manufactures, fisheries, railways, 
navigation — the legislature has made certain clauses 
compulsory, and has prohibited the insertion of others. 

This method of interference also has its limitations. 
If the government attempts too much, having regard to 
the ideas, customs, or prejudices of the times, either 
by way of compulsion or prohibition, the law is either 
evaded by the parties affected or nullified by its admin- 
istrators. 

5. The Methods of Governmental Action. — (a) The 
government may itself assume the position of a monopolist 
as regards certain industries or economic services. This 
case differs from that first noticed, namely, regulation by 
penalties, in that government not only prohibits others, 



424 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

but itself performs. The freedom of the individual is 
equally restricted, but the government takes away the 
real burden of restriction by itself satisfying the economic 
want. Thus the post-office has a monopoly of letter-carry- 
ing, but most people look on this monopoly as advanta- 
geous. Again, the government prohibits private coinage, 
and again also confers a benefit by the prohibition. 

The assumption of monopolies by governments (with 
the exceptions noted), and still more the delegation of such 
powers by patents to individuals, has in the course of time 
been greatly diminished. 

(6) The government may undertake certain kinds of 
business, but at the same time allow private enterprise to 
compete, as, for example, in providing for religious services, 
or for the conveyance of parcels. In this case — that of 
governmental management side by side with private enter- 
prise — the only element of compulsion consists in the co- 
ercive levying by taxation (as in church tithes) of the funds 
required for carrying on the business, and when the busi- 
ness can be made to pay its own expenses (as with the 
parcel post) even this element of coercion vanishes. In 
forming an estimate of cost, however, it is important to 
take into account all the indirect expenses and supple- 
mentary charges. 

(c) The government may intervene simply to carry out 
the wishes of the parties concerned (as, for example, in 
providing official arbitration). A great part of the law of 
every State is intended simply to provide, or enforce, set- 
tled rules, e.g. the rule of the road on land or sea. What 
the rule is, is often a matter of indifference, provided only 
it is fixed and known. 



ECONOMIC FUNCTIONS OF GOVERNMENT 425 

The principle of the law of inheritance (when freedom 
of bequest is allowed) is in case of intestacy to carry out 
the supposed wishes of the deceased. 

The laws of bankruptcy are in some respects similar 
to the laws of compulsory inheritance. The bankrupt 
is so far civilly dead, and the State lays down the rules 
for distribution of his estate amongst the creditors. If it 
be supposed that the creditors wish for a just distribution, 
the State only carries out their wishes. 

(d) The government may provide for the erection and 
maintenance of various public tvorks and institutions, for 
the provision of which private enterprise is unequal. This 
is the case which was dealt with very fully by Adam 
Smith, and in our own time is being pushed to an extreme 
by socialists. It is a very large case, especially in the guise 
of municipal trading and poor relief. The limitations to 
governmental and municipal work of this kind are found 
partly in the limits to taxation or other sources of revenue, 
— if the works and institutions are not self-supporting, — 
and partly in the limits to public expenditure which must 
conform to certain general principles. (See Chapter VIII.) 

Before considering the degree and nature of the limits 
imposed by public finance, it is necessary to notice briefly 
certain limitations of a general character, which are appli- 
cable to all kinds of governmental control. 

6. General Limitations to Governmental Interference. — 
With the best intentions, governments may ruin their leg- 
islation by ignorance and their administration by feeble- 
ness. The government, even of the most democratic 
states, must be formed of persons who are themselves liable 
to errors of judgement and errors of passion. And to a 



426 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

considerable extent they are supposed to carry out the 
mandate of their electors. The electors are open to all 
kinds of persuasion, as well as to the persuasion of justice 
and reason. In the most advanced democracies, laws are 
still made and unmade in the interests of powerful classes, 
and sometimes against the interests of considerable minori- 
ties. Officials are still appointed for all sorts of reasons 
apart from merit and efficiency, and are removed, or not 
removed, on a similar diversity of excuses. The one and 
sufficient explanation of these shortcomings is, that gov- 
ernment is carried on by men, and all men are imperfect. 

Governmental interference is always in danger of one 
horn of a dilemma. If the individual official is left free to 
exercise his own judgement, there is the danger of caprice 
or jobbery, or simple foolishness ; if his freedom is cur- 
tailed, he must act by routine, and routine is not adapted 
to the ever changing conditions of modern societies. 

Another limitation in lawmaking is found in the endur- 
ance of the laws. Laws are now generally held to con- 
tinue in force until they are definitely repealed. Thus, a 
law passed under popular excitement caused by temporary 
circumstances may become a nuisance before it has well 
got into operation. If the endurance of laws has its ad- 
vantages — if every generation of reformers can only hope 
to provide the necessary marginal increments — it has its 
disadvantages, especially in progressive societies. 

If a law is passed, or the government otherwise interferes 
in favour of one set of persons, it must be prepared by the 
principle of formal justice or uniformity to extend simi- 
lar action to all similar cases. As far as the letter of the 
law permits the courts will make the extension ; and justice 



ECONOMIC FUNCTIONS OF GOVERNMENT 427 

goes beyond the letter of the law. Hence the danger of 
creating precedents. The most effective limit to public 
expenditure and to the assumption of new duties by the 
State, is the knowledge on the part of the government 
that they must be prepared to apply the same principle to 
all similar cases. 

Every increase in the power of government and every 
extension of governmental interference increases the pos- 
sibility of abuses. Appointments may be given or with- 
drawn, not on account of fitness or incapacity, but for 
services to a political party. Power granted for one pur- 
pose may be misdirected to other purposes in the interest 
of the dominant political class ; for even with the most 
effective representative systems the cabinet has very great 
power. There may be wasteful expenditure under the 
influence of popular sentiment ; the machinery of govern- 
ment may be overburdened with work, and with the nicest 
adjustment of delegated authority some central control is 
always necessary. The self-interest of officials may be 
opposed to the interests of the public, and reward by hon- 
ours and promotion depends for its effectiveness on the 
wisdom of selection. 

The authoritative prohibition of any course of conduct 
so far involves a limitation of freedom, and it may well 
happen that there will be no corresponding extension of 
freedom in other directions. On the principle of utility, 
the loss of freedom may too readily be held to be compen- 
sated by a gain of happiness in something else and by 
somebody else. But the loss of freedom tends to starve 
the development of character, and in the words of Mill, 
unless the conscience of the individual goes freely with the 



428 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

legal restraint, it partakes either in a great or in a small 
degree of the degradation of slavery. 

It is sometimes supposed that a government of the 
people by the people or their representatives is altogether 
different from a despotism ; and that under what is called 
a free government every individual must be free. This 
vague language will not bear analysis, 1 and the idea which 
it is supposed to express has been forcibly exposed by 
Mill. "It is no less important in a democratic than in 
any other government that all tendency on the part of 
public authorities to stretch their interference and assume 
a power of any sort that can readily be dispensed with 
should be regarded with unremitting jealousy. Perhaps 
this is even more important in a democracy than in any 
other form of political society ; because where public 
opinion is sovereign, an individual who is oppressed by 
the sovereign does not, as in most other states of things, 
find a rival power to which he can appeal for relief or at 
all events for sympathy." And again : " In some coun- 
tries the dream of the people is for not being tyrannised 
over, but in others it is merely for an equal chance to 
everybody of tyrannising. Unhappily, this last state of 
the desires is fully as natural to mankind as the former, 
and in many of the conditions even of civilised humanity 
is far more largely exemplified." 2 

1 " That the condition of a slave is better under an arbitrary than 
under a free government is, I believe, supported by the history of all ages 
and nations." — Adam Smith, p. 264. 

2 This chapter is greatly abbreviated from Book V, Chaps. I-IV, in the 
Principles. See Sidgwick, Political Economy, Book III ; Elements of 
Politics, Chap. IV; Mill, Political Economy, Book V, Chap. XI ; Wealth of 
Nations, Book V ; Bosanquet, Philosophical Theory of the State, Chap. VI. 



CHAPTER II 

CHARACTER AND DEFINITION OF TAXATION 

1. The General Characteristics of Taxation. — (a) The 
principles of taxation are well adapted for the application 
of the historical method. Instead of deriving the modern 
conception of taxation from the modern conception of 
sovereignty, we may trace the historical evolution of the 
principal characteristics. As in other cases, the conti- 
nuity and variety of English economic history may be 
trusted to furnish evidence of the principal stages. The 
most general feature of taxation, that marks it off plainly 
from other payments (in money, kind, or services), is 
that the payment is compulsory. A tax is an exaction 
levied by superior force ; it is not the result of charity, 
persuasion, request, or contract, although these names and 
sometimes the ideas which they stand for have been used 
to disguise or modify the original compulsion. 

Too much is made of the names assumed by early forms 
of taxes — the "gentle terms" donum and auxilium. 
There were, indeed, at times a few " gifts " in answer to 
the "prayers" of the king; but the prayers were in gen- 
eral of the quibus non contradict order, and the gifts were 
like the "precarious" services of servile tenants, or the 
boon works at the prayer of the lord (ad preceni), which 
Seebohm regards as the most distinctive mark of 
subjection. 

The most noteworthy characteristic of medieval taxes 

429 



430 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

is that, levied first as proportionate and variable rates, 
they became fixed and customary — as in the case of the 
tenths and fifteenths, which came to mean a certain aggre- 
gate sum. 

The principal modifications in this element of compul- 
sion are found in the gradual transfer of the compelling 
right to the House of Commons, and it may truly be said 
that the more effective the representation so much the 
more effective became the compulsion. 

(5) The compulsion of taxation is, however, really 
modified when evasion is wholly or partially possible. 
That a tax that can be evaded will be evaded may be illus- 
trated to the extent of an inductive proof. The evasion 
may, as Professor Seligman remarks, be illegitimate, as in 
smuggling or false declarations of income, or legitimate, 
as when the taxed commodity or process or service is 
avoided. Evasion in the first case is met by various pen- 
alties and preventions, and for scientific purposes an 
evaded tax of this kind is no tax. 

Evasion of the second kind, however, is not so complete. 
It is sometimes said that a tax upon commodities is vol- 
untary, because the consumers may refrain from con- 
sumption or resort to other things. Leaving aside the 
impracticable remedy of the taxation of all possible sub- 
stitutes, taxes of this kind have always an element of 
compulsion. It is true that a man may escape the to- 
bacco duty by not smoking (as, indeed, he may escape the 
income tax by not earning sufficient income), but his 
natural or acquired inclination to smoke is (as shown 
by the revenue) sufficient to outweigh the pleasure of 
evasion. 



CHARACTER AND DEFINITION OF TAXATION 431 

The legitimate evasion of taxes on productive processes 
in some cases leads to improvements and inventions, but 
in general the necessities of fiscal supervision by stereo- 
typing old methods prevent natural progress. The neces- 
sity of taxation is only the stepmother of invention. 

(e) The objects for which taxes are imposed are coex- 
tensive with the objects of public expenditure. 

In the course of progress we find that special taxation 
for special purposes has given way to general taxation 
for general purposes. The method of assigning particular 
revenues for particular expenses (e.g. the aids for making 
the king's son a knight, or marrying his eldest daughter) 
has generally fallen into decay, although it still survives 
in local taxation, and there are occasional reversions to 
this older method. Even in local taxation, however, it 
has come to be recognised that special rates for special 
services are, in many ways, uneconomical (e.g. separate 
rates for schools, poor, roads, police, etc.). 

(c?) Payments, however, may be made to government 
which are only partially of the nature of taxes. Such, 
for example, are the prices paid by the consumers of com- 
modities sold by the State, and fees for services rendered. 
If the State has a monopoly and fixes prices or fees above 
what would be the case with natural competition, the 
extra price or fee is of the nature of a tax. If the State 
competes with other agencies and charges only competi- 
tive rates, this element of direct taxation vanishes. If, 
as is often the case, the State charges less than cost price 
(including supplementary costs), the deficit must be met 
by other taxes, and itself is of the nature of a bounty on 
consumption. 



432 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

(e) In modern times the revenues of the State that 
imitate most nearly voluntary contributions for the public 
services are those derived from public loans. To meet 
extraordinary expenditure (as in war) a loan is contracted, 
and subscription to the loan is voluntary. The element 
of compulsion, however, is only transferred from the pres- 
ent to the future taxpayer. Interest and principal can 
only be paid out of future taxes. 

(f) Taxes are nominally imposed upon various forms 
of wealth in the widest sense, but all taxation is really 
imposed on persons. This proposition is derivative from 
the general conception of wealth. One of the essential 
marks of wealth is appropriation, and taxation is a pro- 
cess of transferring wealth from private individuals to the 
state. Every public tax diminishes so far the wealth of 
private individuals. It is of course true that in most cases 
there is some set-off to the disutility of taxation in the 
utility of the government, and the utility may exceed the 
disutility even to the particular payer. Occasionally, 
also, the imposition of a tax may indirectly benefit certain 
persons, as in the typical case of protective duties. 

It is, however, in a general survey, best to look on tax- 
ation as involving in itself a contribution on the part of 
persons on the compulsion of the State, and to consider 
separately the benefits of public expenditure, and also the 
economic, constitutional, and other limitations imposed on 
the exercise of this compelling power. 

Professor Bastable's definition of taxation sums up in 
a convenient form the principal results of the foregoing 
analyses, " A tax is a compulsory contribution of the 
wealth of a person, or body of persons, for the services of 



CHARACTER AND DEFINITION OF TAXATION 433 

the public powers." If the State is already the owner of 
all the forms of wealth that it requires, no taxation is nec- 
essary ; if it requires more wealth, it must make it (indus- 
trial domain), or take it (taxation). 

It may be observed that what is first imposed as a tax 
tends to become in some cases a form of state ownership. 
A land tax regarded as perpetual becomes a rent charge 
owned by the State. Thus the expression that an old tax 
is no tax really means, in this case, that taxation has been 
merged in state ownership. The real incidence of the 
original tax is upon the original owner ; at the imposition 
of the tax the value of his property is diminished by the 
capital value of the tax. 



2f 



CHAPTER III 

THE CANONS OF TAXATION 

1. Adam Smith's Canons of Taxation : First, Equality. — 
The treatment of the general principles of taxation may- 
well begin with a critical analysis of Adam Smith's cele- 
brated canons. The first canon, Equality of Taxation, 
stated in full, is found to contain the germs of several dis- 
tinct theories of what constitutes equal or just or equitable 
taxation. 

" The subjects of every State ought to contribute toward 
the support of its government, as nearly as possible in 
proportion to their respective abilities, that is, in propor- 
tion to the revenue which they respectively enjoy under 
the protection of the State. The expense of government 
to the individuals of a great nation is like the expense of 
management to the joint tenants of a great estate, who 
are all obliged to contribute in proportion to their respec- 
tive interests in the estate. In the observation or neglect 
of this maxim consists what is called the equality or ine- 
quality of taxation. Every tax, it must be observed once 
for all, which falls finally upon one only of the three sorts of 
revenue above mentioned (viz. rent, wages, profits) is 
necessarily unequal so far as it does not affect the other 
two. In the following examination of different taxes I 
shall seldom take much further notice of this sort of ine- 
quality, but shall in most cases confine my observations to 

434 



THE CANONS OF TAXATION 435 

that inequality which is exercised by a particular tax fall- 
ing unequally upon that particular sort of private revenue 
which is affected by it." 

To begin with, the use of the phrase "the subjects 
ought " implies that it is the duty of the subject to con- 
tribute, and the right of the sovereign to impose, taxes. 
Thus the right of taxation may be derived directly from 
the conception of sovereignty — which brings to view the 
compulsory character of the contribution. 

This doctrine of sovereignty as the basis of taxation 
finds important illustrations in history. Taxes have been 
imposed, not for the value of the real revenue they may 
bring in, nor from any idea of public advantage, nor even 
for the private advantage of the monarch or other persons 
in authority, but simply to show to the subjects the right 
of the sovereign. It was the determination to insist on 
this barren and malignant sovereign right which led to 
the retention by the British government of the threepence 
per pound duty on tea, " that figment of a tax, that pep- 
percorn rent," and of the stamp duties that never paid the 
cost of collection — " shearing the wolf " — that lost the 
British the American colonies. 

It is not often, however, especially in modern times, 
that the pure and simple doctrine of sovereignty is con- 
sidered sufficient authority for taxation. The Americans 
(and on their side were some of the greatest of English 
statesmen) opposed to this absolute doctrine the great 
constitutional rule, that taxation ought to be coincident 
with representation — that only those who shared in the 
power should be called on to bear the burdens of government, 
a position heartily approved of by Adam Smith, and made 



■436 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

by him the basis of his great scheme of imperial federa- 
tion. 

The whole course of constitutional history is marked 
by the struggle of the payers of taxes for the control 
of taxation. And taking a general view, it may be said 
that the burden of taxation tends to fall most lightly on 
those who have the greatest political power. 

The doctrine of sovereignty as the basis of taxation, 
logically carried out, results in the maxim that a govern- 
ment should impose such taxes as are " most easily as- 
sessed and collected" (McCulloch). Just as a general 
looks to the efficiency of his army as a whole, and is pre- 
pared to sacrifice any portion if necessary, so it may be 
said that the State should not regard the particular inter- 
ests of individuals, but rather consider the power of the 
State as a whole and what is most conducive to that 
power. In times of national peril, when the political 
existence of the State is concerned, this view seems to 
meet with general acquiescence. But in ordinary times 
in the modern State, such a complete sacrifice of the in- 
dividual is never contemplated, and the sovereign power 
in taxation is supposed, even on McCulloch's view, to be 
used in the way " most conducive to the public interests." 
And since one of the primary public needs is the equitable 
treatment of individuals, we advance from the general 
proposition that the subjects ought to contribute to the 
support of the government, to the important qualification, 
that they should do so " as nearly as possible in proportion to 
their respective abilities." Adam Smith goes on to explain, 
that the measure of abilities, in his view, is the revenue en- 
joyed under the protection of the State, and thus the nat- 



THE CANONS OF TAXATION 437 

ural result of his first canon is that taxation should be 
proportionate to revenue. But this simple interpretation 
has not always been accepted. 

2. Equality of Sacrifice. 1 — The critical examination of 
the term abilities discloses two very different bases of 
taxation, which may be described provisionally as subjec- 
tive and objective, according as stress is laid on the incon- 
venience or disutility involved in the payment of taxes on 
the one side, or, on the other, on the ability or faculty of 
the taxpayer as indicated by his property or income. The 
development of the subjective basis of taxation leads to 
the principle of equality of sacrifice. " Equality of taxa- 
tion," says Mill, " as a maxim of politics, means apportion- 
ing the contribution of each person toward the expenses 
of government, so that he shall feel neither more nor less 
inconvenience from his share of the payment than every 
other person experiences from his." Mill points out that 
this standard, like other standards of perfection, cannot be 
completely realised, but it is put forward as the principal 
ground of various practical modifications of systems of 
taxation. 

In the first place it may be urged that if taxation in the 
case of A leads to a sacrifice of " necessaries," whilst in 
that of B the sacrifice is only of " superfluities " or " luxu- 
ries," the burden of A is infinitely greater. And since we 
can never establish equality between the infinite and the 

a Cf. Edgeworth, " Pure Taxation," Part III, Economic Journal, De- 
cember, 1897, for a very able and learned discussion of the sacrifice theory 
of taxation on utilitarian principles. He prefers to state the ideal as 
" minimum " sacrifice instead of equal, and this statement seems the more 
logical on the pure utilitarian theory. On grounds of formal justice the 
equality of sacrifice may be preferred. 



438 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

finite, it follows as a practical maxim that the necessary 
minimum of income must be exempt altogether. 

This principle of a free minimum income has been par- 
tially applied in the United Kingdom : firsts in the aboli- 
tion of most taxes on such necessaries as food, clothing, 
fuel ; and secondly, in the exemption from direct taxes of 
incomes below a certain minimum and also of savings in 
the shape of insurance. But as regards indirect taxation 
in general, it may be said that a considerable part of the 
revenue from stimulants (alcohol, tobacco, and tea) is de- 
rived from persons whose incomes are below what is gen- 
erally considered a reasonable minimum for the standard 
of comfort; and the same thing is true of some forms of 
direct taxes, e.g. various local rates. 

And however plausible the doctrine of a free minimum 
income may appear, it is always limited by the great prac- 
tical rule that taxes must be productive. 

The principle of equality of sacrifice is also advanced 
in support of graduated, or progressive, taxation. And at 
first sight — having regard to the law of diminishing utility 
— equality of sacrifice seems necessarily to lead to progres- 
sion. We may suppose that the more money any person 
has (whether as capital or income) the less is the utility 
to him of successive increments, and therefore the less the 
disutilities of decrements caused by taxation. It seems to 
follow that a greater amount should be taken from the rela- 
tively rich, and that a merely equal percentage would not 
involve equal real sacrifice. 

It is, however, one thing to admit that equal percent- 
ages do not involve equal real sacrifices, and quite another 
to formulate any rational scheme of progression merely on 



THE CANONS OF TAXATION 439 

the theory of utility and disutility. " The economic cal- 
culus is not at present competent to deal with such com- 
parisons (e.g. the real sacrifices involved in the taxation 
of different incomes). The weightiest difficulty that the 
theoretical advocates of progression have to meet is the 
essentially subjective nature of their standard. The trans- 
lation into an objective rule of taxation can only be ac- 
complished by the aid of assumptions as to the relations 
of enjoyment in different classes that must contain a large 
element of conjecture. The modern developments of the 
theory of utility fail to supply any definite practical basis 
on which to frame a scale of progression " (Bastable). 

The opinion of Professor Seligman to the same effect 
is also worthy of citation, especially as on other general 
grounds he is inclined to support the principle of progres- 
sion. " The imposition of equal sacrifices on all taxpayers 
must always remain an ideal impossible of actual reali- 
sation. Sacrifice denotes something psychical, something 
psychological. A tax takes away commodities which are 
something material, something tangible. The sacrifice 
occasioned by a tax is only one factor in the problem, 
and may be a minor factor." 

It is alleged that a tax on income ought to vary accord- 
ing to the source of the income — that, in particular, in- 
comes from realised wealth, e.g. land, should be taxed at 
a higher rate than incomes from talent, and professional 
and business capacity — or more generally, that terminable 
incomes should be taxed at a lower rate than perpetual in- 
comes. In its practical form this discrimination is justi- 
fied on the particular ground that the professional man 
is obliged to put aside, by way of insurance for himself 



440 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

or his family, a larger proportion of his terminable income. 
Thus there is a smaller free income from which to pay the 
tax, and consequently a greater sacrifice. It may be ob- 
served that in the English income tax exemptions on the 
ground of insurance were reintroduced by Mr. Gladstone 
in 1853, and have since been continued. 

The exemption of a part of the income saved for insur- 
ance shows very well the difficulties of discrimination. 
This exemption discriminates between forms of invest- 
ing savings in favour of one ; if a man invests part of 
his income in higher education for his children, or in 
buying his house or farm by instalments, or in any of 
the multitude of other indirect modes of providing for 
the objects of insurance, he has logically an equal claim 
to exemption, but practically he obtains none. 

3. The Faculty Theory of Taxation. — The development 
on the objective side of Adam Smith's position, that the 
subjects ought to contribute in proportion to their abilities, 
leads to the faculty theory. " The faculty theory of taxa- 
tion is very old. The word faculty is the usual one in 
Latin and French for tax laws, and is the general term 
employed in all the early American laws. For a long 
time, however, the best practical test of faculty was sup- 
posed to be general property. Thus all through the Mid- 
dle Ages, when local taxes were levied at all, they were 
assessed on general property, on the principle juxta bono- 
rum facultatem, or pro bonorum facultate" (Seligman). 
In England the word ability is first used in a general 
statute in the Elizabethan poor law, — " according to the 
ability of the parish," — ability being interpreted to mean 
property. Later on, from meaning property, ability or 



THE CANONS OF TAXATION 441 

faculty came to mean income, and Adam Smith explains 
abilities to mean revenues. 

The great merit of the faculty theory is that it substi- 
tutes an objective for a subjective standard. It does not 
look to the feelings of the taxpayer, but to the money 
value of his taxable capacity. The State takes more from 
the rich, not because they will feel it less in proportion, 
but because they have more to give. 

But although the faculty standard is objective, it does 
not follow that it is simple, and what is the proper meas- 
ure of faculty is still a subject of dispute both in theory 
and in practice. Historically the rule of simple propor- 
tion has been generally adopted. But it is worth observ- 
ing that this rule was first of all insisted on in order that 
the property of various privileged classes should not be 
exempt. That subjects should contribute in proportion 
to their revenues was directed against the privileges of 
the nobility, clergy, and other favoured classes. 

In course of time, however, the method of simple pro- 
portion has been attacked with reference to both extremes 
of the social scale. 

In the first place it has been maintained that the mini- 
mum of subsistence ought to be exempted, not as before, 
on account of the infinite sacrifice involved, but on purely 
economic grounds. 

Taxation which diminishes the general efficiency of 
labour diminishes the whole faculty of the State, and is 
thereby on the simple faculty theory suicidal. 

A similar argument may be applied to capital and 
profits. Taxation which prevents productive capital from 
being restored and renewed also so far tends to diminish 



442 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

the general faculty of the owners or employers of capital. 
Accordingly, it has been maintained that on the faculty 
theory taxation should only be imposed on the net profits 
of gross incomes and on the net value of property. That 
taxation ought, as far as possible, to leave unimpaired the 
productive powers of the society — including land as well 
as labour and capital — may be regarded as logically im- 
plied in the faculty theory, and is practically one of the 
most important rules of finance. 

But it does not follow that the general rule is best ap- 
plied by being insisted on in every particular case. To 
exempt from taxation a certain minimum rate of profits 
would mean that more must be taken from the higher 
rates, and thus a premium would be placed on inefficiency, 
and a check imposed on enterprise. 

The progressive system may be supported on the faculty 
theory on the ground that " the facility of increasing pro- 
duction often grows in more than arithmetical proportion. 
The rich man may be said to be subject in some sense 
to the law of increasing returns" (Seligman). Money 
makes money. 

On the whole, it seems that on the faculty theory a 
moderate rate of progression might be advantageous as 
regards income, as it has proved to be as regards succes- 
sion duties. "It is not very unreasonable," says Adam 
Smith, "that the rich should contribute to the public 
expense not only in proportion to their revenues, but 
something more than in that proportion." 

4. Taxation of Unearned Increments. — The application, 
however, of the simple method of proportion to income or 
property may be further modified on the faculty theory. 



THE CANONS OF TAXATION 443 

We may consider (as before cm the sacrifice basis) not 
only the amounts of the wealth, but the sources of such 
■wealth. From the national point of view, the best system 
on the faculty theory is that which least impairs the pro- 
ductive powers of the society. Heavy taxation has been 
proved over and over again to be the greatest check to 
industrial development. But there is a large class of 
incomes which, compared with ordinary profits and wages, 
may be classed as " unearned," and it may be argued that 
taxation of these incomes does not impose a corresponding 
check on industry. " Both ground rents and the ordinary 
rent of land," says Adam Smith, " are a species of revenue 
which the owner in many cases enjoys without any care or 
attention of his own; though a part of this revenue be 
taken from him in order to defray the expenses of the 
State, no discouragement will thereby be given to any sort 
of industry. The annual produce of the land and labour of 
the society, the real wealth and revenue of the great body 
of the people, might be the same after such a tax as before. 
Ground rents and the ordinary rent of land are, therefore, 
perhaps, the species of revenue which can best bear to 
have a peculiar tax imposed upon them. Ground rents 
seem, in this respect, a more proper subject of peculiar 
taxation than even the ordinary rent of land. The ordi- 
nary rent of land is in many cases owing, partly at least, 
to the attention and good management of the landlord. 
A very heavy tax might discourage too much this atten- 
tion and good management. Ground rents, so far as they 
exceed the ordinary rent of land, are altogether owing to 
the good government of the sovereign, which, by protect- 
ing the industry either of the whole people or of the 



444 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

inhabitants of some particular place, enables them to pay 
so much more than its real value for the ground which 
they build their houses upon. Nothing can be more 
reasonable than that a fund which owes its existence to 
the good government of the State should be taxed pecul- 
iarly, or should contribute something more than the greater 
part of other funds toward the support of that govern- 
ment." Later on, Adam Smith applies the principle still 
further, and argues that the gains of monopolists, when- 
ever they can be come at, are certainly, of all subjects, the 
most proper for taxation. A similar argument may be 
applied to "conjunctur" profits, and those portions of 
quasi-rents that may be classed as " unearned." 

5. The Benefit or Social Dividend Theory of Taxation. — 
According to this theory, taxes ought to be considered as 
payments for valuable services rendered by the State to 
individuals. The essence of this doctrine may be found 
in Adam Smith's reference to the revenues which are 
enjoyed under the protection of the State, and in his com- 
parison of the individuals of a great nation to the joint 
tenants of a great estate. It is easy to show, as Mill does, 
that if protection is taken in its narrowest signification, 
as a matter of fact the poor need more protection than 
the rich, and as a consequence, that the protection theory 
would lead to regressive taxation. But Adam Smith's 
own application of the theory, already noted, to the case 
of ground rents and monopolies, shows that such a narrow 
interpretation is not justifiable, and has, certainly, never 
been appealed to in practice. The theory in its wider 
meaning implies that the State is a partner in all indi- 
vidual undertakings by providing, not only for security, 



THE CANONS OF TAXATION 445 

but for many other elements necessary and advantageous 
to their development. And as one of the members of 
every industrial partnership the State is entitled to a 
share in the profits. If, however, the theory, even in this 
extended form, is advanced as the only just basis of taxa- 
tion, and if taxes are to be levied only and exactly in 
proportion to the benefits received, the foundation is 
obviously too narrow. 

But the theory has a particular application in those 
cases in which the services rendered by the State and the 
benefits accruing to individuals are easily discovered and 
estimated, and it is of special importance in local finance. 
The terms fees and prices are, however, better adapted 
to the payments made for special services rendered 
by the State, and the principles are considered more prop- 
erly in connection with state expenditure and munici- 
pal trading. It is misleading to attempt to connect the 
payment of taxes by individuals with their supposed share 
in the general benefits of government ; it is better rather 
to emphasise the distinction between " fees " paid for par- 
ticular services and taxes levied for general purposes 
(Seligman). 

6. The Social Function of Taxation. — The benefit theory 
of taxation is closely allied with another theory, according 
to which the kinds and amounts of revenues derived from 
taxation should be adjusted according to their social and 
political effects. It is no doubt true that in all cases the 
indirect consequences of taxation are important, and in 
some cases the provision of revenue may be considered as 
of secondary importance. Protective duties, for example, 
so far as purely protective, are non-productive of revenue. 



446 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

In the same way, the heavy duties on stimulants are often 
justified, not because (in fact) they yield a large revenue, 
but because (in theory) they check consumption. 

Another of the social aims supposed to be specially 
adapted for attainment by taxation is the more equal dis- 
tribution of the national wealth. Mill's peculiar proposals 
regarding the laws of bequest and inheritance were mainly 
justified by him on this ground, and in effect his proposal 
logically leads to succession duties, carried to the extreme 
limits imposed by the conditions affecting accumulation 
and evasion. 

It is not necessary to revert to the general consideration 
of the communistic ideal. It may suffice here to observe 
that the same end may be promoted by the adjustment of 
expenditure, and it would seem better economy to aim 
directly at improving the condition of the poorer classes 
than to attempt to make the poor less poor, simply by 
making the rich less rich. Heavy progressive duties which 
lopped away all incomes above a certain amount would 
soon become unproductive, whilst a wealthy nation, by 
general taxes, may provide for an increasing number of 
social needs. 

On the general question the summary of Professor 
Bastable seems temperate and well founded. "The re- 
sults of financial experience are of some value in respect 
to the use of taxation for other than fiscal purposes. The 
taxing power has often been employed to encourage indus- 
try, to improve taste, to benefit health, or to elevate 
morals ; but in none of these applications has the desired 
success been obtained. There is, therefore, a presumption 
against its use in remedying the inequalities of wealth. 



THE CANONS OF TAXATION 447 

Its definite and universally recognised function is the 
supply of adequate funds for the public services. To mix 
up with one very important object another different, and 
perhaps incompatible one, is to run the risk of failing in 
both. ... If the socialistic regime is the goal to be aimed 
at, there are more direct and more effective modes open 
than the manipulation of taxation." 

There are, in brief, the multitudinous methods of legal 
enactment and of public expenditure. 

7. The Principle of Formal Justice. — Finally, whatever 
basis of taxation be adopted, the principle of formal justice 
noticed in the conclusion of Adam Smith's first canon 
must be considered. If it is just — for any of the reasons 
usually assigned — to tax A, it is just to tax B under pre- 
cisely similar circumstances. Thus stated, the principle 
seems purely abstract and as empty as any other pure 
form of thought. On the analogy, however, of the prin- 
ciple of equality before the law and similar political prin- 
ciples, it is easy to give it a material content. For 
fiscal purposes we may substitute the term practically — 
for precisely — similar. Thus, the possible extension of 
a tax to all similar cases (or conversely, the remission) 
may suffice to destroy the prima facie reasonableness of 
extension (or remission). We shall see later that the 
same principle is of vital importance in the correlative 
department of expenditure, and as we have already seen, 
it is one of the general limitations to governmental action. 

8. Adam Smith's Other Canons of Taxation. — The three 
remaining canons of Adam Smith give more particular 
rules for the attainment of equality and productivity in 
the whole tax system by reference to the methods employed 



448 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

in the imposition and collection of particular taxes. They 
are, for the most part, comparatively simple and require 
but little explanation, although the course of history and 
the present actual condition of different nations show- 
that they are only carried into effect with considerable 
difficulty. 

The second — the canon of certainty — lays down that, 
" The time of payment, the manner of payment, the quan- 
tity to be paid, ought to be clear and plain to the con- 
tributor and to every other person." The positive elements 
in this maxim bring out the importance of definiteness and 
publicity. On the negative side it is aimed against the 
arbitrary exactions of the sovereign power and the jobbery 
and abuses of its officials. Apart from the general social 
and political evils connected with the exercise of arbitrary 
power, uncertainty of taxation involves an economic waste. 
Ad valorem duties on imports are open to the objection 
that the importer is never certain in what grade his com- 
modity will be classed for taxation. The method of 
declaration which applies to a large part of the returns 
to the British income tax fails in publicity, and the failure 
in publicity leads to irregularity and uncertainty. 

The third — the canon of convenience — enjoins that, 
" Every tax ought to be levied at the time and in the 
manner in which it is most likely to be convenient for 
the contributor to pay it." It is justified, not only on 
the general grounds of good government, but also on the 
special economic ground of the greater productiveness of 
taxes which satisfy this condition. It is found possible to 
raise a considerable revenue by taxes on commodities, the 
payments of which are made by the consumers in insensible 



THE CAXOXS OF TAXATIOX 449 

portions, when it would be impossible to collect the same 
amount by direct taxation at comparatively long intervals. 

The fourth — the canon of economy — has for its governing 
principle that, " Every tax ought so to be contrived as both 
to take out and to keep out of the pockets of the people as 
little as possible over and above what it brings into the 
public treasury of the State." Taxes may break this rule 
by requiring a large number of officials for their collection, 
by involving restraints on trade and production, by en- 
couraging evasion, or by causing unnecessary vexation, 
for " though vexation is not strictly speaking expense, 
it is certainly equivalent to the expense at which a man 
would be willing to redeem himself from it." 

9. Other Rules of Taxation. — To these general canons 
of Adam Smith the following may be added, most of which 
are implied in different passages of his treatment of taxa- 
tion, but have been expanded more fully and emphasised 
by subsequent writers, (a) A given amount of revenue 
is as a rule more conveniently raised, both from the point 
of view of the government and its subjects, from a small 
number of very productive taxes than from a larger num- 
ber with smaller returns per unit. This was one of the 
principal reforms advocated by Adam Smith with reference 
to the British customs duties, and was carried into effect 
by Sir Robert Peel and his successors. The inextricable 
confusion of the customs duties levied before these re- 
forms, and the unproductive character of most of them, 
can only be realised by reference to the details of the his- 
tory of taxation. It is thought, however, by some finan- 
ciers of the first rank that this concentration has been 
carried too far in the United Kingdom, and that the bur- 
2o 



450 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

den of indirect taxation would be less felt if spread over a 
larger number of commodities. The process of simplifica- 
tion and concentration has also been partially applied to 
the direct taxes, imperial and local. 

(5) A good system of taxation ought to provide for a 
self-acting increase in the revenue in proportion as wealth 
and population and the consequent demands of govern- 
mental expenditure increase. Thus a land tax of a fixed 
amount per acre is in general much less advantageous 
than a proportionate amount of rental. The income tax 
and taxes on stimulants have the advantage of showing an 
increasing return with increasing wealth and numbers. 

(c) Those taxes are best which yield a steady calculable 
return. The calculations of the estimates for the Budget 
in the United Kingdom are now made with extraordinary 
exactness. The reason for this rule is found in the 
advantage of adjusting normal expenditure to normal 
revenue. 

(d~) Those taxes are to be preferred which in case of 
need can be most conveniently increased in amount with- 
out involving new machinery or increased expenditure in 
collection, e.g. the income tax in fact, and in theory the 
tax on beer. 

(<?) At the same time, in the progress of society it may 
be expedient to abandon old sources of revenue and to 
adopt new methods under the new conditions, notwith- 
standing the disadvantages which ceteris paribus attach to 
all changes in taxation. 

Finally, it may be observed that if, as is almost inevi- 
table, there is, as regards any proposed tax, a conflict of 
advantages and disadvantages as tested by the canons and 



THE CANONS OF TAXATION 451 

rules of taxation, the less important rule must be surren- 
dered, the importance being judged according to circum- 
stances. Adam Smith, for example, states emphatically 
that the experience of all nations shows that a very con- 
siderable degree of inequality is not near so great an evil 
as a small degree of uncertainty. Again, productiveness 
covers a multitude of sins, and as Professor Bastable re- 
marks, " The successful administration of the State is the 
final object, and therefore convenience or even equity may 
have to yield to productiveness." 

It is also important to point out explicitly that all the 
rules must be applied to a system of taxation as a whole. 
There are, of course, some taxes which would be bad in 
any conceivable system of taxation ; but, in most cases, a 
criticism of a particular tax is of little value unless con- 
sideration is also given to the other taxes with which it is 
combined. 

In considering the effects of the system of taxation and 

of its component parts, it is always necessary to take into 

account the real incidence. It is of no avail to set up an 

ideal standard of equality, if the actual methods adopted, 

though nominally and ostensibly in accordance with the 

standard, lead to inequality. No part of the theory or 

practice of taxation has given rise to so much controversy 

as the real incidence of various particular taxes. The 

" shifting " of taxes may lead not only to inequalities, but 

to injurious effects on the productive powers of the society 

as a whole. 1 

1 Abbreviated from Principles, Book V, Chaps. VI-VIII. See Bas- 
table, Public Finance, 3d ed., 1903 — the standard work in English; 
Seligman, Progressive Taxation and Essays in Taxation ; Plehn, Public 
Finance — a most useful text-book ; Cohn, Science of Finance. 



CHAPTER IV 

INCIDENCE OF TAXATION 

1. Direct and Indirect Taxes. — One of the oldest and 
most important divisions of taxes is into "direct" and 
" indirect." A direct tax is defined by Mill — and this is 
the definition generally accepted — as a tax demanded from 
the very persons who it is intended or desired should pay 
it. An indirect tax is demanded from one person in the 
expectation and intention that he should be able to transfer 
it to another. Even as regards direct taxation, it may 
well happen that, although the person who first pays the 
tax is the person who bears the burden in the sense 
intended by the government, yet indirectly, in ways not 
contemplated by the government, part of the original 
burden and part also of the additional burden incident- 
ally created may be shifted to others. 

Suppose, for example, that the State imposes a tax upon 
houses, and that it divides the amount payable in definite 
proportions between the owner and the occupier, and duly 
collects these proportions from each separately. Here we 
have apparently the simplest examples of direct taxation 
possible. 

But an examination of the incidence of the house tax 
shows that under certain conditions part (or even the 
whole) of the nominal payment of the occupier may be 

452 



INCIDENCE OF TAXATION 453 

shifted to the owner — that is to say, in consequence of 
the tax the occupier may pay so much less rent, whilst 
under other conditions, part (or even the whole) of the 
nominal payment of the owner may be shifted to the occu- 
pier by a rise in rent. And apart from this redistribution 
of the house tax itself between owner and occupier, there 
may be indirect effects upon agricultural rents and upon 
particular classes of profits. 

Again, nothing could appear more direct and simple 
than the incidence of succession duties ; the former owner of 
the property is dead, and the State takes a part to itself. 

But if it is known that after death the State will take a 
large share, a stimulus is at once given to evasion, e.g. 
through the checks to accumulation, the encouragement 
of consumption, and gifts inter vivos. It is thus possible 
that heavy succession duties might prejudicially affect the 
wages of labour. And there can be no doubt that histori- 
cally, in countries that are burdened with excessive taxes, 
apart from the share supposed to fall on labour, there is 
an additional burden due to the contraction of enterprise 
and accumulation. 

If, however, in the case of taxes nominally direct, we 
have to penetrate beyond the seen to the unseen, still more 
necessary is the study of real incidence in the case of taxes 
ostensibly indirect. It may happen first that the intention 
of the government that the tax should be shifted from the 
original payer is not realised at all or only partially ; sec- 
ondly, it may happen that the part that is shifted is shifted 
in a way not contemplated ; and thirdly, there are all the 
after effects and indirect consequences as in the case of 
direct taxation. 



454 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

It may also happen that the imposition of a tax, whether 
direct or indirect, will not only impose a burden, intended 
or not intended, but may incidentally create an advantage 
and confer a benefit, sometimes intended, sometimes not. 
Just as pauperism is attracted by high expenditure, so 
capitalism is attracted by low taxation, and thus heavy 
taxation in one district gives an advantage to other dis- 
tricts lightly taxed. Protective duties are intended to 
protect, but other taxes may create monopolies not origi- 
nally intended. 

It is clear, however, that, whatever meaning or meanings 
be given to equality of taxation, we must always refer to 
the ultimate real incidence with all its burdens, direct and 
indirect. 

In every problem of incidence, for the complete solu- 
tion, two questions must be answered: first, who ulti- 
mately pays the tax received by the State ; secondly, who 
bears the burdens or enjoys the advantages incidentally 
created. In the discussion of the general principles we 
are mainly concerned with the first question, the inci- 
dental burdens and advantages being subject to variations 
according to the nature of the particular tax. 

2. The Incidence of Taxation as determined by Law 
and Custom. — The general problem of incidence is a prob- 
lem of distribution, and for the solution we must refer 
back to the general principles already examined. And it 
must be observed that just as distribution cannot be en- 
tirely reduced to exchange, so neither can the incidence 
of taxation be considered merely as an application of the 
theory of value. 

The power to shift the payment of a tax or to recoup 



INCIDENCE OF TAXATION 455 

the payment from another source depends, in the first 
place, upon the influence of law and custom in the widest 
sense of the terms. This influence may be so great that 
there is no possibility of shifting the tax otherwise than as 
directed by the rules laid down by the State or submitted 
to under the customs of the societ}^ though even in this 
case there are indirect consequences, both in the way of 
burden and of advantage. 

The influence of law and custom may be best observed 
in societies in which exchange is not yet of fundamental 
importance, as, for example, in those under the dominance 
of feudalism or village communities. 

We find in the development of the incidence of taxation 
an illustration of the universal progress from status to 
contract. At first, the force of law and custom directs 
the transference of the tax to its most minute ramifica- 
tions ; gradually this compelling power is limited to the 
collection of the tax from the original payers, they in their 
turn transferring the whole or part of the burden, accord- 
ing to the principles of contract and exchange. 

3. Incidence of Taxation as determined by Contract and 
Exchange. — In modern times the State levies certain 
taxes, — on persons directly, or indirectly through com- 
modities, — but the taxed persons may be able to shift 
the burden according to various economic conditions. 
The ultimate incidence is no longer altogether deter- 
mined by the compulsion of law and custom, and the 
rapacity of the collectors, but partly by the voluntary 
actions of individuals. 

When a tax is imposed on any person (with no legal 
power of transfer), he is naturally led to reconsider his 



456 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

whole economic position, so that he may make the burden 
a minimum on the whole. The possibility of compulsory 
legal transference being now excluded, he can only get 
rid of his burden (wholly or partially) by a change in his 
bargains — and it takes two at least to make a bargain. 

It is quite clear that the mere fact of the imposition of 
a tax will not in general be sufficient reason for the origi- 
nal taxpayer to ask and receive an indemnity from others. 
If we take the terms seller and buyer in the widest sense, 
— as applied to the purchase and sale of land, labour, 
and capital, either absolutely or for certain uses, for cer- 
tain times, under certain conditions, — we may suppose 
that the State extracts from the seller a certain part of 
his price, or imposes on the buyer an official charge for 
the privilege of being allowed to buy. 

4. The Immediate Effects on Price of a Tax. — The 
immediate effect of a tax on the buyer (the conditions 
of supply remaining the same) will be a fall in price (as 
paid to the seller). But the extent of the fall is indeter- 
minate. Before the price has fallen to the full amount of 
the tax, the withdrawal of supply in response will create 
a new equilibrium. If the tax is imposed on the seller 
(the demand remaining the same), the immediate effect 
is to raise the price paid by the buyer. But again the 
extent of the rise is indeterminate, because before the 
price has risen to the full extent of the tax, the check to 
demand will produce a new equilibrium. It makes no 
difference theoretically whether the tax is taken in the 
first place from the buyer or the seller; the ultimate 
incidence depends on the shifting, and the shifting on the 
elasticity of demand and supply. The general principle 



INCIDENCE OF TAXATION 457 

is that the tax inflicts more loss on either party the less 
the elasticity of that party's demand or supply, other 
things (including the other party's elasticity) being the 
same. 

If the buyers are taxed in the first place, they demand 
so much less, how much less depending on the elasticity 
of their demand ; and the competition of sellers reduces 
the original price — the degree of the fall again depend- 
ing on the elasticity of their supply. If the rise in price 
would decrease greatly the quantity demanded (a very 
elastic demand), and a similar fall in price would have 
very little effect on the quantity offered (a very inelastic 
supply), the greater part of the tax will fall on the seller. 

If the sellers are taxed in the first place, they will so far 
offer less, and the competition of unsatisfied demand will 
tend to raise the price ; and again the new price will 
depend on the elasticity of demand and supply. 

In general, however, except in the extreme or limiting 
cases, the seller will always receive something less and 
the buyer will pay something more than the original 
price, the distribution of the burden being dependent 
on the relative elasticities. And in general, also, the 
effect of the tax will be to diminish the amount bought 
and sold. 

In the limiting case of perfect non-elasticity of demand, 
if the buyer is determined to have so much quand meme, 
the whole of the tax would fall on the buyer ; and simi- 
larly, if there is perfect non-elasticity of supply, and the 
seller must sell quand meme, the whole of the tax would 
fall on the seller. If both demand and supply are per- 
fectly non-elastic, the distribution is indeterminate. If 



458 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

both are perfectly elastic, that is, if the smallest addi- 
tion to the price will kill demand, or smallest subtraction 
kill supply, the tax kills the market, and there is no 
incidence because the tax cannot be collected. 

5. Ulterior Effects of Taxation on Prices. — It must be 
borne in mind that in the preceding section only the imme- 
diate effects on markets prices have been considered. 

The ulterior effects on prices will depend on the various 
conditions affecting production or supply, with the reaction 
on demand. 

These conditions can only be stated in extremely gen- 
eral terms if they are to be applicable to production (or 
supply) in the widest sense, including the production of 
labour and of capital, and also of the adaptation of land 
and natural agents for productive purposes. 

Amongst such general conditions — - which have to be 
taken account of in the determination of the incidence of 
particular taxes — are: (a) The influence of competition 
and monopoly respectively, which again depend for their 
efficiency or purity on a variety of causes, e.g. the mobility 
of labour and capital and of land (in the sense of adapta- 
tion to different uses or transference to different owners), 
and the power of voluntary or state-aided combination. 
(5) We have to consider whether the thing produced fol- 
lows the law of increasing, decreasing, or constant return 
— whether the available supply is forthcoming at a uni- 
form cost or at different costs, (c?) We must take into 
account the method adopted in taxation, whether the tax 
is ad valorem or specific, proportionate or graduated, 
whether imposed directly on the final product or at prior 
stages. (d~) We must consider whether the tax is gen- 



INCIDENCE OF TAXATION 



459 



eral or particular, or equal or unequal, and how far it 
affects substitutes or correlated articles. 

The general nature of these conditions and of the sub- 
jects covered by taxation shows that the general principles 
of the ultimate incidence of taxation must be considered 
in reference to the various classes of taxes, and it will be 
found that these conditions are of varying importance 
and operate in different combinations in different cases. 

The theory of the incidence of taxation involves, indeed, 
an application of all the economic principles, theories, 
tendencies, and disturbances already examined. 1 

1 The more difficult parts of Principles, Book V, Chap. X, are here 
omitted. See Seligman, Incidence of Taxation; Edgevvorth, "Pure 
Taxation" in Economic Journal. 

Note 

The effects of the immediate incidence of a tax can be best expressed 
by the use of curves. The supply curve, SS 1 , expresses the general law of 
market supply, i.e. that in any market the quantity offered tends to rise 
with every rise, and to fall with every fall in price. DD' is the demand 
curve. 

Y D 




460 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

If the buyer pays the tax aE, Eh will be the price received by the 
seller; if the seller pays the tax (receiving ah from the buyer), his net 
receipt is still Eh, and at this price Oh will be offered, and at the price 
ah, Oh will also be demanded. Therefore Oh is the quantity demanded 
and offered at the net price to the seller of Eh, and at the gross price to 
the buyer of ah. And the result is the same whether the buyer or the 
seller pays the whole of the tax in the first place. 

The price ah exceeds the price AH by na, and the price Eh is less 
than the price AH by En, and na plus En equals the tax. It will be seen 
that if DD' becomes more elastic, the proportionate rise in price above 
the original is less, and in the extreme case the whole tax falls on the seller. 

Conversely, demand remaining the same, and elasticity of supply in- 
creasing, there is a greater rise in price to the buyer. 

If the tax is collected in any definite proportion, indicated by q, from 
both buyer and seller, the result is also the same. The seller pays Eq to 
the state and the buyer qa; but the seller, as before, receives Eh net, 
and the buyer pays ha gross, namely, qa to the state and hq to the seller. 
If the buyer sought to retain qE, at the price ah minus qE, more would be 
demanded than Oh, and at the price Eh minus Eq less would be offered. 

Thus Oh is the equilibrium quantity, hE the seller's net receipt, and 
ah the buyer's gross payment in any case. 

But the rise of ah above AH and the fall of Eh below AH will depend 
on the elasticity of the two curves, DD' and SS'. 

Oh is obviously less than OH; ha is greater than AH, and Eh less than 
AH, except in the limiting cases when DD' or SS' become horizontal or 
vertical straight lines. 

By way of further explanation, it may be added that the SS' curve 
shows how much is offered in response to certain prices ; if, by a tax, so 
much is extracted from each of these prices, the whole supply curve is 
raised. Conversely of DD'. If the buyer must pay so much more per 
unit, the whole demand curve is lowered. 

The effect of a tax which is paid by the buyer is equivalent to a fall in 
demand. The desire to possess (relatively to other things), and other 
conditions remaining the same, the buyer will pay the same total price as 
before ; therefore, if part goes as a tax, he offers so much less to the seller 
in every case. 

Similarly, if the tax is taken from the sellers, they will sell for the 
same set of net prices as before ; that is equivalent to a rise in supply. A 
higher price is needed to extract the same supply. 



CHAPTER V 

TAXES ON RENT AND LAND 

1. Taxes on Pure Economic Rent: Agricultural Land. 
— Economic rent (pure) of agricultural land is generally 
mingled in practice with other forms of revenue due 
to capital or labour, and not merely to the natural quali- 
ties of the soil. But for theoretical purposes we may 
assume that the economic rent may be isolated from these 
other elements. In the normal case the produce-rent will 
depend on the excess above that of the margin, and the 
money rent will depend on the amount of produce and the 
price per unit which is determined by the marginal cost 
of production. Thus economic rent is a surplus which 
depends upon natural conditions that may vary to any 
extent, and on price, which is independent of rent. 

We may further assume for a first approximation that 
there are separate owners of the various portions of land, 
that the owners are not in combination, and that the lands 
are let by competition every year on an accurate estimate 
of the produce-surplus and its price. 

And, also, we may assume that there is only one kind of 
produce, or that the land can be let only for one purpose. 

In measuring the economic rent we do not take units of 
land, but units of productive power (labour and capital) 
applied to different qualities of land. The rent arises 

4G1 



462 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

from the different return to the same amount of power 
applied under different natural conditions. 

With these various assumptions it is quite clear that a 
tax on economic rent cannot be shifted by landowners. 
It cannot be transferred to the consumer of the produce, 
owing to the competition of the marginal land that pays 
no rent and therefore no tax, nor to the farmer, since 
competition leaves him only ordinary profits. 

The amount of each particular rental depends upon 
units of surplus produced (varying to any extent according 
to the superior natural conditions), and on the marginal 
price, which is independent of these superior conditions. 
And, accordingly, a tax that strikes the surplus only, 
remains where it first falls. 

Even if the tax is very unequal, and is such that after 
payment superior land yields a lower net return than 
inferior land, there is no readjustment of the burden. 

The same reasoning applies if we consider all the land 
to be of the same quality, and the surpluses that consti- 
tute rent to arise from the different returns to successive 
doses of capital, or if, as is usual, we find the extensive 
and intensive application of the law of diminishing returns 
conjoined. 

Also in the case of simple scarcity-rent where, though 
lands and costs are uniform, there is a marginal rent (or 
differential profit over ordinary employments of capital), 
the tax lies where it falls. 

Generally, under the conditions laid down, a tax on eco- 
nomic rent cannot be shifted by the owner of the land ; 
and if levied in the first place on the occupier, he can 
retain it from his rent, the mobility of capital acting as 



TAXES ON RENT AND LAND 463 

effectively as if he were empowered to make the transfer 
by the law of the land. 

2. Taxes on Economic Rent : Building Land. — Similar 
reasoning may be applied mutatis mutandis to the case of 
building land. 

To begin with the simplest case : let it be supposed that 
the land is only of use for building, that the same amount 
of capital is applied to each site, that there is perfect mobil- 
ity of capital, and that the economic rent varies solely with 
advantage of situation. Under these conditions it is clear 
that a tax on economic rent falls entirely on the land- 
owners. The builders are immune because their capital 
can be applied to other purposes, and the occupiers escape 
because the land cannot be used otherwise, and already the 
landowners have obtained the best results by competition. 

The result is the same if we suppose that the buildings 
are extended in height until the marginal storey is reached. 

To vary the conditions, assume next, that some of the 
land, e.g. the suburban land, can be used for agriculture. 
The agricultural rental will depend on the conditions 
affecting agriculture generally, and the peculiarities of the 
land ; so that we may say that the agricultural rent is 
independent of the urban conditions. If, then, a tax is 
imposed on building, but not on agricultural, rental, the 
tax on ground rent on the margin will obviously fall on 
the occupier. Land will not be devoted to building unless 
it gives at least the agricultural rent plus the tax. 

A house-rent tax is imposed on the building rent and 
ground rent conjoined. If the building rent is regarded 
as determined by the ordinary rate of profit, and the oc- 
cupier's demand is inelastic, a tax on the total house rent 



464 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

levied from the occupier must fall in the first place on the 
occupier. But on the same assumptions he cannot transfer 
any part to the landowner. If, however, the demand is 
elastic, and as before the building rent constant, part of the 
tax will be thrown on the landlord ; but the amount will 
depend on the elasticity of demand. And the transference 
can only take place, of course, on the assumption that the 
contracts for the hire of the land are subject to constant 
renewals on any change of circumstances. 

It follows, then, that in general a tax on ground rents, if 
intended to strike the landlord, should be levied directly, 
and not left to be shifted by the occupier on the renewal 
of his lease. And the longer the lease, still more necessary 
is it to levy the two portions independently. 

There is, however, always the practical difficulty of de- 
termining how much of the total house rent is to be 
ascribed to the ground, and how much to the building, 
when we are considering buildings erected under different 
conditions. There is, besides, in business premises, the 
value of the good-will, and in ordinary residences the 
value of the tenant right as shown by the general condi- 
tion and amenity. 

Still the fact remains that during the lease any new tax 
levied from the occupier cannot be shifted, and on the expiry 
of the lease may not be shifted in the proportion intended. 

Any tax intended to strike " land values," which really 
strikes the occupiers of houses, has important ulterior 
effects. As regards dwelling-houses, it may lead to over- 
crowding and may check improvements, and as regards 
businesses, it may check their development or in some 
cases may fall on the consumers of the articles supplied. 



TAXES OX RENT AXD LAND 465 

On the other hand, a special tax on land suitable for 
building which is being held up for the rise In value, and 
in the meantime is only rated at its agricultural or un- 
built value, would tend to throw the land sooner into the 
hands of the builders, and so far in the meantime general 
house rents would fall. But the ulterior effects might be 
that lands would be used for inferior buildings which it 
would be expensive to remove later on, so that ultimately 
the lands would not be so well occupied and would yield 
lower rents and also lower taxes, and besides would have 
buildings not so well adapted for the use of the tenants. 

3. Taxation of Land Values : Practical Conclusions. — 
The preceding sections indicate the principal theoretical 
difficulties in connection with the incidence of taxes on 
land, and by varying the hypotheses, and by making dif- 
ferent combinations, many different cases might be pre- 
sented. Enough, however, has been brought forward to 
justify some important practical conclusions regarding 
the proposal to tax "land values." 

(a) Any tax intended to strike pure economic rent 
should be taken directly from the owners of that rent. 
The shifting by the occupier is uncertain, and the uncer- 
tainty causes inequality. The partial evasion by the oc- 
cupier (i.e. legitimate evasion), as by taking inferior 
accommodation, or b} r charging higher rates to the custom- 
ers of his business, is productive of economic loss that may 
far more than neutralise any gain of revenue to the State 
or the municipality. 

(6) It follows also that if these inconveniences are not 
to ensue, the amount of the true economic rent must 
be accurately determined, and the ownership definitely 

2 ii 



466 ELEMENTS OE POLITICAL ECONOMY 

traced. Both of these problems present great practical 
difficulties. True economic rent is in practice nearly 
always combined with other forms of revenue. The rent 
that is paid for agricultural land is partly, and very often 
largely, simply interest on the various forms of capital 
sunk in and about the land. This interest is, in general, 
calculated at a low rate. Any exceptional taxation on 
" economic rent " that actually struck profit-rent, would 
check agricultural improvement, and lead to the deteriora- 
tions of land already improved (Adam Smith). 

Again, as regards the ground rents of urban lands, al- 
though the pure economic rent seems, at first sight, more 
easily ascertained, it is, as a matter of fact, very difficult 
to determine accurately, and there must be a considerable 
margin of doubt. If houses were tents or tabernacles 
that could be easily shifted, and required no connections 
with systems of roads, water, lighting, drainage, etc., the 
economic rent of a " stance " would be simple enough. 
But the more complicated the building and its connec- 
tions, and the more it is adapted for special purposes, 
so much the more difficult is it to separate the pure eco- 
nomic rent of the ground from other elements included 
in the gross rental. 

Further, even when the amount of the pure economic 
rent has been determined, there is still the difficulty of 
discovering the true owner, that is to say, for the purposes 
of this exceptional taxation. The " true " owner from the 
point of view of those who advocate this particular penalty 
is in the position of the " original thief " of stolen goods. 
Just as a purchaser in market overt is not held to be lia- 
ble to restore the goods, so neither should the person who 



TAXES OX RENT AXD LAXD 467 

has paid the full value for land to the original thief be 
liable to restore the land (or its value) to the original 
owner — the community. But in old countries the origi- 
nal thief has long ago been lost sight of — he cannot be 
tracked through the maze of contracts. 

It is said, however, that apart from this original sup- 
pression of free land, there is a continuous exploitation 
by private owners of the increasing revenues really due 
to the growth of the State, or more precisely to the envi- 
ronment of the land. This is, no doubt, perfectly true 
in progressive societies under certain conditions — though 
not necessarily and universally true as is shown by the 
great fall in the rental of some agricultural lands in Eng- 
land in recent years, and in the decaying parts of some 
towns and cities. But supposing that this unearned — 
this continually "becoming" increment — could be sepa- 
rated, it would still be difficult to tax the true owner or 
the actual exploiter. If the exceptional tax were im- 
posed on the sales of lands, it would check the transfer of 
lands, and a corresponding tax carried over to the lands 
not sold would be difficult to estimate accurately. If the 
tax were imposed on new leases, it would give a relative 
advantage to the old lessees; and if they were taxed 
accordingly, there is again the difficulty of estimation. 

(<;) The proposal to tax land values — in the sense of 
" unearned increments " — is simple only in appearance. 
It is not only difficult to distinguish in rentals between 
unearned and earned, and between the respective owners 
of these portions, but it is difficult to know when the ap- 
plication of the principle is to stop, and the fear of creat- 
ing precedents is one of the greatest and most salutary 



468 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

checks on governmental interference. It has already 
been explained that there are large unearned elements in 
every species of revenue. But there can be no question 
that any attempt to seize them as they arise would cramp 
the general activity of the society, and to seize them after 
they have been suffered to accumulate would be an ex post 
facto policy which would quite as effectively encourage the 
others not to make any such gains. 

It is, of course, assumed in this argument that the seiz- 
ure is complete and differential, for such additions to prop- 
erty and income are of course subject to general taxation 
of an ordinary kind. There can be no question that the 
attempt generally to differentiate between earned and un- 
earned income would logically end in socialism, and would 
destroy the efficiency of the present system. 

(d) And thus we again reach the position that, if the 
ultimate aim is socialism or any approximation thereto, it 
is better to try to attain the end, not indirectly by excep- 
tional taxation, but directly by more general methods. 
And still more is this the case if the reforms contemplated 
are not so subversive of the present system as to be fairly 
called socialistic. There are many positive abuses con- 
nected with the private ownership of land, and there are 
many defects resulting from a want of land for public pur- 
poses. But these abuses and defects cannot be counterbal- 
anced or obviated merely by the absorption of unearned 
increments. 

By the theory of English law it is said that the owner 
of the land can prosecute for trespass those who sail above 
it in a balloon, although happily his remedy would consist 
only in the damages proved to result. But very few people 



TAXES ON RENT AND LAND 469 

know anything of the law of trespass, and the threat of the 
utmost rigour of the law placarded on multitudes of notice- 
boards throughout this country is a ridiculous exploitation 
of the law-abiding habits of the community. 

The provision of open spaces in crowded neighbourhoods 
is now considered so important that great expense is in- 
curred in widening streets and making gardens in the older 
parts of towns and cities ; and yet we find that such cities 
and towns are continually extended into purely agricul- 
tural land without any adequate reservation of space for 
light and air in the dwellings, convenience of communica- 
tion, or facilities of recreation. Instead of attempting to 
obtain the unearned increment from new, crowded dwell- 
ings, it would be far better from every social standpoint 
to extend the area of building, not by taxing vacant build- 
ing lands, but by compelling all new building land to con- 
tribute a share toward providing for the perpetual vacancy 
of sufficient land for public purposes. As it is, a town is 
extended as if the inhabitants intended to fortify it with a 
wall able to resist modern artillery, and as if the means 
of communication were restricted to muddy media3val 
roads. 

That a part of newly occupied land should be reserved 
for public purposes is a custom of the highest antiquity. 
Mr. Seebohm, in his classical work on the English village 
community, was unable to account for the origin of little 
odds and ends of unused land which have from time im- 
memorial been called " no man's land," or " any one's land," 
or "Jack's land." Mr. Gomme, 1 however, has suggested 

1 The facts cited are taken from Mr. Gomme's Village Community, 
pp. 114, 115. 



470 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

that an explanation may be found in a Scottish custom. 1 
Clootie's croft or the gudeman's field consisted of a small 
portion of the best land, set apart by the inhabitants of 
most Scottish villages as a propitiatory gift to the devil, on 
which property they never ventured to intrude. It was 
dedicated to the devil's service alone, being left untilled 
and uncropped, and it was reckoned highly dangerous to 
break up by tillage such pieces of ground. 2 

1 Quoted from Henderson's Folklore of Northern Counties, p. 278. 

2 Cf. Book V, Chap. XI, of Principles, and The Final Report of the 
Boyal Commission on Local Taxation. 



CHAPTER VI 

TAXES ON CONSUMABLE COMMODITIES 

1. Methods of Taxing Commodities. — Under modern 
conditions, taxes on consumable commodities are levied in 
three ways : (a) directly on the consumer, e.g. licenses to 
use certain things ; (b) indirectly through the inland pro- 
ducer, e.g. excise duties ; (c) indirectly through the ex- 
porter or the importer — customs duties. The term 
consumable commodities must be taken in a large sense, 
e.g. qua the dog tax, the owner is the consumer of 
the commodity dog, and by analogy the employer is the 
consumer of his liveried servants (and not the converse). 

(a) Of taxes that are imposed primarily on the con- 
sumer the most important in modern times is the house 
tax, if the occupier is regarded as the consumer of that 
commodity. 

Other direct taxes on consumption may be described as 
licenses on use. Such licenses are of very ancient origin. 

Under present conditions direct taxation of the con- 
sumer is not considered a convenient source of revenue 
except to some extent for local purposes. The great 
objection to such taxes is that they are inconvenient to 
the taxpayer, and unproductive to the revenue. In the 
United Kingdom the annual average (on carriages, dogs, 
guns, etc.) from this source is now only £1,360,000. 

471 



472 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

Some of these licenses, however, are retained partly for 
police purposes. 

(6) The present excise duties — levied on the inland 
producer — may be connected historically with direct con- 
sumption taxes. In England, for a long period, the 
monarch lived of his own, but he also took directly much 
consumable wealth in the course of his journeys through 
the country. The royal court travelled like a host of 
locusts. The next step in advance was the development 
of the right of purveyance or preemption. The king paid 
for his commodities, but he did so at prices fixed by his 
own officers and with tallies that were not always hon- 
oured on presentation. In the literal signification these 
exactions were excises. 

Excise duties may also be traced to another source. 
The king possessed large feudal rights in the shape of 
market dues and tolls, and the transition from exactions 
of this kind to taxes on sales was natural and in most 
countries was accomplished very early. 

The crown also enjoyed certain prerogatives for the 
regulation of trade. Many fines were imposed and licenses 
granted in matters affecting trade and merchandise. 
From regulation to taxation the transition also seemed 
easy and natural until the revolt of the American colonies 
shattered the survivals of this mediseval prerogative. 

(c) The customs duties — levied on exports to and on im- 
ports from foreign countries — are of very ancient origin. 
The term customs, or its Latin equivalent consuetu- 
dines, was at first applied to all kinds of customary 
payments, including inter alia various kinds of ecclesias- 
tical dues. Customs duties in the modern sense may be 



TAXES ON CONSUMABLE COMMODITIES 473 

traced like excise duties to different sources. Tolls were 
levied by the king at the ports ; and licenses were granted 
conferring exemptions and privileges. 

The history of the British customs and excise duties 
in the nineteenth century, when they had become a fear- 
fully tangled growth, is the best possible commentary on 
the principles of taxation laid down by Adam Smith and 
developed by his successors. There is not one of the 
great canons which we are accustomed to take for granted 
which was not transgressed in every conceivable applica- 
tion before the conclusion of the great French war (1815). 

A parliamentary report of 1829 showed that £6,000,000 
was raised by taxes on the raw materials of manufacture, 
— the worst of all methods, because advanced by the pro- 
ducer at the first stage, — whilst, per contra, protective 
duties were levied on every manufacture whatever — on 
those not specially enumerated 20 per cent, and in some 
cases 75 per cent. Agriculture was protected still more — 
there were not only corn laws but animal laws (the duty on 
an ass being 10s. and on a horse £1), whilst the importation 
of animals used as food was absolutely prohibited. By the 
customs tariff of 1842, 262 articles of raw materials of 
manufacture yielded about =£2,000,000, and 200 finished 
manufactures yielded less than £500,000 ; and taking a 
general view we find that there were 704 articles which 
altogether yielded a little over £1,000,000. 

The excise duties give corresponding results : many 
were unproductive and many were prolific in evil results 
{e.g. taxes on bricks, glass, paper, soap). 

The period of reform began practically in 1842 under 
Sir Robert Peel. In that year he reimposed the income 



474 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

tax, which enabled him to abolish or reduce many of the 
most injurious customs duties, e.g. duties on raw material. 
In 1845 the income tax was renewed for three years to 
effect further reforms, and 430 articles were taken off the 
tariff and other reductions were made. In 1846 the Corn 
Laws were repealed, and animal food (alive or dead) was 
admitted free, and many other customs duties (as also the 
excise on glass) were abolished. The same policy was 
continued under Lord John Russell, the Navigation Act 
being repealed in 1850. In 1853 Mr. Gladstone became 
Chancellor of the Exchequer, and 123 articles were set free 
from customs and 133 reduced. The Crimean War 
checked the progress of reform, but the final result was the 
reduction of the tariff to such a degree of simplicity that 
practically only four articles — spirits, tea, tobacco, wine — 
were retained for revenue, the rest of the tariff being 
either to support excise duties or to prevent substitution. 
2. The Incidence of Taxes on Commodities. — The inci- 
dence of taxes on commodities furnishes a good illustration 
of the general principles already examined. 1 If the tax is 
imposed directly on the consumer, it so far tends to check 
his demand. This check to demand so far will cause a 
contraction of supply when equilibrium is restored. The 
extent of the contraction will depend partly on the 
elasticity of demand, 2 which again depends on various 
factors (e.g. the possibility of substitution) and partly on 
the conditions of supply. The ultimate effect on price 
will vary according as the commodity follows the law of 
increasing, diminishing, or constant return, and according 

1 See above, Book V, Chap. IV. 
a Ibid. Book III, Chap. II, Sec. 1. 



TAXES OX COXSUMABLE COMMODITIES 475 

as it is produced under free competition or under a com- 
plete or partial monopoly. 

If the tax is imposed in the first place on the producer 
or the dealer, he will endeavour to shift it to the consumer, 
and whether he can do so or not depends upon similar con- 
ditions. In fact, theoretically, it is a matter of indifference 
from whom the tax is collected in the first place, and 
practically the method of collection is generally only of 
importance as regards the real burden on the first impo- 
sition of the tax. 

In general, the price will rise to the consumer more than 
in proportion to the tax, because the supervision necessary 
for the tax will prevent various economies and improve- 
ments ; the rise in price will check demand and contract 
supply, and there will thus be a further check to econo- 
mies and improvements ; a large capital may be required 
to advance the tax, and this advantage to large capitals 
restricts competition and increases the power of monopoly 
and combination. The truth in these positions is abun- 
dantly illustrated in the history of British finance. 

At the same time, however, the exceptions are of interest 
theoretically. If the commodity follows the law of dimin- 
ishing return, the tax will cause a recession of the margin, 
and the marginal cost being less apart from the tax the 
price will so far rise less than by the amount of the tax. 
If, however, the commodity follows the law of increasing 
return, the price will rise through the contraction of supply 
more than in proportion to the tax. If there is a monopoly, 
in general the price will not rise to the full extent of the 
tax, and in certain cases it may not rise at all, the whole 
tax falling on the monopolist. 



476 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

It is to be observed that the producer may, in 
certain cases, be able to shift part of the tax to wages, 
as the contraction of supply will lower the demand for 
labour. 

Ultimately, however, the relative net advantages of the 
kinds of labour involved must be restored, although if 
there has been a monopoly element in the wages the loss 
will not be recovered. 

In all cases of internal taxation it is, of course, assumed 
that corresponding customs duties are levied on similar 
commodities and possible substitutes. 

The determination of the incidence of import duties de- 
pends on the theory of foreign trade, and, in my opinion, is 
best worked out in terms of prices. Suppose that a heavy 
import duty is suddenly imposed, the foreign producer will 
not send the product to the taxing country, if other free 
markets are open, unless the importer pays the tax. The 
payment of the tax will, however, check the demand, and 
there will be a consequent reaction on production. If the 
taxing country has been taking a large part of the foreign 
supply (a partial buyers' monopoly), the foreigner may be 
compelled to bear part of the tax to lessen his loss ; and if 
the commodity is more or less of a producers' monopoly, or 
is produced according to diminishing return, the price to 
the taxing country will never rise to the full extent of 
the tax. If, on the other hand, the demand of the tax- 
ing country is relatively small, if supply can be readily 
adjusted, and if other free markets are predominant, the 
whole of the tax will fall on the consumer, and the price 
may rise more than by the amount of the tax, owing to 
the indirect influences already noticed. Most commonly 



TAXES ON CONSUMABLE COMMODITIES 477 

the tax falls (with the surcharges) on the consumer, and 
it seldom happens that the conditions are such that it 
will strike the particular foreign producer seriously. He 
will seek other employment for his capital or other mar- 
kets for his produce. It must be remembered also that 
the case of a monopoly is much more rare than may ap- 
pear at first sight. It does not follow that, because one 
country only produces a certain commodity, it is therefore 
sold at a monopoly price. In order that this may be done, 
there must be perfect combination amongst all the pro- 
ducers, as appears to be the ideal of modern trusts. But 
under modern conditions there are very few important 
commodities, if any (having regard to effective substi- 
tutes), which are confined to any one country, and a com- 
bination between producers of different countries is still 
more difficult to obtain. 

The case of diminishing return is also practically of still 
less importance. If, for example, Britain imposed a tax 
on wheat, it is doubtful if any part of it would fall on the 
foreign producer. 

When equilibrium is restored after the imposition of 
the tax, it is plain that the price in the taxing country 
will differ from the price in the producing country by the 
amount of the tax (and its charges) and the cost of car- 
riage. In general, the price will be determined by the 
conditions of supply and demand in the country of ori- 
gin, and the taxing country as a rule has only a minor 
influence, relatively to the whole commercial world, 
upon the demand. 

The ulterior effects consequent on the disturbance of 
international trade and the necessary readjustments will 



478 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

also, in general, be unfavourable to the country imposing 
the tax. The diminution of imports will check exports 
either directly or indirectly, since imports are paid for by 
exports. It is true that the productive power formerly 
employed in making these exports may be used to make 
commodities for the home market, and at the same time 
also the taxation of the foreign products may lead to an 
increased demand for the products of home labour. This, 
indeed, is the foundation of one part of the theory of pro- 
tection. And it is clear that if before the duty the pro- 
ductive power of the country had been most advantageously 
distributed, the redistribution consequent on the duty 
must involve some loss. In brief, any import duty so far 
restricts the aggregate of foreign trade, and in general 
such a contraction is disadvantageous, although there are 
exceptions. 

An import duty to be effective for revenue purposes 
must be supported by corresponding excise duties on the 
commodity and its substitutes. Similarly the commodity 
must be taxed, whatever its use. Thus it is said that the 
new import duty on sugar will also fall on blacking into 
which molasses enters, and to some extent also it will 
fall on beer and ham. 

The imposition of an export duty on coal by the British 
government in 1901 has given a special interest to the 
general theory of such duties. The popular idea is that 
because a tax on an import falls on the home consumer, 
therefore a tax on an export will fall on the foreign con- 
sumer. But this argument omits two essential considera- 
tions. The export duty is not and cannot be supported 
by corresponding excise duties in the foreign country, and, 



TAXES ON CONSUMABLE COMMODITIES 479 

secondly, the foreign country, instead of being a limited 
area, consists of the whole commercial world. 

If export duties fell wholly or mainly on the foreign 
country, it would surely be to the economic interest of all 
nations to adopt export duties, but in modern states they 
are insignificant compared with import duties. 

The complete abolition of duties on exports would 
hardly affect the finances of the European states, whilst 
anything that disturbed the revenue from imports would 
be the cause of grave concern to nearly all nations. 

The mercantilists imposed specially heavy duties on 
certain exports, e.g. on the raw materials of manufacture 
and on the instruments of production. These duties, how- 
ever, were intended to check exportation rather than to 
yield revenue ; and in the extreme case, which was very 
common, they were intentionally prohibitive. The idea 
was to preserve peculiar national advantages for the home 
producer, and in some cases to cheapen important com- 
modities to the home consumer. The case of revenue 
export duties is quite different. As regards the incidence 
on the first imposition, the trader will ask the foreign 
consignee to pay the duty, but whether the foreigner will 
consent to do so, in whole or in part, depends on the possi- 
bility of his obtaining substitutes and on the intensity of 
his demand. With the extension and development of 
commerce and the advance of the practical sciences bearing 
on industry, the possibility of finding substitutes is vastly 
increased and the intensity of demand is proportionately 
lessened. If, however, the foreigner can obtain his sup- 
ply from other sources, plainly he will not pay the tax. 
Accordingly the producers of the export (including the 



480 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

whole series engaged in completing the act of production 
by delivery into the hands of the foreign consumer) must 
pay the tax, or the trade must cease or be greatly dimin- 
ished. 

If the taxed commodity comes under the rare category 
of national monopoly, it is possible that the whole of the 
tax may fall on the foreign consumer. The term mo- 
nopoly, as in the case of import duties, again requires 
a careful interpretation. Even supposing that only one 
country, (say) England, produces a particular commodity, 
(say) smokeless coal, that is a "necessary" to other 
nations, it will not command a monopoly price unless all 
the producers make an effective combination. 1 

And, moreover, if there were such an effective combi- 
nation which had secured a monopoly price, the export 
duty would fall wholly, or to a great extent, on the mo- 
nopolists. If the trade would bear a higher price and 
yield a greater return, why did the traders not impose the 
tax for their own benefit ? 

If, however, the producers of the so-called monopoly had 
been competing with one another, then it is quite possible 
that the imposition of the export duty may cause a rise 
to the foreign consumer, and if his demand is highly 
inelastic, or he must get his supply quand meme, he will 
pay practically the whole of the tax. 

In this case there would be no check to the export 
trade, and accordingly no secondary disturbance of the 
home trade. 

3. Rules for Taxes on Consumable Commodities. — The 
general canons of taxation have been applied to frame 

1 See above as regards import duties. 



TAXES ON CONSUMABLE COMMODITIES 481 

special rules for taxes on commodities. Only such taxes 
should be imposed as will yield a considerable revenue, or, 
in other words, the taxes ought to be productive. 

The canon of equality enjoins that, if possible, taxes 
should be ad valorem and not specific. 

The canon of certainty enjoins that the tariff should be 
clear to all concerned. One great difficulty in ad valorem 
duties is the uncertainty as regards tests of quality. 

The canon of convenience finds its chief illustration in 
taxes on commodities. A large revenue may be raised 
from commodities when the limits of productiveness by 
direct taxation have long been left behind. Mill gives as 
his second rule that when possible the tax should be levied 
directly from the consumer. On the ground of economy 
this is perhaps theoretically justifiable, but it breaks down 
as regards convenience. It is much more convenient to the 
authorities and to the taxpayers to levy excise and cus- 
toms duties than to attempt to collect the taxes directly 
from consumers. 

The canon of economy also finds frequent illustration 
— both positive and negative — in taxes on commodities. 
Such taxes are more costly than appears at first sight. 
The official statements of the cost of collection of such 
taxes cannot include the indirect cost through the re- 
straints imposed upon trade. 1 

4. Direct and Indirect Taxes Compared. — In spite of the 
evils that are associated with indirect taxation, and are only 
partially prevented by fiscal improvements, it has been found 
necessary by all the great nations of modern times to retain 

1 Cf. Cliffe Leslie's Essay on Financial Reform, Cobdeu Club Essays 
(1871-1872). 
2i 



482 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

customs and excise duties as an important part of the tax 
system. In England, Russia, and France the excises and 
customs yield about half the national revenues. In Ger- 
many the imperial legislation regulates the customs and 
excises on salt, tobacco, spirituous liquors, beer, and sugar, 
and with three exceptions the constituent States do not 
tax these things. In the United States the federal gov- 
ernment draws most of its revenue from excises and cus- 
toms in nearly equal proportion. In comparing direct 
and indirect taxes both must be considered as parts of 
the whole tax system. The chief merit in either case 
is that the one remedies the defects of the other. Both 
are simply methods of taking wealth from private per- 
sons for public purposes. In favour of direct taxes it 
is argued that the contributors know exactly what they 
are paying, and accordingly, under a system of represen- 
tative government, it is supposed that they will exercise 
a judicious check on expenditure. On this ground it is 
a matter for regret that in Britain the limit of exemption 
from the income tax has been placed so high. On the 
other hand, however, it is maintained that direct taxa- 
tion of incomes below a certain minimum involves dis- 
proportionate sacrifice, and the mode of payment causes 
a still greater loss. Direct taxes cannot be collected 
piecemeal. It was found in Germany that in the case 
of smaller incomes direct taxes were paid by selling 
and pawning the furniture — an evil which still pre- 
vails in spite of the rise in the limit of exemption. Ex- 
cept on their first imposition, the amount of indirect 
taxes is not known by the taxpayers. An old tax is 
no tax in many senses — inter alia it seems to form 



TAXES ON CONSUMABLE COMMODITIES 483 

part of the natural or cost price. How many of the 
consumers of spirits and tobacco have any idea of the 
portion of the cost that depends on taxation? This 
concealment of the burden, though it may be conven- 
ient to the taxpayer, is likely to promote extravagance 
on the part of the government. Direct taxation in 
many forms is liable to the frauds incident on self-as- 
sessment or other modes of evasion. The British In- 
come Tax has furnished startling examples, and the 
American property tax is still more notorious. On the 
other hand, taxation of commodities is a direct encour- 
agement to adulteration and to smuggling. 1 

1 Principles, Chap. XIII, and works cited above. 



CHAPTER VII ' 

FREE TRADE AND PROTECTION 

1. Meaning of Free Trade. — Free trade is sometimes 
used in a loose popular sense as equivalent to laisser faire 
or non-interference ; but historically it refers to a particular 
policy as regards international or foreign trade. In this 
sense its principal characteristics are absence of differential 
duties and of artificial encouragements such as bounties by 
which the home producer would be favoured as compared 
with the foreigner in the same industry. The essence of 
free trade is equality and uniformity in the financial treat- 
ment of home, colonial, and foreign produce of the same 
kind. Thus taxes on commodities for revenue purposes 
only, although they are of foreign origin exclusively (e.g. 
tea), are not held to infringe the rule, nor are duties on 
imports, provided there are corresponding excise duties on 
similar products. Similarly, absolute prohibition of im- 
ports, if equivalent penalties are imposed on the home 
production, does not offend against the principle of free 
trade (e.g. immoral books or prints). The principal prac- 
tical difficulty arises in the interpretation of "substitutes" 
and "similars." It is not easy to find a fair common 
measure for home and foreign articles that differ in 
quality. Thus with wines, beer, and spirits the alcoholic 
test alone is obviously unfair; and a simple ad valorem 
tax is also inequitable, because the effect on demand will 

484 



FREE TRADE AND PROTECTION 485 

vary in different cases. In a sense, indeed, any taxation 
of foreign goods which cannot be produced at home {e.g. 
tropical produce) gives an artificial encouragement to 
home industries. If tea and coffee are taxed, the use of 
aerated waters and home-made wines may be encouraged. 
The case of drawbacks presents similar difficulties. If 
the drawback is exactly the equivalent of the duty, it 
simply restores trade to the state of freedom ; but if it 
exceeds the original tax, it degenerates into a bounty, and, 
indeed, most bounties on exports are disguised in the form 
of drawbacks. 

2. Free Trade and the Consumer. — If the question be 
regarded solely from the point of view of the consumer, 
it is easy to establish the general case in favour of free 
trade. With freedom of competition no foreign com- 
modity would be imported unless it could be sold at least 
as cheaply as when produced at home, and in general it 
may be said the foreign article would only gain an entrance 
by being offered at a lower rate. Thus to discourage 
importation by taxes would be to raise prices. Free 
imports encourage cheapness and abundance. It may 
also be argued that free exports give the greatest encour- 
agement to free imports, whilst bounties on exports by 
lessening the supply at home raise prices to the home 
consumer and lower them to the foreigner. 

On the whole, if the consumer only is considered, and 
the indirect effects on production are left out of account, 
free trade is generally advantageous, and the exceptions 
though of theoretical interest are of relatively small im- 
portance. 

It may be objected, however, that all cheapness is rela- 



486 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

tive to the means of purchase, that is, to incomes of the 
consumers, and that in the last resort incomes depend 
upon production in the large sense of the term. 

3. The Protection of Home Industries : General View. — 
At first sight it seems plausible to assert that if foreign 
products are wholly or partially excluded from the home 
markets, there must be so much more employment for 
home labour and capital, and thus an increase of wages 
and profits. The refutation of this fallacy in its crude 
form is one of the greatest triumphs of the political 
economy which the successors of Adam Smith rendered 
simple and popular. The main positions in the refutation 
are indeed derived from Adam Smith. Bastiat's petition 
of the candle-makers against the sun, praying for the 
closure of windows in order that the production of arti- 
ficial light (and all the subsidiary industries) might be 
encouraged, was probably suggested by Adam Smith's 
illustration that wine could be made from grapes grown 
in Scotland. 

Again, the argument that industry is limited by capital, 
and that a government cannot directly augment capital, 
and, consequently, at the best can only determine the 
direction and not the volume of industry, is also taken 
directly from Adam Smith. Protection on this view 
may increase employment in any favoured industry, but 
it can only do so by withdrawing productive power from 
other industries in which the country has a greater natural 
advantage. The great maxim of free traders that imports 
must be paid for by exports amounts to saying that if 
foreign labour is encouraged by the free admission of 
foreign goods, home industries must be equally encour- 



FREE TRADE AXD PROTECTION 487 

aged because goods to an equal value must be exported 
to pay for these goods. Conversely, protection by pre- 
venting imports must discourage exports. In any case, 
also, the very object of protective duties is to raise the 
prices of the protected products in the home markets, 
and accordingly the consumers so far suffer and they 
have less to spend on "other things." Not only do the 
labourers lose as consumers, but protection to some 
industries leads to a lessened demand for the products 
of other industries, and " the mischief circulates." 

There is no doubt that these elementary arguments 
embody important practical truths which, as history 
proves, are liable to be overlooked. At the same time, 
however, the case for free trade has been greatly weak- 
ened by neglecting to make clear the assumptions implied 
and the qualifications to which they give rise. 

4. The Assumptions of the General Argument for Free 
Trade. — In the first place, it is assumed that labour and 
capital can be turned without loss or difficulty from a 
decaying into a thriving industry, and that if any home 
product is displaced by foreign competition, "something 
else " can be made immediately with the displaced pro- 
ductive power. But it may be objected that every 
industry requires a certain amount of specialised capital 
and peculiar skill and training. There is so much force 
in this objection that Adam Smith himself pointed out 
that freedom of trade should only be restored by slow 
gradations if the employment of labour would be endan- 
gered. And, conversely, it may be argued that " tempo- 
rary " protective duties should be enforced when an old 
industry is suddenly attacked by foreign competition. 



488 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

The difficulty of the transference of capital, however, is 
likely to be exaggerated, and the argument for vested 
interests may be turned round. One great practical 
objection to "temporary" protective duties — for what- 
ever reason granted — is the danger of creating vested 
interests which cannot be disturbed without some kind 
of compensation. 

Secondly, the popular general argument assumes that 
the capital and labour of a country must remain within 
its own borders. This position again is in the main so 
true that it is taken as the basis of the theory of inter- 
national trade. But the appeal to history also shows that 
industries may migrate, not only from place to place 
within a country, but also from country to country. 
Thus, foreign bounties might destroy some important 
home industry which, even after the removal of the 
bounties, the country might never recover. More gen- 
erally a free-trade country placed in the midst of a group 
of protectionist countries is liable to disturbances and 
attacks which may vitally injure its industries. The 
case of " trusts " is at present the most important. Pro- 
tected in the home market, they can sell there at monop- 
oly prices ; and abroad they can sell below cost. 

Thirdly, the maxim that imports are paid for by exports 
may be reversed. No doubt all trade is reciprocal, but it 
may be said that unless a country's exports are sent by the 
best route to the best market, they cannot purchase so great 
a quantity of imports, and we may more reasonably regard 
the export trade as active and the import trade as passive 
than the converse. If, for example, to take an extreme 
case, other nations or an important combination effectually 



FREE TRADE AND PROTECTION 489 

excluded English exports from their markets, England 
would be unable to pay for her imports, and imports 
must cease. 

Practically, no doubt, the foreign countries concerned 
could not afford to lose the English market for their goods 
if the closure were applied suddenly and extensively, but 
the danger lies in the cumulative effects of foreign pro- 
tective duties, and the gradual exclusion of English goods 
from foreign markets. The natural remedy would appear 
to be found in commercial treaties on a reciprocity basis ; 
but the great difficulty for the free-trade country is that 
it has no particular advantages to offer in exchange. 

Fourthly, the general argument assumes that so long 
as the capital of a country can be employed with equal 
profit, the method of application is a matter of indiffer- 
ence. Not only was this position not approved of by 
Adam Smith, but it was distinctively controverted by him. 1 

Adam Smith used as his principal test of the advantages 
of employing capital, not the rate of profit to be obtained, 
but the amount of labour employed in the home country, 
and the benefit derived from the direct consumption of 
the capital. 

Fifthly, the popular argument, that if protection is 
good for one country against another, it must also be good 
for one district, town, etc., against others in the same 
country, which is supposed to be a reductio ad absurdum 
of protection, is, in reality, quite irrelevant and generally 
fallacious. From the national point of view, the migra- 
tion of industries within its borders is a matter of indiffer- 
ence, or rather, is, in general, a national gain. Thus the 

1 See above, Book III, Chap. XV. 



490 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

abandonment of the mediaeval protectionist system in 
which every town protected itself against all others, and 
insisted on its " ancient customs," was accompanied by a 
great expansion of industrial power; but, at the same 
time, while some places waxed, others waned. And, 
although this parochial protectionism has disappeared, the 
commercial rivalry of nations is as strong as ever, and the 
land would fare ill from which the capital and labour 
migrated, though the rest of the world might gain. There 
is not only the possibility of a " something else," but of 
a " somewhere else " to be considered ; and herein lies the 
danger of organised attacks by foreign competitors. 

The popular argument that the natural employment of 
productive powers, which, at the time, is most profitable, 
is also both immediately and ultimately the most advan- 
tageous to a nation, also breaks down theoretically when 
applied to particular cases. 

5. Theoretical Exceptions to Free Trade. 1 — The prin- 
cipal theoretical exceptions to free trade may be deduced 
from the possible disadvantages of foreign trade to a 
particular country, which was considered in connection 
with the general theory of foreign trade (Book III, 
Chap. XV). At this stage, where we are rather con- 
cerned with the advisability of giving practical effect to 
the theory, a simple enumeration of the important cases 
must suffice. 

It is said, first, that every nation should retain for the 
benefit of its own people any peculiar natural resources, 

1 Special cases for the application of protection would perhaps be 
a better title for this section. Compare Bastable's International Trade, 
Chap. IX. 



FREE TRADE AXD PROTECTION 491 

and if possible any inventions and artificial means of pro- 
duction. It is impossible, however, as regards the remote 
future, to tell whether the peculiar value attached to 
natural resources will continue, whilst the immediate 
injury to trade is obvious. Just as sea-coal displaced 
charcoal, so water power and electricity may displace 
steam ; and as regards the export of machinery, prohi- 
bition is useless when things can be imitated, and the 
limitation of export would check development. 

A second exception to free trade has been urged on the 
ground of national independence. Adam Smith apparently 
approved of the principle of the Navigation Acts, although 
it is generally forgotten that when dealing with colonial 
policy he strongly condemns all the regulations and ma- 
chinery by which this principle was carried out. And as 
a matter of fact this was the first part of the mercantile 
system to be severely attacked. This argument of national 
independence was chiefly relied on by the opponents of the 
repeal of the Corn Laws, but it now needs no showing 
that Britain has gained far more in military strength 
through the growth of wealth and population than she 
has lost by the contraction of corn-growing. 

Again, the inter-dependence of nations is mutual, and 
the best guarantee for peace is the extension of commerce. 

A third exception to free trade is especially applied to 
new countries. It is argued that protection is necessary 
to promote manufactures and the growth of towns, and 
that such development is necessary even for the encourage- 
ment of agriculture, e.g. wheat and frozen meat may be 
exported, but not all the by-products of agriculture, and 
in any case there is a loss in the cost of carriage. That 



492 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

the commerce of the towns causes the greatest improve- 
ments in the country, and the nearer the consumer is 
brought to the producer the better, are favourite positions 
of Adam Smith. 

It may be answered, however, that temporary protection 
is impossible owing to the creation of vested interests, 
that new countries especially require capital, which is 
repelled and diminished by protection, and that the artifi- 
cial forcing of new industries is not advantageous in the 
long run. Professor Taussig has shown by a detailed 
account of the development of the cotton, woollen, and 
iron manufactures in the first part of the nineteenth 
century in the United States that, though all the condi- 
tions were favourable to the protection of young indus- 
tries, little if anything was gained. 

A fourth exception is the celebrated case of retaliation. 
This has been generally approved, provided the object is 
to compel the foreigner to take off objectionable duties. 
The practical objection, however, is that retaliation is 
likely to provoke further retaliation rather than reci- 
procity. 

A fifth exception to free trade is found in the alleged 
necessity of protecting highly paid labour against the 
pauper labour of foreign countries. It may be replied 
that high wages do not make dear labour, and that they 
promote efficiency ; and if protection is necessary to keep 
up the rate of wages, the higher wages are a tax upon the 
consumers of the article produced, and in general the 
higher nominal wages are gained at the expense of a fall 
in real wages. Still, theoretically, this exception is valid 
under certain conditions, and cheapness to the consumer 



FREE TRADE AND PROTECTION 493 

may be of less importance than the well-being of the 
producer. 

A number of exceptions to free trade are to a great 
extent political and social, and only partially economic 
in the narrower sense. This is partly true of the cases 
already noticed, and in other cases is still more marked. 
Sometimes the object of interference is to injure other 
nations, as the Navigation Acts were mainly directed 
against the Dutch ; and sometimes conversely to concili- 
ate by conceding advantages, as in the case of the great 
French Commercial Treaty of 18G0. The exclusion of 
certain foreign products is sometimes justified with the 
view of improving the quality of home labour. No nation 
would be content to remain as a hewer of wood and 
grower of corn, and the higher the forms of industry in 
which the workers are engaged so much the better for 
the nation as a whole. The great argument of Frederick 
List is that protection is necessary for social development. 

It is assumed that if foreign wares of the higher class 
are excluded, they will be produced at home by native 
artists and craftsmen. It is, however, at least as proba- 
ble that the absence of foreign competition would check 
development, and that the best way to promote the higher 
forms of industry is not by the simple process of exclu- 
sion, but rather by improvements in the education of the 
people. 

The natural result of free trade is to stimulate compe- 
tition, invention, and variety of enterprise, whilst the 
natural result of protection is to establish routine 
methods. 

Finally, there are certain exceptional conditions under 



494 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

which it is theoretically possible by the judicious manipu- 
lation of duties to extract a certain amount of revenue 
from the foreigner. Such cases occur when the country 
in question has either a buyer's or a seller's monopoly ; in 
the former case it may gain by import, and in the latter 
by export, duties. Technically, duties of this kind in- 
fringe the general maxims of free trade, and practically 
they are of little importance, and, so far as practicable, 
are likely to lead to retaliation and to foster national 
animosity. 

On the whole, then, it appears that, at any rate in the 
case of highly developed nations, although there are many 
cases " worthy of deliberation," there are very few worthy 
of adoption. And this view is strengthened by the nega- 
tive argument in favour of free trade and by the appeal to 
experience. 

6. The Negative Argument for Free Trade. — It is one 
thing to allow that provided a government were perfectly 
wise and perfectly powerful — in brief, a deus ex machina 
worked by perpetual motion — it might impose such taxes 
at its frontiers as would not only yield a revenue in some 
cases, but in others would assist in directing the labour 
and capital of the country into the most advantageous 
channels ; but it is quite another thing to admit that any 
government is capable of managing the affairs of a great 
nation in this way. Those who quote Adam Smith for 
his theoretical exceptions, forget that he always laid 
most stress on the negative side of his argument ; that is 
to say, on the weakness and incapacity of governments. 
His final opinion is that the statesman who should attempt 
to direct private people in what manner they ought to 



FREE TRADE AND PROTECTION 495 

employ their capital, is guilty of dangerous folly and pre- 
sumption. This opinion is confirmed and illustrated by 
the appeal to history elaborated in the fourth book of the 
Wealth of Nations. And, if here and there a few frag- 
ments of the old policy have been rescued from the general 
wreckage by the labours of subsequent writers, the cumu- 
lative effect of the argument has hardly been weakened. 
Nor has it been much affected by the history of the nine- 
teenth century, if in the interpretation the fallacy of post 
hoc ergo propter hoc is avoided. In the United Kingdom 
there can be little question that the rapid industrial devel- 
opment that has occurred was only possible through free 
trade. And, as regards the United States, it must be re- 
membered that the immense area over which internal free 
trade prevailed was amply sufficient to secure most of the 
benefits of free competition. Similarly, the recent experi- 
ence of German trade is associated with the Zoll-Verein 
over a wide area. 

In conclusion, one other aspect of the negative argu- 
ment may be emphasised. As regards most countries, the 
total foreign trade is a minor part of the whole trade. 
Even in the United Kingdom there are at present fewer 
persons employed in all the textile trades than in agricul- 
ture. The aggregate value of the receipts of the railways 
of the United Kingdom is about equal in amount to the 
total value of yarns and textile fabrics exported, which 
again is about one-third of the total exports. 

And not only is the foreign trade only a minor part of 
the aggregate trade of most nations, but the utmost effect 
of artificial restraints and encouragements is relatively 
still less. Protective duties and bounties, at the best, 



496 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

can only direct the employment of a comparatively small 
amount of the labour and capital of a country ; the greater 
part will be employed according to the natural and ac- 
quired advantages of the country relatively to those of 
other countries. " The tariff system of a country is but 
one of many factors entering into its general prosperity " 
(Taussig). 1 

1 Principles, Chap. XIV ; List, National System of Political Economy ; 
Wealth of Nations, Book IV ; Sidgwick, Political Economy, Book III, 
Chap. V; Taussig, Tariff History of the United States; Patten, Economic 
Basis of Protection ; Bastable, Theory of International Trade, also Com- 
merce of Nations; Gladstone, Financial Statements ; Buxton, Finance 
and Politics ; Dowell, History of Taxation, Vol. II ; Morley, Life of 
Cobden; Armitage Smith, The Free Trade Movement ; Farrer and Giffen, 
The State in its Relation to Trade. 



CHAPTER VIII 

PRINCIPLES OF PUBLIC EXPENDITURE 

1. Nature of Public Expenditure. — " The question of 
expenditure," says Professor Bastable, " is just as much a 
financial problem as that of revenue. Neither in theory 
nor in practice is it advisable to separate them com- 
pletely." The opinion of Mr. Gladstone is still more 
emphatic, "Good finance consists more in the spending 
than in the collecting of revenue." 

Public expenditure is limited by public revenue, and 
the greater part of revenue (under actual conditions) is 
limited by the productiveness of taxes, by the consent 
of the taxpayers, by the indirect effects on the productive 
powers of the country, and various other economic and 
political facts, which together place an insuperable barrier 
to the indefinite expansion of taxation. 

The objects of public expenditure, on the other hand, 
are many in number, and in no case is it possible to reach 
the satiety point. There is thus a perennial struggle 
between conflicting claims, e.g. the navy and army, edu- 
cation, poor relief, sanitation, etc., and it is difficult to 
decide on the best method of distribution. 

Under a system of popular government (with expendi- 
ture constantly increasing) a reference to principles is 
more than ever necessary. There are also questions of 
fundamental importance regarding the best methods of 

2 k 497 



498 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

expenditure, and we ought to consider (as in taxation) 
the indirect as well as the direct effects. And indeed 
the treatment of taxation may in almost every particular 
be made the basis of a similar treatment of expenditure. 

Just as taxation is compulsory, from the point of view 
of the sovereign power, so also from the same point of 
view public expenditure may be said to be arbitrary. If, 
however, we trace the historical development of taxation 
and expenditure, we find that just as the compulsion of 
the former has been modified by the representation of 
the taxpayers, so also the control of expenditure in the 
interests of the public has been substituted for the 
arbitrary caprice of the sovereign power. The principle 
of no expenditure without the consent of the representa- 
tives was, however, only converted into a maxim of finance 
long after its analogue in taxation had been accepted ; and 
the principle of appropriation of supplies was not definitely 
established till after the Revolution of 1689. 

Again, the ancient rule in England, that all proposals 
for expenditure must come from the crown, which had its 
origin in the mediseval conception of sovereign power, 
has been developed into the modern constitutional doctrine 
that the ministry is responsible for the estimates submitted 
in the Budget. Thus, although the representatives of the 
people may throw out a government for the expenditure 
it proposes, they cannot directly substitute other schemes. 

The furthering of the people's well-being was long re- 
garded only as a means to the ends of the State. " L'etat 
c'est moV and " pauvre royaume pauvre roV are concrete 
expressions of the same idea. 

The same process of development may be seen with 



PRINCIPLES OF PUBLIC EXPENDITURE 499 

regard to the management of the industrial domain of 
the State and of royalties and similar sources of revenue. 
The old idea was that, as in the case of private estates, 
the property of the crown should be managed so as to 
yield a maximum net revenue. The modern idea is that 
the production of net revenue is altogether of secondary 
importance. The post-office and, since the fall in silver, 
the mint, both produce in England a net revenue, but the 
yield of revenue ought to be considered as purely inci- 
dental if not accidental. The present tendency in local 
finance to look to municipal trading for the relief of rates 
seems, from the point of view of history, regressive rather 
than progressive. 

2. Classification of Public Expenditure. — It might, per- 
haps, be thought of the nature of a truism to assert that 
public expenditure ought to be for public purposes ; but 
in expenditure as in taxation the quid pro quo principle is 
sometimes applied. 

It is better to take separately the two distinct ideas that 
are blended in this principle; namely, the idea of benefit 
and the idea of payment made. As regards benefit alone, 
all kinds of public expenditure must be held to confer a 
common benefit or to satisfy a public want as their essen- 
tial justification, although they also — all of them — in- 
cidentally confer special benefits on individuals or classes 
or localities. Thus defence ostensibly is for the common 
benefit only ; but as a matter of history most wars have 
been undertaken in the defence of particular places or 
classes or even individuals. Poor relief is ostensibly for 
the benefit of the particular individuals concerned ; but as 
a matter of public policy it confers common benefits in the 



500 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

prevention of crime and in the satisfaction of the sense 
of justice or of charity. Free education manifestly con- 
fers special benefits both on the particular children and 
their particular parents ; but, again, the common benefit 
is very great. Finally, as regards the expenditure, which 
is said to confer only a special benefit on individuals, it 
may be said that the final cause of all progress in public 
expenditure has been the abolition of this class. From 
being the greatest, it has become the least in importance. 
Public expenditure which does not confer some common 
benefit or answer some public purpose, ought not to exist 
in the modern State. One of the greatest financial re- 
forms has been the substitution of the principle of common 
benefit for the benefit of particular " interests." 

Even if the particular individuals benefited pay the 
whole cost of the undertaking, and, to take a still stronger 
case, even if they pay so much as to give a profit, public 
management is not justified unless it can be shown that 
some public interest is subserved. 

The payment for the benefit conferred ought not to 
be considered from the point of view of the individual. 
The penny that is paid for sending a letter to New Zea- 
land does not in any sense represent the benefit to the 
particular individuals directly interested. 

The basis of classification from this standpoint ought 
to be the whole amount of revenue obtained by the State 
in return for the services rendered. On this basis public 
expenditure may be classified as follows : — 

First, expenditure without any direct return by way of 
revenue, e.g. poor relief; or in extreme cases even with 
indirect loss, e.g. expenditure on war. 



PRINCIPLES OF PUBLIC EXPENDITURE 501 

Secondly, expenditure without direct return, but with 
indirect benefit to the revenue, e.g. for education, it being 
supposed that eventually the educated are better tax- 
payers or cause less expense as paupers or criminals. 

Thirdly, expenditure with partial direct return, e.g. edu- 
cation for which fees are received, subsidised railways that 
pay part of their expense. 

Fourthly, expenditure that obtains a full return or in 
extreme cases yields a profit in addition, e.g. the post- 
office, gas-works, and generally state industries. 

3. Analogies from Taxation. — Other characteristics of 
taxation suggest corresponding analogies in expenditure. 
Corresponding, for example, to the illegitimate evasion of 
taxes we have the illegitimate appropriation of public 
funds — an enormous evil in former times ; whilst to 
the legitimate evasion of taxes by the process of substi- 
tution may be likened the claims for doles and subven- 
tions from the treasury or the evasion of the duty of self- 
support. 

All taxes, it has been seen, fall on persons, although 
nominally imposed on things or transactions. The natural 
correlative might appear, on first inspection, to be that all 
public expenditure benefits particular persons. Such an 
inversion, however, is not in conformity with the general 
characteristics already described. It would rather appear 
that in public expenditure the benefit to the individual is 
not the primary consideration. The State must rather be 
held to spend public money for public objects, and the 
nature of these objects is determined partly by history and 
tradition, partly by various political, religious, social, or 
moral ideas and ideals. 



502 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

On the strict analog}' cf the definition of taxation the 
definition of public expenditure may be formulated : — 

Public expenditure is the distribution by the sovereign 
power of the revenues of the State for the service of the 
public powers. 

4. The Principles of Expenditure. — In considering the 
principles of public expenditure we may take as a guide 
the corresponding principles of taxation. There is then 
much need to emphasise the position that just as demand 
and supply, consumption and production, exports and im- 
ports, are correlative and inter-dependent, so also are public 
revenue and public expenditure. 

The simple doctrine of sovereignty as the basis of tax- 
ation finds its analogue in expenditure in the position that 
the State spends its revenues according to the dictates of 
the sovereign power. The further question, however, at 
once arises, What should determine the dictates of the 
sovereign power ? The general answer, as in the case of 
taxation, is that the money should be used in the manner 
most conducive to the public interest. It took many 
centuries to convert this saying from a paradox into a 
truism. 

It may also be argued, pursuing the former line of in- 
quiry, that one great public interest is justice, and that 
the analogue to equality of sacrifice in taxation is equality 
of benefit in expenditure. But even as regards taxation, it 
has been shown that equality of sacrifice, considered as the 
ultimate basis or test, is open to serious objections, and 
these objections are far stronger when applied to the con- 
verse case of equality of benefit in expenditure. The 
greater part of public expenditure is for public objects in 



PRINCIPLES OF PUBLIC EXPENDITURE 503 

which no attempt can be made to distribute the benefit 
amongst individuals, e.g. the cost of defence. 

The ideal of minimum sacrifice, or disutility, seems much 
better adapted than equality of sacrifice for conversion 
into a maxim of expenditure. /The natural analogue, it 
may be said, to minimum disutility in taxation, is maximum 
utility in expenditure. / And although the application of 
the conception is rather formal than material, it may be of 
service as a regulative idea and as a destroyer of fallacies, 
especially when expressed with reference to total and 
marginal utilities. There is no more popular fallacy than 
to suppose that because some kinds of public expenditure 
are classed as necessary, therefore they must always rank 
before those which are only classed as optional. Although 
the utilitarian calculus cannot be applied very far, the 
distinction between total and final utility may often indi- 
cate the necessity of checking extravagance in one direc- 
tion and beginning expenditure in another. A minimum 
amount of defence or protection may have assigned to it 
an infinite utility, but the utility rapidly diminishes, and 
necessity passes into luxury or display. The ideal of public 
expenditure on the utilitarian principle would be attained 
when the public utility of the marginal expenditure in 
each case is equal. 

The most popular application of the utility theory is 
in favour of increasing the expenditure on the poor and 
needy. Logically, however, the principle may be applied 
in favour of diminishing public expenditure on the rich 
or less needy. From this point of view the idea of mak- 
ing old age pensions universal is absurd ; to the poor in 
very deed, and to the deserving poor in particular, the 



504 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

utility of a moderate pension would be very great ; but to 
those already provided for by children or friends the pen- 
sion would be a bad substitute for natural charity. 

On the same principle there is no reason why education 
should be free in all cases because in the public interest 
it is made free in some. 

The maxim that the State should not do for people 
what they can do for themselves, may also be supported 
on the principle under consideration. It may well happen 
that state aid, which is very useful in extreme cases of 
poverty, becomes less and less useful as we ascend in the 
social scale, and finally becomes harmful or mischievous. 

The application of the faculty theory to expenditure 
gives as the first result that the standard must be objec- 
tive, not subjective. Such an objective standard is pro- 
vided in the constitutional rule that the money voted by 
the popular assembly is appropriated, and can only be 
applied, to certain specified kinds of expenditure. The 
taxes that are levied according to faculty are expended 
according to public requirements, which admit of a defi- 
nite, concrete statement. The apportionment amongst these 
public requirements is determined by the representative 
government, which again represents various ideas and 
various interests. 

The social and political effects of public expenditure 
are generally of even greater importance than in the 
converse case of taxation. The primary object of taxation 
is to raise revenue ; the social effects are indirect and sec- 
ondary. But the very object of public expenditure is to 
attain certain social and political ends. The correspond- 
ing analogue, however, to this aspect of taxation, seems 



PRINCIPLES OF PUBLIC EXPENDITURE 505 

rather to be that in expenditure also there may be indirect 
and secondary effects which sometimes are considered of 
more importance than the primary or ostensible object. 
The ulterior effects may altogether exceed in benefit the 
immediate results, as in the claim made for free education. 
On the whole, it may be said that in public expenditure 
(as in taxation) great care should be taken to avoid in- 
direct evils, and the hopes placed on indirect benefits 
should not be exaggerated. These, no doubt, are formal 
counsels, but they are none the less useful guides for the 
arrangement of facts; and the reference to history shows 
their vital importance, — witness the indirect effects of 
public expenditure on the church, the poor, and the privi- 
leged classes. 

The principle of formal justice may also be applied to 
expenditure. If public money is spent on any public 
object, it should be spent on other objects that are practi- 
cally similar. The Kantian imperative, " Act on a maxim 
which thou canst will to be law universal," is certainly the 
golden rule for the exchequer. It must be observed, how- 
ever, that special benefit may be conferred on one class or 
area or industry, without infringing this maxim, if thereby 
the public would benefit — whilst in other cases apparently 
similar this would not be the case. The actual expen- 
diture of public money for defence no doubt benefits cer- 
tain districts, e.g. naval ports and military centres, and it 
benefits, also, certain industries ; but such particular bene- 
fit is only secondary and conditional. The real object 
ought to be efficiency in case of war, and not false charity 
in time of peace. 

The great use of the rule is negative : never act on a 



506 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

principle that cannot be extended, e.g. do not give to the 
Irish cottar what you will not give to the Scottish crofter. 
It may, however, be admitted that sometimes the State 
should revert to the mediaeval device of making experi- 
ments, limited in various ways in time and place. 

Much of the public expenditure for local purposes is 
provided by local taxation. If the benefit, e.g. a public 
garden, is purely local, the poorer localities, on this prin- 
ciple, have no claim on the central government or on 
richer areas for assistance in providing the benefit; but 
conversely, if the expense is to fulfil a public duty, e.g. 
compulsory education, such a claim holds good and is 
generally recognised. 

Public expenditure ought to be definite and certain, and 
open to public criticism. The appeal to history is decisive, 
both as to the reality and the importance of this rule. The 
secrecy in respect to public revenue and expenditure that 
was formerly so noticeable, and which has been expelled by 
the growth of constitutional government, had extremely 
injurious effects. On the one hand, prodigality and injus- 
tice often escaped notice ; while on the other hand, fair and 
legitimate taxation and expense were, through ignorance, 
frequently regarded as grievances. Publicity and respon- 
sibility have been shown by a lengthened experience to 
be necessary conditions for an efficient administration of 
finance. The efficiency of the machinery depends in the 
last resort on the practical wisdom and the incorruptibility 
(direct and indirect) of the individuals who represent the 
people. 

In practice, also, publicity involves an independent and 
searching audit. " Of all expedients for the preservation 



PRINCIPLES OF PUBLIC EXPENDITURE 507 

of public property, it is the most simple, ready, and self- 
acting." 

The canon of convenience may be best illustrated from 
the opposite. The local finance of England afforded a 
striking example, until the recent reforms, of the incon- 
venience of a multitude of boards spending money for 
different objects. " The truth is, we have a chaos as 
regards authorities, a chaos as regards rates, and a worse 
chaos than all as regards areas" (Mr. Goschen in 1871). 

One great difficulty in the control of expenditure is to 
reconcile the necessary routine of official practice with the 
convenience of the public. This difficulty is most serious 
and noticeable in times of war or other public strain, al- 
though at all times the inconvenience associated with red 
tape is proverbial. 

In general, however, the canon of convenience, in the 
larger sense of the term, may be brought under the canon 
of economy. 

Magnum parsimonia est vectigal ought to be applied in 
every budget ; parsimony in one direction may avoid tax- 
ation in another. The usual practical rules by which 
economy, in this narrow sense, is attained must, however, 
be widely extended with the development of the term 
economy. 

Economy in the means is the natural corollary of equity 
in the objects of expenditure. The aim ought to be to 
attain these objects in the most effective manner. Any- 
thing that is paid by government beyond what is requisite 
for efficiency is inequitable ; it benefits one class, or rather 
a few members of one class, at the expense of the public. 
It is true, no doubt, that there is room in state expendi- 



508 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

ture also for the economy of high wages, and even in the 
purchase of materials the dearest may be the cheapest with 
governments as with individuals ; but high wages are only 
economical in proportion to efficiency, and high prices in 
proportion to quality. At the present time there is a re- 
crudescence of an old fallacy : that the government ought 
to set the example of paying high wages — from the low- 
est to the highest appointments. The idea seems to be 
that the chief factor in the determination of wages ought 
to be the benevolence of the employer, and that as the 
government obtains its funds without any real cost, its 
benevolence should be so much the greater. Neither sup- 
position will bear analysis. 

Similarly, as regards the purchase of commodities, it is 
sometimes thought that the government ought to give 
more than private people. Economically it ought to give 
less. It buys in larger quantities, its payments are cer- 
tain, and its custom is valuable as an advertisement. And 
if in a case of need or of monopoly the State has a right 
to modify prices in the public interest, so it may also 
modify them in the interest of its own administration of 
public affairs. 

The principle of economy may sometimes be applied di- 
rectly as a check on state enterprise. All unproductive 
expenditure involves taxation, and all productive expen- 
diture that is to pay its cost must either be a monopoly 
which so far involves taxation, or it must be conducted 
like any other business. If private enterprise or volun- 
tary association is sufficient to meet any public want, the 
government, whether central or local, should generally let 
it alone. The chance of profit is balanced by the chance 



PRINCIPLES OF PUBLIC EXPENDITURE 509 

of loss, and the simple plan of taxation is preferable to 
speculation for profit as a method of providing public 
funds. 

A number of subordinate or derivative rules of expendi- 
ture may be derived from the clue afforded by taxation. 
Government expenditure should be directed to a com- 
paratively small number of great objects, and not to a 
multitude of small affairs. A driblet here and there is 
sure to offend against the canons of equity and economy. 
Grants in aid tend to be given in response to popular 
clamour or as rewards for political services, and so far 
take the place of the ancient pensions and direct bribery 
of the representatives of the people. It is sometimes said 
government should do a certain tiling because the expense 
is trifling. A trifling expense, on the contrary, shows, as 
a rule, that it is no fit matter for governmental action. 
Trifling expenses ought to be met from the small change 
of charity, not from the millions of public revenue ; if 
necessary, they should be the occasion not of appeals to 
government, but to persons. 

A good system of expenditure should as far as possible 
be self-regulating ; it should expand (and contract) with 
the public requirements. With growing wealth and popu- 
lation it is necessary to provide for increasing expenditure, 
and the various departments should be so constituted as to 
admit of natural expansion. At the present time this rule 
ought to be specially applicable in the provision for the 
naval and military services. Again, contraction of ex- 
penditure according to lessened requirements in certain 
branches is necessary both for economy and substitution. 
The expenditure also, in the various departments, ought to 



510 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

be accurately estimated. In practice, the normal expendi- 
ture should be met from normal revenue. Supplementary 
votes and extraordinary demands should be avoided as far 
as possible — otherwise the control of Parliament becomes 
nominal. It is bad policy if Parliament is only made to 
sanction expenditure already accomplished. 

In the progress of society, moreover, it is necessary to 
incur new modes of expenditure. No provision of machin- 
ery to meet old wants will suffice for the satisfaction of 
new demands. In many cases, however, the expense ought 
to be met not by increased taxation, but by substitution. 
With increase of wealth the increasing demands for educa- 
tion ought to be partially met, at any rate, by diminished 
demands from the poor ; as the education rate rises, the 
poor rate ought to fall. 

Finally, in case of a conflict of rules, if a compromise is 
impossible, the guidance of the stronger must be accepted. 
It may be said, for example, of expenditure, with still more 
force than of taxation, that a considerable degree of in- 
equality is preferable to a small degree of uncertainty; 
inequality only affects the private interests of particular 
persons, whilst uncertainty vitiates the whole system of 
public administration. 1 

1 Principles, Chaps. XV, XVI; Bastable, Public Finance ; Wealth of 
Nations, Book V; Plehn, Public Finance. 



CHAPTER IX 

COLONIES AND DEPENDENCIES 

1. Early History of British Colonies and Dependencies. — 
As in the case of other European nations, most of the 
British colonies were founded, and most of the dependen- 
cies acquired, under the influence of political ideas and 
ideals that would no longer be tolerated. Take first the 
case of colonies. It might naturally be supposed that the 
pressure of population and of capital at home gave a stimu- 
lus to colonisation, as in the case of the old Greek cities. 
It was, however, not the overflow of well-being, but of 
disorder and injustice in Europe which peopled and culti- 
vated America. 1 Religious persecution and political in- 
tolerance drove out Puritans, Quakers, Catholics, and Jews 
to make new settlements. Later on, the transportation of 
criminals relieved the prisons of the home country and pro- 
vided the colonial plantations with labour. The colonial 
labour market was further replenished by kidnapping and 
so-called apprenticeship, and by the importation and rear- 
ing of slaves. 

As the colonies grew in wealth, the mother country 
paid them more attention. The most obvious device to 
obtain a large share of that wealth for itself was to pre- 
vent it going to other countries, and an elaborate system 
was devised for the monopoly of the colonial trade. " The 

» See Wealth of Nations, Book IV, Chap. VII. 
511 



512 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

maintenance of the monopoly," said Adam Smith, just 
before the revolt of the American colonies, " has hitherto 
been the principal, or more properly, perhaps, the sole end 
and purpose of the dominion which Great Britain assumes 
over her colonies." 

At the very time when Adam Smith was writing it 
occurred to some of the most foolish and ignorant of our 
rulers that it would be an excellent thing to impose taxes 
on the colonies for imperial purposes ; and by the famous 
duties on tea they succeeded in raising about £300 and 
in losing the American colonies. 

It might naturally be supposed that this sharp lesson 
would have established, immediately and forever, the prin- 
ciple of non-interference in colonial affairs. But the con- 
trary was the case. The colonies, however popular their 
institutions, were really governed by British ministers from 
Downing Street. In crown colonies this power was ex- 
ercised directly ; in the free colonies it was exercised 
indirectly, through the governors and their councils. Self- 
government was there in theory, but in practice the 
governors ruled according to orders from England, and 
were, in general, able by devious means to command the 
consent of the local legislators. 1 Very often the inter- 
ference was more direct. Acts affecting only the internal 
affairs of the colonies were disallowed by ministers at 
home. The public lands were considered the property of 
the crown, and often obnoxious grants were made. Even 
religious institutions and endowments were regulated from 
home. One of the greatest abuses was patronage. Infants 
in the cradle were endowed with colonial appointments, 

i Cf. Erskine May, Vol. Ill, p. 160. 



COLONIES AND DEPENDENCIES 513 

to be executed through life by convenient deputies. Ex- 
travagant fees and salaries were granted by England, 
raised by the colonies, and spent in England. Politicians 
who consented to exile themselves to the colonies were, 
in genera!, those who were wholly unfit for employment 
at home. 

It is not surprising that the first years of the reign 
of Victoria were marked by a rebellion in Canada. 
The wonder is that Britain contrived to retain her 
dominion. 

The retention of dominion, indeed, was effected through 
the abandonment of the powers of irritation and abuse. 
To Canada, over fifty years ago, and to other free colonies, 
as they obtained sufficient importance, the principle of 
responsible government was conceded. It is beyond the 
sphere of economics to describe the nature and effects of 
these political concessions or recognitions. Suffice it to 
say, that the general result is that a colonial constitution 
has become "the image and reflection of parliamentary 
government in England." And just as the crown in 
Britain has gained in popularity what it has lost in 
nominal power, through the transference of the supreme 
authority to the representatives of the people, so also the 
mother country, by accepting to the full the principles of 
local self-government, has strengthened, and in many 
cases has created, the far more real bonds of affection. 

With regard to the dependencies, of which India may 
be taken as the most marvellous example which the world 
has ever seen, for a long period they also were given over 
to patronage and plunder and to all the methods of ex- 
ploitation invented by unfettered companies. But with 

2 L 



514 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

the transfer of the powers and territories of the old East 
India Company to the crown came the recognition that 
the primary duty of the British^ government was to 
promote the large human interests of the millions of 
India, and not the narrow, pecuniary interests of a few 
British adventurers — great spirits though many of them 
were. 

Thus it would appear that the extraordinary growth 
of affection on the part of the " possessions " toward the 
" possessor " during the reign of Victoria is to be ascribed 
mainly not to the conscious efforts of statesmen to carry 
out their ideas of " tightening the ties " of connection, 
but to the fortunate failures of such attempts; it is 
to be ascribed, not to the strengthening, but to the 
relaxing, of the powers of the central, or imperial, 
government. 

This relaxation is seen especially in the abandonment of 
the remains of the old system of commercial monopoly. 
The recent denunciation of the commercial treaties with 
Belgium and Germany, and the grant to the colonies of 
essentially coordinate power in making such treaties, may 
be taken as the final step in the transition from monopoly 
to freedom. "The mother country 1 claims to be included 
on the 'most favoured nation' footing: the colonies 
cannot discriminate against a foreign state to which the 
mother country has by treaty granted the ' most favoured 
nation' clause; no colony, by direct or indirect negotia- 
tion, is to obtain an advantage at the expense of any other 
part of the empire, and should it obtain any concession 

1 See the historical survey in Professor J. Davidson's Commercial Fed- 
eration and Colonial Trade Policy, Chap. II. 



COLONIES AND DEPENDENCIES 515 

by way of preference from a foreign country the imperial 
government would endeavour to obtain similar privileges 
for the rest of the empire. These restrictions seem to con- 
stitute a minimum of empire, and weak as they are they 
are only retained by consent." 

2. The Profit and Loss to the Mother Country of Colonies 
and Dependencies. — If now, in the light of this broad 
historical survey, we inquire what is the balance of profit 
and loss to Great Britain of this immense empire of colo- 
nies and dependencies, the answer at first sight does not 
appear to be very satisfactory, and the popular opinion 
that "something ought to be done" toward closer union 
seems plausible. 

One after another the possible advantages of empire 
seem to have been abandoned or to have fallen short of 
realisation. Consider the question of revenue and ex- 
penditure. The great source of expense is found in the 
navy and army. The larger part of the expense is in- 
curred, not for the defence of Great Britain and Ireland, 
but for the empire ; and though India and the colonies 
may be called on to meet part of the expenditure for local 
defence, they contribute practically nothing to the expenses 
of the imperial government. Again, take the interest on 
the national debt. This debt is almost entirely due to 
wars for the maintenance and extension of empire, and 
not simply for the defence of the home country ; but the 
United Kingdom alone pays the interest and bears the 
burden. 

It is true that the recent war has revealed a surprising 
depth of filial affection on the part of the colonies and of 
India, and the former have contributed men and the latter 



516 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

horses and material ; but per contra the war itself with its 
enormous expense was a war, in the first place, in the inter- 
ests of certain colonies, and not in the interests of the 
mother country, that is to say, if interest is to be meas- 
ured by pecuniary gain. 1 

3. Trade and the Flag. — It may perhaps be thought 
that though we lose directly by the expense of our fleets 
and armies, we gain far more indirectly through the ex- 
tension of our trade. In dealing with this argument two 
distinct questions must be carefully separated. In the 
first place, it is undoubtedly true that this country de- 
pends for the necessaries of existence — for food and raw 
materials of manufacture — upon supplies drawn from 
abroad; and it follows, as was admitted by Cobden, that 
we ought to keep the supremacy of the sea. But in the 
second place it is by no means so true that this extension 
of foreign trade has been due mainly to the extension of 
empire, and that this extension of empire has increased 
the security of our foreign trade. A few significant facts 
will show that if, to some extent, trade follows the flag, 
to a much greater extent trade pays no regard to flags. 
Our aggregate trade with foreign countries (including 
exports of British produce and imports) is nearly three 
times as great as with our colonies and dependencies ; 

1 " You will find that every war, great or small, during the reign of 
Victoria, in which we have been engaged, has had at bottom a colonial 
interest, the interest, that is to say, either of a colony or of a great de- 
pendency like India. That is absolutely true, and is likely to remain true 
to the end of the chapter. If we had no empire, there is no doubt that 
our military and naval resources would not require to be maintained at 
anything like the present level." Mr. Chamberlain, as Colonial Secretary, 
at the conference of colonial premiers in London in 1897. See Report of 
Proceedings, p. 7 (C— 8596). 



COLONIES AND DEPENDENCIES 517 

our imports from the United States are greater than the 
whole of the imports from all the British dominions. 1 

Nor can it be said that our trade is more secure owing 
to this vast and unwieldy extension of empire. Probably, 
indeed, the reverse is the case ; the United Kingdom, as 
such, would be stronger with a concentration of empire in 
places specially adapted for the maintenance of a sea power. 

The other commercial advantages which are supposed 
to follow from the possession of colonies also become 
much attenuated when tested by facts. The surplus 
capital and the surplus labour of this country flow at 
least as readily to the United States as to any of our 
colonies. From 1853 to 1898 the total emigration of 
persons of British or Irish origin was 8,549,56!', of whom 
5,690,712 went to the United States. The makers of 
modern empires have lost the Roman art of deportation : 
the Romans would have subdued the Transvaal with the 
mountain tribes of India, and civilised India by turning the 
stream of Irish emigrants from America. But though 
we have imitated the Romans unconsciously perhaps, but 
effectively, in the art of amalgamation, — by sparing the 
weak and warring down the proud, by encouraging also 
tribal wars, and, generally, by making the Briton a 
modern Roman citizen, any accidents to whom must be 
compensated in territory, — we have, perforce, abandoned 
this simple method of deportation. The colonies long 

1 In 1898 — a normal year — the aggregate trade (imports and exports 
of British produce) with foreign countries was £520,877,107 ; with Brit- 
ish possessions, £182,660,716. In 1808 the imports from the United 
States were £126,002,155, and from all British possessions, £99,433,995. 
The total imports were £485.035,583, that is to say, the imports from 
British possessions were about one-fifth of the whole. 



518 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

since refused to take our criminals, and they are now 
drawing the line at our paupers and Asiatics. In brief, 
our foreign trade and the migration of labour and capital 
are determined mainly by economic, and not by political, 
considerations. Labour follows wages ; capital follows 
profits ; and neither follows the flag. It is of course 
possible that if a foreign power acquired India, it would, 
by prohibitive duties, exclude British goods ; but esti- 
mated merely by profit and loss, India does not pay the 
British taxpayer either directly or indirectly. 

4. Imperial Federation. — The only " thorough " scheme 
for imperial federation ever propounded is that given by 
Adam Smith in the concluding chapter of the Wealth of 
Nations. It is, probably, far too thorough for acceptance 
by the feebler folk of to-day. His scheme was based on 
imperial taxation throughout the empire, and representa- 
tion in proportion to taxation. He contemplated the pos- 
sibility of the transfer of the seat of political power across 
the Atlantic in little more than a century ; and but for the 
political accidents which occurred as he wrote, the present 
United States would have been the strongest part of the 
British empire, both in wealth and population, that is, 
so far as the English-speaking races are concerned. If, 
however, the education and political emancipation of the 
"black man" had advanced in India as in America, and 
the franchise were not tempered by property qualifications, 
India would be sending a majority of representatives to 
the Imperial Parliament ; and the logical outcome of 
Adam Smith's scheme would be that the representatives 
of the United Kingdom would form less than 10 per cent 
of the whole. 



COLONIES AND DEPENDENCIES 519 

If federation of this " thorough " kind does not seem 
possible, any reversion to the old methods of monopoly of 
trade and preferential duties seems equally unlikely to 
increase the economic advantages of empire to the mother 
country. 

The method of estimating the advantages and privileges 
of empire in terms of money is, however, altogether 
inapplicable and fallacious. If Britain had parted with 
all the territory that did not "pay," she would not have 
retained in her empire a single colony or dependency, and 
even Ireland would have been cast adrift; and if the 
British colonies had forsaken their allegiance because 
they had no share in the British Parliament, equally, also, 
the empire would have disappeared. The empire has 
grown in strength because liberty and natural affection 
have been allowed to displace narrow economic interests. 
Consider the question of defence. Every year of peace 
and control strengthens the affection to the empire of the 
colonies, and makes it more and more impossible for any 
other power to take our inheritance. And in case the 
independence of the mother country were threatened, the 
resources of the whole empire would form a last reserve, 
all the stronger because it rested not on formal treaties or 
fixed contributions or shares in control, but upon gratitude 
and affection. Consider even the question of commerce. 
It is easy to say that free trade within the empire is desir- 
able, and it is to be hoped that in the course of time this 
ideal will be realised. But this country would not gain 
if this ideal must be purchased by sacrificing a trade of 
threefold magnitude with foreign countries, by creating all 
kinds of local jealousies throughout the empire, and by 



520 ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY 

interfering with systems of taxation which the people who 
bear the taxes regard as beneficial or, at any rate, satis- 
factory. 

Instead of seeking to " tighten ties," the ideal should be 
to enlarge the sympathies ; and instead of trying to barter 
government for revenues, the people of this country should 
endeavour more and more to govern by consent. 1 

1 This chapter is abbreviated from Principles, Book V, Chap. XIX — the 
greater part of the more controversial matter being omitted. See Wealth 
of Nations, Book IV, Chap. VII ; Davidson, Commercial Federation and 
Colonial Trade Policy ; Chiozza, Free Trade and the Zoll-Verein; Bas- 
table, Commerce of Nations, Chaps. X, XVII. The article on "Colonies," 
in Palgrave's Dictionary, gives a useful bibliography and r£sume\ See 
also Lewis, Government of Dependencies (ed. Lucas), Introd., pp. xliv- 
lxii, and Chaps. VI-IX. Caldecott, English Colonisation and Empire, 
Chaps. VII, VIII. 



INDEX 



Ability as basis of taxation, 434, 
•i'.M\ seq. 

Abstinence, 81, 84, profits as reward 
for, 174. 

Abstract method, 13 seq., 29, 68 seq., 
234 seq., 261-8, 273-6, 327, 329 seq., 
353 ; Rogers's treatment of, 381, 392, 
395. 

Accumulation : influence on natural 
conditions, (!, 87 seq.; the effect of 
contracts, 138 ; trade unions may 
restrict, 192. 

Adjustment : («) of supply to de- 
mand, 225 ; (b) of relative prices 
to relative values, 215, 281 seq., 
324. 

Advantages : of cheapness, 28, 372-3 ; 
of division of labour, 48-9 ; of 
localisation, 51-2 ; of production on 
a large scale, 56 ; of joint-stock 
companies, 60 ; relative, of large 
and small farming, 64 ; of exchange, 
212 ; of foreign trade, 356-8 ; relative, 
of different employments of capital, 
362-3, 489. 

Agents of production, 11-2, 34 seq. 

Agricultural : labourers, immigra- 
tion into towns, 54-5 ; land, private 
property, 112 seq.; employment, 
proportion of population, 406-8, 
410-11. 

Agriculture : law of diminishing re- 
turn in, 68 seq. ; law of increasing 
return in, 74. 

Alternating standard and bimetal- 
lism, 285. 

America : discovery of, 383 ; how 
peopled, 502. 

Amsterdam, Bank of, 293-4, 295. 

Analytic method, 13, 120, 122. 

Anarchism, 124. 

Anderson ami Macplierson, 14. 

Annual supply of gold, its influence 
on prices, 256, 265-8. 



Appreciation of gold, 9, 256; and the 
rate of interest, 325; aud economic 
progress, 382-3. 

Apprenticeship, statute of, 140, 186. 

Appropriation : emphasised in distribu- 
tion, 22, 95, 96 ; mark of wealth, 21- 
2 ; as economic production, 33 ; of 
public funds, illegitimate, 501. 

A priori method, 13. 

Arbitration in industrial disputes, 198. 

Ardour of work, 62, 64. 

Aristotle, 177. 

Arts, use of gold in, 264. 

Ashley, W. J., 377 N, 3'.U n. 

Association : the principle of, 170, 412; 
defects of freedom of, 419. 

Athens, trading loans in, 397. 

Austin, 98. 

Authority in distribution, 126, 132. 

Auxiliary capital, 48, 49, 85, 87, 90. 

Avenel, Vicomte d' : Histoire J^cono- 
mique, 14, 151, 395, 412 s. 

Average v. normal value, 231-2 : 
averages, 26, 152, 171. 

Bagehot, W., 283 n, 303 n, 306, 307, 
308, 326 n. 

Balance of international indebted- 
ness, 340 seq. 

Bank Charter Act (1844), 288, 292-3, 
297, 300-2, 308. 

Banking: its functions, 292, (a) issue 
of notes (see Bank-notes) ; (b) de- 
posit and discount, 292, 304-8; strik- 
ing development of, 374; Scottish, 
note issue essential, 298 : notes more 
stable in value than coins. 294, and 
preferred to gold, 294-5; connection 
of branches and note issues, 297. 

Banking principle v. currency prin- 
ciple, 299-302. 

Bank "money," 252,288, 304; limits 
to its creation, 205-6; interest on, 
316 ft 7 . 



521 



522 



INDEX 



Bank-notes, 252 ; as tokens, 297 ; may- 
be a better medium and standard 
than coin, 293-5; as currency, re- 
quire special regulation, 296-8; 
minimum denomination, 298-9; 
overissue, is it possible ? 299-302 ; 
methods of regulation, 302. 

Bank of Amsterdam : see Amsterdam. 

Bank of England: the "restriction," 
249; accepts gold coins by weight 
only, 270 ; its two departments, 292- 
3; founded (1694), 295; its early 
notes, 296 ; regulation of note issues, 
292, 297; holds ultimate reserve, 
306-8. 

Bank of Genoa, 165-6. 

Bank (Imperial) of Germany, 302. 

Bank rate : see Discount, Kate of. 

Bank reserves: money as a store of 
value for, 257 ; internal and foreign 
drains, 279-81, 308, 310; manage- 
ment of, 306-8 ; and crises, 308, 310. 

"Bank restriction" (1797-1823), 249, 
276, 308. 

Bankruptcy law : as illustrating right 
of expropriation, 115, 116 ; and gov- 
ernmental action, 425. 

Barter: exchange as, 216; simplest 
case, 217; gives place to a money 
economy, 253; and prices, 264; 
theory of foreign trade in terms of, 
332 seq.; all trade barter, 361. 

Bastable, C. F., 327, 339 n, 364 n, 432, 
439; 446-7, 451, 496 k, 497, 510 N. 

Bastiat, 486. 

Benefit theory : (1) of taxation, 444-5 
(cf . 431) ; (2) of public expenditure, 
499-500. 

Bentham on security, 116, 416. 

Bequest, 96, 97, 100, 103, 106-11, 127. 

Bills of exchange, 252, 293, 328, 344, 
348, 349, 354. 

Bimetallism, 256; rated and unrated 
in England, 259-60; recent break- 
down, 260 ; essential conditions, 284 ; 
can the fixed ratio be maintained in 
one country ? 284-5 ; under interna- 
tional agreement (compensatory 
action)? 285-8; difficulties of in- 
ternational, 288-90 ; advantages 
claimed for, 291; present position, 
291. 

Black Death (1349), 66, 155, 390. 



Bcehm-Bawerk, E.von, 45 N, 92n, 326n, 
404 n. 

Bonar, Dr. J., 82 N. 

" Bonus " system, 197. 

Bosanquet, B. , 428 N. 

Bounties: on production, 50; on ex- 
port, 484, 485. 

Bowley, A. L., 18 s, 152, 171, 219 n. 

Brentano, L., 186, 198 n. 

British : customs and excise in the 
nineteenth century, 473-4; income 
tax, 482, 483; colonies and depend- 
encies, 511-20. 

Budget : family or workmen's, 147, 
150, 405 ; national, ministry respon- 
sible for, 498. 

Building sites, law of dim. ret. applied 
to, 73. 

Burke, E., 119 n. 

Buxton, S.,496n. 

Buyers' monopoly, 170, 494. 

Cairnes, J. E., 226". 

Canada, responsible government 
granted, 553. 

Capital, 10; a requisite of production, 
12, 34 ; analysis of conception, 41-4, 
83; Mill's four propositions, 44-5, 
83; auxiliary, 48, 49; mental, ib.; 
concentration of, 56-61, 128, 129, 138 ; 
and large farms, 64; and size of 
farms, 65 ; growth of, 83-92 ; and 
economic basis of private property, 
102-3; exploitation of labour by, 
127 seq.; difficulty of collective 
ownership, 130 seq. ; distribution 
of, 137-8 ; harmonies and conflicts of 
labour and, 185-98, 410-2; rate of 
interest on loanable, 311 seq.; living, 
371 ; exchange essential to, 399 (see 
also Interest) . 

Carey, 359. 

Certainty: in interpretation of con- 
tracts, 104, 255; in taxation, 448; in 
public expenditure, 406, 510. 

Chamberlain, J., 516 n. 

Chance, its judgments popular, 131, 
132. 

Charles I "borrows" from the Mint, 
295. 

Charles II shuts the Exchequer, 295. 

Cheapness and utility, 372-3. 

Checks to population, 80 seq. 



INDEX 



523 



Children : bequest limited in favour of, 
110-1; labour of, 134; degraded 
labour of, 317. 

China, 269, 308, 858, 367. 

Chiozza, L. (J., 520 H. 

Church, mediaeval, and freedom of 
bequest, 108. 

Circulating capital, 44, 89, 318. 

Clare, G., 303 n, 317, 319, 326 N, 355 N. 

Clark, J. B., 165 H. 

Classification of labour, 48, 56, 64. 

Climate a constituent in national pro- 
duction, 15, 36. 

Clootie's croft, in Scotland, 470. 

Cobden, R., 516. 

Cohn, G., 451 N. 

Coinage : definition and attributes 
of coin, 258-9 ; systems of metallic, 
259-60 ; and Gresham's law, 269-71 ; 
token, 259, 271-2 ; under bimetal- 
lism, 286; history of English, 378- 
80. 

Collective bargaining, 140. 

Collectivism, 124 seq. 

Collet, Miss, 412 n. 

Colonies and dependencies, 511 seq. 

Combination : of labour, 39, 47 seq. ; 
simple and complex, 49; combina- 
tions, 159, 160, 161 ; trade unions and, 
187, 412, 419. 

Commercial (1) crises: and note 
issues, 301-2 ; and suspension of Bank 
Act, 308 ; definition, 309 ; causes, 309- 
10; (2) supremacy, 37; (3) treaties, 
489, 493, 514. 

Communication, means of; improve- 
ments in, 71. 

Communism, 132. 

Commutation of services and pay- 
ments in kind into money, 253, 254, 
374, 378, 390. 

Companies, joint-stock, 59-61. 

Comparative : (1) method, 18; (2) cost, 
theory of, 332 seq., 356, 357. 

Compensation : for expropriation, 
105, 106-9 : for improvements, 114. 

Compensatory action : (1) of the 
double standard, 28(5-8, 290 ; (2) of 
causes affecting mediaeval prices, 
382. 
Competition : as stimulus to produc- 
tion, 103, 104 ; in letting land, 114 : 
socialism would displace, 126 ; and 



distribution, 136, 138-9; and wages — 
its Implications, 159; trade unions 
and, 187 ; in medieval and modern 
markets, 217-8 ; and determination 
of value, 22.") seq.; v. monopoly, 
232 aeq., 246, 248 seq.; Industrial 
and commercial, 328 seg.; and Inter- 
est, 397 ; diminishes profits of inter- 
change, 4< )J ; prio-s u. monopoly 
prices, 402 ; in production, 412, 418; 
in distribution, 418-9; stimulated by 
free trade, 493. 

Concentration : of industry, 56-61 ; of 
capital, 129, 138. 

Conceptions : economic, continuity in, 
11, 24, 141-2 ; inappropriate, 368. 

Conciliation, industrial, methods of, 
196 seq. 

Conflict of interests between labour 
and capital, 185-98. 

Constant return, 76, 77. 

Consumers' rent, 26-9, 356, 373, 397. 

Consumption. 22, 23 seq. ; productive 
and unproductive, 39, 45, 314-5 ; im- 
mediate, 43, 44 ; difficulties of 
socialism, 130-1 ; influenceof custom, 
141 ; benefits of freedom, 418 ; 
taxes on, 471-83. 

Consumption-capital, 35, 42-3, 84, 85, 
89-90, 138. 

Continuity: see Conceptions. 

Contract : movement from status to, 
96, 127, 211; freedom of, as basis of 
property, 103-4 ; hostility of social- 
ists to, 126-7; security essential, 51, 
104 ; certainty in interpretation, 
255 ; progress and freedom of, 374-5 ; 
enforcement of, a function of govern- 
ment, 421-23 : and incidence of taxa- 
tion, 454, 455 seq. 

Convertibility of bank-notes, what it 
implies, 300. 

Cooperation, simple and complex, 49; 
in farming, 64: not socialism, 124; 
in trade and production, 197. 

Corn as standard of value, 215. 

Corn Laws, repeal of, 388, 394, 474. 

" Correcting " the exchanges, 354. 

Cossa, L., 18 V. 

Cost of labour, 38, 184, 185. 

Cost of production, 85, 86; rent in rela- 
tion to, 200 seq., 241-3: and quasi- 
rent, 243-5; in relation to value, 



524 



INDEX 



231-40; of persons, as a measure 
of progress, 371, 372 ; real cost and 
cheapness, 373. 

Cottier rents in Ireland, 390. 

Counteracting causes : to large scale 
production, 57-9; to law of dim. 
ret., 71-3 ; to concentration of capi- 
tal, 129-30, 138. 

Cournot, A., 245, 327. 

Craft gilds, 52, 186-7. 

Credit : its extension increases wealth, 
86-7; effect on general prices, 266, 
278 seq.; gold hasis limits inflation, 
279-82, 302, 305; and rate of dis- 
count, 317; and foreign exchanges, 
349 (see also Bank Money) . 

Criminal law as method of govern- 
ment interference, 420-1. 

Crisis : see Commercial crises. 

Crofters, Scottish, 63. 

Cunningham, W., 2, 55 N, 377 N, 382, 
394 N, 404 N, 412 N. 

Currency principle, 299, 301-2 (cf. 
Bank Charter Act). 

Currency, systems of metallic, 259-60, 
269 (see also Banking, Coinage). 

Curves, their use in economics, 24, 45. 

Custom and law, 96; as determining 
distribution of (a) agents of produc- 
tion, 136-9, (b) incomes, 140-1, 376; 
-influence on wages, 159, 161, 163 ; and 
rents, 388-91 ; and incidence of taxa- 
tion, 454-5. 

Customs duties: origin of, 472; Brit- 
ish, in the nineteenth century, 472-4. 

Darwin and Malthus, 79. 
Davidson, J., 165 n, 514 n, 520 n. 
Debasement of currency, 255. 
Debt : law of, 396 ; public, 515. 
Deductive method, 14, 68 seq., 234-8, 

261-8, 273-6, 327, 329 seq., 391-3. 
Deferred payments, standard for, 

254 seq. 
Definitions : use of, in economics, 8-10 ; 

rules for, 10-13, 122. 
Degradation of labour, 6, 55, 134, 195. 
Demand: utility the root of, 22; for 

commodities, is it demand for labour? 

44, 84-5 ; consumption governs, 140 ; 

effects of increase of, 50, 76; as 

directing industry and growth of 

capital, 84; socialism in relation to, 



126-30; and production in large 
scale, 130; law of, 220-2; elasticity, 
189, 221-2 ; direct, joint, and derived, 
170, 222 ; changes in, 170, 222-4, 244, 
249; effect ou price, (a) immediate, 
227, 230 ; (&) ulterior, 228 ; and mo- 
nopoly, 245 seq.; and overproduc- 
tion, 216-7. 

Demand and supply : of labour in dif- 
ferent employments, 167 ; of capital, 
175 ; reciprocal, 216 ; in a market — 
analysis, 217-9 ; equation of, 225 seq.; 
and normal value, 231, 239 ; as deter- 
mining value of gold, 256, 266, 283; 
of loanable capital, 312-6; of loan- 
able "money," 317-20; dependence 
of profits on, 401. 

Deposit and discount, banks of: see 
Banking. 

Depreciation : of the standard, 255 ; of 
coinage, 259 ; of inconvertible paper, 
213, 263, 273-6 ; evils of, 276-7 ; and 
the rate of interest, 324-5; and the 
exchanges, 350; indirect effects on 
foreign trade, 277 K, 351-2 ; in weight 
of coins, 379; does it imply deprecia- 
tion in value ? 380-82. 

Dictionary of Political Economy: see 
Palgrave. 

Difficulty of attainment and value, 
219. 

Diminishing : (1) return, law of, 6, 68- 
74, 76-7, 91 ; in relation to value, 228, 
239 ; in case of gold, 265 ; and inter- 
national values, 337 ; and incidence 
of taxes, 474-6, 477 ; (2) utility, law 
of, 25, 26, 27. 

Disadvantages of division of labour, 
52-5. 

Discount, rate of: bank and market 
rates, 320; causes affecting; 316-20; 
differences from interest, 316, 320; 
their reciprocal action, 321-2 ; bank 
rate and the exchanges, 348-9. 

Disintegration of family a feature of 
economic progress, 107-8. 

Distribution : appropriation important 
in, 22, 95; value and, 22; population 
and, 80; and growth of capital, 84, 
88 ; popular and economic senses, 95 ; 
problems in, 95-6; and exchange, 
96-7, 211 ; influenced by laws of in- 
heritance and bequest, 106 ; socialis- 



IXDKX 



525 



tic schemes, 120 seq.; their difficulty, 
132; quantitative, of property, i:>< >-'.»; 
of income, 139 seg.; three problems, 
141; progress in, 375-7 ; benefits and 
defects of freedom of, 418; the inci- 
dence of taxation a problem of, 454. 

Disutility, 23, 25, 27, 37-9, 46 ; economic 
progress in terms of, 372-4 ; of taxa- 
tion, 437 seq., 437 N. 

Division of labour, 47-55 ; meaning of, 
47; involves division of capital, 47, 
48, 49; advantages, 48, 74-5 ; limited 
by extent of market, 50, 211, 357; 
disadvantages, 52-5. 

Documentary reserve, 300, 302. 

Dowell, 8., 496k. 

Dunbar, C. F., 303 N. 

Durability of gold, as affecting its 
value, 256, 258, 266 seq. 

Duration of power to labour, 39. 

Dynamical forms of laws of diminish- 
ing and increasing return, 71-3, 75. 

Earning capacity, as measure of prog- 
ress, 371. 

Earnings, annual v. wages, 191, 194; 
partly gwasi-rent, 140 ; opportunities 
for extra, 147. 

Economic: basis of private property, 
100-5, 112 seq.; conceptions, 11, 24; 
principle of distribution, 375; his- 
tory, 2, 7, 139 ; ideas, distinguished 
from legal and ethical, 106; litera- 
ture, 1-3; laws, 15-7, 140, 408; 
methods, 13-5; rent, 10, 199-207, 
241-3, 391-2; studies, difficulties of, 
17-8 ; theories, history of, 2-3, 32, 35 ; 
utilities, 32-4, 117, 139, 142. 

Economics, need of specialisation, 
4-5,7. 

Economies, internal and external, 51-2, 
57, 74. 

Economy: of high wages, 39, 102, 196; 
as a canon of taxation, 449; and ex- 
penditure, 507-9. 

Eden, Sir F. M., 14, 412 N. 

Edgeworth, F. Y., 31 n, 327, 339 n, 
459 n. 

Education : cost as an element in 
quantity of labour, 38; as affect- 
ing efficiency, 39, 40; free, is it 
socialistic? 125; cost as measuring 
progress, 371. 



Efficiency : («) of labour, 36, 39-4i\ t", 
,"m;, 85-6; affected i>y distribution, 
88; and quantity of labour, 148; and 
a minimum wage, I'M 5, 196; and 
competition, 418; and expenditure, 
507-8; (6) of money, J«;t. 

Elasticity : of demand and supply, 
221-2, 225, 229; and incidence of 
taxes, 456-9. 

Elizabeth, 379. 411. 

Ely.R. T., i:35 n. 

Emphasis, adjustment of, 148. 

Empire : the burden of, 515 ; its rela- 
tion to trade, 516-8 ; its real advan- 
tages, 520. 

Employment, regularity of, 146, 167. 

Enclosures, 63, 131. 

Encyclopaedia Britannica, 240 N. 

Endowments, limits to freedom of 
bequest, 110. 

Engel's law, 147. 

England: material progress, 26; prog- 
ress of cities, 55 ; landlord and ten- 
ant system, 114; reform as regards 
property, 121; distribution of land, 
137; wages in, 151-2; early factory 
system, 373; progress in distribu- 
tion, 376; monetary history, 378-80; 
history of prices, 380 seq.; progress 
and agricultural rents, 389-91 ; and 
interest, 394; and occupations and 
wages, 396-8; of expenditure, 498; 
colonial policy, 511 seq. 

English: silver coinage before 1~'X>, 
269; gold coinage before 1891, 270. 

Entrepreneur, the, 193. 

Environment, as affecting quantity of 
labour, 38. 

Equality: of taxation, 13, 434-47; be- 
fore the law, 374; of public expendi- 
ture, 502. 

Equation: see Demand and supply. 

ttcUon boiteux, 284 (cf. 260). 

Ethics and political economy, 7, 18, 
106, 109. 

Evasion of taxes, 430, 446, 163, 465, 501. 

Evolution: socialist doctrine, 128; 
economic progress and the theory 
of, 868, 377 n. 

Exchange: value important in, 22; a 
kind of production, S3, 95, 374 : con- 
nection with division of labour, 50; 
and distribution, 96-7 ; socialism 



526 



INDEX 



would abolish, 126 ; relation to pro- 
duction and distribution, 211; real 
advantage, 212; as barter, 216-7; 
Book III, passim, 373 ; progress in, 
374-^5; and profits, 399 (see also 
Contract) . 

Exchange value : see Value. 

Exchanges: see Foreign exchanges. 

Excise duties: history in England, 
472 ; British, in nineteenth century, 
473 ; incidence of, 474-6. 

Expectation, 117-8. 

Expenditure, public: adjustment for 
social ends, 446-7 (cf. 504-5); its 
character, comparison with taxa- 
tion, 497 seq.; principles of, 502-10. 

Expenses of production, 193, 201, 233 
seq., 240 N. 

Exploitation of labour, 127 seq. 

Export, new, its effect on foreign 
trade, 353. 

Exports: pay for imports, 340 seq.; 
"invisible," 342-3, 354, 356-7; inci- 
dence of duties on, 478-80. 

Expropriation, the right of, 114-5; 
compensation for, 116-9. 

Extent of market, division of labour 
limited by, 50-1. 

F's, the three, 115. 

Factor of production, conditions for a 

rise in price, 188-9. 
Factory acts : are they socialistic ? 125, 

133 ; socialists promoted, 134. 
Factory system and evils of division 

of labour, 53, 373. 
Faculty theory : of taxation, 437, 440- 

2 ; of expenditure, 504. 
Family, the ancient unit of society, 

107. 
Family budgets, 147, 150. 
Farming, large and small, 62-67. 
Federation, imperial, 518-20. 
Feudalism, 120, 121, 383. 
Field, J. D., 144 n. 
Fifteenth century in England, 406. 
Final utility, 23, 24 seq., 27 (see also 

Marginal). 
Finance, public : see Expenditure, Tax- 
ation. 
Fixed capital, 44, 90, 138, 399, 400 N. 
Fixed ratio : see Bimetallism. 
Flint, R., 122, 135 n, 367, 377 n. 



Food supply and efficiency, 39; and 
population 79 seq. 

Foreign : (1) coins, in England, 259, 
378, 379 ; (2) drain of gold, its effect 
on general prices, 279. 

Foreign exchanges, 327, 340-55 ; ele- 
ments of international indebtedness, 
340-43 ; media of settlement, 343-5 ; 
real par v. mint or nominal par, 340, 
345 ; rise and fall, 346 ; gold points, 
346; favourable and unfavourable, 
347-8 ; and the bank rate, 348 ; state 
of credit, 349; arbitrage, 349; state 
of currencies, 350. 

Foreign trade : fallacious measure of 
advantage, 9-10 ; and division of 
labour, 50; reciprocal demand in, 
216; its proximate cause, difference 
in price, 282; the theory, 327-39; 
comparative immobility of labour 
and capital, 328-32 ; effects of (1) 
depreciation and appreciation of the 
currency, 351-2 ; (2) changes in bal- 
ance of trade, (a) new export, 353-4 
(6) tribute, ib. ; theory of compara- 
tive cost, 332-6; theory of interna- 
tional values, 336 seq.; money in 
international trade, 338-9; modify- 
ing influences, 337-8; real advan- 
tages, 356-8 ; possible disadvantages, 
to a particular country, 358-64 (cf. 
490-4) ; has made agricultural land 
free, 391. 

Formal justice : see Justice. 

Fourier, 121, 124, 158. 

Fox, Wilson, 412 n. 

Foxwell, H. S., 105 n, 124, 135 N. 

France, 2; population, 16, 78; growth 
of small industries, 58 ; speculative 
manias, 59 ; peasant proprietors, 
64-5, 66; distribution of land, 137; 
wages in, 151, 153 ; limitation of 
overvalued silver, 260 ; banking 
and note issues, 297 ; commercial 
treaty with, 493. 

Freedom : and efficiency of labour, 
40 ; v. organisation, 130-3 ; its es- 
sence, 420 ; limited by government 
interference, 427-8. 

Free trade : and division of labour, 
48 ; in early markets, 217 ; a prob- 
lem in foreign trade, 327 ; lessens 
economic superiority of landlord, 



INDEX 



527 



391 ; v. protection, 484-96 ; meaning 
of, 484 ; as e ffectin g, (<i) the con- 
sumer, 485 ; (b) home industries, isti ; 
assumptions of the argument for, 
487-90; theoretical exceptions to, 
490-94 (cf. 358-64) ; negative argu- 
ment for, 414-6. 

French Revolution, 123. 

Functions of government : see Govern- 
ment. 

" Futures," dealings in, 218. 

Gairdner, Dr. Charles, 304. 

General: (1) prices, movements in, 
213,216; (a) causes, 265-6, 261-83; 
(b) measurement, 213-4, 256-7; and 
relative prices, 150, 215; progress 
and, 380-83; (2) profits, 183-4; 
(3) wages, 149-65. 

Geographical position of country, 36-7. 

Geological character of country, 36. 

George II, 398. 

George, Henry, 388. 

Germany, 2; restraint of speculation, 
218; gold standard, 286, 289, 308; 
taxation, 482; Zoll-Verein, 495. 

Giffen, Sir R., 43, 92 N, 327 N, 371. 

Gift inter vivos, 111, 453. 

Gilhart, J. W.,303n. 

Gilds: see Craft Gilds. 

Gilmann, 189 n. 

Gladstone, W. E., Ill, 362, 440, 474, 
496 N, 497. 

Godwin, 98, 124. 

Gold : appreciation of, 9 ; price and 
value, 213, 265, 281 ; sole standard in 
England, 260, 380; its origin, 285, 
289; causes determining its value, 
255-6, 261-83 ; cost and value, 265-8; 
and silver— relative values, 267-8, 
284-5 ; value of, in terms of demand 
and supply, 256, 266, 283; ami silver 
prices, interaction, 283 n; distribu- 
tion throughout world, 339, 354-5 ; 
currency in England — history, 378- 
80. 

Goldsmiths' notes, 295. 

Gomme, G. L., 469. 

Gonner, E. C. K., 186 H. 

Goschen, G. J., 290, 347, 355 k, 507. 

Government: (1) economic functions, 
415-8; (2) interference, socialism 
and, 126, 130-3; methods, 420; («) of 



legal enactment, 420-23; (b) of gov- 
ernmental action, 423-6; limitations, 
420, 4_':i, 126-8; (3) expenses and 
revenues, 429-600 (see Expenditure, 
Taxation). 

Grain rents, 215, 254. 

Grants in aid, 609. 

Graphs: see Curves. 

Great Britain : .see United Kingdom. 

Gresham's law, 15-6, 269-71, 274, 285, 
380. 

Gross, Dr., 192 N. 

Ground rents, 315; taxation of, 442-1. 

Gudeman's field, in Scotland, 470. 

Habit may counteract Gresham's 

law, 270. 
Hadley, A. T., 76n, 164, 173n, 184n, 

198 x, 207 N. 
Harmony of interests of labourer and 

employer, 185, 196. 
Henderson, 470 N. 
Henry VIII, 382. 
Higgling of the market, 225. 
Higgs, H., 45 n. 
Historical method, 3, 18, 99, 120, 128- 

30, 292 seq., 305 seq., 429. 
History, economic, 51, 120, 138. 
Hoarding, 84. 267, 280, 264, 290. 
Hobson, J. A., 55 n, 61 n, 173 n, 251 n. 
Holland, 293. 

Holyoake, G. J., 135 n, 198 n. 
House rent, incidence of taxes on, 452. 
Human element in economics, 134. 
Hypothetical method, 13, 14, 15, 69, 

261 seq. 

Ideals, conflict of, 133, 136; benefits 
of socialist, 134. 

Immaterial: production, 33-4, 50; 
localisation of, 52; on a large scale, 
58,57; capital, 90; wealth. 132. 

Immigration: to the towns. 547; bo 
new countries, bounties on, ~i. 

Immobility, comparative, of labour 
and capital between nations, 828-32. 

Imperial federation. 518 20. 

Imports, their payment by exports, 
216, 332, 339, 840, 342, 366 J, 188 

Improvements in production, distribu- 
tion of effects, 194 [t ■■ - also Bent). 

Improver, shouM owner be? 113. 
Incidence of taxes : see Taxation. 



528 



INDEX 



Income: and capital, 43, 83 ; distribu- 
tion of, 96, 139 seq. ; taxation and 
free minimum, 437-8. 

Income tax: British assessments, 88; 
law, 400 n; its history and fiscal 
reform, 473-4. 

Inconvertible notes: as money, 255; 
low denomination, 298; depreci- 
ation, 213, 249, 255, 262; as illus- 
trating quantity theory, 273-6. 

Increasing return, law of, 74 seq. ; re- 
lation to value, 228-9, 239; in case 
of monopoly, 247; and international 
values, 337-8; and taxation, 442, 
474-5. 

Increments: marginal, 74; unearned, 
10, 119 N, 442-4,467-8. 

Index numbers, 213, 214, 216, 219, 257. 

India: village communities, 112; sil- 
ver currency, 260; monetary strin- 
gency, 290; British government, 
513-4, 518. 

Indirect taxes, 452, 453 seq. 

Individual : sometimes useful to begin 
with, 6-7; transition to group or 
nation, 25-6. 

Individualism: socialism and, 123 
seq. ; and inequalities in income, 
416; its benefits and defects, 418-20. 

Inductive method, 14, 15, 16, 56, 58, 80. 

Industrial : revolution, the, 56, 75, 186 ; 
partnership, 124, 197 ; domain of the 
state, 433. 

Industry: localisation of, 51-2; con- 
centration of, 56-9, 129-30. 

Inequalities: in distribution of wealth, 
127 seq., 138 ; in income, 416 (see also 
Taxation) . 

Inflation of prices : see Credit. 

Inheritance and bequest, 96, 104, 106-9, 
126, 137. 

Insurance against risk, 193, 396, 398, 
402-3; income tax exemptions on 
ground of, 438, 440. 

Intensity of labour, 38. 

Intensive and extensive cultivation, 
68 seq. 

Interaction of gold and silver prices, 
283 n. 

Interdependence of production, distri- 
bution, and exchange, 141. 

Interest: capital as yielding, 41; 
effects on accumulation, 88-9, 90; 



received on all kinds of capital, 
113; pure, 193; loan and profit, 
175-8, 193 ; on "money " and on capi- 
tal, 311-2; causes affecting rate on 
loanable capital, 312-6 ; more steady 
than discount, and why, 316, 320-4 ; 
connection with exchange value of 
money, 324-5 ; progress and rate of, 
396-8. 

Interests : see Conflict, Harmony. 

International: bimetallism, 285 seq.; 
indebtedness, 259, 340-3; trade and 
values — pure theory, 327-39. 

Intestacy, 108 seq. 

Intrinsic value, 212. 

Invention : through division of labour, 
49 ; taxation and, 431. 

Investment, facilities for, 88, 313 seq. 

" Invisible exports," 342. 

Ireland : cooperative farming, 64 ; ju- 
dicial rents, 96 ; Mill influenced by, 
113 ; distribution of land, 137 ; wages 
(1848-51), 156. 

" Iron Law " of wages, 127-9. 

Italy, 2; finance banks, 295. 

"Jack's land," 469. 

Japan, 308. 

Jevons, S., 29 n, 45 n, 258, 260, 293, 302, 
303 N, 326 N. 

Johnston, Dr., on primogeniture, 111. 

Joint: demand, 222; cost, 239. 

Joint-stock : companies, 59-61 ; banks, 
298. 

Judicial, rents and wages, 56. 

Jurisprudence: Adam Smith's treat- 
ment of , 3 ; a social science, 6 ; and 
economics, 18. 

Justice: not to be bought or sold, 
374 ; the principle of formal, a limita- 
tion to governmental action, 447 ; 
in public expenditure, 447, 505-6. 

Kantian, imperative, 505. 
Kay, Joseph, 67 n. 
Keynes, Dr., 18 N. 

Kind of produce, and scale of farming, 
66. 

Labour: and capital 9, and prices, 
10; economic use of term, 11; is it 
essential to wealth ? 21-2 ; as agent 
of production, 11, 34, 37-40; (1) 



INDEX 



529 



subjective, elements of "quantity 
of labour," 37-9, 45-6; disutility 
exaggerated, 182; (2) objeetiTe, 
causes affecting efficiency, 80-40; 
division of, 47-86; economy of, 48, 
56, M -. wide interpretation, 40, 180, 
141, 149; condition of and size of 
farms, 66; as basis of private 
property, 100-2; exploitation of, 
127; distribution of ownership, 138- 
9; manual and professional, 149, 
185; and capital, harmonies and 
conflicts of, 185-98; as standard of 
value, 214; in relation to disutility, 
372-1; progress and prices of dif- 
ferent kinds, 405-410, Increasing 
differentiation, 4'Xi; migration from 
country to town, 406-8 ; relations of 
capital and, 410-12. 
r-faire, 134-5. 

Land: as agent of production, 11-12, 
34, 35-7 ; advantages of large farms 
as regards, 64: private property in. 
112-4, 118; distribution of, 137; 
taxes on rent of, 461 seq.; owner- 
ship, reform of abuses, 468-70. 

Land and stock lease, 66. 

Land laws, economic effects, 66, 97. 

Landlord and tenant system, its ad- 
vantages, 113-4; his advantages in 
bargaining, 388-91. 

Land values, taxation of, 464-9. 

Latin Union, 286 (cf. 260). 

Law: (1) of constant return, 76, 77; 
(2) of diminishing return, 65, 68-74, 
474-6,477; (3) of diminishing utility, 
25, 26, 27: (4) of increasing return, 
74 M9>, 442, 474-5; (5) of substitu- 
tion, 55, 90, 160, 238, 384-4;. 412, 474, 
501,509-10; (6) Engel's, 147; Gres- 
bam's 16-6, 269-71, 274, 286. 

Law and custom, intluenee of. in dis- 
tribution, 137-41; on wages, 169, 
161-2, 163; on interest, 314; on tent, 
389-91, and incidence of taxation, 
454-5. 

Law, John, 279, 292, 293, 309. 

Law of settlement, 411. 

Laws of production and distribution, 
97 seq. 

Lease, land and stock, 66. 

Legal: aspects of inheritance and be- 
quest, 106; enactment, Dtethodfl of, 

2 m 



420-23; fictions, and administration 
of criminal law, 421 ; ratio of gold 
and silver, 284 Mf. ; tender, 269-60, 
272, ■_'>!. 

I.eroy Beaolieu, 58-0, 78. 

Leslie, Cliffe, 181 a. 

Lewis, Sir <;. (J., 620 V. 

Liability, limited, the principle of, 60, 
397. 

Liberty : see Freedom, Natural liberty. 

Licences, in trade. 472-473. 

Limitation (1) of issues, principle of, 
27 1, 272, L'75; (2) of supply of 
labour. 189. 

Limited liability, 60, 397. 

Limits : (1) to production, 68 seq., 91 ; 
(2) to growth of capital, 85 seq. 

Limping standard, 290, 284. 

List, P., 34. 364, 366 H, 493, 496n. 

Loan interest: sec Interest. 

Loanable capital: see Capital. 

Localisation of industry, 51-2, 57, 76, 
357. 

Local taxation: special rates uneco- 
nomical, 431; in Middle Ages, 440; 
the " benefit " theory applicable, 
445; municipal trading for relief of 
rates regressive, 499; and the prin- 
ciple of formal justice, 506. 

Locke, John, 100. 

Mac ailay, 265. 

McCnllock, J. R., 1,436. 

Machinery : division of labour and, 
48; effects of, on wages, 172-.".. 

Maepherson, Annals of Commerce, 14. 

Macrosty, II. W., 61 a, 136 h. 

Maine. Sir H. B.,99, 105 H, 107, 111 a, 422. 

Maitland: see Pollock ami Maitland. 

Malagrowther, Sir Malacbi (Sir Wal- 
ter Scott), 298. 

Malthers, 16, 78-82, 91, 166 K. 

Management: joint-stock. 59-60; 
Wages Of, 153, 174. 175, 180-1, 191, 
193, 398, 398, 102, 4H». 

Manorial system, 889-90. 

Manufacture-: production on large 
and small scale, 57-61 ; law of In- 
creasing return in, 75. 

Marginal: cost, 72, 265; doses, 72; in- 
crements, 74: labourer. 172: return, 
71 : utility. 28 



530 



INDEX 



Market: extent of, limits division of 
labour, 50-1, 130; equality of prices 
in same, 226; value, 225 seq. 

Markets, development and character- 
istics of, 217-9. 

Marshall, A., 29n, 30, 31 n, 45n, 55n, 
61 n, 67n, 74, 87, 90, 92n, 114n, 149, 
160, 161, 165 N, 221, 222, 225, 231, 238, 
240 n, 243, 244, 245, 251 N, 392, 399, 
403 n. 

Marx, Karl, 124, 127, 135 n. 

Materialisation of wealth, 6. 

Mathematical method, 13 seq., 18. 

Maximum utility, as an economic 
ideal, 416-8. 

Mediaeval : idea of progress, 367 ; prices 
(relative) , 384 seq. ; taxation, 472. 

Medium of exchange, 11, 253, 264, 272, 
293. 

Menger, A., 105 n, 135n. 

Mental: capital, 49; evils of division 
of labour, 53-5. 

Mercantile: (1) law, development of, 
421-22 ; (2) system, 479, 491. 

Merchandise, currency as, 259. 

Methods of political economy, 13-15 
(see Comparative, Deductive, In- 
ductive, Historical, Mathematical). 

Middle Ages: break up of economic 
system, 52; serfs of, 55 (see also 
Mediaeval) . 

Migration: from monopolistic towns, 
53; from country to town, 406-8. 

Mill, J. S. : what is wealth, 21, 22 ; 
meaning of productive and unpro- 
ductive, 32 ; circulating and fixed 
capital, 44 ; four propositions on cap- 
ital, 44-5, 83, 84 ; combination of 
labour, 47, 64 ; law of diminishing 
return, 69, 71, 72 ; dread of over- 
population, 78, 91, 116 ; desire of 
accumulation, 87 ; limits to produc- 
tion, 91 ; laws of production and 
distribution, 97-8, 99, 120 ; economic 
bases of private property, 100 seq. ; 
on inheritance, 109, 446 ; bequest, 
107, 111 ; property in land, 112-3, 
114 ; pretium affectionis, 116 ; pre- 
scription, 118; socialism and esprit 
de corps, 131 ; authority in distri- 
bution, 132, 144 N ; wages fund the- 
ory, 154 seq., 165 n ; supplementary 
wages, 170 ; meaning of value, 213, 



214 ; equation of demand and sup- 
ply, 225 ; same price in same 
market, 226 ; identities natural and 
average value, 231, 240 n ; efficiency 
of money, 263, 264; cost and value 
of gold, 268 n ; commercial crisis, 
309, 310 n ; international values, 327, 
336; new export, 353; his Book IV, 
377 n ; increase of rent an evil, 388 ; 
progress and distribution, 395 ; prof- 
its and prices, 399, 400, 401 ; probable 
future of labouring classes, 411-412 ; 
democratic despotism, 428 ; equality 
of taxation, 437 ; " protection " basis 
of taxation, 444 ; direct and indirect 
taxes, 452. 

Minimum : (1) wages, 195 ; (2) profits, 
how far they tend to a, 400 seq. ; (3) 
disutility as ideal of taxation, 437 n ; 
and expenditure, 503. 

Mint : par of exchange, 346 ; mint price 
and value of gold, 213, 265; as 
banker, 295. 

Mobility : of capital, 313, 458, 463 ; of 
labour, 166 seq., 172, 328 seq., 458. 

Monetary standard : comparative sta- 
bility of value important, 254-7; 
parallel standards, 259. 

Money : 5, 10 ; of money market, 11 ; 
provisional definition of, 12 ; as meas- 
ure of values, 63, 212 seq., and of 
growth of wealth, 84, 85; factor in 
economic progress, 126-7, 138; and 
real incomes, 143; variations in 
purchasing power, 146; as medium 
of exchange, 216-7; definition and 
functions, 252-8; characteristics of 
good metallic, 258 ; systems of metal- 
lic, 259-60; causes determining its 
value, 261-83; bank-notes as, 293 
seq.; use of, in international trade, 
332, 336, 338-9; of banks and money 
market (see Bank " Money ") ; prog- 
ress of wealth and population in 

' terms of, 369-71 ; in relation to meas- 
urement in terms of utility and dis- 
utility, 372-4; money economy and 
progress (see Commutation) ; history 
of metallic, in England, 378-80. 

Monopoly: of gilds, 52, 186; of colo- 
nial trade, 88-9, 511-12, 514 ; of land, 
114; and foreign trade, 327; note 
issue and, 297; element in ground 



INDEX 



531 



rents, 388-9; and agricultural rents, 
389-91; in interest, 396, 397; and 
trusts, 488; and combination, 423-1 ; 
governmental, 508 ; and incidence of 
taxation, 454, 458, 475, 470-7, 480, 
494; value, 5, 218, 232; principles 
of, 245-51. 

Monotony, of work, 53-4. 

Moral : scieuces include political 
economy, 6; rules not economic 
laws, 16-7 ; restraint, 80 seq. ; 
grounds of prescription, 118. 

Morley, John, 498 N. 

Municipal trading, 425, 445, 499. 

Napoleon, 403. 

National: production, 35-7; income, 
140; money and real, 142—4; divi- 
dend, 173; debt, British, 295; advan- 
tage v. individual profits, 362,489; 
independence, argument for protec- 
tion, 491 ; resources, protection of 
peculiar, 490 (cf. 368-8). 

Natural: liberty, 415, 418-20; re- 
sources, limited, and foreign trade, 
358-9, 490. 

Nature as agent of production, 34, 
35-7. 

Navigation Acts : repealed (1850) , 474 ; 
Adam Smith on, 491; their object, 
493. 

" Necessaries " and '-' luxuries," taxa- 
tion of, 437-8 (cf. 503). 

Negative : utility , 23 ; wages, 146 ; rent, 
391. 

Net : advantages of different employ- 
ments, the tendency to equality, 
166 seq., what it implies, 408; prod- 
uct, 85 seq. 

Newmarch, 234, 310 n. 

Newton, Sir Isaac, 285. 

Nihilism, 124. 

Nineteenth century: tendency to large 
scale production, 57 ; history of trade 
unions, 186-7 ; British customs and 
excise duties, 473-4. 

Noble, the gold, 379. 

" No man's land," 469. 

Nominal: par, see Par; wages, see 
AYages. 

Normal ratios of wages, 169, 836, 408; 
prices, 228, 231, 234-40, 245. 

Norman Conquest, 376, 379, 380. 



Objective standpoints, 37, 39-40, 145, 
147-9, 107, 174-5, 437, 44041. 

Old Age pensions, .5034. 

Old tax, no tax, 433. 

One pound notes, in Scotland, 294, 
296. 

Open spaces in towns, 469. 

Opinion, public: is it indefinitely 
pliable? its, 120. 

Organisation of industry, 35; social- 
ism and, 125 seq. 

Output, the policy of restricting, 190. 

Overissue, of convertible notes, is it 
possible? 299-302. 

Overpopulation, Mill's dread of, 78, 
91, 116; danger of, under socialism, 
132. 

Overproduction, general, is it pos- 
sible? 216-7. 

Owen, Robert, 124. 

Ownership : see Property, private. 

Palgrave, R. H. I., 2, 303n, 310n, 
318, 327n,412n,520n. 

Pantaleoni. If., 12, 3lN. 

Parallel standards, of gold and silver, 
259, 284, 285. 

Par of exchange, 345. 

Pareto, V., 18n,31n, 377n. 

Partnership, industrial, 124. 

Passy, M., 67n. 

Patronage, abuse of in colonial ap- 
pointments, 512-3. 

Patten, S. X., 366H, 496n. 

Pauperism : is it the outcome of the 
system of large capitals ? 128-9 (see 
also Poor Laws) . 

Pauper labour, argument for protec- 
tion, 492. 

Peasant properties, 62 seq., 243. 

Peel, Sir R., 449, 473. 

Penny : gold, 379 ; silver, 254, 379 ; and 
general prices, 381-2. 

Pensions, old age, 5034. 

Permanence, relative of capital, 43. 

Persons: all taxation falls on, 432, 
501. 

Physiocrats, 32, 35, 91. 

Piece: vragee, us. it'.'; work, 101. 

Piepoudre, court of, 421. 

Pieraon, N.U.. L78k, 108*, 207 n, 283n, 
308 v, 310 n, 826 k, 868 v. 

Plehn, C. C..451N, 510 N. 



532 



INDEX 



Political economy: literature, 1-3; 
relation to other sciences, 3-6 ; need 
of specialisation, 3-5 ; scope and defi- 
nition, 5-8 ; uses of and rules for defi- 
nitions in, 8-13 ; methods of, 13- 
15; laws of, 15-17. 

Pollock : on contract, 422 ; and Mait- 
land, History of English Law, 111 n. 

Poor Laws (English), are they social- 
istic? 125. 

Poor relief, 423; as a class of public 
expenditure, 499, 500, 510. 

Population: principle of, 16, 78-82; 
and economic progress, 369 seq. ; 
increase of, and rents, 393, 395. 

Porter, Progress of the Nation, 370, 
386 n, 394 n. 

Post-office, yield of revenue incidental, 
499, 501. 

Pound, the silver, 252, 259, 378 (cf. 
380-1) ; sterling, 255, 265. 

Power: to labour, duration of, 39; to 
save, 86. 

Precious metals, most suitable as 
metallic money, 256, 258; current 
by weight, 259 ; former stability of 
rates, 288. 

Preferential duties, 511 seq., 519. 

Premium: on gold, 274 seq., 350-52; 
does it measure depreciation of 
paper? 277 n; under bimetallism, 
285, 289; on notes, 294. 

Prescription : as basis of private prop- 
erty, 104-5; none in institutions, 
107; what constitutes, 118. 

Pretium affectionis, 116. 

Price, L. L., 198 n. 

Price : and value, 212 seq. ; of gold, 213. 

Prices : general (see General prices) ; 
course of, and wages, 146-7; general 
and relative, 150, 341 ; interdepen- 
dence of, in the world's markets, 
281 seq.; steadied by extension of 
markets, 357 ; progress and general, 
380-3; progress and relative, 383-6; 
profits depend on differences in, 
399-401 (cf. 282) ; of different kinds 
of labour, progress and, 405-10; 
effects of a tax on, 456-9. 

Primogeniture, 109, 110. 

Produce, kind of, and system of culti- 
vation, 66. 

Produce rents, 257, 388-9. 



Produce theory of wages, 160 seq. 

Producers' deficits, 373. 

Production : laws of, 6 ; agents of, 11, 
12, 34-5; labour as prerequisite of 
wealth emphasised in, 22 ; meaning 
of, 32-4 ; physical facts important in, 
35-7; act of, when completed, 33-70; 
and consumption, material and im- 
material, 50, 52, 57; on large and 
small scale, (a) in manufactures, 50, 
56-61, 74-6, 130; (6) in agriculture, 
62-7; socialistic organisation of, 
126, 131 ; relation to exchange, 211 ; 
cost of, and value, 231 seq. ; expenses 
of, 233 seq., 240 ; disutility of, 372-4 ; 
benefits and drawbacks of freedom 
of, 418. 

Production-capital, 35, 42, 43, 44, 84, 
138. 

Productive and unproductive, 32, 35, 
91. 

Productive power : in international 
trade, 331 seq.; progress in, 374, 
375 ; profits and, 401. 

Productiveness of taxation, 448, 449, 
451. 

Profit: interest, 175 seq., 313; rent, 40, 
314. 

Profit-sharing, 60, 101 ; not socialism, 
124, 197. 

Profits: influence of rate on size of 
farms, 65 ; and growth of capital, 83 ; 
theory of surplus profit, 127-8, 129; 
blended with rent, 139-40; largest 
part is wages, 140 ; part quasi-vent, 
140; differences in, 142; analysis, 
11, 174-82; the tendency to equal- 
ity, 182-3, 238; the general rate, 
183-4, 398 ; effects of combinations, 
191-5; in relation to money cost, 
233, 237 seq.; progress and, 395- 
403 ; how far tendency to a mini- 
mum, 395, 400-3 ; tendency to equal- 
ity and incidence of taxes, 458, 463 
seq., 474 seq.; v. national advan- 
tages, 362, 489. 

Progress: of society, from status to 
contract, 96, 127, 374 ; dependent on 
division of labour, 50; and immi- 
gration to towns, 54-5, 62 ; and law 
of diminishing return, 71-3, 75; 
from inheritance to bequest, 107-8 ; 
from blood relationship to indi- 



INDEX 



533 



vidual freedom, 107-8; money, the 
chief factor in, 127, 374, 378; the 
socialist view of, 128; lessens 
fluctuations in prices, 1 16 : economic, 
in relation to general — need of 
separate analysis, .'fcu-'.i; its nature 
and measurement, 369-77; its prin- 
ciples not to he deduced from 
general theory of evolution, 368-9; 
of population, 369-70; money value 
of the people as test of, 370-71 ; in 
terms of utility and disutility, 
372—1; in production, exchange, and 
distribution, 374-7 ; and money, 374, 
378-80; and general prices, 380-83; 
and relative prices, 383-6, and rent, 
387-94; and profits, 395-403; and 
wages, 405-12 (see also Commuta- 
tion). 

Progressive taxation : and equality of 
sacrifice, 438-9; and faculty theory, 
442, 446. 

Property, meaning and economic 
foundations of, 95-6. 

Property, private: economic definition, 
90-100; economic bases of, 18, 96, 
100-5, 112-3; is freedom of bequest 
essential to the idea ? 107, 109; 
inheritance not part of the idea, 107. 

Protection : crude fallacies of, 9-10 ; 
and production on large scale, 50; 
mediaeval, 51 ; modern, 52 : as result- 
ing from policy of restricting out- 
put, 190; and monopoly, 246, 327; 
possible effect of sudden abandon- 
ment, 360; to young industries, 360; 
prices and rents, 391; of peculiar 
national advantages, 485; v. free 
trade, 484-96. 

Psychology, 6. 

Public : opinion, is it indefinitely 
pliable? 98, 120; its despotic power, 
428; spirit, socialists emphasise, 
131, 135. 

Purchasing power, general, 146, 2.V.. 

Purveyance and preemption, 472. 

Qualifying adjectives, use of, 11. 
Quantitative distribution, 96, 136 seq. 

" Quantity of labour," :W-9, 45-6, 
145-0, 148, 185, 186; trade unions 
and, 187. 

Quantity theory, of money and prices, 



261-83; abstract statement — in- 
fluence of quantity, 261-2, 301; 
illustrated by incontrovertible n< 
973-6; effects of, rapidity of circu- 
lation, 263; volume of trade, 264; 
barter, 2(>4 ; non-monetary demand 
for gold — for arts, etc., 264-5, 287; 
hoarding, 264; cost of production, 
265-8; credit, 278-81; Rogers mis- 
interprets, 380-2. 

Qu«s('-reut, use of term misleading, 
172; in wages, 170; and wages of 
management, 19.">— 1 : connection with 
price, 239, 243-5, 391, 398, 402, 444. 

Quesney, 32. 

Quid pro quo: basis (1) of taxation, 
444-5; (2) of expenditure, 499-500. 

Race qualities, influence on efficiency, 
39. 

Rae, John, 135 n. 

Railways, 57. 

Rapidity of circulation of money, 263. 

Kates: see Local taxation, 

Ratio between gold and silver: causes 
affecting, 267-8, 284-0; fixed under 
bimetallism, 260, 284 seq.; relative 
stability (1500-1873), 288. 

Real : cost of labour, 185 ; wages, 97, 
140, 141,185; national income, 142-1, 
160; cost of production, 232-3; ad- 
vantages of foreign trade, .">."Hi aeg.j 
cost of production and cheapness, 
372-3. 

Reciprocal demand, 161, 337. 

Reciprocity treaties, 492, 493. 

Recoinage of 1696, 255, 269, 380. 

Reformation, the, 383. 

Regressive taxation, 444. 

Relative: see Prices, Wages. 

Rent: consumers', 26-29; economic, 
10; development of theory. 36 : gross 
produce and, 63; judicial rents,'. 1 *;; 
produce rents, 1 10; labour rents, (6.; 
and pr og r es s, the socialist view, 128; 
profit-rent 140: gtuui-rent, 110, 207, 
243-5; differences in, 142: money 
and produce, l4:i; and differences in 
wages, 172; differenl meanings of 
the term, 199 •>•'/..' economic rent, 
the theory of, 200-7 : cases in which 
rent may affect price, 239, 241-3, 
251 n; buyers' monopoly — custom- 



534 



INDEX 



ary rents, 251; progress and, 387- 
94 ; as a measure of progress, 387-8 ; 
urban ground rents, 388-9 ; agricul- 
tural rents, 389-91; effects of im- 
provements on, 391-3 (cf . 395) ; 
effects of the season on, 393-4; in- 
cidence of taxes on (1) agricultural 
rent, 461-3; (2) ground rents, 463-9. 

Representation and taxation, 435-6. 

Representative: (1) commodities (see 
Index numbers) ; (2) money, 266, 
292, 293, 304 seq., 317. 

Reserve : see Bank reserves. 

Restriction of output, 190. 

Retaliation, 492, 494. 

Revenue capital, 41, 43, 138. 

Revenue duties, and free trade, 484. 

Ricardo : the " iron law " of wages, 
127 seq.; economic rent, 199-200; 
effects of improvement on rent, 392, 
393; cost of production and value, 
234; foreign trade, 341; value and 
riches, 372. 

Riches and value, 372. 

Risk : indemnity for, 175, 178-80, 181-2 ; 
in lending, 396; and profits, 402-3 
(see also Insurance) . 

Rogers, Thorold, 14, 66, 151, 213, 234, 
380 ; fall in weight of silver penny — 
misapplication of quantity theory, 
381-2; relative prices, 384, 386 n; 
rents in England, 390, 412 n. 

Roman distribution, 376; methods of 
colonisation, 517. 

Ruskin, John, 53. 

Russia : property in land, 112 ; rouble 
notes at a premium, 294 ; excise and 
customs, 482. 

Sacrifice, equality of, as basis of 

taxation, 437-40 (cf. 502). 
Saint Simon, 121. 
Sauerbeck, index numbers, 216. 
Saving, 43, 45, 84; what it implies, 

83 seq. ; may be made from wages, 

85 ; power and will to, 86-9. 
Savings, taxation of, 439-40. 
Scarcity, value, wages and, 171-2; 

sent, 204, 243. 
Schaffle, A., 135 N. 
Schloss, D. P., 148, 165 N. 
Scotland : crofters' labour, 62 ; small 

farms, 66; judicial rents in, 96; dis- 



tribution of land, 137 ; cottars' wages, 
170 ; one-pound notes in, 294-5, 296 ; 
rate of interest in, 398. 

Scott, Sir W., as Sir Malachi Mala- 
growther, 298. 

Scottish banking : see Banking. 

Seasons, as affecting rents, 391, 393-4. 

Security : as affecting will to save, 87, 
89; an economic basis of prescrip- 
tion, 104-5; for investment of ten- 
ants' capital in land, 114; and 
compensation for expropriation, 116- 
7, 118 ; attained under village com- 
munities and feudalism, 120; and 
foreign trade, 358; and interest, 
396, 397. 

Seebohm, F., 144 N, 155, 377 n, 382, 
389, 394 N, 429, 469. 

Seigniorage under bimetallism, 284. 

Self-interest, socialism and, 131; a 
variable conception, 420. 

Seligman, E. R. A., 135 n, 430, 439, 
440, 445, 451 n, 459 n. 

Sellers' monopoly, 171 (see also Mo- 
nopoly). 

Serfdom: efficiency of labour under, 
40 ; mediaeval, 55, 138 ; its most dis- 
tinctive mark, 429. 

Services, exchange of, 96 (see also 
Commutation) . 

Settlement law, 168, 411. 

Seventeenth century, rents in Eng- 
land, 391. 

"Shifting" of Taxes: see Taxation, 
Incidence. 

Shilling, the, its origin, 252, 254. 

Sidgwick, H., 18n, 100, 105n, 111n, 
119 n, 139, 144 N, 165 N, 173 N, 184 N, 
198 N, 220, 364, 416, 417, 428 N, 496 N. 

Silver : coinage in mediaeval England, 
254, 259, 260 ; free coinage suspended 
in Latin union and India, 260, 271, 
284 ; now token money in England, 
260, 271-2; sixteenth-century dis- 
coveries, 262, 264; under bimetal- 
lism, 284-285; present position of, 
291; English pound and penny, 
377-9, fall in weight of penny, 378, 
381. 

Single tax, 35 (cf . Land Values, Tax- 
ation of). 

Situation : of country, 36 ; economic 
rent from, 202. 



INDEX 



535 



Sixteenth century, 262, 264. 

Skill: division of labour and, 48; 
capital as, 130. 

Slavery, 33, 46; unfavourable to 
growth of population, 81 ; and the 
will to save, 87; and inefficiency, 
101; expropriation of slaves, 115; 
transition to free labour, 139; under 
free government, 428 N. 

Sliding scale, 157, 1%. 

Smart, W., 144 N, 219 N. 

Smith, Adam, 3-4, 7; quantity of 
labour, 38; intensity of labour, 38; 
preparation for labour, 38; wide 
meaning of "labour," 40; capital, 
41 ; fixed and circulating capital, 
44, 45 x; division of labour, 47, 48, 
51; monotony of labour, 53; com- 
merce of towns and improvement 
of country, 54; joint-stock com- 
panies, 59; improvements in com- 
munications, 71 ; high profits and 
monopoly of colonial trade, 88-9; 
capital best secured in the land, 90; 
weakness of the State, 99; bequest, 
109; admits exceptions to natural 
liberty, 125 (cf. 360) ; wages 
partly profits, 140; wages, real, 145; 
differences in wages, 166, 167, 170, 
173 n; profits, 174; ambiguity of 
"value," 211; real and nominal 
price, 214 ; natural and market 
price, 231; Bank of Amsterdam, 
293-1; immobility of labour, 331; 
relation of exchanges to balance of 
trade, 340; admits possible excep- 
tions to free trade, 360 (cf. 128) : 
employments of capital, 362, 489; 
population and prosperity, 3(59 ; his 
influence on distribution, 376-7; 
progress and relative prices, 383-4 ; 
profits and interest, 396; circulating 
and fixed capital, 399, 400 N ; profits 
and prices, 401; laws of settlement, 
411 ; natural liberty, 415 ; provision 
of public works, 425; canons of 
taxation, 434-49; equality of taxa- 
tion, 434, 435 ; progressive taxation, 
442 ; taxation of rent and ground 
rent, 443-4; "protection" basis of 
taxation, 444; formal justi<-<', 447; 
canons of certainty, convenience, 
and economy, 447-9; concentration 



of taxation, 449; inequality prefer- 
able to uncertainty, 451, 510; taxa- 
tion of profit-rent, 406 ; bis canons 
transgressed before 1815, 473 ; free 
trade, 486, 487, 491, 492; his negative 
argument for free trade, 494-5, 496n ; 
public expenditure, 510n; what 
peopled America, 511 ; monopoly of 
colonial trade, 512; imperial feder- 
ation, 518. 

Smith, Armitage, 498 N. 

Smith, John, Memoirs of Wool, 388. 

Smith, J. W., Mercantile Law, 422. 

Smith, R. Mayo, 412 n. 

Social: science, political economy a, 
6-7; evils of division of labour, 55; 
dividend, theory of taxation, 444-5. 

Socialism : relation of political econ- 
omy to, 8; Mill on, 96-8; opposed 
to freedom of contract, 104; v. indi- 
vidualism, 120-35; in relation to 
exchange, 375 ; and taxation, 446- 
7 (cf . 503-5) ; of unearned incre- 
ments, 468. 

South Sea Bubble, 59, 309. 

Sovereign, the gold, 252, 254; defini- 
tion of, 255, 265; first coined (1489), 
379. 

Sovereignty, the conception of: its 
application to the distribution of 
wealth, 98-9, 111, 120 (cf. 132) ; and 
right of expropriation, 115; as basis 
of taxation, 429, 435-7; and of 
public expenditure, 498, 502. 

Specialisation : of skill, 48 seq. ; of 
localities, 51. 

Speculation, 129 ; in mediaeval and 
modern markets, 218, 403; and 
crises, 309-10. 

Spencer, H., 128. 

Standard for deferred payments, 254 
setf.,294. 

Staple, the, 423. 

State: ownership and management of 
land, 114 ; its weakness as regards 
distribution, 122-3; its industrial 
functions, 134-5 {see also Govern- 
ment). 

Statical: form of laws of increasing 
and diminishing returns, f>8-71, 7'J, 
74-5; conditions required for ideal 
distribution, 408. 

Statistics, 18,26, 234. 



536 



INDEX 



Status, movement from, to contract : 
see Contract. 

Steuart, Sir James, 304. 

Subjective and objective standpoints : 
in re labor, 37-40 ; in re wages, 145- 
6, 147-8, 166-7 ; in re profits, 174-5 ; 
bases of taxation, 437 seq., 440-1. 

Subsidiary industries, 58. 

Subsistence, means of, population 
and, 79 seq. 

Substitutes, as affecting demand, 189, 
190, 223, 249. 

Substitution, law of, 55, 90, 160, 238, 
384-7, 412, 476, 501, 509-10. 

Succession: laws and customs af- 
fecting, 138; duties, 446, 453. 

Superintendence, wages of, see Man- 
agement, wages of. 

Supplementary cost, 38. 

Supply: law of, 224; elasticity of, 
225 ; effects of cbanges in, on price, 
225, 227, 228; and demand, equation 
of, 225; excess of, 216-7 (see also 
Demand and supply) . 

Surplus: debatable between labour 
and capital, 192 ; profit, 127 seq. 

Survival, of the fittest, through 
competition, 418. 

Sympathetic movements in prices, 
281-3. 

Tabular standard, 256-7. 

Task wages, 148, 149. 

Tate's Cambist, 343. 

Taussig, F. W., 165 n, 492, 496. 

Taxation: arbitrary and oppressive, 
87, 115, 118-9; principal character- 
istics (a) compulsion, 429-30, 432, 
435; (6) evasion, 430-1; (c) objects 
— progress from special to general, 
431 ; (d) payments partially taxes — 
prices, fees, 431 (cf . 445) ; (e) public 
loans, 432; really imposed on per- 
sons, 432 ; definition, 432 ; an old tax, 
no tax, 433; Adam Smith's Canons, 
434-49 ; I, equality, 434-47 ; (1) sover- 
eignty basis, 435-6; and representa- 
tion, ib. (cf . 498, 511) ; abilities and 
revenue, 436-7 ; subjective and objec- 
tive standards, 437, 440-1 ; (2) equal- 
ity of sacrifice, 437-40, 451, 502; (a) 
free minimum income, 437-8; (6) 
progressive taxation, 438-9 ; (c) tax 



varying with source of income, 
439-40; (3) faculty theory, 437, 440- 
2; (a) rule of simple proportion, 
441; (b) minimum free income, ib.; 
exemption of minimum rate of 
profits, 441-2 ; (c) progressive taxa- 
tion, 442; (d) tax varying with 
source of income — unearned incre- 
ments, 442-4; (4) benefit theory, 
444-5 (cf. 431) ; (5) social function 
theory, 445-7 (cf . 504) ; (6) principle 
of formal justice, 447 (cf . 505) ; II, 
certainty, 448; III, convenience, 
448-9; IV, economy, 449; other 
rules, 449-51 ; Incidence, 451 ; 
general principles of, 452-9; as 
determined by (a) law and custom, 
454; (6) contract and exchange, 
455-9; of taxes on rent — pure 
economic, on agricultural land, 
461-3; on building land, house-rent, 
" land values," 463-9; of taxes on 
consumable commodities, 471-81 ; 
methods, 471-3 ; British customs and 
excise in the nineteenth century, 
473-4; incidence of (a) internal 
taxes, 474-6; (&) import duties, 
476-8; (c) export duties, 478-80; 
application of the general canons, 
480-1; comparison of direct and 
indirect taxes, 481-3 ; revenue duties 
consistent with free trade, 484 ; com- 
parison of public expenditure with, 
497 seq.; preferable to speculation 
for profit, 509. 

Technical : terms, not to be multiplied, 
13 ; training may be overrated, 39. 

Telescopic faculty, 87. 

" Things in general," 213 seq. 

Thirteenth century, 378. 

Time: an element in quantity of 
labour, 38; division of labour and 
economy of, 48-9; in relation to 
law of diminishing return, 71; 
wages, 148, 149; and exchange, 
276. 

Token money: leather in mediaeval 
England, 259; silver and bronze in 
England, 260; definition and princi- 
ples of issue, 271-2. 

Tolls, 470. 

Tooke, History of Prices, 14, 234, 
310 N, 386 N, 394 N. 



INDEX 



537 



Total utility, 23, 24 seq., 223, 372, 503 
(* also Utility). 

Towns, immigration to, 54-5, r>2. 

Trade : and the flair, 516-8 (see also 
Free, Foreign, international). 

Trade unions, ">, 18; their origin, 186; 
nature and aims, 187-8; Influence 
on wages, L88-95, 412. 

Transfer of values, money and, 257-8. 

Transport: a species of production, 
83; tendency to concentration, 57; 
as affecting saving, 86; nineteenth- 
century improvements, 12!); effect 
of improvements on rent, 891, 
393. 

Trihute, a, its effect on foreign trade 
and distribution of gold, 353. 

Trusts, 5, 50, 56, 57, 111, 170, 245, 246, 
864, 418, 419, 488. 

Tudor debasement of currency, 378. 

Uncertainty : see Contract, Taxa- 
tion. 

Unearned increment: see Increments. 

United Kingdom: joint-stock compa- 
nies, 58-61; cooperation in farm- 
ing, 64; capital .sunk in land, 90; 
national income, 141; wages in 
nineteenth century, 152; standard 
of value, 254; banking transac- 
tions, 278; gold reserve, 279; opposi- 
tion to bimetallism, 288-90; money 
market "money," 305; progress 
and foreign trade, 358; relative 
wages of women and men, 408-9; 
employment of children, 409-10; free 
minimum income principle in taxa- 
tion, 438; concentration in taxa- 
tion, 449; budget calculations, 450; 
customs and excise in nineteenth 
century, 473-1; free trade and mili- 
tary Btrength, 189; and industrial 
development, 495; foreign trade a 
minor part of whole, 495; the bur- 
den of empire, 515. 

United states: cultivating ownership, 
65; freedom of contract, l<'.">; con- 
stitution limits, rij;lit of expropria- 
tion, 115; wages, 152 "•: treasury 
reports, 291; banking system, 302; 
customs and excise, 482; protection 
of young Industries, vj-j. (cf. 
internal free trade, 495; emigra- 



tion to, 517; a "might have been," 
518. 

Unproductive: see Productive. 

Urban ground rents : see Ground 
Rents. 

Usury. history of, '■'''■"'•■ 

Utilitarianism, 416-8; its ideal of pub- 
lie expenditure, 503. 

Utility: a mark of wealth, 6, 21-2, 
and disutility, 22-3; relativity of, 
23; consumption in terms of, 23-1; 
total and marginal, 24-6, 45-6; 
law of diminishing, 25; cannot in- 
measured in money, 26-9; present 
ami future, 83 seq. ," economic utili- 
ties, 139; consumption and disre- 
gard of real, 141 ; of labour, 14fi, 
149; relation to value, 211-2 ; in re- 
lation to demand and supply, 219, 
223-4; of money material, 253, 264; 
economic progress in terms of, 
372-4; maximum, as economic ideal, 
416-8; and taxation, 4(2: maximum, 
as ideal, of public expenditure, 503. 

Value: as prerequisite of wealth, 
21-2 ; money value as measuring 
growth of wealth. 83, 84-5; scarcity 
value, 171-2; of labour, in relation 
to produce, 173; ambiguity of the 
term, 211 ; how related to utility, 
211-2, 372-4: a relative term, 212 
seq., 233; and price 212 seq. ; and 
price of gold, 213; as general pur- 
chasing power, 213; no absolute 
standard, 214; prerequisites of, 
219; market and normal. 231 seq.; 
cost as determining, 234 seq.f mo- 
nopoly, 215-51; relative stability 
essential to standard, 254-7; of 
gold, causes determining, 261-83; of 
money, economic and mercantile 
senses, 324-5. 

Values: relative prices adjusted to, 
215 (cf. Adjustment); a general 
rise or fall Impossible, 215-6, 237 ; 
monopoly, 232, 245 ttq-l changes in 
general wages, or profits may affect 
relative, 23T; relative, of gold and 

silver, 267. 

Variations In value of money, 146 
■ tuantlty Theorj >. 

Verbal explanations, 9. 



538 



INDEX 



Verney, Lady, 67 n. 

Vested interests, protection and, 360, 

487-8, 492. 
Village communities, 18, 35, 47, 96, 

112, 120, 131. 
Voluntary associations, their power, 

419. 

Wages: economic use of term, 11; 
economy of high, 39, 102, 196, 508 ; 
relative and small farming, 67; 
saving from, 85 ; real and nominal, 
97, 140, 141, 145-7, 214, 401, 403, 
405; the " iron law," 127-9; money 
and real, during nineteenth century, 
130; partly gwasz-rent, 140; as de- 
termined by law and custom, 140; 
subjective and objective stand- 
points; (a) as real reward of a 
quantity of labour, 145 ; (6) as pay- 
ment for work done, 147-9; the 
general rate — what the conception 
implies, 149-53 ; causes determining 
the general rate, 153 seq.; wages 
fund theory, 154-60; produce 
theoiy, 160-4; general relations to 
profits and rents, 164-5; causes of 
difference of wages ; (a) in different 
employments, 166-71; (b) of indi- 
viduals, 171-2 ; effects of machinery 
on, 172-3; regulation of, 186; in- 
fluence of trade unions, 188-95; 
rent, gucm-rent and, 193; mini- 
mum, 195; and prices, 196; an 
element in money, cost of produc- 
tion, 233, 235 seq.; can combina- 
tions raise them at expense of 
consumer ? 188-91 ; or of profits ? 



191-5; effects of progress on rela- 
tive, 405-10. 

Wages Fund theory, 9, 45, 154-60. 

Wages of management: see Manage- 
ment. 

Wagner, 377 N. 

Walker, F. A., 142, 163, 165n, 184n, 
207 N, 253, 260 N, 277, 291 N, 303N, 
394 n. 

Walsh, CM., 219 n. 

Wants, new, and new luxuries, coun- 
teract tendency to concentration 
of labour and capital, 58. 

Wealth : economic conception of, 6, 8 ; 
popular conception of, 21 ; economic 
analysis, 21-2; production of ma- 
terial, 33; and of personal, 33-4; 
limits to increase of, 68 seq., 91-2; 
national, money measurement of, 
369 ; and taxation, 432. 

Wealth of Nations : see Adam Smith. 

Webb, Sidney and Beatrice, 61 n, 135 n, 
165 n, 188, 198 n, 412 n. 

Wer, in Saxon law, 370. 

Wicksteed, P. H., 31n. 

Wieser, F. von, 29 N. 

Will to save, 86, 87 seq. 

Women's wages, 408-9. 

Work, wages as the payment of, 
147-9. 

Workmen's budgets, 147, 150, 214, 405. 

Yeomanry, displacement of, 137. 
Young, Arthur, 63. 

Young industries, temporary protec- 
tion of, 491-2 (cf. 360-1). 

Zoll-Verein, the German, 495. 



Principles of Political Economy 

By J. SHIELD NICHOLSON, M.A., D.Sc. 

Professor of Political Economy in the L 'ruvcrsity of Edinburgh, etc., etc. 



Vol. I. 8vo. Cloth. $3.00 
Vol. II. 8vo. Cloth. $2.25 
Vol. HI. 8vo. Cloth. $3.00 net 



" As a review of political economy, as its truths appear to the most 
advanced conservative students of the present, this work will prove of 
very great value to all who would put themselves in possession of the 
fundamental portions of political economy.'" — Journal of Education. 

"This book is valuable not only for the manner in which it explains 
the principles of political economy, but also for the historical informa- 
tion it contains." — Monist. 

" The author is a very careful writer, and seems rather inclined to 
give all that has been thought on a subject, than to draw hasty, ill- 
digested conclusions. Those who wish to gain a knowledge of the 
historical aspect of the subject, especially, will find this book of great 
assistance to them.'" — State Journal. 

"The author has been for the past twelve years professor of political 
economy in the University of Edinburgh, and the work has grown out 
of the lectures delivered before his classes during that time. ... It 
is the work of a profound scholar and thinker, and of an acknowledged 
authority in economic science." — Boston Transcript. 

" He is not, however, one of the historical school, so called, but a 
liberal adherent of the standard school of classical economics, with 
great independence in criticism and supplementing Mill in particular. 
Those who quote Mill in support of socialism would be especially 
profited by a careful study of Professor Nicholson's first volume." 

— Literary World. 

THE MACMILLAN COMPANY 

66 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK 



iv» iu l»U0 



